01325cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500025002730820016002982450105003142500019004192640034004383000040004725050197005126500052007096500064007616500040008257000017008657000020008827760035009028560086009379780080569437180706s2008    ne ad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780080569437q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136399923q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136399961q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136399978q(e-book: PDF)  z9780080450803q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780080569437 2doi  a(OCoLC)474930932 4aHF5415.13b.H36 200804a658.8bH23600aHandbook of hospitality marketing management /ceditor, Haemoon Oh ; editor in chief, Abraham Pizam.  aFirst edition. 1aAmsterdam :bElsevier,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxii, 552 pages)0 apt. 1. Hospitality marketing concepts -- pt. 2. Hospitality marketing functions and strategies -- pt. 3. Hospitality consumer behavior -- pt. 4. Destination marketing -- pt. 5. Special topics. 0aMarketingxManagementvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aAdvertisingxHospitality industryvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMarketingvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aOh, Haemoon.1 aPizam, Abraham.08iPrint version: z978008045080340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780080569437zClick here to view.01261cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500026002730820020002992450090003192500019004092640044004283000040004725050238005126500038007506500024007887000020008127000018008327760035008508560086008859780080914343180706s2008    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780080914343q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136439476q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136439513q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136439520q(e-book: PDF)  z9780080450797q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780080914343 2doi  a(OCoLC)263493348 4aTX911.3.M27bH36 200804a647.94068bH23600aHandbook of hospitality strategic management /cedited by Michael Olsen, Jinlin Zhao.  aFirst edition. 1aOxford :bButterworth-Heinemann,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 488 pages)0 apt. 1. Strategy in general -- pt. 2. Strategy as investments in competitiveness -- pt. 3. Core competencies -- pt. 4. Functional competencies -- pt. 5. Decision-making -- pt. 6. Implementation -- pt. 7. Strategy and multiunit issues. 0aHospitality industryxManagement. 0aStrategic planning.1 aOlsen, Michael.1 aZhao, Jinlin.08iPrint version: z978008045079740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780080914343zClick here to view.01238cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500025002730820016002982450084003142500019003982640034004173000041004515050152004926500051006446500051006956500052007467000029007987760035008278560086008629780080914350180706s2008    ne a    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780080914350q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136399992q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136400032q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136400049q(e-book: PDF)  z9780080450810q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780080914350 2doi  a(OCoLC)311097219 4aHF5549.17b.H36 200804a658.3bH23600aHandbook of hospitality human resources management /cedited by Dana V. Tesone.  aFirst edition. 1aAmsterdam :bElsevier,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 522 pages)0 apt. 1. Acquiring human resources -- pt. 2. Retaining human resources -- pt. 3. Developing human resources -- pt. 4. Critical human resource issues. 0aPersonnel managementvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aHospitality industryvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aIndustrial managementvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aTesone, D. V.q(Dana V.)08iPrint version: z978008045081040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780080914350zClick here to view.01382cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350020002830500025003030820014003282450067003422500019004092640040004283000037004685040053005055050185005586500058007436500067008016500043008687000018009117760053009298560086009829780203007037180331s2006    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203007037q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134242337q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134242375q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134242382q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415359108q(hardback)  z9780415359115q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203007037 2doi  a(OCoLC)80015144 4aBF637.C45bH284 200604a302bH23604aThe handbook of communication skills /cedited by Owen Hargie.  aThird edition. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2006.  a1 online resource (x, 586 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Communication skill in theory and practice -- pt. 2. Core communication skills -- pt. 3. Specialised contexts -- pt. 4. Interviewing contexts -- pt. 5. The training context. 0aInterpersonal communicationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCommunicationxPsychological aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aInterviewingvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHargie, Owen.08iPrint version: z9780415359108w(DLC) 200502832940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203007037zClick here to view.03112cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430021003040500023003250820020003482450052003682640044004203000038004645040053005025051994005556500026025496500025025756510032026007000027026327760053026598560086027129780203019139180706s2008    enkabg  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203019139q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136803437q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136803505q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136803574q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415366465q(hardback)  z9780415601917q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203019139 2doi  a(OCoLC)794671189  aaw-----aff----- 4aDS35.63b.I87 200804a909.09767bI82404aThe Islamic world /c[edited by] Andrew Rippin. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (xx, 678 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 a1. The Arab Middle East / Martin Bunton -- 2. West Africa / David Owusu-Ansah -- 3. East Africa / Valerie J. Hoffman -- 4. Turkey / Markus Dressler -- 5. Iran / Elton L. Daniel -- 6. Central Asia / Devin DeWeese -- 7. Southeast Asia / Nelly van Doorn-Harder -- 8. Europe / John R. Bowen -- 9. The Diaspora in the West / Amir Hussain -- 10. The Qu'ran / Gordon Nickel and Andrew Rippin -- 11. Muhammad / Michael Lecker -- 12. Sunni law / Robert Gleave -- 13. Theology : freewill and predestination / Suleiman Ali Mourad -- 14. Ritual life / Zayn Kassam -- 15. Sufism / Art Buehler -- 16. Shi'ism / William Shepard -- 17. The Ibadis / Valerie J. Hoffmann -- 18. Relations with other religions / David Thomas -- 19. The Arabic language / Mustafa Shah -- 20. Philosophy / Oliver Leaman -- 21. The scientific tradition / George Saliba -- 22. Education / Jeffrey C. Burke -- 23. The transmission of knowledge / Paul L. Heck -- 24. Travel / David Waines -- 25. 'Abd al-Jabbar / Gabriel Said Reynolds -- 26. Nazam al-Mulk / Neguin Yevari -- 27. Al-Ghazali / Frank Griffel -- 28. Ibn 'Arabi / Sajjad H. Rizvi -- 29. Ibn Taymiyya / David Waines -- 30. Nasir al-Din al-Tusi / Zayn Kassam -- 31. Al-Suyuti / Suleiman Ali Mourad -- 32. Shah Wali Allah / Marcia Hermansen -- 33. Bediuzzaman Said Nursi / Zeki Saritoprak -- 34. Sayyid Qutb / William Shepard -- 35. Fazlur Rahman / Earle H. Waugh -- 36. Art / Hussein Keshani -- 37. Architecture / Hussein Keshani -- 37. Material culture / James E. Lindsay -- 39. Military organization and warfare / Niall Christie -- 40. Popular piety and cultural practices / Earle H. Waugh -- 41. Music / Michael Frishkopf -- 42. Cinema / Ganal Danmez-Colin -- 43. Civilization / Akbar Ahmed -- 44. Social change / Ebrahim Moosa -- 45. Secularism / Amila Buturovic -- 46. Public ethics / Amyn B. Sajoo -- 47. Marriage, family, and sexual ethics / Kecia Ali -- 48. Women, gender and human rights / Simonetta Calderini -- 49. Religious minority rights / Christopher Buck. 0aIslamic civilization. 0aIslamy20th century. 0aIslamic countriesxHistory.1 aRippin, Andrew,d1950-08iPrint version: z9780415366465w(DLC) 200704858140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203019139zClick here to view.02292cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820016003242450070003402640044004103000041004544900043004955051216005386500022017547000022017767000027017987760035018258300044018608560086019049780203066102180706s1998    enkb    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203066102q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136825279q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136825347q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136825415q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415082006q(hardback)  z9780415412612q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203066102 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103705 4aPL21b.T87 199804a494.3bT93904aThe Turkic languages /cedited by Lars Johanson and Eva A. Csato. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c1998.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 474 pages)1 aRoutledge language family descriptions0 a1. The speakers of Turkic languages / Hendrik Boeschoten -- 2. The Turkic peoples : a historical sketch / Peter B. Golden -- 3. The structure of Turkic / Lars Johanson -- 4. The reconstruction of proto-Turkic and the genetic question / Andras Rona-Tas -- 5. The history of Turkic / Lars Johanson -- 6. Turkic writing systems / Andras Rona-Tas -- 7. Old Turkic / Marcel Erdal -- 8. Middle Kipchak / Arpad Berta -- 9. Chaghatay / Hendrik Boeschoten and Mare Vandamme -- 10. Ottoman Turkish / Celia Kerslake -- 11. Turkish / Eva A. Csato and Lars Johanson -- 12. Turkish dialects / Bemt Brendemoen -- 13. The Turkish language reform / Bemt Brendemoen -- 14. Azerbaijanian / Claus Schonig -- 15. Turkmen / Claus Schonig -- 16. Turkic languages of Iran / Gerhard Doerfer -- 17. Tatar and Bashkir / Arpad Berta -- 18. West Kipchak languages / Arpad Berta -- 19. Kazakh and Karakalpak / Mark Kirchner -- 20. Noghay / Eva A. Csato and Birsel Karakoc -- 21. Kirghiz / Mark Kirchner -- 22. Uzbek / Hendrik Boeschoten -- 23. Uyghur / Reinhard F. Hahn -- 24. Yellow Uyghur and Salar / Reinhard F. Hahn -- 25. South Siberian Turkic / Claus Schonig -- 26. Yakut / Marek Stachowski and Astrid Menz -- 27. Chuvash / Larr Clark. 0aTurkic languages.1 aCsato, Eva Agnes.1 aJohanson, Lars,d1936-08iPrint version: z9780415082006 0aRoutledge language family descriptions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203066102zClick here to view.01454cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500020002710820017002912450108003082460048004162640058004643000038005224900038005605050217005986500068008156500059008837000032009427760053009748300039010278560086010669780203066201180706s2016    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203066201q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135072643q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135072650q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415815734q(hardback)  z9781138552821q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203066201 2doi  a(OCoLC)958102655 4aR834b.R68 201604a610.71bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of medical education /cedited by Khalid A. Bin Abdulrahman. [et al.].30aInternational handbook of medical education 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xl, 377 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. The mission of the medical school -- pt. 2. The student -- pt. 3. The curriculum -- pt. 4. Teaching and learning -- pt. 5. Assessment -- pt. 6. The medical school -- pt. 7. The future of medical education. 0aClinical medicinexStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMedicinexStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAbdulrahman, Khalid A. Bin.08iPrint version: z9780415815734w(DLC) 2015004353 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203066201zClick here to view.05147cam a2200409Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200030001370240032001670350021001990400026002200500022002460720026002680720026002940720026003200820016003462450118003622500019004802640076004992640011005753000053005863360021006393370023006603380032006835053116007155200562038316500037043936500028044307000028044587000027044867000030045137000030045437100024045737760054045978560086046519780203066430180706s20162017fluab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135074821 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135074777q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415815109q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203066430 2doi  a(OCoLC)959977591  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aGV943b.R696 2017 7aSPOx040000 2bisacsh 7aSPOx066000 2bisacsh 7aSPOx068000 2bisacsh04a796.33422300aRoutledge handbook of football studies /cedited by John Hughson, Kevin Moore, Ramón Spaaij and Joseph Maguire.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge, an imprint of Taylor and Francis,c[2016]. 4c©2017  a1 online resource (528 pages) :b5 illustrations  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tchapter Introduction /rJohn Hughson -- tpart PART I History -- tchapter 1 History and football /rMatthew Taylor -- tchapter 2 The historical signi cance of locality and regional identity to football /rDave Russell -- tchapter 3 Association and rugby football: two codes, one historiography /rTony Collins -- tchapter 4 ‘The girls of the period playing ball’: the hidden history of women’s football, 1869–2015 /rJean Williams -- tchapter 5 The Football Trust as a mechanism of industry change /rGeoff ery Z. Kohe -- tchapter 6 Football and gambling /rMike Huggins -- tchapter 7 Football and heritage /rKevin Moore -- tchapter 8 Football and museums /rKevin Moore -- tpart PART II Organisation -- tchapter 9 Football and governance /rBorja García -- tchapter 10 Football sponsorship -- tchapter 11 Football and international social development /rJimmy O’Gorman and Joel Rookwood -- tchapter 12 Women’s elite football /rCarrie Dunn -- tchapter 13 Football-related migrations /rGyozo Molnar -- tchapter 14 Football, economics and  nance /rStephen Morrow -- tpart PART III Media and culture -- tchapter 15 Football and media matters /rRaymond Boyle -- tchapter 16 Football and social media: fanzines, fan scenes and supporter protest movements in elite English football /rPeter Millward -- tchapter 17 Football and stardom: on context, intertextuality and re exivity /rDavid L. Andrews -- tchapter 18 Football fandom: and post-subculture /rSteve Redhead -- tchapter 19 Football and its  ction Lee McGowan -- tchapter 20 The aesthetics in football: the beautiful game? /rStephen Mumford -- tchapter 21 Football and philosophy /rSteff en Borge and Mike McNamee -- tpart PART IV Society -- tchapter 22 Gender and football: gendering the  eld of play /rKath Woodward -- tchapter 23 ‘Race’, racism and football /rKevin Hylton -- tchapter 24 Disability and football /rMartin Atherton -- tchapter 25 Football and national identity /rAnthony King -- tchapter 26 Football and misogyny /rJayne Caudwell -- tchapter 27 Homophobia in men’s football /rRory Magrath -- tchapter 28 Female fans of men’s football /rStacey Pope -- tchapter 29 Democracy and supporter ownership /rMark Doidge -- tchapter 30 Social network analysis: towards an approach for football studies /rPaul Widdop -- tchapter 31 Football hooliganism /rRamón Spaaij -- tpart PART V Regions -- tchapter 32 FIFA and the World Cup /rJohn Hughson -- tchapter 33 Football in South Asia /rKausik Bandyopadhyay -- tchapter 34 Football in West Asia /rMahfoud Amara -- tchapter 35 The East Asian Football Federation/Asian Football Confederation /rJohn Horne -- tchapter 36 Confederation of African Football /rMarc Fletcher -- tchapter 37 Football in Europe: apolitical UEFA plays politics with football /rChristos Kassimeris -- tchapter 38 Oceania: football at the Paci c periphery /rMark Falcous -- tchapter 39 Football in Latin America: a recent  eld, a research agenda in the making /rPablo Alabarces -- tchapter 40 Football in North America /rCharles Parrish.3 aFootball is unquestionably the world’s most popular and influential sport. There is no corner of the globe in which the game is not played or followed. More countries are affiliated to FIFA, football’s governing body, than to the United Nations. The sport has therefore become an important component of our social, cultural, political and economic life. The Routledge Handbook of Football Studies is a landmark work of reference, going further than any other book in considering the historical and contemporary significance of football around the world. 0aSoccervHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSoccerxSocial aspects.1 aHughson, John,eeditor.1 aMoore, Kevin,eeditor.1 aSpaaij, Ramón,eeditor.1 aMaguire, Joseph,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z9780415815109w(DLC)  201600465340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203066430zClick here to view.02869cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820016003252450112003412640044004533000041004974900025005385050239005635201438008026500028022406500028022687000028022967000022023247000020023467760053023668300026024198560086024459780203066911180706s2014    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203066911q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135076955q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135076900q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135076948q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415527699q(hardback)  z9781138849129q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203066911 2doi  a(OCoLC)865508392 4aP96.S5bR68 201404a305.3bR86904aThe Routledge companion to media and gender /cedited by Cynthia Carter, Linda Steiner and Lisa McLaughlin. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xviii, 670 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Her/histories -- pt. 2. Media industries, labor, and policy -- pt. 3. Images and representations across texts and genres -- pt. 4. Media audiences, users, and prosumers -- pt. 5. Gendered media futures and the future of gender.  a"The Routledge Companion to Media and Gender offers a comprehensive examination of media and gender studies, charting its histories, investigating ongoing controversies, and assessing future trends.The 59 chapters in this volume, written by leading researchers from around the world, provide scholars and students with an engaging and authoritative survey of current thinking in media and gender research.The Companion includes the following features: With each chapter addressing a distinct, concrete set of issues, the volume includes research from around the world to engage readers in a broad array of global and transnational issues and intersectional perspectives.Authors address a series of important questions that have consequences for current and future thinking in the field, including postfeminism, sexual violence, masculinity, media industries, queer identities, video games, digital policy, media activism, sexualization, docusoaps, teen drama, cosmetic surgery, media Islamophobia, sport, telenovelas, news audiences, pornography, and social and mobile media.A range of academic disciplines inform exploration of key issues around production and policymaking, representation, audience engagement, and the place of gender in media studies.The Routledge Companion to Media and Gender is an essential guide to the central ideas, concepts and debates currently shaping media and gender research"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSex role in mass media. 0aMass media and culture.1 aCarter, Cynthia,d1959-1 aMcLaughlin, Lisa.1 aSteiner, Linda.08iPrint version: z9780415527699w(DLC) 2013023812 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203066911zClick here to view.01276cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820016002952450110003112460049004212640040004703000041005104900024005515050159005756500024007347000031007587000021007897760053008108300025008638560086008889780203067871180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203067871q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135080808q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135080754q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135080792q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415677035q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203067871 2doi  a(OCoLC)844348167 4aHB75b.R6748 201304a330.9bR86900aRoutledge handbook of major events in economic history /cedited by Randall E. Parker and Robert Whaples.30aHandbook of major events in economic history 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 454 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. World War I and the pre-World War I era -- pt. 2. The interwar era and World War II -- pt. 3. Post-World War II era -- pt. 4. The contemporary era. 0aEconomicsxHistory.1 aParker, Randall E.,d1960-1 aWhaples, Robert.08iPrint version: z9780415677035w(DLC) 2012031239 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203067871zClick here to view.01440cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820020002962450108003162640040004243000042004644900038005065050197005446500038007416500019007796510053007986510049008517000016009007000020009167760053009368300039009898560086010289780203067901180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203067901q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135080877q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135080822q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135080860q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415591126q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203067901 2doi  a(OCoLC)844309028 4aHC59.15b.H34 201304a330.91717bH23600aHandbook of the economics and political economy of transition /cedited by Paul Hare and Gerard Turley. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxviii, 495 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Background -- pt. 3. Beginnings -- pt. 4. Integration -- pt. 5. Political economy -- pt. 6. Firms -- pt. 7. People -- pt. 8. Country studies -- pt. 9. Assessment. 0aPost-communismxEconomic aspects. 0aMixed economy. 0aFormer communist countriesxEconomic conditions. 0aFormer communist countriesxEconomic policy.1 aHare, P. G.1 aTurley, Gerard.08iPrint version: z9780415591126w(DLC) 2012036097 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203067901zClick here to view.02693cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450070003432640040004133000038004535050253004915201414007446500029021586500011021876500025021987000029022237760053022528560086023059780203068175180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203068175q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135082130q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135082086q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135082123q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415690195q(hardback)  z9781138922709q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203068175 2doi  a(OCoLC)828423689 4aHM1111b.R68 201304a303.66bR86900aRoutledge handbook of peacebuilding /cedited by Roger Mac Ginty. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xx, 394 pages)0 apt. 1. Reading peacebuilding -- pt. 2. Approaches and cross-cutting themes -- pt. 3. Disciplinary approaches to peacebuilding -- pt. 4. Violence and security -- pt. 5. Everyday living and peacebuilding -- pt. 6. The infrastructure of peacebuilding.  a"This new Routledge Handbook offers a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the meanings and uses of the term 'peacebuilding', and presents cutting-edge debates on the practices conducted in the name of peacebuilding. The term 'peacebuilding' has had remarkable staying power. Other terms, such as 'conflict resolution' have waned in popularity, while the acceptance and use of the term 'peacebuilding' has grown to the extent that it is the hegemonic and over-arching term for many forms of mediation, reconciliation and strategies to induce peace. Despite this, however, it is rarely defined and often used to mean different things to different audiences. Routledge Handbook of Peacebuilding aims to be a one-stop comprehensive resource on the literature and practices of contemporary peacebuilding. The book is organised into six key sections: - Section 1: Reading peacebuilding - Section 2: Approaches and cross-cutting themes - Section 3: Disciplinary approaches to peacebuilding - Section 4: Violence and security - Section 5: Everyday living and peacebuilding - Section 6: The infrastructure of peacebuilding This new Handbook will be essential reading for students of peacebuilding, mediation and post-conflict reconstruction, and of great interest to students of statebuilding, intervention, civil wars, conflict resolution, war and conflict studies and IR in general"--cProvided by publisher. 0aInterpersonal relations. 0aPeace. 0aConflict management.1 aMac Ginty, Roger,d1970-08iPrint version: z9780415690195w(DLC) 201203093540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203068175zClick here to view.03423cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500400026002710500020002970820016003172450099003332640059004323000038004913360021005293370023005503380032005734900032006055051222006375050959018596500029028186500031028476500026028787000030029047760053029348560086029879780203068632180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203068632q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135083489q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135083526q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415673921q(hardback)  z9781138238572q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203068632 2doi  a(OCoLC)857278409  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aCC72b.R44 201304a930.1bR29900aReclaiming archaeology :bbeyond the tropes of modernity /cedited by Alfredo Gonzalez-Ruibal. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 375 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 aArchaeological orientations0 a1. Reclaiming archaeology / Alfredo Gonzalez-Ruibal -- 2. The clearing : archaeology's way of opening the world / Matt Edgeworth -- 3. Scratching the surface : reassembling an archaeology in and of the present / Rodney Harrison -- 4. From excavation to archaeological X-Files / Dawid Kobialka -- 5. Digging alternative archaeologies / Cristobal Gnecco -- 6. Evestigation, nomethodology and deictics : movements in un-disciplining archaeology / Alejandro Haber -- 7. Archaeology and photography : a pragmatology / Michael Shanks and Connie Svabo -- 8. New cultural landscapes : archaeological method as artistic practice / Barbara Fluxa -- 9. The business of archaeology is the present / Laurent Olivier -- 10. Which archaeology? : a question of chronopolitics / Christopher Witmore -- 11. The politics of periodization / Charles E. Orser, Jr. -- 12. Change, individuality and reason, or, How archaeology has legitimized a patriarchal modernity / Almudena Hernando -- 13. Indigeneity and time : towards a decolonization of archaeological temporal categories and tools / Gustavo Verdesio -- 14. Enacted multi-temporality : the archaeological site as a shared, performative space / Yannis Hamilakis and Efthimis Theou --8 a15. The new heritage and re-shapings of the past / Cornelius Holtorf and Graham Fairclough -- 16. The archaeological gaze / Gabriel Moshenska -- 17. In the shade of Frederick Douglass : the archaeology of Wye House / Mark Leone. [and others] -- 18. Ruin memory : a hauntology of Cape Town / Nick Shepherd -- 19. A thoroughly modern park : Mapungubwe, UNESCO and indigenous heritage / Lynn Meskell -- 20. Days in Hong Kong, May 2011 / Denis Byrne -- 21. The charter'd Thames / Sefryn Penrose -- 22. The return of what? / Bjørnar  Olsen -- 23. Inside is out : an epistemology of surfaces and substances / Paul Graves-Brown -- 24. Fragments as something more : archaeological experience and reflection / Mats Burstrom -- 25. Bringing a place in ruins back to life / Gaston Gordillo -- 26. Cutting the earth/cutting the body / Douglass Bailey -- 27. Archaeological remains of oil-based urbanity / Camilo Jose Vergara -- 28. Milieux de memoire / Martin Hall. 0aArchaeologyxPhilosophy. 0aArchaeologyvCase studies. 0aCivilization, Modern.1 aGonzalez Ruibal, Alfredo.08iPrint version: z9780415673921w(DLC) 201203078140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203068632zClick here to view.03069cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520400026002730430012002990500024003110820017003352450112003522640040004643000038005043360021005423370023005633380032005864900024006185051734006426510029023766510043024057000028024487000032024767000023025087760053025318300025025848560086026099780203070680180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203070680q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135092429q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135092375q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135092412q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415573788q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203070680 2doi  a(OCoLC)830324452  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  af------ 4aJQ1875.A1bR68 201304a320.96bR86900aRoutledge handbook of African politics /cedited by Nic Cheeseman, David M. Anderson, and Andrea Scheibler. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 437 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 a1. Nationalism, one-party states, and military rule / Nic Cheeseman -- 2. Federalism and decentralization / Rotimi T. Suberu -- 3. The rule of law and the courts / Peter VonDoepp -- 4. Security and the privatization of force and violence / Rita Abrahamsen -- 5. Neopatrimonialism and political regimes / Gero Erdmann -- 6. The informal practices of civil servants / Jean-Pierre Olivier de Sardan -- 7. Class politics / Bill Freund -- 8. The politics of ethnicity / Gabrielle Lynch -- 9. Autochthony and the politics of belonging / Peter Geschiere -- 10. Religion and politics / Stephen Ellis and Gerrie ter Haar -- 11. Muslim politics in West Africa / Leonardo A. Villalon -- 12. Women in politics / Amina Mama -- 13. Civil war / Philip Roessler -- 14. Oil politics / Ricardo Soares de Oliveira -- 15. Power-sharing / Andreas Mehler -- 16. Post-conflict peacebuilding / Devon Curtis -- 17. Transitional justice after atrocity / Phil Clark -- 18. Electoral authoritarianism and multi-party politics / Nicolas van de Walle -- 19. The power of elections / Staffan I. Lindberg -- 20. Emerging legislatures / Joel D. Barkan -- 21. Political parties / Matthijs Bogaards -- 22. Public opinion and democratic consolidation / Michael Bratton -- 23. Aid, trade, investment, and dependency / Martin Williams -- 24. Social policy / Jeremy Seekings -- 25. NGOs / Michael Jennings -- 26. The economy of affection / Goran Hyden -- 27. The politics of development / Tim Kelsall -- 28. Africa and the global economy / Richard E. Mshomba -- 29. Pan-Africanism and regional integration / Gilbert M. Khadiagala -- 30. Terrorism, security, and the state / Ken Menkhaus -- 31. Democracy promotion / Stephen Brown -- 32. China and Africa / Chris Alden. 0aAfricaxEconomic policy. 0aAfricaxPolitics and governmenty1960-1 aAnderson, David,d1957-1 aCheeseman, Nicholas,d1979-1 aScheibler, Andrea.08iPrint version: z9780415573788w(DLC) 2012029309 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203070680zClick here to view.01364cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820016003282450115003442640040004593000039004995050281005386500017008196500025008366500018008617000027008797000017009067760053009238560086009769780203071434180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203071434q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135095574q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135095529q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135095567q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415888011q(hardback)  z9781138779846q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203071434 2doi  a(OCoLC)827948594 4aHF5823b.R6788 201304a659.1bR86904aThe Routledge companion to advertising and promotional culture /cedited by Matthew P. McAllister, Emily West. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xix, 464 pages)0 asection 1. Historical perspectives -- section 2. Political economy -- section 3. Globalization -- section 4. Audiences as labor, consumers, interpreters, fans -- section 5. Identities -- section 6. Social institutions -- section 7. Everyday life -- section 8. The environment. 0aAdvertising. 0aBranding (Marketing) 0aSocial media.1 aMcAllister, Matthew P.1 aWest, Emily.08iPrint version: z9780415888011w(DLC) 201202867240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203071434zClick here to view.01269cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500022002710820016002932450099003092460032004082640034004403000041004744900036005155050147005516500012006986500012007107000035007227000022007577760053007798300037008328560086008699780203071755180706s2015    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203071755q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135096649q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135096687q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415659338q(hardback)  z9781138478220q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203071755 2doi  a(OCoLC)903930054 4aBJ1521b.R68 201504a171.3bR86904aThe Routledge companion to virtue ethics /cedited by Lorraine Besser-Jones and Michael Slote.30aCompanion to virtue ethics  1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 558 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. I. History of virtue ethics -- pt. II. Contemporary approaches -- pt. III. Critical interactions -- pt. IV. Applications of virtue ethics. 0aVirtue. 0aEthics.1 aBesser-Jones, Lorraine,d1973-1 aSlote, Michael A.08iPrint version: z9780415659338w(DLC) 2014031067 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203071755zClick here to view.06307cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500025002850820018003102450121003282460043004492640058004923000040005505053560005905201586041506500050057367000022057867000032058087000026058407760053058668560086059199780203072332180706s2015    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9781135099145 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135099091q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135099138q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415662482q(hardback)  z9781138071476q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203072332 2doi  a(OCoLC)958102674 4aG156.5.S87bR68 201504a910.684bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of tourism and sustainability /cedited by C. Michael Hall, Stefan Gossling and Daniel Scott.30aHandbook of tourism and sustainability 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xvii, 529 pages)0 a1. Tourism and sustainability : an introduction / C. Michael Hall, Stefan Gossling and Daniel Scott -- 2. The evolution of sustainable development and sustainable tourism / C. Michael Hall, Stefan Gossling and Daniel Scott -- 3. The global effects and impacts of tourism : an overview / Michelle Rutty. [et al.] -- 4. Tourism and the precautionary principle in theory and practice / David A. Fennell -- 5. Sustainable yield : an integrated approach to tourism management / Jeremy Northcote -- 6. Tourism and common pool resources / Helen Briassoulis -- 7. Tourism and human rights / Freya Higgins-Desbiolles and Kyle Powys Whyte -- 8. Ethics in tourism / Georgette Leah Burns -- 9. Pro-poor tourism : reflections on past research and directions for the future / Dao Truong -- 10. Environmentally sustainable tourists? / Sara Dolnicar -- 11. Environmental justice and tourism / Rob Hales and Tazim Jamal -- 12. Consumptive and non-consumptive tourism practices : the case of wildlife tourism / Brent Lovelock -- 13. Tourism and cultural change / Melanie Kay Smith -- 14. Environmental indicators and benchmarking for sustainable tourism development / Heather Zeppel -- 15. Certification and labeling / Sonya Graci and Rachel Dodds -- 16. Life cycle assessment / Viachaslau Filimonau -- 17. Carbon management / Stefan Gossling -- 18. Sustainable tourism legislation and regulation / John M. Jenkins and Mucha Mkono -- 19. Promoting voluntary behaviour change for sustainable tourism : the potential role of social marketing / Dao Truong and C. Michael Hall -- 20. Managing visitors to the natural environment / David Newsome and Susan Moore -- 21. Tourism and corporate social responsibility / Tim Coles, Emily Fenclova and Claire Dinan -- 22. Wildlife tourism : "Call it consumption!" / James Higham and Debbie Hopkins -- 23. Stories of people and places : interpretation, tourism and sustainability / Gianna Moscardo -- 24. Tourism in the future(s) : forecasting and scenarios / Daniel Scott and Stefan Gossling -- 25. Local-scale environmental impacts and management of tourism / Ralf Buckley -- 26. Foodservice in tourism and sustainability / Brian Garrod -- 27. Environmental management and online environmental performance assessment tools in the hotel industry : theory and practice / Paulina Bohdanowicz-Godfrey and Piotr Zientara -- 28. Built attractions and sustainability / John Swarbrooke -- 29. Destination tourism : critical debates, research gaps and the need for a new research agenda / Bruce Prideaux -- 30. Natural heritage, parks and protected areas / Warwick Frost and Jennifer Laing -- 31. Changing audience behaviour : a pathway to sustainable event management / James Musgrave and Stephen Henderson -- 32. Small firms and sustainable tourism policy : exploring moral framing / Rhodri Thomas -- 33. Sustainable mobility / Erling Holden & Kristin Linnerud -- 34. The role of aviation in sustainable development of tourism / Paul Peeters & Rob Bongaerts -- 35. The environmental challenges of cruise tourism : impacts and governance / Machiel Lamers, Eke Eijgelaar & Bas Amelung -- 36. Public transport / Diem-Trinh Le-Klahn -- 37. Sustainable space tourism : new destinations, new challenges / David Timothy Duval & C. Michael Hall -- 38. Peak Oil and tourism : the end of growth / Susanne Becken -- 39. Low-carbon and post-carbon travel and destinations / Stefan Gossling -- 40. Slow travel / Janet E. Dickinson -- 41. Tourism and sustainability : towards a green(er) tourism economy? / C. Michael Hall, Stefan Gossling & Daniel Scott.  a"Sustainability remains one of the major issues in tourism today. Concerns over climate and environmental change, the fallout from the global economic and financial crisis, and the seeming failure to meeting UN Millennium development goals have only reinforced the need for more sustainable approaches to tourism, however they be defined. Given the centrality of sustainability in tourism curricula, policies, research and practice it is therefore appropriate to prepare a state of the art handbook on the relationship between tourism and sustainability. This timely Handbook of Tourism and Sustainability is developed from specifically commissioned original contributions from recognised authors in the field, providing a systematic guide to the current state of knowledge on this area. It is interdisciplinary in coverage and international in scope through its authorship and content. The volume commences with an assessment of tourism's global environmental, e.g. climate, emissions, energy use, biodiversity, water use, land use, and socio-economic effects, e.g. economic impacts, employment and livelihoods, culture. This then provides the context for the following sections that describe the main theoretical frameworks and constructs that inform tourism and sustainability, management tools and approaches, and the approaches used in different tourism and travel industry sectors. The book concludes by examining emerging and future concerns in tourism and sustainability such as peak-oil, post-carbon tourism, green economy and transition tourism"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSustainable tourismvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aGossling, Stefan.1 aHall, Colin Michael,d1961-1 aScott, Daniel,d1969-08iPrint version: z9780415662482w(DLC) 201402586440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203072332zClick here to view.01295cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820014003252450108003392460035004472640058004823000040005404900024005805050090006046500024006947000036007187000022007547000029007767760053008058300025008588560086008839780203072578180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203072578q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135100193q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135100148q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135100186q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782203q(hardback)  z9781138857674q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203072578 2doi  a(OCoLC)851695560 4aK3165b.R68 201304a342bR86900aRoutledge handbook of constitutional law /cedited by Mark Tushnet, Thomas Fleiner and Cheryl Saunders.3 aHandbook of constitutional law 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 503 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. General issues -- pt. 2. Structures -- pt. 3. Rights -- pt. 4. New challenges. 0aConstitutional law.1 aFleiner-Gerster, Thomas,d1938-1 aSaunders, Cheryl.1 aTushnet, Mark V.,d1945-08iPrint version: z9780415782203w(DLC) 2012027701 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203072578zClick here to view.01455cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190400026002400430012002660500022002780820019003002450103003192640034004223000039004563360021004953370023005163380032005394900038005715050202006096510071008117000028008827000029009107760053009398300039009928560086010319780203073148180706s2014    nyuabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203073148q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135102319q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135102357q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857436747q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203073148 2doi  a(OCoLC)897433228  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  acl----- 4aJL1410b.H46 201404a320.9728bH23600aHandbook of Central American governance /ceditors, Diego Sanchez-Ancochea, Salvador Marti i Puig. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xiv, 470 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Development and income (re)distribution -- part 2. Democratization and the state -- part 3. Key political and social actors -- part 4. International relations -- part 5. Country experiences. 0aCentral AmericaxPolitics and governmentvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aMarti i Puig, Salvador.1 aSanchez-Ancochea, Diego.08iPrint version: z9781857436747w(DLC) 2013022047 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203073148zClick here to view.01256cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200049000550200030001040200031001340240032001650350022001970430012002190500020002310820017002512450118002682500020003862640034004063000040004405050136004806500065006166500074006817000021007557000022007767000047007987760035008458560086008809780203074107180706s2015    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9781135106720 (e-book: Mobi)q(e-book : PDF)  z9780415660426q(hardback)  z9780415660440q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203074107 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000425878  an-us--- 4aLC89b.H24 201504a379.73bH23600aHandbook of education politics and policy /cedited by Bruce S. Cooper, James G. Cibulka, and Lance D. Fusarelli.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xvi, 442 pages).0 apt. 1. The institutional context of educational politics -- pt. 2. Interest groups, activists, entrepreneurs, and education reform. 0aEducation and statezUnited StatesvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducationxPolitical aspectszUnited StatesvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aCooper, Bruce S.1 aCibulka, James G.1 aFusarelli, Lance D.q(Lance Darin),d1966-08iPrint version: z978041566042640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203074107zClick here to view.02074cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500023002710820019002942450090003132500020004032640044004233000037004675000044005045040053005485050223006015200697008246500051015217000021015727000028015937760053016218560086016749780203074114180706s2015    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203074114q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135106799q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135106836q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415660051q(hardback)  z9780415660334q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203074114 2doi  a(OCoLC)897433364 4aLB3013b.H336 201504a371.1024bH23600aHandbook of classroom management /cedited by Edmund T. Emmer and Edward J. Sabornie.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (x, 605 pages)  a"Educational Society Handbook" --Cover.  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Programs and strategies -- pt. 3. Contexts for classromm management -- pt. 4. Social and psychological perspectives -- pt. 5. Influential forces and factors -- pt. 6. Research methodology.  a"The field of classroom management is not a neatly organized line of inquiry, but rather consists of many disparate topics and orientations that draw from multiple disciplines. Given the complex nature of the field, this comprehensive second edition of the handbook is an invaluable resource for those interested in understanding it. It provides the field with up-to-date summaries of research on the essential topics from the first edition, as well as fresh perspectives and chapters on new topics. It is the perfect tool for both graduate students and practitioners interested in a field both fascinating and not immediately accessible without the proper guidance"--cProvided by publisher. 0aClassroom managementvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aEmmer, Edmund T.1 aSabornie, Edward James.08iPrint version: z9780415660051w(DLC) 201400953740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203074114zClick here to view.03006cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350021002330500023002540820017002772450087002942460045003812500019004262640034004453000039004794900064005185051887005826500016024697000027024857760053025128300065025658560086026309780203074251180706s2015    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135107260 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135107215q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135107253q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415660280q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203074251 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103731 4aHF5636b.R684 201504a657.01bR86904aThe Routledge companion to financial accounting theory /cedited by Stewart Jones.30aCompanion to financial accounting theory  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xix, 538 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 a1. Development of financial accounting theory / Stewart Jones -- 2. History of financial accounting theory in Britain / John Richard Edwards -- 3. Financial accounting and reporting in the United States of America: 1820 to 2010 : toward the sunshine from the shadows / Gary J. Previts and Dale L. Flesher -- 4. Evolution of early practice descriptive theory in accounting / Stewart Jones and Max Aiken -- 5. Accounting and the decision usefulness framework / Thomas A. Lee -- 6. Price variation and inflation accounting research / R.J. Chambers -- 7. Standard setting, politics and change management : a personal perspective / Sir David Tweedie -- 8. International differences in IFRS adoptions and IFRS practices / Christopher Nobes -- 9. Fair value and the great financial crisis / Amir Amel-Zadeh and Geoff Meeks -- 10. Fair value and IFRS / Geoffrey Whittington -- 11. Valuation models : an issue of accounting theory / Stephen H. Penman -- 12. Earnings management: implications and controversies / Joshua Ronen and Varda Yaari -- 13. Agency theory : usefulness and implications for financial accounting / Alfred Wagenhofer -- 14. Disclosure and the cost of capital : a survey of the theoretical literature / Jeremy Bertomeu and Edwige Cheynel -- 15. A Bayesian understanding of information uncertainty and the cost of capital / D.J. Johnstone -- 16. Controlling for risk in accounting research / Nuno Soares and Andrew W. Stark -- 17. Financial measurement and financial markets / Mike Dempsey and Stewart Jones -- 18. Social theorisation of accounting : challenges to positive research / Trevor Hopper. [et al.] -- 19. True and fair : a business ethos "par excellence" / Graeme Dean and Frank Clarke -- 20. Accounting for the carbon challenge / Janek Ratnatunga and Stewart Jones -- 21. Corporate sustainability reporting : theory and practice / Geoff Frost and Stewart Jones. 0aAccounting.1 aJones, Stewart,d1964-08iPrint version: z9780415660280w(DLC) 2014038304 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203074251zClick here to view.03320cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500021003160820018003372450101003552640044004563000039005005050254005395201953007936500037027467000019027837000029028027000036028317760053028678560086029209780203074572180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203074572q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135109011q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135108960q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135109004q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415683166q(hardback)  z9781138858886q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203074572 2doi  a(OCoLC)824655685  an-us--- 4aK4240b.R68 201304a343.099bR86900aRoutledge handbook of media law /cedited by Monroe E. Price, Stefaan Verhulst and Libby Morgan. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 594 pages)0 apt. 1. Media policy and institutional design -- pt. 2. Media policy, free speech and citizenship -- pt. 3. Media policy and comparative perspectives -- pt. 4. Media policy and media governance -- pt. 5. Media policy and technological transformation.  a"Featuring specially commissioned chapters from experts in the field of media and communications law this book provides an authoritative survey of media law from a comparative perspective. The handbook will not simply offer a synopsis of the state of affairs in media law jurisprudence. Rather it will provide a better understanding of the forces that generate media rules, norms, and standards, perpetuate them, and foster change in them against the background of major transformations in the way information is mediated as a result of democratization, economic development, cultural change, globalization and technological innovation.The book addresses a range of issues including: media law and evolving concepts of democracy network neutrality and traffic management public service broadcasting in Europe Interception of communication and surveillance in Russia State secrets, leaks and the media. A variety of rule-making institutions are considered, including administrative, and judicial entities within and outside of government, but also entities such as associations and corporations that generate binding rules. The book assesses the emerging role of supranational economic and political groupings as well as of non-Western models, such as China and India, where cultural attitudes toward media freedoms are often very different. Monroe E. Price is Director of the Center for Global Communication Studies at the Annenberg School for the University of Pennsylvania and Joseph and Sadie Danciger Professor of Law and Director of the Howard M. Squadron Program in Law, Media and Society at the Cardozo School of Law.Stefaan Verhulst is Chief of Research at the Markle Foundation. Previously he was the co-founder and co-director, with Professor Monroe Price, of the Programme in Comparative Media Law and Policy (PCMLP) at Oxford University, as well as senior research fellow at the Centre for Socio Legal Studies"--cProvided by publisher. 0aMass mediaxLaw and legislation.1 aMorgan, Libby.1 aPrice, Monroe E.,d1938-1 aVerhulst, Stefaanq(Stefaan G.)08iPrint version: z9780415683166w(DLC) 201202613340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203074572zClick here to view.01462cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500025002400820019002652450103002842460040003872640058004273000039004854900038005245050311005626500040008736500026009137000018009397000025009577760053009828300039010358560086010749780203074701180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203074701q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135114893q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135114930q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415659703q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203074701 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103776 4aHV6024.5b.I585 201504a364.0721bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of qualitative criminology /cedited by Heith Copes and J. Mitchell Miller.30aHandbook of qualitative criminology 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xvi, 312 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Situating qualitative research in criminology and criminal justice -- pt. 2. Traditional and unorthodox qualitative research strategies -- pt. 3. Collecting and interpreting qualitative data -- pt. 4. Qualitative research on crime and criminals -- pt. 5. Qualitative research on the justice systems. 0aCriminologyxResearchxMethodology. 0aQualitative research.1 aCopes, Heith.1 aMiller, J. Mitchell.08iPrint version: z9780415659703w(DLC) 2014033671 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203074701zClick here to view.01433cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450105003432640054004483000039005025040053005415050330005946500014009246500014009387000022009527000018009747760053009928560086010459780203075180180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203075180q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135118754q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135118709q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135118747q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415879453q(hardback)  z9780415657228q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203075180 2doi  a(OCoLC)841171607 4aHQ728b.H275 201304a306.85bH23600aHandbook of family theories :ba content-based approach /cedited by Mark A. Fine, Frank D. Fincham. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 492 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. Parenting and parent-child relations -- section 2. Dating, cohabiting, and marital relationships -- section 3. Conflict and aggression in families -- section 4. Structural variations and transitions in families -- section 5. Demographic variations in families -- section 6. Families and extrafamilial institutions. 0aFamilies. 0aMarriage.1 aFincham, Frank D.1 aFine, Mark A.08iPrint version: z9780415879453w(DLC) 201202515540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203075180zClick here to view.02021cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820017003292450172003462640034005183000038005525050095005905200819006856500053015047000047015577760053016048560086016579780203075227180706s2013    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203075227q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135118969q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135118914q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135118952q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415807340q(hardback)  z9780415807357q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203075227 2doi  a(OCoLC)852158079 4aLB1028.3b.H354 201304a371.33bH23600aHandbook of design in educational technology /cedited by Rosemary Luckin, Sadhana Puntambekar, Peter Goodyear, Barbara Grabowski, Joshua Underwood, and Niall Winters. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xi, 509 pages)0 apt. 1. foundations -- pt. 2. Design methods -- pt. 3. Implementation -- pt. 4. Evaluation.  a"The Handbook of Design in Educational Technology provides up-to-date, comprehensive summaries and syntheses of recent research pertinent to the design of information and communication technologies to support learning. Readers can turn to this handbook for expert advice about each stage in the process of designing systems for use in educational settings; from theoretical foundations to the challenges of implementation, the process of evaluating the impact of the design and the manner in which it might be further developed and disseminated.The volume is organized into the following four sections: Theory, Design, Implementation, and Evaluation. The more than forty chapters reflect the international and interdisciplinary nature of the educational technology design research field."--cProvided by publisher. 0aEducational technologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aLuckin, Rosemary,eeditor. of compilation.08iPrint version: z9780415807340w(DLC) 201203715240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203075227zClick here to view.04465cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500400026002710500025002970820018003222450110003402640044004503000040004943360021005343370023005553380032005785053325006106500065039357000023040007760054040238560086040779780203075562180706s2016    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203075562q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135120887q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135120924q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415658874q(hardback)  z9780415658881q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203075562 2doi  a(OCoLC)958102805  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLB1050.38b.H36 201604a372.417bH23600aHandbook of individual differences in reading :breader, text, and context /cedited by Peter Afflerbach. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xvii, 403 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 a1. An overview of individual differences in reading : research, policy, and practice / Peter Afflerbach -- 2. Identifying individual differences in reading : what are we looking for? / Emily Fox and Liliana Maggioni -- 3. Metacognition / Marcel V.J. Veenman -- 4. Engagement and motivational processes in reading / John T. Guthrie and Susan Lutz Klauda -- 5. Self-efficacy, agency, and volition : student beliefs and reading motivation / Dale H. Schunk and William D. Dursuck -- 6. The role of epistemic beliefs in the comprehension of single and multiple texts / Ivar Braten, Helge I. Strømsø, and Leila E. Ferguson -- 7. Individual differences in phonological awareness and their role in learning to read / Jamie M. Quinn, Mercedes Spencer, and Richard W. Wagner -- 8. Individual differences in word recognition : reading acquisition and reading disabilities / Jamie L. Metsala and Margaret D. David -- 9. Reading fluency / Paula J. Schwanenflugel and Melanie R. Kuhn -- 10. Complexities of individual differences in vocabulary knowledge : implications for research, assessment, and instruction / Michael J. Kieffer and Katherine D. Stahl -- 11. Individual differences in reading comprehension / Paul van den Broek, Jolien M. Mouw, and Astrid Kraal -- 12. Prior knowledge : acquisition and revision / Panayiota Kendeou and Edward J. O'Brien -- 13. Higher order thinking in comprehension / Danielle S. McNamara, Matthew E. Jacovina, and Laura K. Allen -- 14. School contexts and the production of individual differences / Julie E. Learned and Elizabeth Birr Moje -- 15. Classroom influences on individual differences / Richard L. Allington and Rachael Gabriel -- 16. Discursive contexts, reading, and individual differences / Peter Johnston and Gay Ivey -- 17. Language differences that influence reading development : instructional implications of alternative interpretations of the research evidence / Jim Cummins -- 18. Individual differences in reading history / Bruce VanSledright -- 19. Individual differences in the new literacies of online research and comprehension / Donald J. Leu, Carita Kiili, and Elena Forzani -- 20. Family matters : home influences and individual differences in children's reading development / Jennifer D. Turner, Maria E. Crassas, and Pamela H. Segal -- 21. Influences of the experience of race as a lens for understanding variation in displays of competence in reading comprehension / Carol D. Lee -- 22. The influence of poverty on individual differences in reading / Alpana Bhattacharya -- 23. Constructions of difference : how reading first, response to intervention, and common core policies conceptualize individual differences / Sarah L. Woulfin -- 24. The role of individual differences in working memory capacity on reading comprehension ability / Chantel S. Prat, Roy Seo, and Brianna L. Yamasaki -- 25. Individual differences in perceptual processing and eye movements in reading / Keith Rayner, Matthew J. Abbott, and Patrick Plummer -- 26. Cognitive processing and reading comprehension : issues of theory, causality, and individual differences / Ralph E. Reynolds, Byeong-Young Cho, and Amy Hutchison -- 27. Individual differences relations and interrelations : reconciling issues of definition, dynamism, and development / Sandra M. Loughlin and Patricia A. Alexander. 0aIndividualized reading instructionvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAfflerbach, Peter.08iPrint version: z9780415658874w(DLC)  201500104840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203075562zClick here to view.03505cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350021002330400026002540500020002800820016003002450101003162460040004172640034004573000034004913360021005253370023005463380032005694900024006015052226006256500028028516500033028796500015029127000031029277000021029587760053029798300025030328560086030579780203075616180706s2012    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135121211 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135121167q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135121204q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415677042q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203075616 2doi  a(OCoLC)826657827  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHC51b.R68 201204a330.9bR86900aRoutledge handbook of modern economic history /cedited by Robert Whaples and Randall E. Parker.30aHandbook of modern economic history 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (368 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks00tpart PART I The methods of modern economic history -- tchapter 1 Economic history and cliometrics /rLouis P. Cain -- tchapter 2 The New Institutional Economics and economic history /rTomas Nonnenmacher -- tchapter 3 Measuring economic growth and the standard of living /rLee A. Craig -- tchapter 4 Anthropometric history: heights, weights, and economic conditions /rScott Alan Carson -- tpart PART II Influences on economic growth and stagnation -- tchapter 5 The causes of economic growth /rRobert A. Margo -- tchapter 6 Economic history of technological change /rB. Zorina Khan -- tchapter 7 Economic history and entrepreneurship /rRobert Whaples -- tchapter 8 Economic history and competition policy /rWerner Troesken -- tchapter 9 The evolutionary roots of economic history: Philip R. P. Coelho /rPhilip R.P. Coelho -- tchapter 10 The economic history of war and defense /rJari Eloranta -- tchapter 11 Business cycles /rChristopher Hanes -- tchapter 12 The economic history of financial panics /rAndrew Jalil -- tpart PART III Individual economic sectors -- tchapter 13 Economic history and religion /rJohn E. Murray -- tchapter 14 The economic history of agriculture /rGiovanni Federico -- tchapter 15 The economic history of transportation /rDan Bogart -- tchapter 16 Economic history and the healthcare industry /rMelissa Thomasson -- tchapter 17 The economic history of banking /rRichard S. Grossman -- tchapter 18 The economic history of entertainment and sports /rMichael Haupert -- tpart PART IV The work force and human outcomes -- tchapter 19 Inequality in economic history /rThomas N. Maloney -- tchapter 20 The evolution of labor markets /rMichael Huberman -- tchapter 21 Labor unions and economic history /rGerald Friedman -- tchapter 22 The economic history of education /rDavid Mitch -- tchapter 23 The economic history of immigration /rRaymond L. Cohn -- tchapter 24 The economic history of slavery /rJenny Bourne -- tchapter 25 The economic history of urbanization /rFred Smith -- tchapter 26 The changing economic roles of women /rJoyce Burnette -- tchapter 27 African-Americans in the U.S. economy since emancipation /rWilliam A. Sundstrom. 0aEconomic historyy1918- 0aEconomic historyy1750-1918. 0aEconomics.1 aParker, Randall E.,d1960-1 aWhaples, Robert.08iPrint version: z9780415677042w(DLC) 2012025168 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203075616zClick here to view.01244cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820023003282450088003512640044004393000039004834900024005225050201005466500042007477000019007897760035008088300025008438560086008689780203075715180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203075715q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135121709q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135121655q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135121693q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782326q(hardback)  z9781138820616q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203075715 2doi  a(OCoLC)827947099 4aHQ767.87b.R68 201304a305.23091821bR86904aThe Routledge history of childhood in the western world /cedited by Paula S. Fass. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 531 pages)1 aRoutledge histories0 apt. 1. Childhood in the Ancient World, the Middle Ages, and Early Modern Europe -- pt. 2. Creating childhoods in the Western World since 1500 -- pt. 3. Special children at special times or places. 0aChildrenzWestern countriesxHistory.1 aFass, Paula S.08iPrint version: z9780415782326 0aRoutledge histories.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203075715zClick here to view.01489cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200031001900200031002210240032002520350021002840400026003050430012003310500022003430820018003652450084003832460032004672640065004993000038005643360021006023370023006233380032006464900024006785050169007026510036008717000017009077000026009247760054009508300025010048560086010299780203075906180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203075906q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135122751q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135122706q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135122744q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415=776851q(hardback)  z9781138679191q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203075906 2doi  a(OCoLC)828720557  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aa-ii--- 4aJQ231b.R685 201304a320.954bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Indian politics /cedited by Atul Kohli and Prerna Singh.30aHandbook of Indian politics 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 393 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Political change -- part 2. Political economy : economic and social development -- part 3. Diversity of regional developments -- part 4. India and the world. 0aIndiaxPolitics and government.1 aKohli, Atul.1 aSingh, Prerna,d1979-08iPrint version: z9780415776851w(DLC)  2012025039 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203075906zClick here to view.01794cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450071003442460028004152640044004433000042004875040053005295050694005826500039012766500017013157000021013327760053013538560086014069780203075944180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203075944q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135122898q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135122843q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135122881q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415658492q(hardback)  z9781138946330q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203075944 2doi  a(OCoLC)889521613 4aPN2053b.R78 201504a792.023bR86904aThe Routledge companion to dramaturgy /cedited by Magda Romanska.30aCompanion to dramaturgy 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxxiii, 533 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. World dramaturgy in the twenty-first century -- pt. 2. Dramaturgy in the age of globalization -- pt. 3. Dramaturgy in motion : demolitions, definitions, and demarcations -- pt. 4. Dramaturgs as artistic leaders and visionaries : privileges and responsibilities of the office -- pt. 5. Dramaturg as mediator and context manager : transculturalism, translation, adaptation, and contextualization -- pt. 6. Dramaturgy among other arts : interdisciplinarity, transdisciplinarity, and transvergence -- pt. 7. Dramaturg as systems analyst : dramaturgy of postdramatic structures -- pt. 8. Dramaturs as public relations manager : immersions, talkbacks, lobby displays, and social networks. 0aTheaterxProduction and direction. 0aDramaturges.1 aRomanska, Magda.08iPrint version: z9780415658492w(DLC) 201400263740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203075944zClick here to view.01912cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500430012002710500024002830820016003072450134003232640034004573000041004915040053005325050659005856500059012446500053013036500045013567000036014017000022014377760053014598560086015129780203076934180706s2013    nyuab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203076934q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135128388q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135128425q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415657457q(hardback)  z9780415657464q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203076934 2doi  a(OCoLC)856933905  an-us--- 4aLB2805b.H2866 201304a371.2bH23600aHandbook of research on educational leadership for equity and diversity /cedited by Linda C. Tillman and James Joseph Scheurich. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xviii, 754 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. The tradition in educational leadership : where we have come from and where we are going -- section 2. Understanding and working successfully with the rich racial and ethnic diversity within U.S. schools -- section 3. Understanding and working successfully with the rich language, cultural, social class, ability, gender, and sexual orientation/gender identity diversity in U.S. schools -- section 4. Research on equitable and excellent schools : lessons for leadership practice -- section 5. Critical issues for successful schooling of all students -- section 6. Promoting the preparation of successful leaders for diverse, equitable schools. 0aEducational leadershipxSocial aspectszUnited States. 0aEducational leadershipxResearchzUnited States. 0aEducational equalizationzUnited States.1 aScheurich, James Joseph,d1944-1 aTillman, Linda C.08iPrint version: z9780415657457w(DLC) 201202690240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203076934zClick here to view.05364cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500021002710820018002922450094003102460039004042640067004433000038005104900024005485040067005725050092006395203844007316500043045756500071046186500045046896500048047347000027047827000029048097760053048388300025048918560086049169780203078563180706s2015    enkabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203078563q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136155529q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136155567q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415645478q(hardback)  z9781138501973q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203078563 2doi  a(OCoLC)897434114 4aRA441b.R68 201504a616.132bR86900aRoutledge handbook of global health security /cedited by Simon Rushton and Jeremy Youde.30aHandbook of global health security 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge/Taylor & Francis Group,c2015.  a1 online resource (xv, 362 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 349-354) and index.0 apt. 1. Health securities -- pt. 2. Threats -- pt. 3. Responses -- pt. 4. Controversies.  a"This new Handbook presents an overview of cutting-edge research in the growing field of global health security. Over the past decade, the study of global health has become an increasingly mainstream part of the International Relations agenda. Over the same period, scholars working in Public Health have begun to investigate the politics of global public health in more depth than ever before. The coming together of these two scholarly communities has resulted in the creation of a vibrant, cross-disciplinary and rapidly-growing field of research. One of the major themes apparent in this scholarly literature has been an examination of the linkages between security and health. This has been an area of lively debate, with discussions ongoing over the appropriate conceptualisation of health security; which (if any) health issues should be treated as security threats; what should be done to address health security threats; and the positive and negative consequences of securitizing health. In raising these questions, the academic literature has been critically reflecting on an emergent policy discourse in which states and other actors have increasingly been discussing and addressing selected health issues in security terms. Again, this has come from both sides of the health/security divide: security policy communities have added health (especially infectious disease threats) to their remits; and the Public Health community has attempted to leverage securitization in order to gain increased attention and resources for health issues. The health security field is, then, a timely and dynamic one in both academic and policy terms - an area of significant contemporary interest for scholars, students and policy-makers alike.This handbook would be the first work comprehensively to address the health security agenda. Bringing together the leading experts and commentators on health security issues from across the world, the volume comprises original and cutting-edge essays addressing the key issues in the field and also highlighting currently neglected avenues for future research. Aimed at an audience spanning academic researchers, postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students and policymakers and professionals, the book is intended to provide an accessible yet sophisticated introduction to the key topics and debates.The book is organized into four sections. Section I addresses some of the fundamental conceptual issues, including the historical links between health and security and the various ways of conceptualising health as a security issue. Section II focuses upon those health issues which have been most frequently discussed in security terms in the academic and policy discourses, in each case identifying the ways in which those issues have been discussed in health security terms, and assessing the evidence for and consequences of addressing them through a security lens. Section III of the book examines the wide range of contemporary security-driven responses to health threats, from state pandemic preparedness programmes to the various global efforts to mitigate health risk. Section IV takes a step back from these discussions, unpacking some of the major controversies which have attended the securitization of health, not least those concerns about its impact on rights and justice, as well as the potential distortion of the global health agenda. The volume will not take a position in the ongoing pro/anti-securitization debate. Rather it deliberately brings in authors from both sides of that debate, and those authors will be given the freedom to take their own position on the issues within their chapters. This book will of great interest to students of global health security, public health, critical security studies, and International Relations in general"--cProvided by publisher. 0aWorld healthvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aPublic healthxInternational cooperationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMedical policyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aNational securityvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aRushton, Simon,d1978-1 aYoude, Jeremy R.,d1976-08iPrint version: z9780415645478w(DLC) 2014008106 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203078563zClick here to view.01485cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430021003300500024003510820017003752450106003922640071004983000040005693360021006093370023006303380032006534900024006855050179007096500027008887000026009157000018009417760053009598300025010128560086010379780203079553180706s2013    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203079553q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136160691q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136160646q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136160684q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415778626q(hardback)  z9781138925373q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203079553 2doi  a(OCoLC)830085738  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aaw-----aa-is--- 4aDS119.7b.R679 201304a956.04bR86904aThe Routledge handbook on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict /cedited by Joel Peters and David Newman. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 475 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Competing nationalisms -- part 2. Narratives and key moments -- part 3. Seeking peace -- part 4. Issues -- part 5. Domestic actors -- part 6. International engagement. 0aArab-Israeli conflict.1 aNewman, David,d1956-1 aPeters, Joel.08iPrint version: z9780415778626w(DLC) 2012021777 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203079553zClick here to view.01664cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820016002952450109003112460032004202640034004523000039004864900064005255050492005896500039010816500060011207000020011807000023012007760053012238560086012769780203079942180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203079942q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136163302q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136163258q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136163296q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415781992q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203079942 2doi  a(OCoLC)839676337 4aHD3871b.R68 201304a338.8bR86904aThe Routledge companion to public-private partnerships /cedited by Piet de Vries and Etienne B. Yehoue.30aPublic-private partnerships 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxi, 496 pages)0 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. General introduction to public-private partnerships -- pt. 2. Law and public-private partnerships -- pt. 3. Institutional economics and public-private partnerships -- pt. 4. Financing of public-private partnerships -- pt. 5. Public sector economics and public-private partnerships -- pt. 6. Recent financial crises and public-private partnerships -- pt. 7. Governance of public-private partnerships -- pt. 8. Accountability, auditing and assessment of public-private partnerships. 0aPublic-private sector cooperation. 0aPublic-private sector cooperationxLaw and legislation.1 aVries, Piet de.1 aYehoue, Etienne B.08iPrint version: z9780415781992w(DLC) 201202207340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203079942zClick here to view.01603cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820016002952450108003112460034004192640034004533000039004874900025005265050343005516500020008946500038009146500039009526500031009917000025010227000021010477000020010687760053010888300026011418560086011679780203080092180706s2015    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203080092q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136164224q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136164170q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136164217q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415643634q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203080092 2doi  a(OCoLC)958102830 4aHF5470b.R68 201504a174.4bR86904aThe Routledge companion to ethnic marketing /cedited by Ahmad Jamal, Lisa Penaloza and Michel Laroche.30aCompanion to ethnic marketing 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xvi, 362 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Why ethnic marketing? -- pt. 2. Processes of ethnic cultural change, socialization and technology -- pt. 3. Identity, space and ethnic entrepreneurship -- pt. 4. Globalization, religion and materialism -- pt. 5. Market segmentation and targeting -- pt. 6. Advertising -- pt. 7. Ethical and public policy issues in ethnic marketing. 0aEthnic markets. 0aEntrepreneurshipxSocial aspects. 0aConsumer behaviorxSocial aspects. 0aCulture and globalization.1 aJamal, Ahmad,d1965-1 aLaroche, Michel.1 aPenaloza, Lisa.08iPrint version: z9780415643634w(DLC) 2014047403 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203080092zClick here to view.01627cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820020003282450154003482640041005023000041005435040053005845050441006376500030010786500026011086500022011347000030011567760053011868560086012399780203080719180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203080719q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136169137q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136169083q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136169120q(e-book: ePub)  z9781848729193q(hardback)  z9781848726246q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203080719 2doi  a(OCoLC)827455722 4aBF723.S25bH36 201304a155.41825bH23600aHandbook of self-regulatory processes in development :bnew directions and international perspectives /cedited by Karen Caplovitz Barrett. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2013.  a1 online resource (xviii, 502 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. Development of emotion regulation and self-regulation / section editor: Karen Caplovitz Barrett -- section 2. Development of self-regulation : physiological and brain processes / section editor: Nathan A. Fox -- section 3. Development of self-regulation and mastery motivation / section editor: George A. Morgan -- section 4. Self-regulation in atypical development / section editors: Deborah J. Fidler and Lisa A. Daunhauer. 0aSelf-control in children. 0aEmotions in children. 0aChild psychology.1 aBarrett, Karen Caplovitz.08iPrint version: z9781848729193w(DLC) 201202515440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203080719zClick here to view.01132cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820014003262450080003402460040004202640034004603000040004945050055005346500021005896500018006106500020006286500013006487000018006617760053006798560086007329780203081846180706s2015    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203081846q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136175961q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136175916q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136175954q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415641470q(hardback)  z9781138214767q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203081846 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103766 4aHM621b.R685 201504a306bR86904aThe Routledge companion to global popular culture /cedited by Toby Miller.30aCompanion to global popular culture 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxii, 535 pages)0 apt. 1. Theories -- pt. 2. Genres -- pt. 3. Places. 0aPopular culture. 0aCivilization. 0aSocial history. 0aCulture.1 aMiller, Toby.08iPrint version: z9780415641470w(DLC) 201402119840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203081846zClick here to view.02626cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500022002400820019002622450106002812460043003872640044004303000037004744900024005115051428005356500044019636500046020076500049020537000026021027000020021287760053021488300025022018560086022269780203082324180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203082324q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136178603q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136178641q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415640992q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203082324 2doi  a(OCoLC)958102695 4aHD30.2b.R68 201504a658.4038bR86900aRoutledge handbook of the economics of knowledge /cedited by Cristiano Antonelli and Albert N. Link.30aHandbook of the economics of knowledge 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (x, 272 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 a1. Yet another measure of ignorance / Albert N. Link -- 2. Innovation and creativity : a slogan, nothing but a slogan / Benoit Godin -- 3. From knowledge to innovation : the role of knowledge spillover entrepreneurship / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Joshua Hinger -- 4. Innovation strategies combining internal and external knowledge / Borje Johansson and Hans Loof -- 5. Networks of knowledge : an appraisal of research themes, findings and implications / Muge Ozman -- 6. Academic networks and the diffusion of knowledge / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Goktepe-Hulten, and Rati Ram -- 7. Transversal or linear? Knowledge externalities and the complexity of knowledge interactions / Phil Cooke -- 8. Knowledge cumulability and path dependence in innovation persistence / Francesco Crespi and Giuseppe Scellato -- 9. Social responsibility and the knowledge production function of higher education : a review of the literature / Christopher S. Hayter -- 10. An alternative to the economic value of knowledge / Heather Rimes, Jennie Welch, and Barry Bozeman -- 11. The international dissemination of technological knowledge / Fabio Montobbio and Rodrigo Kataishi -- 12. The economic nature of knowledge embodied in standards for technology-based industries / Gregory Tassey -- 13. Towards non-exclusive intellectual property rights / Cristiano Antonelli -- 14. The dynamics of knowledge governance / Cristiano Antonelli. 0aKnowledge managementxEconomic aspects. 0aInformation technologyxEconomic aspects. 0aTechnological innovationsxEconomic aspects.1 aAntonelli, Cristiano.1 aLink, Albert N.08iPrint version: z9780415640992w(DLC) 2014018440 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203082324zClick here to view.01457cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500024003160820017003402450095003572500019004522640034004713000038005055050190005436500050007336500074007836500051008576500058009087000026009667760053009928560086010459780203083505180706s2014    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203083505q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136185496q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136185441q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136185489q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415685849q(hardback)  z9781138812734q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203083505 2doi  a(OCoLC)877015925  ae------ 4aHV6025b.R6778 201404a364.94bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of European criminology /cedited by Sophie Body-Gendrot. [et al.].  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xx, 550 pages)0 apt. 1. European issues on crime and crime control -- pt. 2. Variations in crime : description and explanations -- pt. 3. Variations in institutional responses and possible explanations. 0aCriminologyzEuropevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCriminal justice, Administration ofzEuropevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCriminal lawzEuropevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aTransnational crimezEuropevHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBody-Gendrot, Sophie.08iPrint version: z9780415685849w(DLC) 201336355640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203083505zClick here to view.01748cam a2200385Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500400026002710430012002970500022003090820019003312450170003502640040005203000040005603360021006003370023006213380032006444900024006765050270007006100020009706500054009906510058010446510049011027000027011517000038011787760035012168300025012518560086012769780203083642180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203083642q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136186455q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136186493q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415539463q(hardback)  z9781138306844q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203083642 2doi  a(OCoLC)823170128  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  ae------ 4aJZ1570b.R68 201304a341.2422bR86900aRoutledge handbook on the European Union and international institutions :bperformance, policy, power /cedited by Knud Erik JØrgensen and Katie Verlin Laatikainen. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 491 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. The EU in international institutions -- part 2. International organisations and performance -- part 3. The United Nations -- part 4. International organisations -- part 5. International regimes -- part 6. Global institutional contexts and EU multilateralism.20aEuropean Union. 0aInternational agencieszEuropean Union countries. 0aEuropean Union countriesxForeign economic relations. 0aEuropean Union countriesxForeign relations.1 aJØrgensen, Knud Erik.1 aLaatikainen, Katie Verlin,d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415539463 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203083642zClick here to view.01148cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820018003252450073003432460030004162500019004462640040004653000040005055050106005456500020006516500019006717000017006907760053007078560086007609780203084229180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203084229q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136190186q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136190223q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136190230q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415682923q(hardback)  z9781138282209q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203084229 2doi  a(OCoLC)822894309 4aHV31b.R766 201304a330.126bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of the welfare state /cedited by Bent Greve.3 aHandbook of welfare state  aFirst edition. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxii, 467 pages)0 apt. 1. Key concepts -- pt. 2. Typologies and methods -- pt. 3. Central policy areas -- pt. 4. Future. 0aPublic welfare. 0aWelfare state.1 aGreve, Bent.08iPrint version: z9780415682923w(DLC) 201201638040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203084229zClick here to view.01332cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500025002730820016002982450054003142640050003683000038004184900037004565040069004935050260005626500023008227000020008457760053008658300038009188560086009569780203084465180706s2013    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203084465q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136191787q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136191732q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136191770q(e-book: ePub)  z9780700712892q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203084465 2doi  a(OCoLC)842900723 4aPL8026.K45bV68 201304a496.1bK45704aThe Khoesan languages /cedited by Rainer Vossen. 1aLondon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xx, 508 pages)1 aRoutledge language family series  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages [482]-496) and index.0 a1. Introduction / Rainer Vossen -- 2. Genetic relationships : an overview of the evidence / Henry Honken -- 3. Typology / Tom Guldemann -- 4. Phonetics and phonology -- 5. Tonology -- 6. Morphology -- 7. Syntax -- 8. Language contact and sociolinguistics. 0aKhoisan languages.1 aVossen, Rainer.08iPrint version: z9780700712892w(DLC) 2012016016 0aRoutledge language family series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203084465zClick here to view.03325cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830400026003050430012003310500024003430820018003672450085003852640052004703000039005223360021005613370023005823380032006055052126006376500023027636500041027867000021028277760053028488560086029019780203086476180706s2006    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203086476q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134255429q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134255467q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134255474q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415355186q(hardback)  z9781138010352q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203086476 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000427136  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  ae------ 4aHM477.E85bH35 200604a301.094bH23604aThe handbook of contemporary European social theory /cedited by Gerard Delanty. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2006.  a1 online resource (xxv, 419 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 apart Part 1: Disciplinary traditions -- chapter 1 Founders, classics, and canons in the formation of social theory -- chapter 2 Social theory and the social sciences -- chapter 3 Social theory and political philosophy -- chapter 4 Social theory and theology -- part Part 2: National traditions -- chapter 5 Contemporary German social theory -- chapter 6 The age of epigones: Post-Bourdieusian social theory in France -- chapter 7 The peculiarities of the British: Social theory in the United Kingdom -- chapter 8 Everything changes and nothing changes: change, culture and identity in contemporary Italian social theory -- chapter 9 Contemporary Spanish social theory -- chapter 10 Nordic social theory: between social philosophy and grounded theory -- chapter 11 Contemporary East Central European social theory -- chapter 12 Contemporary Russian social theory -- part Part 3: Intellectual traditions -- chapter 13 How to criticize? Convergent and divergent paths in critical theories of society -- chapter 14 After dialectics: postmodernity, post-Marxism, and other posts and positions -- chapter 15 Hermeneutics, phenomenology and philosophical anthropology -- chapter 16 Contemporary European cognitive social theory -- chapter 17 Civilizational analysis, social theory and comparative history -- chapter 18 Cosmopolitanism: A social science research agenda -- part Part 4: Themes and Narratives -- chapter 19 European master narratives about freedom -- chapter 20 Modernity and the escape from Eurocentrism -- chapter 21 European transformations -- chapter 22 The politics of commemoration: The Holocaust, memory and trauma -- chapter 23 Cultural identities -- chapter 24 Nations, belonging and community -- chapter 25 Theorizing the European city -- chapter 26 Making sense of the public sphere -- chapter 27 Nature, embodiment and social theory -- part Part 5: Global perspectives -- chapter 28 Euros to America: The disciplining, deconstruction and diaspora of American social theory -- chapter 29 Encounters between European and Asian social theory -- chapter 30 Social theory, ‘Latin’ America and modernity. 0aSociologyzEurope. 0aSocial scienceszEuropexPhilosophy.1 aDelanty, Gerard.08iPrint version: z9780415355186w(DLC) 200501795040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203086476zClick here to view.03313cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640400026002850500022003110820017003332450089003502640044004393000034004833360021005173370023005383380032005615052170005936500020027636500025027837000020028087000020028287760053028488560086029019780203089163180331s2007    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9781134154814 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134154760q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134154807q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415396653q(hardback)  z9780415483193q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203089163 2doi  a(OCoLC)104893796  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aJZ5538b.H36 200704a303.66bH23600aHandbook of peace and conflict studies /cedited by Charles Webel and Johan Galtung. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2007.  a1 online resource (424 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tchapter Introduction -- tchapter 1 Introduction: Toward a philosophy and metapsychology of peace /rCharles Webel -- tchapter 2 Introduction: peace by peaceful con?ict transformation the TRANSCEND approach /rJohan Galtung -- tpart Part 1 Understanding and transforming conflict -- tchapter 3 Negotiation and international con?ict /rFen Osler Hampson -- tchapter 4 Mediation /rSara Horowitz -- tchapter 5 Former Yugoslavia and Iraq: a comparative analysis of international con?ict mismanagement /rJan Oberg -- tchapter 6 Peace studies and peace politics: multicultural common security in North�South con?ict situations /rKinhide Mushakoji -- tchapter 7 Disarmament and survival /rMarc Pilisuk -- tchapter 8 Nuclear disarmament /rDavid Krieger -- tpart Part 2 Creating peace -- tchapter 9 Counselling and training for con?ict transformation and peace-building: the TRANSCEND approach /rWilfried Graf -- tchapter 10 Nonviolence: More than the absence of violence /rJ�rgen Johansen -- tchapter 11 Human rights and peace /rJim Ife -- tchapter 12 Reconciliation /rJoanna Santa-Barbara -- tchapter 13 Peace as a self-regulating process /rDietrich Fischer -- tpart Part 3 Supporting peace -- tchapter 14 Gender and peace: Towards a gender-inclusive, holistic perspective /rTony Jenkins -- tchapter 15 Peace business: An introduction /rJack Santa-Barbara -- tchapter 16 Peace Journalism /rJake Lynch -- tchapter 17 Peace psychology: Theory and practice /rAntonella Sapio -- tchapter 18 Rethinking peace education /rAlicia Cabezudo -- tpart Part 4 Peace across the disciplines -- tchapter 19 Peace studies as a transdisciplinary project /rChadwick F. Alger -- tchapter 20 The spirit of war and the spirit of peace: understanding the role of religion Graeme MacQueen -- tchapter 21 International law: Amid power, order and justice /rRichard Falk -- tchapter 22 The language-games of peace /rAnat Biletzki -- tchapter 23 Peace and the arts Patrick McCarthy -- tchapter 24 Peace through health? /rNeil Arya -- tpart Part 5 Conclusion -- tchapter 25 Peace and con?ict studies: looking back, looking forward /rJohan Galtung. 0aPeace-building. 0aConflict management.1 aWebel, Charles.1 aGaltung, Johan.08iPrint version: z9780415396653w(DLC) 200602702540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203089163zClick here to view.03240cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830400026003050500021003310820017003522450067003692640044004363000040004803360021005203370023005413380032005645040067005965052040006636500043027037000029027467760053027758560086028289780203089323180706s2007    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203089323q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135986834q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135986872q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135986889q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415770507q(hardback)  z9780415777834q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203089323 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000427096  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aUB250b.H35 200704a327.12bH23600aHandbook of intelligence studies /cedited by Loch K. Johnson. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2007.  a1 online resource (xvii, 382 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 367-370) and index.0 aIntroduction / Loch K. Johnson -- Sources and methods for the study of intelligence / Michael Warner -- The American approach to intelligence studies / James J. Wirtz -- The historiography of the FBI / Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones -- Intelligence ethics : laying a foundation for the second oldest profession / Michael Andregg -- The accountability of security and intelligence agencies / Ian Leigh -- "Knowing the self, knowing the other" : the comparative analysis of security intelligence / Peter Gill -- US patronage of German postwar intelligence / Wolfgang Krieger -- The technical collection of intelligence / Jeffrey T. Richelson -- Human source intelligence / Frederick P. Hitz -- Open source intelligence / Robert David Steele -- Adapting intelligence to changing issues / Paul R. Pillar -- The challenges of economic intelligence / Minh A. Luong -- Strategic warning : intelligence support in a world of uncertainty and surprise / Jack Davis -- Achieving all-source fusion in the intelligence community / Richard L. Russell -- Adding value to the intelligence product / Stephen Marrin -- Analysis for strategic intelligence / John Hollister Hedley -- Cold War intelligence defectors / Nigel West -- Counterintelligence failures in the United States / Stan A. Taylor -- éOEmigréOe intelligence reporting : sifting fact from fiction / Mark Stout -- Linus Pauling : a case study in counterintelligence run amok / Kathryn S. Olmsted -- The role of covert action / William J. Daugherty -- The future of covert action / John Prados -- Intelligence oversight in the UK : the case of Iraq / Mark Phythian -- Intelligence accountability : challenges for parliaments and intelligence services / Hans Born and Thorsten Wetzling -- Intelligence and the rise of judicial intervention / Fred F. Manget -- A shock theory of Congressional accountability for intelligence / Loch K. Johnson -- Appendices. A. The US intelligence community (IC), 2006 -- B. Leadership of the US intelligence community (IC), 1947-2006 -- C. The intelligence cycle. 0aIntelligencevHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aJohnson, Loch K.,d1942-08iPrint version: z9780415770507w(DLC) 200602136840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203089323zClick here to view.01541cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820016003252450109003412640034004503000041004844900036005255050304005616500042008656500044009076500046009517000022009977000020010197760053010398300037010928560086011299780203092231180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203092231q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136202025q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136202063q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136202070q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415874564q(hardback)  z9781138064874q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203092231 2doi  a(OCoLC)823040808 4aJA71b.R686 201304a300.1bR86904aThe Routledge companion to social and political philosophy /cedited by Gerald Gaus and Fred D'Agostino. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 841 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. The history of social and political theory -- pt. 2. Political theories and ideologies -- pt. 3. Normative foundations -- pt. 4. Distributive justice -- pt. 5. The national state and beyond -- pt. 6. Political concepts -- pt. 7. Approaches -- pt. 8. Issues in social and political philosophy. 0aSocial sciencesxPhilosophyxHistory. 0aPolitical sciencexPhilosophyxHistory. 0aPolitical sociologyxPhilosophyxHistory.1 aD'Agostino, Fred.1 aGaus, Gerald F.08iPrint version: z9780415874564w(DLC) 2012013795 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203092231zClick here to view.07615cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520430012002730500022002850820017003072450093003242460036004172640044004533000041004974900064005385053850006025201248044525201302057006500034070027000017070367000020070537760053070738300065071268560086071919780203093146180706s2015    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203093146q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136202506q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136202452q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136202490q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415635455q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203093146 2doi  a(OCoLC)897435381  af------ 4aHD2917b.R68 201504a330.96bR86904aThe Routledge companion to business in Africa /cedited by Sonny Nwankwo and Kevin Ibeh.30aCompanion to business in Africa 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 595 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 a1. Introduction / Sonny Nwankwo and Kevin Ibeh -- pt. 1: 2. Africa-to-Africa internationalization : rhetoric, reality and risks of intra-African regional expansion / Franklin Ngwu, Ifedapo Adeleye and Chris Ogbechie ; 3. REgional economic integration and corporate Africa in the twenty-first century : a focus on COMESA / Gerry N. Muuka and Bellarmine A. Ezumah ; 4. Africa's retailing environment : the online shopping perspective / Anayo D. Nkamnebe ; 5. Understanding Africa's business environment : the case of the airline industry / Raphael K. Akamavi and Yue Xu ; 6. Africa's third sector : assessing the impact of Africa's social enterprises / Tigineh Mersha, Ven Sriram and Roger Elliott ; 7. African consumers and country-of-origin influence : evidence from Morocco / A. Ben Oumlil ; 8. Pro-foreign consumption phenomenon in Africa : insights from Nigeria / Ogwo E. Ogwo and Gazie S. Okpara ; 9. Family consumption systems in Africa : a focus on children / Ayantunji Gbadamosi ; 10. African entrepreneurs' performance : an ethnicity perspective / Emmanuel A. Cleeve and Tidings P. Ndhlovu ; 11. Women entrepreneurship in sub-Saharan Africa : a case-based approach / Nnamdi O. Madichie and Robert E. Hinson ; 12. Informal economy entrepreneurs from sub-Saharan Africa : observations from Kenya / Diane Holt and David Littlewood ; 13. African entrepreneurs, financial literacy, debt and bankruptcy / Ignatius Ekanem ; 14. Diaspora Africans and entrepreneurial characteristics : a focus on Nigerians in the UK / Sanya Ojo ; 15. Ethical and moral philosophies of business : North Africa versus North America / A. Ben Oumlil and Joseph L. Balloun ; 16. Doing business in Africa : some challenges / Richard B. Nyuur, Ellis L.C. Osabutey and Yaw A. Debrah ; 17. Business development in sub-Saharan Africa : obstacles, myths and realities / Charles J. Mambula ; 18. FDI in Africa : Chinese enterprises and their business strategies / Daouda Cisse ; 19. Emerging global firms : insights of Chinese multinationals in Africa / Joseph Amankwah-Amoah and Yaw A. Debrah ; 20. FDI and labor productivity growth in SSA countries : theory and evidence / Khaled Elmawazini -- pt. 2: 21. Knowledge management, capacity building and sustainable development in Africa / Allam Ahmed ; 22. Cross-border interfirm knowledge generation and enterprise development in Africa / John Kuada ; 23. Entrepreneurship education for a renascent Africa / Nicolas Hamelin and Sonny Nwankwo ; 24. Business strategy and firms' performance in sub-Saharan Africa / John O. Okpara ; 25. Strategic human resources management, labour market efficiency and competitiveness in Africa : contemporary issues and prospects for the future / Ifedapo Adeleye and Yetunde Anibaba ; 26. Consumer-based brand equity as competitive differentiator in an emerging African economy / Nana Owusu-Frimpong, Ebenezer Asare Effah and Kofi Osei-Frimpong ; 27. Rethinking formal prudential regulation of the financial sector in Africa : an institutional analysis / Franklin Ngwu ; 28. Poverty alleviation in Africa through microfinancing innovations / Robert Rugimbana ; 29. Corporate social responsibility and employee relations in Africa : evidence from the Nigerian banking sector / Kenneth Amaeshi, Ifedapo Adeleye and Olufemi Amao ; 30. Investment in infrastructure development in Africa : identifying the gaps and opportunities / P.D. Rwelamila ; 31. Tourism as a strategy for sustainable development and poverty alleviation in sub-Saharan Africa / Jerry Kolo ; 32. Attracting small and medium multinational enterprises to African countries / Evelyn Wamboye and Abel Adekola ; 33. Informal sector employment opportunities in sub-Saharan Africa : legitimate or illegal? / Paschal Anosike and Pervaiz Ahmed ; 34. Sustaining the trajectory of Africa's recent progress / Kevin Ibeh and Sonny Nwankwo.  a"Although the world's poorest inhabited continent, Africa has recently shown signs of being a source of economic growth in the coming decades, with increased foreign investment - notably from China - and huge growth in GDP from a number of African states. In contrast to the heaving weight of books focusing on business opportunities in Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America, Africa has been poorly served by academic publishing.This compendium of scholarship offers cutting-edge knowledge relating to business in Africa. The objectives of this collection include:To shed new light on the socio-cultural and historical underpinnings of business practice in Africa and their implications for promoting entrepreneurship and business behaviour in the regionTo consider the important constraints on business activities in Africa, and the emerging 'best practice' for redressing their real and potential impactsTo facilitate a better understanding of contemporary business practice in Africa through the application of relevant theories and models, including emergent ones.The Routledge Companion to Business in Africa will be a valuable reference source for students and academics studying and researching in this field"--cProvided by publisher.  a"Although the world's poorest inhabited continent, Africa has recently shown signs of being a source of economic growth in the coming decades, with increased foreign investment - notably from China - and huge growth in GDP from a number of African states. In contrast to the heaving weight of books focusing on business opportunities in Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America, Africa has been poorly served by academic publishing. This compendium of scholarship offers cutting-edge knowledge relating to business in Africa. The objectives of this collection include: To shed new light on the socio-cultural and historical underpinnings of business practice in Africa and their implications for promoting entrepreneurship and business behaviour in the region To consider the important constraints on business activities in Africa, and the emerging 'best practice' for redressing their real and potential impacts To facilitate a better understanding of contemporary business practice in Africa through the application of relevant theories and models, including emergent ones. The Routledge Companion to Business in Africa is a comprehensive reference resource that provides the perfect platform for embarking on research and study into Africa from the business perspective"--cProvided by publisher. 0aBusiness enterpriseszAfrica.1 aIbeh, Kevin.1 aNwankwo, Sonny.08iPrint version: z9780415635455w(DLC) 2013044860 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203093146zClick here to view.01495cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820018003252450095003432460048004382640040004863000039005264900024005655040069005895050302006586500038009607000019009987760053010178300025010708560086010959780203093474180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203093474q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136202827q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136202865q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136202872q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415687171q(hardback)  z9781138838970q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203093474 2doi  a(OCoLC)820327073 4aK3585b.R68 201304a344.046bR86900aRoutledge handbook of international environmental law /cedited by Shawkat Alam. [et al.].30aHandbook of international environmental law 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxx, 821 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages [731]-805) and index.0 apt. 1. The legal framework, theories and principles of international environmental law -- pt. 2. Implementing international environmental law -- pt. 3. Key issues and legal frameworks -- pt. 4. Regional environmental law -- pt. 5. Cross-cutting issues -- pt. 6. Contemporary and future challenges. 0aEnvironmental law, International.1 aAlam, Shawkat.08iPrint version: z9780415687171w(DLC) 2012013451 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203093474zClick here to view.01582cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830500022003050820019003272450100003462460022004462640052004683000039005204900038005595050367005976500038009646500040010027000018010427000018010607760053010788300039011318560086011709780203093658180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203093658q(e-book : PDF)  a9781317809005q(e-book: PDF)  a9781317808985q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781317808992q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415678827q(hardback)  z9781138846692q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203093658 2doi  a(OCoLC)85=7769607 4aHV6401b.R68 201304a364.0286bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of green criminology /cedited by Nigel South and Avi Brisman.30aGreen criminology 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 448 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 aI. History, theory and methods -- II. International and transnational issues for a green criminology -- III. Region-specific problems : some case studies -- IV. Relationships in green criminology : environment and economy -- V. Relationships in green criminology : humans and non-human species -- VI. Relationships in green criminology : environment and culture. 0aOffenses against the environment. 0aCriminologyxEnvironmental aspects.1 aBrisman, Avi.1 aSouth, Nigel.08iPrint version: z9780415678827w(DLC) 2012023612 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203093658zClick here to view.01291cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500020002850820019003052450137003242640040004613000039005015050130005406500043006706500038007136500035007517000023007867000025008097000016008347760053008508560086009039780203093801180706s2014    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136203312 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136203268q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136203305q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415635332q(hardback)  z9781138200852q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203093801 2doi  a(OCoLC)882610391 4aU104b.R68 201404a355.0072bR86900aRoutledge handbook of research methods in military studies /cedited by Joseph Soeters, Patricia M. Shields and Sebastiaan Rietjens. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xix, 336 pages)0 apt. 1. Getting started and seeing the context -- pt. 2. Qualitative methods -- pt. 3. Quantitative methods -- pt. 4. The end. 0aMilitary art and sciencexMethodology. 0aSociology, MilitaryxMethodology. 0aMilitary historyxMethodology.1 aRietjens, S. J. H.1 aShields, Patricia M.1 aSoeters, J.08iPrint version: z9780415635332w(DLC) 201304469640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203093801zClick here to view.02192cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640430012002850500023002970820020003202450082003402640034004223000043004565050314004995200771008136500034015846500053016186500025016717000019016967000024017157760053017398560086017929780203094280180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136206016 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136205965q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136206009q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415634762q(hardback)  z9780415634779q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203094280 2doi  a(OCoLC)864138766  an-us--- 4aLC5131b.H355 201404a370.91732bH23600aHandbook of urban education /cedited by H. Richard Milner IV & Kofi Lomotey. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxxviii, 560 pages)0 asection 1. Psychology, health, and human development -- section 2. Sociological perspectives -- section 3. Family and community -- section 4. Teacher education and special education -- section 5. Leadership, administration, and leaders -- section 6. Curriculum and instruction -- section 7. Policy and reform.  a"This volume brings together leading scholars in urban education to focus on inner city matters, specifically as they relate to educational research, theory, policy, and practice. Each chapter provides perspectives on the history and evolving nature of urban education, the current education landscape, and helps chart an all-important direction for future work and needs. The Handbook addresses seven areas that capture the breadth and depth of available knowledge in urban education: (1) Psychology, Health and Human Development, (2) Sociological Perspectives, (3) Families and Communities, (4) Teacher Education and Special Education, (5) Leadership, Administration and Leaders, (6) Curriculum & Instruction, and (7) Policy and Reform. "--cProvided by publisher. 0aUrban schoolszUnited States. 0aEducation, UrbanxSocial aspectszUnited States. 0aEducationxResearch.1 aLomotey, Kofi.1 aMilner, H. Richard.08iPrint version: z9780415634762w(DLC) 201303855340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203094280zClick here to view.02465cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820017002962450106003132460040004192640058004593000040005174900024005575050193005815200958007746500061017326500058017936500053018517000031019047000028019357760053019638300025020168560086020419780203094440180706s2015    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203094440q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136207129q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136207075q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136207112q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415530019q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203094440 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103835 4aHD30.3b.R684 201504a658.45bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of strategic communication /cedited by Derina Holtzhausen and Ansgar Zerfass.30aHandbook of strategic communication 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 596 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Conceptual foundations of strategic communication -- pt. 2. Institutional and organizational dimensions -- pt. 3. Implementing strategic communication -- pt. 4. Domains of practice.  a"The Routledge Handbook of Strategic Communication provides the first comprehensive review of research in the strategic communication domain and offers educators and graduate-level students a compilation of approaches to and studies of varying aspects of the field. The volume provides insights into ongoing discussions that build an emerging body of knowledge.Focusing on the metatheoretical, philosophical, and applied aspects of strategic communication, the sections in the volume cover:  Conceptual foundations-Institutional and organizational dimensions-Impact of organizational variables-Domains of practice-Outlooks for future studyAn international set of authors contributes to this volume, illustrating the broad arena in which this work is taking place. A timely volume surveying the current state of scholarship, this Handbook is essential reading for scholars in strategic communication at all levels of experience"--cProvided by publisher. 0aCommunication in organizationsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCommunication in managementvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aBusiness communicationvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHoltzhausen, Derina Rhoda.1 aZerfass, Ansgar,d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415530019w(DLC) 2014016226 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203094440zClick here to view.01443cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820017002962450105003132460026004182640044004443000039004884900064005275050249005916500014008407000023008547000024008777000024009017760053009258300065009788560086010439780203094921180706s2014    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203094921q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136210358q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136210303q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136210341q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415633635q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203094921 2doi  a(OCoLC)890952736 4aHF5667b.R774 201404a657.45bR86904aThe Routledge companion to auditing /cedited by David Hay, W. Robert Knechel and Marleen Willekens.30aCompanion to auditing 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxi, 364 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. The social environment of auditing -- pt. 3. The impact of regulation of auditing -- pt. 3. Research on the process of auditing -- pt. 4. Issues concerned with audit reporting -- pt. 5. Alternative auditing services -- pt. 6. Conclusion. 0aAuditing.1 aHay, David,d1955-1 aKnechel, W. Robert.1 aWillekens, Marleen.08iPrint version: z9780415633635w(DLC) 2014006834 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203094921zClick here to view.01601cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500022002710820020002932450141003132640058004543000022005124900038005345000032005725050183006046500074007876500065008616500054009267000030009807000037010107000038010477760053010858300039011388560086011779780203095201180706s2014    nyuabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203095201q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136212079q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136212116q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415633116q(hardback)  z9781138200012q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203095201 2doi  a(OCoLC)870199338 4aQC903b.R695 201404a363.73874bR86900aRoutledge handbook of the economics of climate change adaptation /cedited by Anil Markandya, Ibon Galarraga and Elisa Sainz de Murieta. 1aNew York :bRoutledge, Taylor & Francis Group,c2014.  a1 online resource1 aRoutledge international handbooks  a"Earthscan from Routledge."0 apart I. Economics and adaptation -- part II. Uncertainty, equity, valuation and efficiency -- part III. Adaptation in activity sectors -- part IV. Other dimensions of adaptation. 0aClimate change mitigationxEconomic aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aClimatic changesxEconomic aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEnvironmental economicsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aGalarraga, Ibon,eeditor.1 aMarkandya, Anil,d1945-eeditor.1 aSainz de Murieta, Elisa,eeditor.08iPrint version: z9780415633116w(DLC) 2013026363 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203095201zClick here to view.02548cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500023002400820014002632450097002772640040003743000041004145050414004555201151008696500010020206500020020306500009020506500031020597000029020907760053021198560086021729780203095454180706s2015    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203095454q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134178766q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136213830q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415632713q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203095454 2doi  a(OCoLC)897435747 4aHT1521b.R687 201504a305bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of race, class, and gender /cedited by Shirley A. Jackson. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xviii, 277 pages)0 apt. 1. Theorizing race, class, and gender studies -- pt. 2. Conversations on race, class, and gender -- pt. 3. Race, class, gender, and migration -- pt. 4. Race, class, gender, and sexualities -- pt. 5. Race, class, gender, and education -- pt. 6. Race, class, gender, and work -- pt. 7. Cultural contexts and identity -- pt. 8. Conclusion : contemporary trends in the intersection of race, class, and gender.  a"The Routledge International Handbook of Race, Class and Gender chronicles the development, growth, history, impact, and future direction of race, gender, and class studies from a multidisciplinary perspective. The research in this subfield has been wide-ranging, including works in sociology, gender studies, anthropology, political science, social policy, history, and public health. As a result, the interdisciplinary nature of race, gender, and class and its ability to reach a large audience has been part of its appeal. The Handbook provides clear and informative essays by experts from a variety of disciplines, addressing the diverse and broad-based impact of race, gender, and class studies. The Handbook is aimed at undergraduate and graduate students who are looking for a basic history, overview of key themes, and future directions for the study of the intersection of race, class, and gender. Scholars new to the area will also find the Handbook's approach useful. The areas covered and the accompanying references will provide readers with extensive opportunities to engage in future research in the area"--cProvided by publisher. 0aRace. 0aSocial classes. 0aSex. 0aSocial sciencesxResearch.1 aJackson, Shirley,d1962-08iPrint version: z9780415632713w(DLC) 201304919840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203095454zClick here to view.01613cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820017002952450094003122460034004062640044004403000041004844900064005255050400005896500022009896500032010117000028010437000024010717760053010958300065011488560086012139780203096512180706s2015    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203096512q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136218620q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136218576q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136218613q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415631761q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203096512 2doi  a(OCoLC)890981558 4aHB615b.R683 201504a338.04bR86904aThe Routledge companion to entrepreneurship /cedited by Ted Baker and Friederike Welter.30aCompanion to entrepreneurship 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 500 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. A. Setting the scene for the companion to entrepreneurship -- pt. B. The discipline of entrepreneurship research -- pt. C. Reasons and motivations for entering entrepreneurship -- pt. D. Resources and resourcefulness -- pt. E. Entrepreneurship, wealth and wellbeing -- pt. F. Entrepreneurial opportunity : equal or unequal -- pt. G. Towards broader understanding : the methodological future. 0aEntrepreneurship. 0aEntrepreneurshipxResearch.1 aBaker, Tedc(Professor)1 aWelter, Friederike.08iPrint version: z9780415631761w(DLC) 2014007900 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203096512zClick here to view.01277cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830430012003050500020003170820016003372450054003532640059004073000040004664900021005065050200005276500015007276510032007427000028007747760053008028300022008558560086008779780203096604180706s2013    enkabde ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203096604q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136219122q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136219078q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136219115q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415569675q(hardback)  z9781138238633q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203096604 2doi  a(OCoLC)85=7769529  aa-iq--- 4aDS72b.S86 201304a935.5bS95504aThe Sumerian world /cedited by Harriet Crawford. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 659 pages)1 aRoutledge worlds0 apt. 1. The background -- pt. 2. Sumerian society : the material remains -- pt. 3. Systems of government -- pt. 4. Life and death -- pt. 4. The neighbours -- pt. 5. The ends of the Sumerian world. 0aSumerians. 0aIraqxCivilizationyTo 634.1 aCrawford, Harriet E. W.08iPrint version: z9780415569675w(DLC) 2012014796 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203096604zClick here to view.01399cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500020002730820014002932450105003072640040004123000040004524900025004925050133005176500026006506500025006766500029007016500027007306500022007576500021007797000026008007000026008267000020008527760053008728300026009258560086009519780203096925180706s2013    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203096925q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136220609q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136220555q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136220593q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415684606q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203096925 2doi  a(OCoLC)828424592 4aGF90b.R68 201304a712bR86904aThe Routledge companion to landscape studies /cedited by Peter Howard, Ian Thompson, Emma Waterton. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 490 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 aExperiencing landscape -- Landscape culture and heritage -- Landscape, society and justice -- Design and planning for landscape. 0aLandscape assessment. 0aCultural landscapes. 0aGeographical perception. 0aLandscape archaeology. 0aLandscape design. 0aHuman geography.1 aHoward, Peter,d1944-1 aThompson, Ian,d1955-1 aWaterton, Emma.08iPrint version: z9780415684606w(DLC) 2012008703 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203096925zClick here to view.01418cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500024002730820017002972450090003142460037004042500019004412640034004603000039004944900038005335050177005716500042007486500037007906500038008277000019008657000018008847760053009028300039009558560086009949780203097090180706s2015    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203097090q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136221033q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136220982q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136221026q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415631143q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203097090 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104969 4aHQ1061b.R5946 201504a305.26bR86900aRoutledge handbook of cultural gerontology /cedited by Julia Twigg and Wendy Martin.30aHandbook of cultural gerontology  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxi, 480 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 asection 1. Theory and methods -- section 2. Embodiment -- section 3. Identities and social relationships -- section 4. Consumption and leisure -- section 5. Time and space. 0aGerontologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aAgeismvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCulturevHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aMartin, Wendy.1 aTwigg, Julia.08iPrint version: z9780415631143w(DLC) 2014047324 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203097090zClick here to view.01218cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640430012002850500024002970820019003212450102003402640034004423000038004765040067005145050107005816500075006887000025007637000019007887760035008078560086008429780203097199180706s2013    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136221613 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136221569q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136221606q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415666060q(hardback)  z9781138783133q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203097199 2doi  a(OCoLC)823654795  an-us--- 4aPS153.H56bR68 201304a810.9868bR86904aThe Routledge companion to Latino/a literature /cedited by Suzanne Bost and Frances R. Aparicio. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 565 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 506-544) and index.0 apt. 1. Identities -- pt. 2. Worldviews -- pt. 3. Traditions -- pt. 4. Literary forms -- pt. 5. Canons. 0aAmerican literaturexHispanic American authorsxHistory and criticism.1 aAparicio, Frances R.1 aBost, Suzanne.08iPrint version: z978041566606040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203097199zClick here to view.05804cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500021003300820016003512450099003672640062004663000022005283360021005503370023005713380032005945000058006265040053006845054490007376500043052277000021052707000024052917760053053158560086053689780203097267180706m2007    njua    obi   001 0 eng d  a9780203097267q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136221972q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136221927q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136221965q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415629379q(hardback)  z9780415629553q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203097267 2doi  a(OCoLC)884864707  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aQ181b.H149 200704a507.1bH23600aHandbook of research on science education /cedited by Sandra K. Abell and Norman G. Lederman. 1aMahwah, N.J. :bLawrence Erlbaum Associates,c2007-<2014>  a1 online resource  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aVol. 2 published by: New York and London : Routledge.  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.00tpart Section I. Theory and Methods of Science Education Research -- tchapter 1 Paradigms in Science Education Research /rDavid F. Treagust -- tchapter 2 Quantitative Research Designs and Approaches /rHans E. Fischer -- tchapter 3 Contemporary Qualitative Research: Toward an Integral Research Perspective /rPeter Charles Taylor -- tpart Section II. Science Learning -- tchapter 4 Student Conceptions and Conceptual Change: Three Overlapping Phases of Research /rTamer G. Amin -- tchapter 5 Attitudes, Identity, and Aspirations Toward Science /rRussell Tytler -- tchapter 6 Classroom Learning Environments: Historical and Contemporary Perspectives /rBarry J. Fraser -- tchapter 7 Learning Science Outside of School /rLéonie J. Rennie -- tchapter 8 Teaching Learning Progressions: An International Perspective /rPer-Olof Wickman -- tpart Section III. Diversity and Equity in Science Learning -- tchapter 9 Unpacking and Critically Synthesizing the Literature on Race and Ethnicity in Science Education /rEileen Carlton Parsons -- tchapter 10 Gender Matters: Building on the Past, Recognizing the Present, and Looking Toward the Future /rKathryn Scantlebury -- tchapter 11 English Learners in Science Education /rCory A. Buxton -- tchapter 12 Special Needs and Talents in Science Learning /rJ. Randy McGinnis -- tchapter 13 Science Education in Urban Contexts: New Conceptual Tools and Stories of Possibilities /rAngela Calabrese Barton, Edna Tan, and Tara O’Neill -- tchapter 14 Rural Science Education: New Ideas, Redirections, and Broadened Definitions /rJ. Steve Oliver -- tchapter 15 Culturally Responsive Science Education for Indigenous and Ethnic Minority Students /rElizabeth McKinley -- tpart Section IV. Science Teaching -- tchapter 16 General Instructional Methods and Strategies /rDavid F. Treagust -- tchapter 17 Discourse Practices in Science Learning and Teaching /rGregory J. Kelly -- tchapter 18 Promises and Challenges of Using Learning Technologies to Promote Student Learning of Science /rJoseph S. Krajcik -- tchapter 19 Elementary Science Teaching /rKathleen J. Roth -- tchapter 20 Interdisciplinary Science Teaching /rCharlene M. Czerniak -- tchapter 21 High School Biology Curricula Development: Implementation, Teaching, and Evaluation from the 20th to the 21st Century /rReuven Lazarowitz -- tchapter 22 Teaching Physics /rReinders Duit -- tchapter 23 The Many Faces of High School Chemistry /rOnno De Jong -- tchapter 24 Earth System Science Education /rNir Orion -- tchapter 25 Environmental Education /rJustin Dillon -- tchapter 26 From Inquiry to Scientific Practices in the Science Classroom /rBarbara A. Crawford -- tpart Section V. Curriculum and Assessment in Science -- tchapter 27 Scientific Literacy, Science Literacy, and Science Education /rDouglas A. Roberts -- tchapter 28 The History of Science Curriculum Reform in the United States /rGeorge E. DeBoer -- tchapter 29 Scientific Practices and Inquiry in the Science Classroom /rJonathan Osborne -- tchapter 30 Research on Teaching and Learning of Nature of Science /rNorman G. Lederman -- tchapter 31 The Evolving Landscape Related to Assessment of Nature of Science /rFouad Abd-El-Khalick -- tchapter 32 Cultural Perspectives in Science Education /rHeidi B. Carlone -- tchapter 33 Culturally Relevant Schooling in Science for Indigenous Learners Worldwide: Stressing the All in Science Literacy for All /rEleanor Abrams -- tchapter 34 Socioscientific Issues as a Curriculum Emphasis: Theory, Research, and Practice /rDana L. Zeidler -- tchapter 35 Project Assessment: Its History, Evolution, and Current Practice /rSarah Beth Woodruff -- tchapter 36 Precollege Engineering Education /rChristine M. Cunningham -- tchapter 37 Review of Science Education Program Evaluation /rFrances Lawrenz -- tchapter 38 The Central Role of Assessment in Pedagogy /rPaul Black -- tchapter 39 Large-Scale Assessments in Science Education /rEdward D. Britton -- tpart Section VI. Science Teacher Education -- tchapter 40 Developing Understandings of Practice: Science Teacher Learning /rJ. John Loughran -- tchapter 41 Science Teacher Attitudes and Beliefs: Reforming Practice /rM. Gail Jones -- tchapter 42 Research on Science Teacher Knowledge /rJan H. van Driel -- tchapter 43 Learning to Teach Science /rTom Russell -- tchapter 44 Research on Teacher Professional Development Programs in Science /rJulie A. Luft. 0aSciencexStudy and teachingxResearch.1 aAbell, Sandra K.1 aLederman, Norman G.08iPrint version: z9780415629379w(DLC) 200603180940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203097267zClick here to view.01642cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500019003040820016003232450082003392460030004212640044004513000041004954900024005365040053005605050509006136500021011227000021011437760053011648300025012178560086012429780203097571180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203097571q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136223204q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136223242q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136223259q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415782456q(hardback)  z9781138908888q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203097571 2doi  a(OCoLC)822561523 4aH97b.R68 201304a320.6bR86900aRoutledge handbook of public policy /cedited by Eduardo Araral Jr. [et al.].30aHandbook of public policy 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xviii, 528 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Introduction to the study of the public policy process: history and method -- pt. 2. Conceptualizing public policy-making -- pt. 3. Modelling the policy process : frameworks for analysis -- pt. 4. Understanding the agenda-setting process -- pt. 5. Understanding the formulation process -- pt. 6. Understanding the decision-making process -- pt. 7. Understanding the implementation process -- pt. 8. Understanding the evaluation process -- pt. 9. Policy dynamics : patterns of stability and change. 0aPolicy sciences.1 aAraral, Eduardo.08iPrint version: z9780415782456w(DLC) 2012008846 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203097571zClick here to view.01816cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200028001900200030002180200031002480240032002790350021003110430012003320500023003440820024003672450109003912640046005003000041005465000022005875050519006096500059011286500045011876500045012327000023012777000018013007000016013187760053013348560079013879780429216916180706s2012    enkabcd obf   001 0 eng d  a9780429216916q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136226472q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136226519q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136226526q(e-book: PDF)  a9781466528581q(e-book)  z9780415457316q(hardback)  z9781138077355q(paperback)7 a10.1201/9781466528581 2doi  a(OCoLC)798535770  aw------ 4aTA709.5b.H36 201204a621.451360913bH23600aHandbook of tropical residual soils engineering /ceditors, Bujang B.K. Huat, David G.Toll, Arun Prasad. 1aLondon ;aBoca Raton :bCRC Press,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 536 pages)  a"A Balkema book."0 a1. Introduction -- 2. Formation and classification of tropical residual soils -- 3. Sampling and testing of tropical residual soils -- 4. The behaviour of unsaturated soil -- 5. Volume change of tropical residual soils -- 6. Shear strength model for tropical residual soil -- 7. Slopes -- 8. Foundations : shallow and deep foundations, unsaturated conditions, heave and collapse, monitoring and proof testing -- 9. Residual soils of Hong Kong -- 10. Residual soils of India -- 11. Residual soils of Southeast Asia. 0aResidual materials (Geology)vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSoil mechanicsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSoilszTropicsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHuat, Bujang B. K.1 aPrasad, Arun.1 aToll, D. G.08iPrint version: z9780415457316w(DLC) 201200215240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/b12302zClick here to view.01685cam a2200385Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500025003160820020003412450097003612640044004583000039005024900024005415040067005655050138006326500055007706500074008256500049008996500049009486510049009976510047010467000018010937000024011117760053011358300025011888560086012139780203098417180706s2013    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203098417q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136226908q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136226946q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136226953q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415588287q(hardback)  z9781138840874q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203098417 2doi  a(OCoLC)815823779  ae------ 4aJZ6009.E94bR68 201304a355.03304bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of European security /cedited by Sven Biscop and Richard G. Whitman. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 358 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 315-346) and index.0 apt. 1. The EU as an international security actor -- pt. 2. Institutions, instruments and means -- pt. 3. Policies -- pt. 4. Partners. 0aSecurity, InternationalzEuropean Union countries. 0aSecurity, InternationalxGovernment policyzEuropean Union countries. 0aNational securityzEuropean Union countries. 0aStrategic culturezEuropean Union countries. 0aEuropean Union countriesxForeign relations. 0aEuropean Union countriesxMilitary policy.1 aBiscop, Sven.1 aWhitman, Richard G.08iPrint version: z9780415588287w(DLC) 2012008308 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203098417zClick here to view.01375cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820019003252450077003442640044004213000039004654900024005045050298005286500022008266500041008487000020008897760053009098300025009628560086009879780203100387180706s2013    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203100387q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136230967q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136230912q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136230950q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415600569q(hardback)  z9781138482685q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203100387 2doi  a(OCoLC)827947167 4aDS732b.R68 201304a305.8951bR86900aRoutledge handbook of the Chinese diaspora /c[edited by] Tan Chee-Beng. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 506 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Population and distribution -- pt. 2. Mainland China and Taiwan's policies on the Chinese overseas -- pt. 3. Migration : past and present -- pt. 4. Economic and political involvement -- pt. 5. Localization, transnational networks and identity -- pt. 6. Education, literature, and media. 0aChinese diaspora. 0aChinesezForeign countriesxHistory.1 aTan, Chee-Beng.08iPrint version: z9780415600569w(DLC) 2012007564 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203100387zClick here to view.01468cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190400026002400500025002660820019002912450117003102640058004273000039004853360021005243370023005453380032005684900064006005050180006646500021008446500027008656500018008927000022009107000024009327000023009567760053009798560086010329780203101261180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203101261q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136234231q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136234279q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415592475q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203101261 2doi  a(OCoLC)857175410  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHF5686.C8bR597 201304a658.1552bR86904aThe Routledge companion to cost management /cedited by Falconer Mitchell, Hanne Nørreklit and Morten Jakobsen. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xii, 394 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. Cost control issues -- part 2. Cost management and decision-making -- part 3. Inter-organizational cost management perspectives -- part 4. Strategy and cost management. 0aCost accounting. 0aManagerial accounting. 0aCost control.1 aJakobsen, Morten.1 aMitchell, Falconer.1 aNørreklit, Hanne.08iPrint version: z9780415592475w(DLC) 201200743340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203101261zClick here to view.01499cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500021002710820019002922450130003112500020004412640044004613000038005055040053005435050316005966500013009126500016009256500022009417000024009637000059009877760053010468560086010999780203101414180706n2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203101414q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136235009q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136235047q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415878678q(hardback)  z9781138849839q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203101414 2doi  a(OCoLC)820785334 4aHQ756b.H36 201304a306.8742bH23600aHandbook of father involvement :bmultidisciplinary perspectives /cedited by Natasha J. Cabrera, Catherine S. Tamis-LeMonda.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 486 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. Biological processes and evolutionary perspectives -- section 2. Demographic perspectives -- section 3. Child development and family processes -- section 4. Cultural perspectives -- section 5. Sociological perspectives -- section 6. Economic and legal perspectives -- section 7. Policies and program. 0aFathers. 0aFatherhood. 0aFather and child.1 aCabrera, Natasha J.1 aTamis-LeMonda, Catherine S.q(Catherine Susan),d1958-08iPrint version: z9780415878678w(DLC) 201344398240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203101414zClick here to view.01377cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820018002952450109003132640040004223000040004624900038005025050165005406500029007056500032007346500030007666500033007967000026008297000018008557760053008738300039009268560086009659780203101827180706s2014    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203101827q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136237164q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136237119q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136237157q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415531528q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203101827 2doi  a(OCoLC)881183906 4aQ175.5b.R68 201404a303.483bR86900aRoutledge handbook of science, technology, and society /cedited by Daniel Lee Kleinman and Kelly Moore. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxii, 517 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Embodiment -- pt. 2. Consuming technoscience -- pt. 3. Digitization -- pt. 4. Environments -- pt. 5. Technoscience as work -- pt. 6. Rules and standards. 0aSciencexSocial aspects. 0aTechnologyxSocial aspects. 0aScience and civilization. 0aTechnology and civilization.1 aKleinman, Daniel Lee.1 aMoore, Kelly.08iPrint version: z9780415531528w(DLC) 2013039839 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203101827zClick here to view.03151cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190400026002400500020002660820014002862450091003002500019003912640044004103000041004543360021004953370023005163380032005394900038005715051841006096500032024506500029024826500030025116500020025417000019025617000019025807760053025998300039026528560086026919780203101995180706s2014    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203101995q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136237836q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136237874q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415521406q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203101995 2doi  a(OCoLC)877868417  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aQL85b.R68 201404a590bR86900aRoutledge handbook of human-animal studies /cedited by Garry Marvin and Susan McHugh.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xviii, 313 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 a1. Mammoths in the landscape / Nigel Rothfels -- 2. Domesticating practices: the case of Arabian babblers / Vinciane Despret -- 3. Escaping the maze : wildness and tameness in studying animal behaviour / Lynda Birke -- 4. Wherever I lay my cat? Post- human crowding and the meaning of home / Tora Holmberg -- 5. On a wing and a prayer : butterflies in contemporary art / Giovanni Aloi -- 6. 'This ain't agriculture' / Bernard E. Rollin -- 7. Beyond the wild, the feral, and the domestic : lessons from prehistoric Crete / Kerry Harris and Yannis Hamilakis -- 8. Netherworld envoy or man's best friend? Attitudes toward dogs in the ancient world / Sophia Menache -- 9. The material culture of pet keeping / Katherine C. Grier -- 10. The adored and the abhorrent : nationalism and feral cats in England and Australia / Adrian Franklin -- 11. Animal conceptions in animism and conservation : their rootedness in distinct longue duree notions of life and death / Istvan Praet -- 12. The emptiness of the wild / Philip Armstrong and Annie Potts -- 13. Feral Attraction : art, becoming, and erasure / Bryndis Snæbjörnsdóttir and Mark Wilson -- 14. Becoming rhinoceros : therio-theatricality as problem and promise in Western drama / Una Chaudhuri -- 15. Bestial imaginings / Kathy Rudy -- 16. Embodying the feral : indigenous traditions and the nonhuman in some recent South African novels / Wendy Woodward -- 17. Reconfiguring wild spaces : the porous boundaries of wild animal geographies / Henry Buller -- 18. Relationships between Sami reindeer herders, lands, and reindeer / Elina Helander-Renvall -- 19. Kinship imaginaries : children's stories of wild friendships, fear, and freedom / Leesa Fawcett -- 20. Mourning crows : grief and extinction in a shared world / Thom van Dooren -- 21. Dead, dead, dead, dead, dead / Steve Baker. 0aHuman-animal relationships. 0aAnimalsxSocial aspects. 0aAnimals and civilization. 0aAnimal welfare.1 aMarvin, Garry.1 aMcHugh, Susan.08iPrint version: z9780415521406w(DLC) 2013034762 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203101995zClick here to view.01309cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500024002730820016002972450097003132640040004103000040004504900038004905050201005286500023007296500017007527000042007697000018008117760053008298300039008828560086009219780203102015180706s2014    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203102015q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136237966q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136237911q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136237959q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415519724q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203102015 2doi  a(OCoLC)882610386 4aJZ1320.4b.R68 201404a323.6bR86900aRoutledge handbook of global citizenship studies /cedited by Engin F. Isin and Peter Nyers. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxii, 621 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Struggles for citizenship -- pt. 2. Positioning citizenships -- pt. 3. Africas -- pt. 4. Americas -- pt. 5. Asias -- pt. 6. Europes -- pt. 7. Diasporicity -- pt. 8. Indigeneity -- Epilogue. 0aWorld citizenship. 0aCitizenship.1 aIsin, Engin F.q(Engin Fahri),d1959-1 aNyers, Peter.08iPrint version: z9780415519724w(DLC) 2013043537 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203102015zClick here to view.01364cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820018003282450115003462640044004613000040005054900024005455050104005696500048006736500042007216500033007637000020007967000027008167000019008437760053008628300025009158560086009409780203102312180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203102312q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136239274q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136239311q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136239328q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415667449q(hardback)  z9781138640764q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203102312 2doi  a(OCoLC)897436517 4aBL65.S375bR68 201304a201.727bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of religion and security /cedited by Chris Seiple, Dennis R. Hoover and Pauletta Otis. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xiii, 275 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. World religions and security -- pt. 2. Security studies and religion -- pt. 3. Case studies. 0aSecurity, InternationalxReligious aspects. 0aReligion and international relations. 0aViolencexReligious aspects.1 aHoover, Dennis.1 aOtis, Pauletta,d1942-1 aSeiple, Chris.08iPrint version: z9780415667449w(DLC) 2012006766 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203102312zClick here to view.01567cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820020003262450101003462640059004473000040005064900047005465040053005935050243006466500054008896500059009437000025010027000027010277760053010548300048011078560086011559780203102893180706s2013    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203102893q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136242151q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136242106q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136242144q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415559676q(hardback)  z9781138211469q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203102893 2doi  a(OCoLC)828735345 4aP306.5b.R68 201304a418.02071bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of translation studies /cedited by Carmen Millan and Francesca Bartrina. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 571 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Translation studies as an academic discipline -- pt. 2. Defining the object of research in translation studies -- pt. 3. Theoretical frameworks and research methodologies -- pt. 4. Specialized practices -- pt. 5. Future challenges. 0aTranslating and interpretingxStudy and teaching. 0aTranslating and interpretingvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBartrina, Francesca.1 aMillan-Varela, Carmen.08iPrint version: z9780415559676w(DLC) 2012006110 0aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203102893zClick here to view.02572cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640430012002850500022002970820019003192450108003382640040004463000037004865050656005235200729011796500040019086500038019486500058019866500047020447000028020917760053021198560086021729780203102930180706s2014    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136242434 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136242380q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136242427q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415626057q(hardback)  z9780415626064q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203102930 2doi  a(OCoLC)880409510  an-us--- 4aLC1201b.H34 201404a371.9046bH23600aHandbook of effective inclusive schools :bresearch and practice /cedited by James McLeskey. [et al.]. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (x, 553 pages)0 asection 1. Organizational and systemic perspectives on effective inclusive schools / Nancy L. Waldron and Bob Algozzine (section editors) -- section 2. Effective inclusive schools for students with high incidence disabilities / brief introduction/overview by Bob Algozzine and James McLeskey (section editors) -- section 3. Effective inclusive schools for students with severe disabilities / brief introduction/overview by Fred Spooner and Nancy L. Waldron (section editors) -- section 4. Supporting effective inclusive schools : emerging trends and future directions / brief introduction/overview by James McLeskey and Fred Spooner (section editors).  a"Over the last decade, the educational context for students with disabilities has significantly changed primarily as a result of mandates contained in NCLB and IDEA. The purpose of this book is to summarize the research literature regarding how students might be provided classrooms and schools that are both inclusive and effective. Inclusive schools are defined as places where students with disabilities are valued and active participants in academic and social activities and are given supports that help them succeed. Effectiveness is addressed within the current movement toward multi-tiered systems of support and evidence-based practices that meet the demands of high-stakes accountability"--cProvided by publisher. 0aInclusive educationzUnited States. 0aSpecial educationzUnited States. 0aChildren with disabilitiesxEducationzUnited States. 0aMainstreaming in educationzUnited States.1 aMcLeskey, James,d1949-08iPrint version: z9780415626057w(DLC) 201304087740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203102930zClick here to view.06723nam a2200553Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730200034001140350022001480400026001700410008001960500023002040720026002270720026002530720026002790720017003050820010003222450130003322500019004622640040004813000070005213360021005913370023006123380032006355040051006675053564007185201214042825300036054966500058055326500033055906500043056236500047056666500034057136500025057476500031057726500039058036500033058426500030058756500032059056550022059377000031059597000034059907100024060247760035060488560086060839780203102954FlBoTFG20181112152901.0m     o  d        cr            181112s2018    fluab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203102954q(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)1056246368  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda1 aeng 4aLC4705b.H363 2018 7aEDUx026000 2bisacsh 7aEDUx006000 2bisacsh 7aEDUx000000 2bisacsh 7aJNS 2bicscc04a371.900aHandbook of Response to Intervention and Multi-Tiered Systems of Support /cedited by Paige C. Pullen and Michael J. Kennedy.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge,c2018.  a1 online resource (378 pages) :b21 illustrations, text file, PDF  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references and index.00tForeword -- t[Daniel P. Hallahan] -- tSection I: Trends and Issues in RTI and MTSS -- tIntroduction to Section I -- --[Paige C. Pullen] -- t1. Response to Intervention and Multi-Tiered Systems of Support: How Do They Differ and How Are They the Same, If at All -- --[Paige C. Pullen, Wilhelmina van Dijk, Vivian E. Gonsalves, Holly B.Laneand Kristen E. Ashworth] -- t2. RTI: Controversies and Solutions -- --[James M. Kauffman, Jeanmarie Badar, and Andrew L. Wiley] -- t3. Response to Intervention, Multi-Tiered Systems of Support, and Federal Law: Analysis and Commentary -- --[Mitchell L. Yell] -- t4. Politics and Science in the RTI Time: On the Classification and Identification of Learning Disabilities -- --[Dimitris Anastasiou] -- t5. Comprehensive, Integrated, Three-Tiered (Ci3T) Models of Prevention: The Role of Systematic Screening to Inform Instruction -- --[Kathleen Lynne Lane, Wendy Peia Oakes, and Holly Mariah Menzies] -- tSection II: Roles and Responsibilities in the RTI Process -- tIntroduction to Section II -- --[Erica S. Lembke] -- t6. Problem Solving within an RTI framework: Roles and Functions of Effective Teams -- --[Wendy M. Reinke, Wesley Sims, Daniel Cohen, and Keith C. Herman] -- t7. Leadership and Multi-Tiered Systems of Support -- --[Bonnie Billingsley, James McLeskey, and Jean Crockett] -- t8. Preparing General and Special Education Preservice Teachers for Response to Intervention: A Practice-Based Approach -- --[Mary T. Brownell, David Chard, Amber Benedict, and Ben Lignugaris/Kraft] -- t9. Parent and Student Involvement in Response to Intervention Models -- --[Sarah Conoyer, Erica S. Lembke, Sarah Owens, Daniel Cohen, and Heather M. Campbell] -- tSection III: RTI/MTSS in Elementary Grades -- tIntroduction to Section III -- --[Jeanne Wanzek] -- t10. -- tProgress Monitoring in the Elementary Grades -- --[Nathan H. Clemens, Oscar Widales-Benitez, Jade Kestian, Corey Peltier, Ana DAbreu, Ahmarlay Myint, and Joshua Marbach] -- t11. -- tCombining Reading Comprehension Instruction with Cognitive Training to Provide Intensive Intervention to At-Risk Students -- --[Douglas Fuchs, Samuel Patton III, Lynn S. Fuchs, Jennifer Gilbert, Meagan Walsh, Nicole Lute, Loulee Yen Haga, Peng Peng, and Amy Elleman] -- t12. Evidence-Based Writing Intervention: Three Tiers of Instruction for Elementary Students -- --[Linda H. Mason, Nancy Mamlin, and Kalin Stewart] -- t13. Supporting the Mathematics Learning of Elementary Students Within a Multi-level Framework  -- --[Sarah R. Powell, Sarah A. Benz, and Suzanne R. Forsyth] -- t14. Building a Growth Mindset within Data-Based Individualization: A Case Study of Two Students with Reading Disabilities Learning to Learn  -- --[Stephanie Al Otaiba, Francesca Jones, Dawn Levy,Brenna Rivas and Jeanne Wanzek] -- tSection IV: RtI/MTSS in Secondary Grades -- tIntroduction to Section IV -- --[Michael J. Kennedy] -- t15. -- tEffects from Secondary Interventions and Approaches for the Prevention and Remediation of Mathematics Difficulties: Multi-tiered Response-to-Intervention Instructional Models -- t --[Asha K. Jitendra and Jennifer Krawec] -- t16. -- tCurriculum-Based Measurement for Secondary-School Students -- --[Christine Espin, Siuman Chung, Anne Foegen, and Heather Campbell] -- t17. Schoolwide PBIS in High Schools -- t[K. B. Flannery, C. Pinkney,M. McGrath Kato, and J. Swain-Bradway] -- t18. RTI in Secondary Schools: Current Issues and Recommendations -- t[Kelly J. Williams, Elizabeth Stevens, and Sharon Vaughn] -- tIndex3 aOf the many issues facing special education (and general education) today, it is difficult to imagine one more important or timely than response to intervention (RTI) Almost overnight RTI has become standard practice across the nation. Unfortunately, RTI remains ill-defined, falls far short of its evidence-based practice goal, is almost invariably misused, and often results in more harm than good. Nevertheless, as a conceptual framework RTI has great potential for ensuring that students with disabilities receive appropriate, evidence-based instruction. The mission of this handbook is to present a comprehensive and integrated discussion of response to intervention (RTI) and its relation to multi-tiered systems of support (MTSS) in both special education and general education. Although the two terms are currently used interchangeably, distinct differences exist between them. Therefore, chapters are dedicated to distinguishing the two concepts—RTI and MTSS—and describing each one’s unique role in both general and special education. In addition, the authors recommend a third term, Multi-Tiered Instruction, to differentiate the practices related to the purpose of the specific intervention.  aAlso available in print format. 0aResponse to intervention (Learning disabled children) 0aStudent assistance programs. 0aLearning disabled childrenxEducation. 7aEDUCATION / Counseling / General.2bisacsh 7aEDUCATION / General.2bisacsh 7aassessment.2bisacsh 7agifted education.2bisacsh 7aMulti-Tiered Instruction.2bisacsh 7amichael j. kennedy.2bisacsh 7apaige c. pullen.2bisacsh 7aspecial education.2bisacsh 0aElectronic books.1 aPullen, Paige C.,eeditor.1 aKennedy, Michael J.,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z978041562603340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203102954zClick here to view.01384cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500022002710820018002932450101003112500020004122640032004323000039004645050211005036500090007146500075008047000024008797000019009037000021009227760053009438560086009969780203102961180706s2016    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203102961q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136242526q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136242564q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415626019q(hardback)  z9780415626026q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203102961 2doi  a(OCoLC)923734573 4aLB3051b.H36 201604a371.261bH23600aHandbook of test development /cedited by Suzanne Lane, Mark R. Raymond, and Thomas M. Haladyna.  aSecond edition. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xvi, 659 pages)0 apt. I. Foundations -- pt. II. Content -- pt. III. Item development and scoring -- pt. IV. Test design and assembly -- pt. V. Production, preparation, administration, reporting, documentation and evaluation. 0aEducational tests and measurementsxDesign and constructionvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aPsychological testsxDesign and constructionvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHaladyna, Thomas M.1 aLane, Suzanne.1 aRaymond, Mark R.08iPrint version: z9780415626019w(DLC) 201501208940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203102961zClick here to view.01406cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500024002730820014002972450118003112500019004292640034004483000040004824900064005225050229005866500028008156500037008437000020008807760053009008300065009538560086010189780203103036180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203103036q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136242861q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136242816q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136242854q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415625920q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203103036 2doi  a(OCoLC)868282870 4aHF5415b.R6437 201404a658bR86904aThe Routledge companion to the future of marketing /cedited by Luiz Moutinho, Enrique Brigne and Ajay K. Manrai.  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxxi, 470 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. New paradigms and philosophical insights -- pt. 2. Contributions from other scientific fields -- pt. 3. Reconnecting with consumers and markets -- pt. 4. New methodological insights in scholarly research in the field. 0aMarketingxForecasting. 0aTwenty-first centuryvForecasts.1 aMoutinho, Luiz.08iPrint version: z9780415625920w(DLC) 2013022936 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203103036zClick here to view.01447cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820014002952450117003092640040004263000040004664900064005065050283005706500016008536500027008697000024008967000021009207760053009418300065009948560086010599780203103203180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203103203q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136243509q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136243455q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136243493q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415625739q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203103203 2doi  a(OCoLC)859379680 4aHF5636b.R68 201404a657bR86904aThe Routledge companion to accounting, reporting and regulation /cedited by Carien van Mourik and Peter Walton. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxii, 546 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. Accounting -- pt. 2. Reporting -- pt. 3. (International) accounting standard setting and regulation -- pt. 4. Institutional aspects of (international) financial reporting regulation -- pt. 5. Social and economic aspects of (international) financial reporting regulation.  0aAccounting. 0aAccountingxStandards.1 aVan Mourik, Carien.1 aWalton, Peter J.08iPrint version: z9780415625739w(DLC) 2012042995 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203103203zClick here to view.02880cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520430012002730500023002850820018003082450092003262500019004182640047004373000040004844900051005245051604005756500022021796500030022016500052022316500012022837000035022957000021023307760053023518300040024048560086024449780203103890180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203103890q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136246852q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136246807q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136246845q(e-book: ePub)  z9781848726123q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203103890 2doi  a(OCoLC)841809935  an-us--- 4aRC423b.H3287 201304a616.855bH23600aHandbook of vowels and vowel disorders /cedited by Martin J. Ball and Fiona E. Gibbon.  aFirst edition. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bPsychology Press,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 467 pages)1 aLanguage and speech disorders book series ;v20 ach. 1. Development of the vowel space in children : anatomical and acoustic aspects / Megan M. Hodge -- ch. 2. Normal vowel development / Patricia Donegan -- ch. 3. The contribution of phonetics to the study of vowel development and disorders / Sara Howard and Barry Heselwood -- ch. 4. The acoustic measurement of vowels / Valter Ciocca and Tara L. Whitehill -- ch. 5. Vowel imaging / Alice Lee, Natalia Zharkova, and Fiona E. Gibbon -- ch. 6. Vowel perception in normal speakers / Michael Kiefte, Terrance M. Nearey, and Peter F. Assmann -- ch. 7. Cross-linguistic study of vowel systems / Ioannis Papakyritsis and Angela Granese -- ch. 8. Sociolinguistic variation in vowels / Dominic Watt -- ch. 9. Recurring patterns and idiosyncratic systems in some English children with vowel disorders / Joseph Reynolds -- ch. 10. The Memphis vowel project : vowel errors in children with and without phonological disorders / Karen E. Pollock -- ch. 11. Context conditioned error patterns in disordered systems / Sally A.R. Bates, Jocelynne M.M. Watson, and James M. Scobbie -- ch. 12. Vowel production in childhood and acquired apraxia of speech / Adam Jacks, Thomas P. Marquardt, and Barbara L. Davis -- ch. 13. Vowels in foreign accent syndrome / Rosalie Perkins and Jack Ryalls -- ch. 14. Vowel disorders in hearing impairment / Joan Rahilly -- ch. 15. Vowel perception in listeners with cochlear implants / Jaimie L. Gilbert and David B. Pisoni -- ch. 16. Clinical phonology of vowel disorders / Martin J. Ball -- ch. 17. Therapy for abnormal vowels in children with speech disorders / Fiona E. Gibbon. 0aSpeech disorders. 0aEnglish languagexVowels. 0aEnglish languagezUnited StatesxPronunciation. 0aVowels.1 aBall, Martin J.q(Martin John)1 aGibbon, Fiona E.08iPrint version: z9781848726123w(DLC) 2012005633 0aLanguage and speech disorders ;v2.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203103890zClick here to view.06133cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500025002730820016002982450088003142460039004022640044004413000040004854900064005255040053005895054820006426500041054626500044055036500039055477000017055867760053056038300065056568560086057219780203104415180706s2016    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203104415q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136249747q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136249693q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136249730q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415624510q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203104415 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104974 4aHG1616.I5bR685 201604a332.6bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of responsible investment /cedited by Tessa Hebb. [et al.].30aHandbook of responsible investment 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 739 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1, 1. Introduction to The Routledge handbook of responsible investment / Tessa Hebb. [et al.] ; 2. Setting the scene : the basics and basis of responsible investment / James P. Hawley ; 3. Is responsible investment proportionally under-researched? / Andreas G.F. Hoepner, David G. McMillan and Michael Frasner -- pt. 2, 4. The responsible investment atlas, an introduction / Agnes L. Neher and Tessa Hebb ; 5. Responsible investment in the United States / Meg Voorhes ; 6. Responsible investment in Canada / Olaf Weber ; 7. Responsible investment in Mexico / Luisa Montes ; 8. Responsible investment in South America / Camila Yamahaki and Cinthia S. Gaban ; 9. Responsible investment in South Africa / Nadia Mans-Kemp and Suzette Viviers ; 10. Responsible investment in Nigeria / Innocent Okwuosa and Kenneth Amaeshi ; 11. Responsible investment in Tunisia / Kais Baouslah ; 12. Responsible investment in Israel : a case of regulatory-based development / Noga Levtzion Nadan ; 13. Responsible investment in Australia / Anna Young-Ferris and Louise O'Halloran ; 14. Responsible investment in China / Qian Li ; 15. Responsible investment in Hong Kong / Christine Chow ; 16. Responsible investment in Japan : a tale of two narratives / Kyoko Sakuma-Keck ; 17. Responsible investment in Russia / Yulia Sofronova ; 18. Responsible investment in Eastern Europe / Geoffrey Mazullo ; 19. Corporate social responsibility and responsible investment in Italy : an overview / Rocco Ciciretti, Annalisa Fabretti and Marco Nicolosi ; 20. Responsible investment in Spain / Luiz Ferruz Agudo, Jesus Gomez Daza and Sara Segura Querol ; 21. Responsible investment in France / Stephanie Giamporcaro ; 22. Responsible investment in Austria, Germany and Switzerland / Agnes L. Neher ; 23. Responsible investment in Belgium / Celine Louche, Luc Van Liedekerke and Herwig Peeters ; 24. Responsible investment in the Netherlands / Heather Hachigan ; 25. Introduction to Scandinavia / Ane Jensen ; 26. Responsible investment in Denmark : practices among institutional investors in a context of statutory CSR reporting requirements / Karin Buhmann ; 27. Responsible investment in Finland / Antti Savilaakso ; 28. Responsible investment in Sweden / Sabina Du Rietz ; 29. Responsible investment in Norway / Ane Jensen ; 30. Responsible investment in the United Kingdom / Christoph Biehl and Jill Atkins ; 31. Reflections : responsible investing around the world / Maria Laura Tinelli -- pt. 3, 32. The changing role of asset owners in responsible investment : reflections on the principles for responsible investment, the last decade and the next / James Gifford ; 33. The responsible investment practices of the world's largest government-sponsored investment funds / Hugues Letourneau ; 34. Determining how to invest more responsibly as an institution : a case study at the University of Edinburgh / Liz Cooper ; 35. Religious investors and responsible investment / Laura Berry ; 36. Stakeholders of responsible investment : retail investors / Jonas Nilsson ; 37. Measuring the impact of engagement : evidence from Canadian institutional investors / Tessa Hebb, Heather Hachigian and Rupert Allen ; 38. Asset manager stakeholders : at the heart of supply and demand in responsible investment / Jean-Philippe Desmartin ; 39. Stakeholder perspective, investment consultants : 'the need to collaborate to ensure supply meets demand' / Danyelle Guyatt ; 40. Responsible investment indexes : origins, nature and purpose / Steve Lydenberg and Alexi White ; 41. Challenges in responsible investment research / Matthew Haigh ; 42. The natural environment / Ralf Barkemeyer and Andrea Liesen ; 43. What do we mean by the S in ESG? Society as a stakeholder in responsible investment / David Wood ; 44. Corporate governance research and ratings firms / Kimberly Gladman -- pt. 4, 45. Contemporary issues in responsible finance and investment / Bert Scholtens ; 46. Addressing the challenges of transformation through sustainable investment / Gordon L. Clark. [et al.] ; 47. Overcoming distractions on the road to ESG integration / Cary Krosinsky ; 48. Reliable sustainability ratings : the influence of business models on information intermediaries / Robert G. Eccles, Jock Herron and George Serafeim ; 49. Reclaiming pension fund fiduciary duty fundamentals / James P. Hawley, Keith Johnson and Ed Waitzer ; 50. Governing fiduciary finance / Benjamin J. Richardson ; 51. Socially responsible screening in mutual funds / Jacquelyn Humphrey ; 52. Beyond outreach : corporate social responsibility and the financial performance of microfinance institutions / Andreas G.F. Hoepner, Guan Huang and Hong (Frank) Liu ; 53. Financial markets' inefficiencies and long-term investments / Sebastien Pouget ; 54. What matters to SRI investors? / Peer Osthoff. 0aFinancial institutionsxInvestments. 0aInvestmentsxMoral and ethical aspects. 0aSocial responsibility of business.1 aHebb, Tessa.08iPrint version: z9780415624510w(DLC) 2015002977 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203104415zClick here to view.01494cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820016003272450115003432460029004582640040004873000038005275040067005655050233006326500039008656500044009046500028009487000023009767000030009997760053010298560086010829780203105276180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203105276q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136253164q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136253201q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136253218q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415782739q(hardback)  z9781138922693q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203105276 2doi  a(OCoLC)823738308 4aJF195.C5bR68 201304a322.5bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of civil-military relations /cedited by Thomas C. Bruneau and Florina Cristiana Matei.30aCivil-military relations 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xx, 374 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 349-364) and index.0 apt. 1. Development of the field of study -- pt. 2. Civil-military relations in non-democratic or nominally democratic countries -- pt. 3. Civil-military relations in democratic and democratizing states : issues and institutions. 0aCivil-military relationsxHistory. 0aCivil-military relationsvCase studies. 0aComparative government.1 aBruneau, Thomas C.1 aMatei, Florina Cristiana.08iPrint version: z9780415782739w(DLC) 201200380040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203105276zClick here to view.01437cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450096003422640059004383000039004975050335005366500044008716500038009157000030009537000025009837760053010088560086010619780203105290180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203105290q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136253294q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136253249q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136253287q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415623247q(hardback)  z9781138573185q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203105290 2doi  a(OCoLC)875894793 4aSD393b.H35 201404a333.75bH23600aHandbook of forest resource economics /cedited by Shashi Kant and Janaki R.R. Alavalapati. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bEarthscan from Routledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xvi, 559 pages)0 apt. 1. Fundamental topics in forest resource economics -- pt. 2. Economics of forest ecosystems -- pt. 3. Economics of forests, climate change and bioenergy -- pt. 4. Economics of risk, uncertainty and natural disturbances -- pt. 5. Economics of forest property rights and certification -- pt. 6. Emerging issues and developments. 0aForests and forestryxEconomic aspects. 0aForest ecologyxEconomic aspects.1 aAlavalapati, Janaki R. R.1 aKant, Shashi,d1957-08iPrint version: z9780415623247w(DLC) 201303921440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203105290zClick here to view.02527cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820019002962450097003152640040004123000041004524900064004935050312005575201074008696500044019436500023019876500025020107000021020357000018020567760053020748560086021279780203105306180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203105306q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136253379q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136253324q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136253362q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415679923q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203105306 2doi  a(OCoLC)841912482 4aHM851b.R6793 201304a658.8342bR86904aThe Routledge companion to digital consumption /cedited by Russell W. Belk and Rosa Llamas. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xviii, 438 pages)0 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. What's digital? -- pt. 2. Representing the self and others -- pt. 3. Researching the digital consumer -- pt. 4. Communicating, interacting and sharing -- pt. 5. Seeking information and shopping -- pt. 6. Playing, praying, entertaining and educating -- pt. 7. Issues of concern in society and culture.  a"The first generation that has grown up in a digital world is now in our university classrooms. They, their teachers and their parents have been fundamentally affected by the digitization of text, images, sound, objects and signals. They interact socially, play games, shop, read, write, work, listen to music, collaborate, produce and co-produce, search and browse very differently than in the pre-digital age. Adopting emerging technologies easily, spending a large proportion of time online and multitasking are signs of the increasingly digital nature of our everyday lives. Yet consumer research is just beginning to emerge on how this affects basic human and consumer behaviours such as attention, learning, communications, relationships, entertainment and knowledge. The Routledge Companion to the Digital Consumer offers an introduction to the perspectives needed to rethink consumer behaviour in a digital age that we are coming to take for granted and which therefore often escapes careful research and reflective critical appraisal"--cProvided by publisher. 0aInformation technologyxSocial aspects. 0aConsumer behavior. 0aConsumersxResearch.1 aBelk, Russell W.1 aLlamas, Rosa.08iPrint version: z9780415679923w(DLC) 201201724740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203105306zClick here to view.01415cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500025002730820019002982450103003172640044004203000040004644900064005045050212005686500023007806500026008036500028008297000021008577000019008787760053008978300065009508560086010159780203105337180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203105337q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136253522q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136253478q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136253515q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415783064q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203105337 2doi  a(OCoLC)843059168 4aHF5415.32b.R68 201304a658.8342bR86904aThe Routledge companion to identity and consumption /cedited by Ayalla Ruvio and Russell W. Belk. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 418 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 a1. What is the self in the context of consumption? -- 2. The dynamic self : transformation, change, support and control -- 3. Social and cultural aspects of self and consumption -- 4. Marketing and the self. 0aConsumer behavior. 0aIdentity (Psychology) 0aConsumption (Economics)1 aBelk, Russell W.1 aRuvio, Ayalla.08iPrint version: z9780415783064w(DLC) 2012021223 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203105337zClick here to view.03002cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450086003432460027004292640044004563000038005005050259005385201565007976500015023626500031023776500026024086500035024347000029024697000027024987760053025258560086025789780203105962180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203105962q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136255786q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136255731q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136255779q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415622585q(hardback)  z9781138684584q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203105962 2doi  a(OCoLC)871257597 4aKZ6397b.R69 201404a303.64bR86900aRoutledge handbook of civil wars /cedited by Edward Newman and Karl DeRouen, Jr.30aHandbook of civil wars 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xv, 390 pages)0 apt. 1. Understanding and explaining civil wars: theoretical and methodological debates -- pt. 2. The causes of civil wars -- pt. 3. The nature and impact of civil wars -- pt. 4. International dimensions -- pt. 5. Termination and resolution of civil wars.  a"This comprehensive new Handbook explores the significance and nature of armed intrastate conflict and civil war in the modern world. Civil wars and intrastate conflict represent the principal form of organised violence since the end of World War II, and certainly in the contemporary era. These conflicts have a huge impact and drive major political change within the societies in which they occur, as well as on an international scale. The global importance of recent intrastate and regional conflicts in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Iraq, Somalia, Nepal, Cote d'Ivoire, Syria and Libya -- amongst others -- has served to refocus academic and policy interest upon civil war. Drawing together contributions from key thinkers in the field who discuss the sources, causes, duration, nature and recurrence of civil wars, as well as their political meaning and international impact, the Handbook is organised into five key parts:Part I: Understanding and Explaining Civil Wars: Theoretical and Methodological Debates Part II: The Causes of Civil WarsPart III: The Nature and Impact of Civil Wars Part IV: International Dimensions Part V: Termination and Resolution of Civil Wars Covering a wide range of topics including micro-level issues as well as broader debates, Routledge Handbook of Civil Wars will set a benchmark for future research in the field.This volume will be of much interest to students of civil wars and intrastate conflict, ethnic conflict, political violence, peace and conflict studies, security studies and IR in general"--cProvided by publisher. 0aCivil war. 0aWorld politicsy1945-1989. 0aWorld politicsy1989- 0aHistory, Moderny21st century.1 aDeRouen, Karl R.,d1962-1 aNewman, Edward,d1970-08iPrint version: z9780415622585w(DLC) 201303229240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203105962zClick here to view.04632cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820016003282450116003442640065004603000041005254900038005665053429006046500049040337000025040827000045041077760053041528300039042058560086042449780203106075180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203106075q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136256424q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136256370q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136256417q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415536301q(hardback)  z9781138577183q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203106075 2doi  a(OCoLC)827454953 4aBV1471.3b.R69 201304a207.5bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of religious education /cedited by Derek H. Davis and Elena Miroshnikova. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 414 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 a1. Religious education in Argentina / Norberto Padilla -- 2. Religious education in Asia / Tahir Mahmood -- 3. Religious education in Australia / Paul Babie and Ben Mylius -- 4. Religious education in Austria / Georg Konigsberger and Louis Kubarth -- 5. Religious education in Azerbaijan / Rashad Ibadov -- 6. Religious education in Bangladesh / Mahmudul Alam, A.T.M. Shaifullah Mehedi and Nehraz Mahmud -- 7. Religious education in Belgium / Fabrice Martin and Willy Fautre -- 8. Religious education in Brazil / Evaldo Xavier Gomes -- 9. Religious education in Canada / John F. Young -- 10. Religious education in China / Jinghao Zhou -- 11. Religious education in Colombia / Vicente Prieto -- 12. Religious education in Estonia / Merilin Kiviorg -- 13. Religious education in the European Union / Silvio Ferrari -- 14. Religious education in Finland / Matti Kotiranta -- 15. Religious education in France / Regis Dericquebourg -- 16. Religious education in Germany / Udo Friedrich Schmalzle -- 17. Religious education in Greece / Nikos Maghioros -- 18. Religious education in Hungary / Balazs Schanda -- 19. Religious education in India / Tahir Mahmood -- 20. Religious education in Indonesia : the case of Islamic education / Masykuri Abdillah -- 21. Religious education in Ireland / Conor O'Mahony -- 22. Religious education in Israel / Asher Maoz -- 23. Religious education in Italy / Alessandro Ferrari -- 24. Religious education in Japan / Eiichiro Takahata -- 25. Religious education in Kazakhstan / Roman Podoprigora -- 26. Religious education in Latin America / Juan G. Navarro Floria -- 27. Religious education in Latvia / Ringolds Balodis -- 28. Religious education in Lithuania / Milda Alisauskiene -- 29. Religious education in Malaysia / Rosnani Hashim -- 30. Religious education in Mexico / Maria Concepcion Medina Gonzalez -- 31. Religious education in Nepal / Kanak Bikram Thapa and Bal Bahudur Mukhia -- 32. Religious education in Norway / Ingvill Thorson Plesner -- 33. Religious education in Pakistan / Khalil-ur-Rehman Khan and Qaisar Javed Mian -- 34. Religious education in Peru / Gonzalo Flores Santana -- 35. Religious education in Poland / Katarzyna Zielinska and Marcin K. Zwierzdzynski -- 36. Religious education in Portugal / Jorge Bacelar Gouveia -- 37. Religious education in Romania / Emanuel Pavel Tavala -- 38. Religious education in modern Russia / Elena Gennadievna Romanova -- 39. Religious education in Scotland / Francis Lyall -- 40. Religious education in Senegal / Fatou Kine Camara and Abdourahmane Seck -- 41. Religious education in the Slovak Republic / Michaela Moravcikova -- 42. Religious education in the Republic of Slovenia / Drago Cepar -- 43. Religious education in South Africa / Lourens M. du Plessis -- 44. Religious education in Spain / Carmen Garcimartin Montero -- 45. Religious education in Sudan / Giuseppe D'Angelo -- 46. Religious education in Sweden / Lars Friedner -- 47. Religious education in Switzerland / Rene Pahud de Mortanges and Raimund Suess -- 48. Religious education in Syria / Jacques el-Hakim -- 49. Religious education in Ukraine / Liudmyla Fylypovych and Natalia Gavrilova -- 50. Religious education in the United Kingdom / Suzanne Newcombe -- 51. Religious education in the United States of America / Elizabeth A. Clark -- 52. Religious education in Uruguay / Carmen Asiain Pereira -- 53. Religious education in Vietnam / Nguyen Thi Minh Ngoc. 0aReligious educationvCross-cultural studies.1 aDavis, Derek,d1949-1 aMiroshnikova, E. M.q(Elena Mikhailovna)08iPrint version: z9780415536301w(DLC) 2012003144 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203106075zClick here to view.01497cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500026002710820017002972450118003142500020004322640034004523000040004864900043005265050230005696500048007996500050008477000032008977000025009297000034009547760053009888300044010418560086010859780203106525180706s2014    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203106525q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136258343q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136258381q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415621854q(hardback)  z9780415621861q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203106525 2doi  a(OCoLC)897437019 4aLB1027.55b.H363 201404a370.15bH23600aHandbook of positive psychology in schools /cedited by Michael J. Furlong, Richard Gilman, and E. Scott Huebner.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (viii, 522 pages)1 aEducational psychology handbook series0 asection 1. Conceptual foundations -- section 2. Individual positive psychology assets -- section 3. Contextual educational factors and resources -- section 4. School-based international perspectives -- section 5. Perspective. 0aSchool psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aPositive psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aFurlong, Michael J.,d1951-1 aGilman, Rich,d1968-1 aHuebner, Eugene Scott,d1953-08iPrint version: z9780415621854w(DLC) 2013030519 0aEducational psychology handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203106525zClick here to view.01413cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500019002850820018003042450153003222640054004753000039005295050171005686500048007396500046007876500061008337000020008947000031009147000027009457760053009728560086010259780203107164180706s2013    enk     obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136261008 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136260957q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136260995q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415539340q(hardback)  z9781138953048q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203107164 2doi  a(OCoLC)852149470 4aU22b.R68 201304a172.422bR86900aRoutledge handbook of ethics and war :bjust war theory in the twenty-first century /cedited by Fritz Allhoff, Nicholas G. Evans and Adam Henschke. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c[2013]  a1 online resource (xiv, 418 pages)0 apt. 1. Theories of war : revisiting the just war tradition -- pt. 2. Faces of war : beyond states and soldiers -- pt. 3. Technologies of war : the future of fighting. 0aJust war doctrinevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMilitary ethicsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aWarxMoral and ethical aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAllhoff, Fritz.1 aEvans, Nicholas G.,d1985-1 aHenschke, Adam,d1976-08iPrint version: z9780415539340w(DLC) 201204975640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203107164zClick here to view.01608cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450116003442640034004603000039004944900043005335050331005766500026009076500025009336500014009586500028009726500025010007000022010257000028010477760053010758300044011288560086011729780203108437180706s2015    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203108437q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136265839q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136265785q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136265822q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415539227q(hardback)  z9780415539258q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203108437 2doi  a(OCoLC)892878259 4aLB2840b.I57 201504a371.102bI61200aInternational handbook of research on teachers' beliefs /cedited by Helenrose Fives and Michele Gregoire Gill. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xii, 502 pages)1 aEducational psychology handbook series0 asection 1. Foundations of teachers' beliefs research -- section 2. Studying teachers' beliefs -- section 3. Teachers' identity, motivation, and affect -- section 4. Contexts and teachers' beliefs -- section 5. Teachers' beliefs about knowing and teaching within academic domains -- section 6. Teachers' beliefs about learners. 0aTeachersxPsychology. 0aTeachersxAttitudes. 0aTeaching. 0aEducational psychology. 0aEducationxResearch.1 aFives, Helenrose.1 aGill, Michele Gregoire.08iPrint version: z9780415539227w(DLC) 2014008166 0aEducational psychology handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203108437zClick here to view.02645cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500026003040820014003302450110003442460051004542460025005052640044005303000038005745050131006125201343007436500019020866500032021057000021021377000022021587760053021808560086022339780203108543180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203108543q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136266218q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136266256q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136266263q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415694407q(hardback)  z9780415720212q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203108543 2doi  a(OCoLC)897437067 4aQA76.9.S88bR675 201304a003bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of participatory design /cedited by Jesper Simonsen and Toni Robertson.30aInternational handbook of participatory design30aParticipatory design 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xx, 294 pages)0 asection 1. Participatory design : contributions and challenges -- section 2. Outstanding applications of participatory design.  a"Participatory Design is about the direct involvement of people in the co-design of the technologies they use. Its central concern is how collaborative design processes can be driven by the participation of the people affected by the technology designed. Embracing a diverse collection of principles and practices aimed at making technologies, tools, environments, businesses, and social institutions more responsive to human needs, the International Handbook of Participatory Design is a state-of-the-art reference handbook for the subject. The Handbook brings together a multidisciplinary and international group of highly recognized and experienced experts to present an authoritative overview of the field and its history and discuss contributions and challenges of the pivotal issues in Participatory Design, including heritage, ethics, ethnography, methods, tools and techniques and community involvement. The book also highlights three large-scale case studies which show how Participatory Design has been used to bring about outstanding changes in different organisations. The book shows why Participatory Design is an important, highly relevant and rewarding area for research and practice. It will be an invaluable resource for students, researchers, scholars and professionals in Participatory Design"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSystem design. 0aHuman-computer interaction.1 aRobertson, Toni.1 aSimonsen, Jesper.08iPrint version: z9780415694407w(DLC) 201200230640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203108543zClick here to view.01247cam a2200265Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500021002400820019002612450099002802640040003793000038004195050290004576500019007476500019007667000030007857000027008157760053008428560086008959780203108581180706s2013    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203108581q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136266492q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136266539q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415539043q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203108581 2doi  a(OCoLC)863047381 4aHT170b.L43 201304a307.3416bL43804aThe Routledge companion to urban regeneration /cedited by Michael E. Leary and John McCarthy. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xx, 589 pages)0 apt. 1. Globalization and neo-liberal perspectives -- pt. 2. Emerging reconceptualizations of urban regeneration -- pt. 3. Public infrastructure and public space -- pt. 4. Housing and cosmopolitan communities -- pt. 5. Community-centred regeneration? -- pt. 6. Culture-led regeneration. 0aUrban renewal. 0aCity planning.1 aLeary, Michael E.,d1955-1 aMcCarthy, John,d1961-08iPrint version: z9780415539043w(DLC) 201301263640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203108581zClick here to view.02491cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500025003420820020003672450064003872640034004513000040004853360021005253370023005463380032005694900038006015050272006395200916009116510047018276510043018747000022019177760053019398300039019928560086020319780203108765180706s2014    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203108765q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136267246q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136267192q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136267239q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857436709q(hardback)  z9781857439175q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203108765 2doi  a(OCoLC)874967717  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  ae------ 4aHC59.7b.H29676 201404a330.91724bH23600aHandbook of emerging economies /cediter, Robert E. Looney. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xlvi, 580 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Introduction : an overview -- part 2. The BRICS -- part 3. Key lessons : the path to emerging status -- part 4. Diverse success stories -- part 5. Likely success stories -- part 6. Possible candidates : the difficult road ahead -- part 7. Assessing the future.  a"A major new volume in the Routledge International Handbooks series analysing emerging and newly emerged economies, including the BRICS countries (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) and other likely (Turkey, Indonesia, Mexico, and South Korea) as well as possible (Vietnam, The Philippines, Nigeria, Pakistan, Egypt, Colombia and Argentina) candidates for emerging economy status. Chapters on theories surrounding emerging markets (including the Beijing/Washington Consensus debate) offer an overview of current issues in development economics, in addition to providing an integrated framework for the country case studies. Written by experts, this handbook will be invaluable to academics and students of economics and emerging economies, as well as to business people and researchers seeking information on economic development and the accelerating pace of globalization"--cProvided by publisher. 0aDeveloping countriesxEconomic conditions. 0aDeveloping countriesxEconomic policy.1 aLooney, Robert E.08iPrint version: z9781857436709w(DLC) 2013040609 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203108765zClick here to view.01540cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500022003160820021003382450138003592500019004972640058005163000041005745050236006156500034008516500025008856500022009106500031009326500027009636500028009907000033010187760053010518560086011049780203110942180706s2013    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203110942q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136276682q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136276729q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136276736q(e-book: PDF)  z9781857436693q(hardback)  z9781857437461q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203110942 2doi  a(OCoLC)815956173  af------ 4aHG5822b.H36 201304a332.673096bH23600aHandbook of land and water grabs in Africa :bforeign direct investment and food and water security /ceditors, Tony Allan. [et al.].  aFirst edition. 1aAbingdon, U.K. ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 488 pages)0 apt. 1. The history of land grabs and the contradictions of development -- pt. 2. Investors' profiles and current investment trends -- pt. 3. The political economy of land and water grabs -- pt. 4. Environment -- pt. 5. Livelihoods. 0aInvestments, ForeignzAfrica. 0aLand tenurezAfrica. 0aLand usezAfrica. 0aNatural resourceszAfrica. 0aFood securityzAfrica. 0aWater securityzAfrica.1 aAllan, J. A.q(John Anthony)08iPrint version: z9781857436693w(DLC) 201202240140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203110942zClick here to view.02937cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820018003292450074003472640044004213000039004655050155005045201766006596000042024256500019024677000022024867760053025088560086025619780203112304180706s2014    enkac   ob    001 0deng d  a9780203112304q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136281853q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136281808q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136281846q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415535649q(hardback)  z9780815357148q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203112304 2doi  a(OCoLC)865481183 4aPN2728.S78bR68 201404a792.028bR86904aThe Routledge companion to Stanislavsky /cedited by R. Andrew White. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xvi, 352 pages)0 apt. 1. Stanislavsky on stage -- pt. 2. Stanislavsky the teacher -- pt. 3. Stanislavsky's impact on theory -- pt. 4. Stanislavsky's impact on practice.  a"Stanislavsky's system of actor-training has revolutionised modern theatre practice, and he is widely recognised to be one of the great cultural innovators of the twentieth century. The Routledge companion to Stanislavsky is an essential book for students and scholars alike, providing the first overview of the field for the 21st century. An important feature of this book is the balance between Stanislavsky's theory and practice, as international contributors present scholarly and artistic interpretations of his work. With chapters including academic essays and personal narratives, the companion is divided into four clear parts, exploring Stanislavsky on stage, as an acting teacher, as a theorist and finally as a theatre practitioner. Bringing together a dazzling selection of original scholarship, notable contributions include: Anatoly Smeliansky on Stanislavsky's letters William D. Gunn on staging ideology at the Moscow Art TheatreSharon Marie Carnicke and David Rosen on opera Rosemary Malague on the feminist perspective of new translations W.B. Worthen on cognitive science Julia Listengarten on the avant-garde David Krasner on the System in America and Dennis Beck on Stanislavsky's legacy in non-realistic theatre R. Andrew White is Associate Professor of Theatre at Valparaiso University, where he annually directs productions. He has an MFA in Acting from Carnegie Mellon University and the Moscow Art Theatre School, and has worked as an actor at a variety of theatres in the United States. In addition, his scholarship has appeared in edited works published by Routledge and Palgrave Macmillan, as well as in top American journals including Theatre Survey, TDR/The Drama Review, and New England Theatre Journal"--cProvided by publisher.10aStanislavsky, Konstantin,d1863-1938. 0aMethod acting.1 aWhite, R. Andrew.08iPrint version: z9780415535649w(DLC) 201301080040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203112304zClick here to view.01435cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820014003262450132003402640044004723000039005165050291005556500019008466500030008656500023008957000020009187000019009387000025009577760053009828560086010359780203113066180706s2015    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203113066q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136285233q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136285189q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136285226q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415534864q(hardback)  z9781138799851q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203113066 2doi  a(OCoLC)958105006 4aBF697b.H338 201504a155bH23600aHandbook of intraindividual variability across the life span /cedited by Manfred Diehl, Karen Hooker, and Martin J. Sliwinski. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xix, 371 pages)0 apt. 1. Historical and conceptual overview -- pt. 2. Intraindividual variability and development during the early life span -- pt. 3. Intraindividual variability and development across the adult life span -- pt. 4. Key issues of intraindividual variability research -- pt. 5. Conclusion. 0aIndividuality. 0aDevelopmental psychology. 0aLife cycle, Human.1 aDiehl, Manfred.1 aHooker, Karen.1 aSliwinski, Martin J.08iPrint version: z9780415534864w(DLC) 201402694540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203113066zClick here to view.02190cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820016003282450098003442640040004423000040004824900025005225050205005475200846007526500017015986500042016157000021016577000021016787760053016998300026017528560086017789780203114261180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203114261q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136290510q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136290466q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136290503q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415533324q(hardback)  z9781138657052q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203114261 2doi  a(OCoLC)867818818 4aGV1469.3b.R67 201404a794.8bR86904aThe routledge companion to video game studies /cedited by Mark J.P. Wolf and Bernard Perron. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 518 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Technological aspects -- pt. 2. Formal aspects -- pt. 3. Playfulness aspects -- pt. 4. Generic aspects -- pt. 5. Cultural aspects -- pt. 6. Sociological aspects -- pt. 7. Philosophical aspects.  a"The number of publications dealing with video game studies has exploded over the course of the last decade, but the field has not yet produced a comprehensive reference work. The Routledge Companion to Video Game Studies, by well-known video game scholars Mark Wolf and Bernard Perron, aims to address the on-going theoretical and methodological development of game studies, providing students, scholars, and game designers with a definitive look at contemporary video game studies. Features include: -comprehensive and interdisciplinary models and approaches for analyzing video games; -new perspectives on video games both as art form and cultural phenomenon; -explorations of technical and creative dimensions of video games; -accounts of the economical, political, social, and cultural dynamics of video games"--cProvided by publisher. 0aVideo games. 0aVideo games industryxSocial aspects.1 aPerron, Bernard.1 aWolf, Mark J. P.08iPrint version: z9780415533324w(DLC) 2013021954 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203114261zClick here to view.02910cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820021003252450096003462640034004423000040004764900038005165050195005545201473007496500052022226500065022746500043023397000024023827760053024068300039024598560086024989780203114711180706s2014    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203114711q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136292132q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136292088q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136292125q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415532761q(hardback)  z9781138694798q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203114711 2doi  a(OCoLC)873763102 4aGV742b.R68 201404a070.449796bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sport and new media /cedited by Andrew C. Billings and Marie Hardin. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xvii, 374 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Foundations -- pt. 2. Sports/media producers -- pt. 3. The message : shaping, marketing, branding -- pt. 4. Audiences : fanship, consumption -- pt. 5. Identities in the digital realm.  a"New media technologies have become a central part of the sports media landscape. Sports fans use new media to watch games, discuss sports transactions, form fan-based communities, and secure minutiae about their favorite players and teams. Never before have fans known so much about athletes, whether that happens via Twitter feeds, fan sites, or blogs, and never before have the lines between producer, consumer, enactor, fan and athlete been more blurred. The Internet has made virtually everything available for sports media consumption; it has also made understanding sports media substantially more complex. The Routledge Handbook of Sport and New Media is the most comprehensive and in-depth study of the impact of new media in sport ever to be published. Adopting a broad, interdisciplinary approach, the book explores new media in sport as a cultural, social, commercial, economic, and technological phenomenon, examining the profound impact of digital technologies on that the way that sport is produced, consumed and understood. There is no aspect of social life or commercial activity in general that is not being radically influenced by the rise of new media forms, and by offering a "state of the field" survey of work in this area, the Routledge Handbook of Sport and New Media is important reading for any advanced student, researcher or practitioner with an interest in sports studies, media studies or communication studies"--cProvided by publisher. 0aMass media and sportsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSportsxComputer network resourcesvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSocial mediavHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBillings, Andrew C.08iPrint version: z9780415532761w(DLC) 2013028822 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203114711zClick here to view.01599cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500022002850820018003072450112003252500020004372640034004573000039004914900043005305050351005736500046009246500054009707000025010247000021010497000020010707760053010908300044011438560086011879780203114896180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136293122 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136293078q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136293115q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415532334q(hardback)  z9780415532389q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203114896 2doi  a(OCoLC)879379995 4aLC268b.H264 201404a370.114bH23600aHandbook of moral and character education /cedited by Larry Nucci, Darcia Narvaez, and Tobias Krettenauer.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xvi, 553 pages)1 aEducational psychology handbook series0 apt. 1. Defining the field : historical, philosophical, and theoretical foundations -- pt. 2. Theory-based approaches to moral and character education -- pt. 3. Schools-based best practices -- pt. 4. Moral education in relation to civic engagement, citizenship, and democracy education -- pt. 5. Moral and character education beyond the classroom. 0aMoral educationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aPersonality developmentvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aKrettenauer, Tobias.1 aNarvaez, Darcia.1 aNucci, Larry P.08iPrint version: z9780415532334w(DLC) 2013034759 0aEducational psychology handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203114896zClick here to view.01365cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500024002710820019002952450135003142460047004492640044004963000040005404900024005805050093006046500047006976500059007447000019008037000020008227000033008427760053008758300025009288560086009539780203115398180706s2015    enkabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203115398q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136294778q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136294815q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415531757q(hardback)  z9781138495340q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203115398 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103827 4aGC1015.2b.R68 201504a333.9164bR86900aRoutledge handbook of ocean resources and management /cedited by Hance D. Smith, Juan Luis Suarez de Vivero, and Tundi S. Agardy.30aHandbook of ocean resources and management 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xiii, 612 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. The world ocean -- pt. 2. The uses of the sea -- pt. 3. The geography of the sea. 0aMarine resourcesvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMarine resourcesxManagementvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAgardy, Tundi.1 aSmith, Hance D.1 aSuarez de Vivero, Juan Luis.08iPrint version: z9780415531757w(DLC) 2015017714 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203115398zClick here to view.01383cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500023002710820019002942450111003132640044004243000039004684900025005075050125005326500053006576500027007106500029007376500031007666500034007977000015008317000021008467000019008677760035008868300026009218560086009479780203116968180706s2012    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203116968q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136301704q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136301742q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415570008q(hardback)  z9781138797383q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203116968 2doi  a(OCoLC)805071291 4aPN56.M54bR68 201204a809.9112bR86904aThe Routledge companion to experimental literature /cedited by Joe Bray, Alison Gibbons and Brian McHale. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xvi, 542 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. The historical avant-gardes -- pt. 2. Experiment now : printed matter -- pt. 3. Experiment now : beyond the page. 0aLiterature, ExperimentalxHistory and criticism. 0aModernism (Literature) 0aAvant-garde (Aesthetics) 0aMass media and literature. 0aDiscourse analysis, Literary.1 aBray, Joe.1 aGibbons, Alison.1 aMcHale, Brian.08iPrint version: z9780415570008 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203116968zClick here to view.01789cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820017002952450138003122640044004503000039004944900024005335040053005575050306006106500057009166500069009736500060010426500051011026500050011537000015012037000020012187000025012387760053012638300025013168560086013419780203117378180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203117378q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136303067q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136303104q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136303111q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415584630q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203117378 2doi  a(OCoLC)897437452 4aLC4801b.R68 201304a371.93bR86904aThe Routledge international companion to emotional and behavioural difficulties /cedited by Ted Cole, Harry Daniels and John Visser. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xix, 358 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. Definitions, labelling and patterns of provision -- section 2. Theories explaining child development and modes of intervention -- section 3. Assessment and intervention in educational settings -- section 4. Specific approaches and issues -- section 5. Supporting school-based professionals. 0aProblem childrenxEducationvCross-cultural studies. 0aProblem childrenxBehavior modificationvCross-cultural studies. 0aBehavior disorders in childrenvCross-cultural studies. 0aBehavior modificationvCross-cultural studies. 0aClassroom managementvCross-cultural studies.1 aCole, Ted.1 aDaniels, Harry.1 aVisser, John,d1946-08iPrint version: z9780415584630w(DLC) 2012004439 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203117378zClick here to view.01252cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450108003442640040004523000039004924900024005315050111005556500028006666500031006947000028007257000021007537760053007748300025008278560086008529780203117637180706s2012    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203117637q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136304828q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136304866q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136304873q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415600750q(hardback)  z9781138831872q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203117637 2doi  a(OCoLC)801405982 4aJZ6369b.R68 201204a341.584bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of the responsibility to protect /cedited by W. Andy Knight and Frazer Egerton. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xiv, 293 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. The concept of R2P -- pt. 2. Developing and operationalising R2P -- pt. 3. The view from over here. 0aAtrocitiesxPrevention. 0aHumanitarian intervention.1 aEgerton, Frazer,d1977-1 aKnight, W. Andy.08iPrint version: z9780415600750w(DLC) 2011047964 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203117637zClick here to view.01352cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500023003160820021003392450097003602640059004573000040005165050218005566500068007747000018008427000026008607000025008867760053009118560086009649780203118177180706s2007    enkabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203118177q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136308192q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136308239q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136308246q(e-book: PDF)  z9781843921882q(hardback)  z9781843921875q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203118177 2doi  a(OCoLC)810082514  ae-uk--- 4aHV8073b.H255 200704a363.250941bH23600aHandbook of criminal investigation /cedited by Tim Newburn, Tom Williamson and Alan Wright. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aPortland, Or. :bWillan Pub.,c2007.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 701 pages)0 apt. 1. Criminal investigation in context -- pt. 2. Organization of criminal investigation -- pt. 3. Forensic techniques -- pt. 4. Investigative sources and processes -- pt. 5. Governance of criminal investigation. 0aCriminal investigationzGreat BritainvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aNewburn, Tim.1 aWilliamson, Tom,cDr.1 aWright, Alan,d1941-08iPrint version: z9781843921882w(DLC) 200729830040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203118177zClick here to view.01245cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820017003292450070003462640040004163000039004565000048004955050240005436500023007837000022008067760053008288560086008819780203118207180706r20111987enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203118207q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136308338q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136308376q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136308383q(e-book: PDF)  z9781843922582q(hardback)  z9781843922575q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203118207 2doi  a(OCoLC)900237758 4aHV6250.25b.H36 201104a362.88bH23600aHandbook of victims and victimology /cedited by Sandra Walklate. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xvi, 526 pages)  aFirst published by Willan Publishing, 2007.0 apt. 1. Perspectives on the victim and victimisation -- pt. 2. Victims, victimology and feminism -- pt. 3. Victims, policy and service delivery -- pt. 4. Comparative perspectives -- pt. 5. Other visions of victimisation and victimology. 0aVictims of crimes.1 aWalklate, Sandra.08iPrint version: z9781843922582w(DLC) 200829589440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203118207zClick here to view.01255cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830430012003050500024003170820016003412450051003572500020004082640040004283000041004685000048005095050163005576500027007206500037007477000018007847760053008028560086008559780203118238180706r20112008enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203118238q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136308475q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136308512q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136308529q(e-book: PDF)  z9781843925002q(hardback)  z9781843923237q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203118238 2doi  a(OCoLC)90023=7760  ae-uk--- 4aHV8195.A2bH36 201104a363.2bH23600aHandbook of policing /cedited by Tim Newburn.  aSecond edition. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 875 pages)  aFirst published by Willan Publishing, 2008.0 apt. 1. Policing in comparative and historical perspective -- pt. 2. The context of policing -- pt. 3. Doing policing -- pt. 4. Themes and debates in policing. 0aPolicezGreat Britain. 0aPolicevHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aNewburn, Tim.08iPrint version: z9781843925002w(DLC) 200827430440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203118238zClick here to view.01416cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500022003160820017003382450100003552640040004553000041004955050278005366500040008146500043008547000020008977000025009177000021009427760053009638560086010169780203118276180706s2008    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203118276q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136308758q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136308796q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136308802q(e-book: PDF)  z9781843922629q(hardback)  z9781843922612q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203118276 2doi  a(OCoLC)506071716  ae-uk--- 4aRA1148b.H35 200804a614.15bH23600aHandbook of forensic mental health /cedited by Keith Soothill, Paul Rogers, and Mairead Dolan. 1aCullompton [U.K.] :bWillan,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 627 pages)0 apt. 1. Setting the scene : the administrative and social framework -- pt. 2. Understanding the forensic mental health process and systems -- pt. 3. Developing a knowledge base : key issues in forensic mental health -- pt. 4. Skills for forensic mental health practitioners. 0aForensic psychologyzGreat Britain. 0aMental health serviceszGreat Britain.1 aDolan, Mairead.1 aRogers, Paul,cProf.1 aSoothill, Keith.08iPrint version: z9781843922629w(DLC) 200827533640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203118276zClick here to view.01283cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500021003420820016003632450087003792640034004663000038005003360021005383370023005593380032005825050118006146510037007327000018007697000019007877760053008068560086008599780203118399180706s2012    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203118399q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136309649q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136309595q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136309632q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415558174q(hardback)  z9781138110106q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203118399 2doi  a(OCoLC)809409630  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aa-tu--- 4aDR417b.R58 201204a956.1bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of modern Turkey /cedited by Metin Heper and Sabri Sayari. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xv, 400 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 apt. 1. History -- part 2. Culture -- part 3. Politics -- part 4. Society -- part 5. Geography -- part 6. Economy. 0aTurkeyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHeper, Metin.1 aSayari, Sabri.08iPrint version: z9780415558174w(DLC) 201104709640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203118399zClick here to view.01280cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820017003292450082003462640034004283000042004625050202005046500047007067000019007537000023007727000056007957760053008518560086009049780203118764180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203118764q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136311536q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136311482q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136311529q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415503693q(hardback)  z9780415503709q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203118764 2doi  a(OCoLC)849934710 4aLB1044.84b.H36 201304a371.33bH23600aHandbook of mobile learning /cedited by Zane L. Berge and Lin Y. Muilenburg. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxxvii, 638 pages)0 apt. 1. Foundations and future -- pt. 2. Learning and learner support -- pt. 3. Teaching and instructional design -- pt. 4. Policies, administration, and management -- pt. 5. Cases and perspectives. 0aMobile communication systems in education.1 aBerge, Zane L.1 aMuilenburg, Lin Y.12aCrompton, Helen.tHistorical overview of mLearning.08iPrint version: z9780415503693w(DLC) 201204154640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203118764zClick here to view.01650cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450089003422640059004313000038004904900038005285050334005666100089009006500038009896500049010276500018010767000021010947000019011157760053011348300039011878560086012269780203119235180706s2016    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203119235q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136313868q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136313813q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136313851q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857436419q(hardback)  z9781857439762q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203119235 2doi  a(OCoLC)938788911 4aGN380b.H36 201604a323.11bH23600aHandbook of indigenous peoples' rights /cedited by Corinne Lennox and Damien Short. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xx, 475 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Indigeneity -- pt. 2. Right and governance -- pt. 3. Indigenous women's rights -- pt. 4. Development and the environment -- pt. 5. Mobilization for indigenous peoples' rights -- pt. 6. Justice and reparations -- pt. 7. International monitoring and mechanisms for indigenous peoples' rights -- pt. 8. Regional case studies.20aUnited Nations.bGeneral Assembly.tDeclaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. 0aIndigenous peoplesxCivil rights. 0aIndigenous peoplesxLegal status, laws, etc. 0aHuman rights.1 aLennox, Corinne.1 aShort, Damien.08iPrint version: z9781857436419w(DLC) 2015036734 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203119235zClick here to view.04464cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550350022001030500024001250720026001490720026001750720026002010720016002270820021002432450151002642500019004152640074004343000035005084900036005435051224005795201807018036500052036106500065036626500062037276500040037896500022038297000026038517000031038777100024039087760054039328300037039868560079040239780203119969180727s2018    flu b   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136318207 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)1003489623 4aTD195.A27bG74 2017 7aNATx011000 2bisacsh 7aTECx009070 2bisacsh 7aTECx010000 2bisacsh 7aTQ 2bicscc04a629.130028/622300aGreen aviation :breduction of environmental impact through aircraft technology and alternative fuels /cedited by Emily S. Nelson and D.R. Reddy.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bCRC Press, an imprint of Taylor and Francis,c2018.  a1 online resource (396 pages).1 aSustainable energy developments00tpart I Environmental impacts of aviation -- tchapter 1 Noise emissions from commercial aircraft /rEdmane Envia -- tchapter 2 Aircraft emissions: gaseous and particulate /rChanglie Wey -- tchapter 3 Improvement of aeropropulsion fuel efficiency through engine design /rKenneth L. Suder -- tpart II Technologies to mitigate environmental impacts -- tchapter 4 Noise mitigation strategies /rDennis L. Huff -- tchapter 5 Advanced materials for green aviation /rAjay Misra -- tchapter 6 Clean combustion and emission control /rChanglie Wey -- tchapter 7 Airspace Systems Technologies /rBanavar Sridhar -- tchapter 8 Alternative fuels and green aviation /rEmily S. Nelson -- tchapter 9 Overview of alternative fuel drivers, technology options, and demand fulfillment /rKirsten Van Fossen -- tchapter 10 Biofuel feedstocks and supply chains: how ecological models can assist with design and scaleup /rKristin C. Lewis -- tchapter 11 Microalgae feedstocks for aviation fuels /rMark S. Wigmosta -- tchapter 12 Certification of alternative fuels -- tchapter 13 Environmental performance of alternative jet fuels /rHakan Olcay -- tchapter 14 Perspectives on the future of green aviation /rJay E. Dryer.3 aAircraft emissions currently account for ~3.5% of all greenhouse gas emissions. The number of passenger miles has increased by 5% annually despite 9/11, two wars and gloomy economic conditions. Since aircraft have no viable alternative to the internal combustion engine, improvements in aircraft efficiency and alternative fuel development become essential. This book comprehensively covers the relevant issues in green aviation. Environmental impacts, technology advances, public policy and economics are intricately linked to the pace of development that will be realized in the coming decades. Experts from NASA, industry and academiareview current technology development in green aviation that will carry the industry through 2025 and beyond. This includes increased efficiency through better propulsion systems, reduced drag airframes, advanced materials and operational changes. Clean combustion and emission control of noise, exhaust gases and particulates are also addressed through combustor design and the use of alternative fuels. Economic imperatives from aircraft lifetime and maintenance logistics dictate the drive for "drop-in" fuels, blending jet-grade and biofuel. New certification standards foralternative fuels are outlined. Life Cycle Assessments are used to evaluate worldwide biofuel approaches, highlighting that there is no single rational approach for sustainable buildup. In fact, unless local conditions are considered, the use of biofuels can create a net increase in environmental impact as a result of biofuel manufacturing processes. Governmental experts evaluate current and future regulations and their impact on green aviation. Sustainable approaches to biofuel development are discussed for locations around the globe, including the US, EU, Brazil, China and India. 7aTECHNOLOGY & ENGINEERING / Mechanical.2bisacsh 7aTECHNOLOGY & ENGINEERING / Environmental / General.2bisacsh 7aTECHNOLOGY & ENGINEERING / Engineering (General)2bisacsh 0aAeronauticsxEnvironmental aspects. 0aGreen technology.1 aReddy, D.R.,eeditor.1 aNelson, Emily S.,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z9780415620987w(DLC)  2017031115 0aSustainable energy developments.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/b20287zClick here to view.01376cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820019003292450093003482640040004413000042004814900024005235050276005476500047008237000020008707000020008907760053009108300025009638560086009889780203120958180706s2013    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203120958q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136324789q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136324680q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136324796q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415523516q(hardback)  z9781138071421q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203120958 2doi  a(OCoLC)830023900 4aG156.5.H47bR68 201304a338.4791bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of cultural tourism /cedited by Melanie Smith and Greg Richards. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxviii, 416 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. History, philosophy and theory -- pt. 2. Politics, policy and economics -- pt. 3. Social patterns and trends -- pt. 4. Community and development -- pt. 5. Landscapes and destinations -- pt. 6. Regeneration and planning -- pt. 7. The tourist and visitor experience. 0aHeritage tourismvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aRichards, Greg.1 aSmith, Melanie.08iPrint version: z9780415523516w(DLC) 2012019572 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203120958zClick here to view.01451cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820019003261000030003452450104003752640044004793000039005235050266005626500061008286500050008896500041009397000030009807760053010108560086010639780203121108180706s2013    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203121108q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136325519q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136325557q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136325564q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415582070q(hardback)  z9781138071384q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203121108 2doi  a(OCoLC)810077988 4aG155.A1bH65 201304a338.4791bH7261 aHolden, Andrew.,eauthor.14aThe Routledge handbook of tourism and the environment /cedited by Andrew Holden and David Fennell. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxi, 601 pages)0 apt. 1. Scientific realities and cultural constructs of the environment -- pt. 2. Ecosystems and impact issues -- pt. 3. Environmental policy, resource governance and management -- pt. 4. Terminology and types of tourism -- pt. 5. Contemporary and future issues. 0aTourismxEnvironmental aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSustainable tourismvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEcotourismvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aFennell, David A.,d1963-08iPrint version: z9780415582070w(DLC) 201104479540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203121108zClick here to view.03372cam a2200385Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820018003272450106003452640044004513000039004954900038005345050381005725201626009536500034025796500035026136500031026486500022026796500014027016500018027156500022027337000020027557000033027757760053028088300039028618560086029009780203121375180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203121375q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136326967q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136326912q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136326950q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415522533q(hardback)  z9781138695047q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203121375 2doi  a(OCoLC)871782015 4aGV706.5b.R88 201404a306.483bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sport, gender and sexuality /cedited by Jennifer Hargreaves and Eric Anderson. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xix, 524 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Historical perspectives : links between past and present -- pt. 2. Views from countries across the world -- pt. 3. Diversity and division -- pt. 4. Gender conformity and its challenges -- pt. 5. Homosexuality : issues and challenges -- pt. 6. Questioning and transgressing sex -- pt. 7. Power, control and abuse -- pt. 8. Gender and sexuality in the mediation of sport.  a"All sports focus on the physical body, with images of speed and power, agility, skilfulness and achievement. Throughout the history of sports, gender divisions and stereotypes have been intrinsic to their structure and culture, while sexuality has been inseparable from the gendered character of sports. In other words, gender and sexuality have been fundamental to the understanding and practice of all sports and physical cultures, and lie at the centre of the growing field of sport studies.The Routledge Handbook of Sport, Gender and Sexuality offers a guide of unparalleled depth and breadth to the many complex inter-relationships between sport, gender, and sexuality. Consisting entirely of new empirical and theoretical essays by leading and emerging researchers and scholars from around the world, the books maps the historical, theoretical and empirical terrain of gender and sexuality studies in sport. Including personal and political narratives from across a wide range of different sports and physical activities, the book covers the separation of male and female sport and physical education from the mid-nineteenth century up until the present day. It examines structural and cultural forms of gender segregation, homophobia, heteronormativity and transphobia, as well as the ideological struggles and changes that have led to nuanced ways of thinking about the sport, gender, and sexuality nexus. This is a landmark work of reference that will be a key resource for all advanced students and researchers working in sport studies, gender studies, sexuality studies or sociology"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSportsxSociological aspects. 0aSportsxPsychological aspects. 0aAthletesxSexual behavior. 0aSports for women. 0aSex role. 0aGay athletes. 0aLesbian athletes.1 aAnderson, Eric.1 aHargreaves, Jennifer,d1937-08iPrint version: z9780415522533w(DLC) 2013029100 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203121375zClick here to view.02261cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500020003160820020003362450071003562640057004273000039004844900021005235050203005445200906007476500039016536500055016927000027017477760053017748300022018278560086018499780203122280180706s2015    nyuab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203122280q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136332005q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136331954q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136331992q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415879521q(hardback)  z9781138042902q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203122280 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103853  an-us--- 4aE77b.W882 201504a970.00497bW92704aThe world of indigenous North America /cedited by Robert Warrior. 1aNew York :bRoutledge/Taylor & Francis Group,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxv, 650 pages)1 aRoutledge worlds0 apt. 1. Preludes and the present -- pt. 2. Geographies -- pt. 3. Survival and persistence -- pt. 4. Aesthetics -- pt. 5. Institutions -- pt. 6. An indigenous world? -- pt. 7. A complex, modern world.  a"The World of Indigenous North America is a comprehensive look at issues that concern indigenous people in North America. Though no single volume can cover every tribe and every issue around this fertile area of inquiry, this book takes on the fields of law, archaeology, literature, socio-linguistics, geography, sciences, and gender studies, among others, in order to make sense of the Indigenous experience. Covering both Canada's First Nations and the Native American tribes of the United States, and alluding to the work being done in indigenous studies through the rest of the world, the volume reflects the critical mass of scholarship that has developed in Indigenous Studies over the past decade, and highlights the best new work that is emerging in the field. The World of Indigenous North America is a book for every scholar in the field to own and refer to often"--cProvided by publisher. 0aIndians of North AmericaxHistory. 0aIndians of North AmericaxSocial life and customs.1 aWarrior, Robert Allen.08iPrint version: z9780415879521w(DLC) 2013039796 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203122280zClick here to view.02822cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500021003160820014003372450176003512640069005273000040005965050365006365201066010016500066020676500062021336500072021956500067022677000023023347760053023578560086024109780203122419180706s2014    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203122419q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136332494q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136332449q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136332487q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415520669q(hardback)  z9780415520676q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203122419 2doi  a(OCoLC)867928752  an-us--- 4aPM206b.H36 201404a497bH23600aHandbook of heritage, community, and native American languages in the United States :bresearch, policy, and educational practice /cedited by Terrence G. Wiley. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge :bCenter for Applied Linguistics,c[2014]  a1 online resource (xiii, 404 pages)0 asection 1. Foundations of heritage, community, and Native American language education -- section 2. Commonly taught languages -- section 3. Critical and less commonly taught languages -- section 4. Native American languages -- section 5. Languages with strong community connections -- section 6. Promotion of heritage, community, and Native American languages.  a"This state-of-the-art Handbook provides an overview of major issues related to acquisition, use, retention, loss, and revitalization of heritage languages spoken in the United States. Contributions on language use, programs and instruction, and policy focus on issues that are applicable to many heritage language contexts. Based on the work of noted authorities, and on current knowledge and research, the volume surveys of the field of heritage languages in the United States, drawing from a variety of perspectives. Offering a foundational standpoint for serious students of heritage and community languages as they are learned in the classroom, transmitted in families, and used in communities, this timely, comprehensive Handbook provides background on the history and current status of many languages in the linguistic mosaic of U.S. society and stresses the importance of drawing on these languages as societal, community, and individual resources, while noting their strategic importance within the context of globalization. "--cProvided by publisher. 0aIndians of North AmericaxLanguagesvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aLanguage revivalzUnited StatesvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aHeritage language speakerszUnited StatesvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducation,  BilingualzUnited StatesvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aWiley, Terrence G.08iPrint version: z9780415520669w(DLC) 201302736140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203122419zClick here to view.03341cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820018003292450131003472640034004783000039005125052138005516500053026896500057027426500052027997000020028517000029028717760053029008560086029539780203122761180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203122761q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136334801q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136334757q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136334795q(e-book: ePub)  z9781848729957q(hardback)  z9780415810968q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203122761 2doi  a(OCoLC)841793951 4aLB3060.37b.H36 201304a371.272bH23600aHandbook on automated essay evaluation :bcurrent applications and new directions /cedited by Mark D. Shermis, Jill Burstein. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxi, 361 pages)0 a1. Introduction to automated essay evaluation / Mark D. Shermis, Jill Burstein, and Sharon Apel Bursky -- 2. Automated essay evaluation and the teaching of writing / Norbert Elliot and Andrew Klobucar -- 3. English as a second language writing and automated essay evaluation / Sara C. Weigle -- 4. The e-rater automated essay scoring system / Jill Burstein, Joel Tetreault, and Nitin Madnani -- 5. Implementation and applications of the intelligent essay assessor / Peter W. Foltz. [et al.] -- 6. The IntelliMetric automated essay scoring engine : a review and an application to Chinese essay scoring / Matthew T. Schultz -- 7. Applications of automated essay evaluation in West Virginia / Changhua S. Rich, Christina Schneider, and Juan M. D'Brot -- 8. LightSIDE : open source machine learning for text / Elijah Mayfield and Carolyn Penstein rose -- 9. Automated short answer scoring : principles and prospects / Chris Brew and Claudia Leacock -- 10. Probable cause : developing warrants for automated scoring of essays / David M. Williamson -- 11. Validity and reliability of automated essay scoring / Yigal Attali -- 12. Scaling and norming for automated essay scoring / Kristin L.K. Koskey and Mark D. Shermis -- 13. Human ratings and automated essay evaluation / Brent Bridgeman -- 14. Using automated scoring to monitor reader performance and detect reader drift in essay scoring / Susan M. Lottridge, E. Matthew Schulz, and Howard C. Mitzel -- 15. Grammatical error detection in automatic essay scoring and feedback / Michael Gamon. [et al.] -- 16. Automated evaluation of discourse coherence quality in essay writing / Jill Burstein. [et al.] -- 17. Automated sentiment analysis for essay evaluation / Jill Burstein. [et al.] -- 18. Covering the construct : an approach to automated essay scoring motivated by a socio-cognitive framework for defining literacy skills / Paul Deane -- 19. Contrasting state-of-the-art automated scoring of essays / Mark D. Shermis and Ben Hamner -- 20. The policy turn in current education reform : the common core state standards and its linguistic challenges and opportunities / Kenji Hakuta. 0aGrading and marking (Students)xData processing. 0aEducational tests and measurementsxData processing. 0aReport writingxStudy and teachingxEvaluation.1 aBurstein, Jill.1 aShermis, Mark D.,d1953-08iPrint version: z9781848729957w(DLC) 201204279640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203122761zClick here to view.01278cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500021002730820016002942450112003102460024004222640034004463000040004804900036005205050167005566500012007237000020007357000026007557000025007817760035008068300037008418560086008789780203123294180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203123294q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136338182q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136338229q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136338236q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415881647q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203123294 2doi  a(OCoLC)813993755 4aBL200b.R68 201304a211.3bR86904aThe Routledge companion to theism /cedited by Charles Taliaferro, Victoria S. Harrison, and Stewart Goetz.30aCompanion to theism 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxii, 728 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. What is theism? -- pt. 2. Theism and inquiry -- pt. 3. Theism and the socio-political realm -- pt. 4. Theism and culture -- pt. 5. Theism as a way of life. 0aTheism.1 aGoetz, Stewart.1 aHarrison, Victoria S.1 aTaliaferro, Charles.08iPrint version: z9780415881647 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203123294zClick here to view.01709cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450086003432460037004292640034004663000039005005050624005396500035011636500023011986500021012217000026012427760053012688560086013219780203123355180706s2014    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203123355q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136338656q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136338601q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136338649q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415518635q(hardback)  z9781138657106q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203123355 2doi  a(OCoLC)900238266 4aRC1235b.H66 201404a613.71bH77200aRoutledge handbook of ergonomics in sport and exercise /cedited by Youlian Hong.30aErgonomics in sport and exercise 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xiv, 591 pages)0 asection 1. Muscular adaptation to sports and exercise -- section 2. Environmental factors of injury and fatigue -- section 3. Environmental condition and sports performance -- section 4. Effects of load weight on body posture and performance -- section 5. Measurement in sports and exercise -- section 6. Influence of playing surface on sports and exercise -- section 7. Influence of footwear on sports and exercise -- section 8. Influence of implements and protective devices in sports and exercise -- secton 9. Modelling and simulation in sports and exercise -- section 10. Measurement in adapted sports and exercise. 0aSportsxPhysiological aspects. 0aHuman engineering. 0aHuman mechanics.1 aHong, Youlian,d1946-08iPrint version: z9780415518635w(DLC) 201301296440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203123355zClick here to view.01330cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820018002962450079003142640040003933000039004334900024004725050313004966500054008097000025008637760053008888300025009418560086009669780203123485180706s2013    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203123485q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136339493q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136339448q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136339486q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415518192q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203123485 2doi  a(OCoLC)840582089 4aGV567.5b.R68 201304a796.069bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sport communication /c[edited by] Paul M. Pedersen. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xiv, 529 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 asection 1. Theoretical and conceptual aspects of sport communication -- section 2. Traditional media associated with sport communication -- section 3. Sport communication and new and emerging media -- section 4. Sociological aspects of sport communication -- section 5. The management of sport communication. 0aCommunication in sportsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aPedersen, Paul Mark.08iPrint version: z9780415518192w(DLC) 2012036637 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9781315088556zClick here to view.01357dam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500023002850820020003081300040003282450073003682500020004412640044004613000040005055000029005455050245005746500051008197000016008707000030008867760053009168560086009699780203123584180706s2016    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136340123 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136340079q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136340116q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415518017q(hardback)  z9781138917620q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203123584 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103855 4aRC488.5b.H36 201604a616.89156bH2360 aHandbook of family therapy (Sexton)10aHandbook of family therapy /cedited by Thomas L. Sexton, Jay Lebow.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xiii, 560 pages)  aTwo columns to the page.0 apt. 1. Foundational frameworks in family and couple therapy -- pt. 2. Foundational theoretical principles and core clinical models -- pt. 3. Evidence-based clinical treatment models -- pt. 4. Research foundations -- pt. 5. Emerging domains. 0aFamily psychotherapyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aLebow, Jay.1 aSexton, Thomas L.,d1953-08iPrint version: z9780415518017w(DLC) 201500170040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203123584zClick here to view.01337cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200032002200240032002520350021002840500020003050820016003252450077003412460035004182640034004533000038004874900036005255040041005615050204006026500021008067000020008277760053008478300037009008560086009379780203124352180706s2011    nyu     ob    000 0 eng d  a9780203124352q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136344909q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136344947q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136344954q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415878180q(hardback)  z9781138=776234q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203124352 2doi  a(OCoLC)794707180 4aK235b.R68 201104a340.1bR86904aThe Routledge companion to philosophy of law /cedited by Andrei Marmor.30aCompanion to philosophy of law 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xx, 630 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions  aIncludes bibliographical references.0 apt. 1. Theories about the nature of law -- pt. 2. Legal reasoning -- pt. 3. Theories of legal areas -- pt. 4. Law as a coercive order -- pt. 5. Moral obligations to law -- pt. 5. Rights and equality. 0aLawxPhilosophy.1 aMarmor, Andrei.08iPrint version: z9780415878180w(DLC) 2011038396 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203124352zClick here to view.01334cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430021003040500023003250820017003482450067003652640044004323000039004764900037005155050096005526500032006486500030006806510022007106510022007326510031007547000022007857760053008078300038008608560086008989780203124741180706s2012    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203124741q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136446542q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136446580q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136446597q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415462877q(hardback)  z9781138107373q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203124741 2doi  a(OCoLC)801405427  aa-ja---aa-kr--- 4aPL693.R9bL36 201204a495.67bL28704aThe languages of Japan and Korea /cedited by Nicolas Tranter. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xvi, 516 pages)1 aRoutledge language family series0 apt. 1. Preliminaries -- pt. 2. Korean -- pt. 3. Japanese -- pt. 4. Ryukyuan -- pt. 5. Ainu. 0aJapanese languagexGrammar. 0aKorean languagexGrammar. 0aJapanxLanguages. 0aKoreaxLanguages. 0aRyukyu islandsxLanguages.1 aTranter, Nicolas.08iPrint version: z9780415462877w(DLC) 2011037313 0aRoutledge language family series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203124741zClick here to view.01272cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500025002730820021002982450096003192640058004153000040004735050141005136500038006546500035006926500042007276500040007697000034008097760053008438560086008969780203124888180706s2013    nyuag   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203124888q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136447297q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136447242q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136447280q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415509527q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203124888 2doi  a(OCoLC)852758591 4aML3918.P67bR68 201304a781.641592bR86904aThe Routledge history of social protest in popular music /cedited by Jonathan C. Friedman. 1aNew York, N.Y. ;aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 412 pages)0 apt. 1. Historical beginnings, war, and civil rights -- pt. 2. Contemporary social protest in rock music -- pt. 3. International protest. 0aPopular musicxPolitical aspects. 0aPopular musicxSocial aspects. 0aProtest songsxHistory and criticism. 0aProtest movementsxSongs and music.1 aFriedman, Jonathan C.,d1966-08iPrint version: z9780415509527w(DLC) 201204612540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203124888zClick here to view.01345cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500026003300820017003562450091003732640032004643000039004963360021005353370023005563380032005794900024006115050063006356110053006986110051007517000029008027760053008318300025008848560086009099780203126486180706s2014    enka    o     000 0 eng d  a9780203126486q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136456350q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136456305q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136456343q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415671927q(hardback)  z9781138694538q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203126486 2doi  a(OCoLC)897438244  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aGV722 2012b.H36 201404a796.48bH23600aHandbook of the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games /cedited by Vassil Girginov. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (2 volume pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 av. 1. Making the games -- volume 2. Celebrating the games.20aOlympic Gamesn(30th :d2012 :cLondon, England)20aParalympicsn(30th :d2012 :cLondon, England)1 aGirginov, Vassil,d1956-08iPrint version: z9780415671927w(DLC) 2012007405 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203126486zClick here to view.03234cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500026003420820017003682450051003852640065004363000039005013360021005403370023005613380032005844900073006165050203006895201708008926110053026006110051026537000029027047760053027338560086027869780203132517180706s2013    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203132517q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136477478q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136477515q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136477522q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415671941q(hardback)  z9781138694507q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203132517 2doi  a(OCoLC)835910076  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  ae-uk-en 4aGV722 2012b.H36 201304a796.48bH23600aMaking the games /cedited by Vassil Girginov. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xiv, 321 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 aHandbook of the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games ;vVolume 10 apt. 1. Bidding for the Games -- part 2. Delivering the Games -- part 3. Engaging the UK public -- part 4. Engaging sports -- part 5. London 2012 and the world's participation -- part 6. Conclusions.  a"The Handbook of the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games is the definitive, officially-licensed account of the world's greatest sporting mega-event. It tells the complete story of the 2012 Games from inception, through the successful bidding process and the planning and preparation phase, to delivery, aftermath and legacy. Written by a world-class team of international Olympic experts, sports researchers and writers, the book offers comprehensive analysis of the full social, cultural, political, historical, economic and sporting context of the Games. From the political, commercial and structural complexities of organizing an event on such a scale, to the sporting action that holds the attention of the world for three thrilling weeks, this book illuminates every aspect of the 2012 Games, helping us to better understand the vital role that sport and culture have in contemporary global society. The book is divided into two volumes. This, the first volume, examines the build up to - London 2012 - covering key topics such as: - the bidding process - planning and decision making - financing the Games - developing the Olympic infrastructure - engaging national and international governing bodies of sport - engaging the UK public - engaging a global public - developing a legacy programme - the cultural Olympiad. Richly illustrated with the personal accounts of key stakeholders, from sports administrators and politicians to athletes and spectators, and including essential data and evocative visual material, this book is essential reading for anybody with a personal or professional interest in the Olympic Games, global culture or the development of sport"--cProvided by publisher.20aOlympic Gamesn(30th :d2012 :cLondon, England)20aParalympicsn(30th :d2012 :cLondon, England)1 aGirginov, Vassil,d1956-08iPrint version: z9780415671941w(DLC) 201200740540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203132517zClick here to view.01700cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820020003262450164003462460033005102640044005433000041005874900038006285000052006665050197007186500067009156500075009826500073010577000026011307000016011567760053011728300039012258560086012649780203132562180706s2015    enkae   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203132562q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136477591q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136477546q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136477584q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415675819q(hardback)  z9781138709560q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203132562 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103900 4aGV716b.R696 201504a338.47796bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sport and legacy :bmeeting the challenge of major sports events /cedited by Richard Holt and Dino Ruta ; assistant editor James Panter.30aHandbook of sport and legacy 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xviii, 373 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks  a"International Centre for Sports Studies"--t.p.0 apt. 1. Planning and governance of legacy -- pt. 2. Urbanisation and legacy -- pt. 3. Social and cultural legacies -- pt. 4. Human capital and legacy -- pt. 5. The politics and image of legacy. 0aHosting of sporting eventsxPlanningvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aHosting of sporting eventsxEconomic aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aHosting of sporting eventsxSocial aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHolt, Richard,d1948-1 aRuta, Dino.08iPrint version: z9780415675819w(DLC) 2014032577 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203132562zClick here to view.01431cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200035001030200035001380200034001730200030002070200031002370240032002680350021003000500020003210820019003412450114003602460050004742640040005243000040005645050110006046500041007146500030007556500025007856500048008106500037008587000033008957000026009287760053009548560086010079780203132609180706s2012    nyuabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136477669 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a97811364=77614q(e-book: Mobi)  a97811364=77652q(e-book: ePub)  a97811364=77669q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415567336q(hardback)  z9780415747530q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203132609 2doi  a(OCoLC)787851321 4aU240b.R69 201204a355.0218bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of insurgency and counterinsurgency /cedited by Paul B. Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn.30ahandbook of insurgency and counter-insurgency 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xiii, 381 pages)0 apt. 1. Theoretical and analytical issues -- pt. 2. Insurgent movements -- pt. 3. Counterinsurgency cases. 0aInsurgencyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aInsurgencyvCase studies. 0aGuerrillasxHistory. 0aCounterinsurgencyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCounterinsurgencyvCase studies.1 aDuyvesteyn, Isabelle,d1972-1 aRich, Paul B.,d1950-08iPrint version: z9780415567336w(DLC) 201103227240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203132609zClick here to view.01527cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200049000550200033001040200035001370200034001720200030002060200031002360240032002670350021002990500021003200820018003412450098003592640034004573000041004914900024005325050373005566500051009297000025009807000019010057000025010247760053010498300025011028560086011279780203132623180706s2013    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136477683 (e-book: Mobi)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136477737q(e-book: PDF)  a97811364=77683q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136477720q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782227q(hardback)  z9781138860438q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203132623 2doi  a(OCoLC)830085765 4aGV711b.R68 201304a796.077bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sports coaching /cedited by Paul Potrac, Wade Gilbert and Jim Denison. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xviii, 507 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Historical and conceptual overview of sports coaching : what do we know about the field of sports coaching and how to study it? -- pt. 2. Perspectives on sports coaching in action : what do we know about the act of sports coaching? -- pt. 3. Influences on becoming a sports coach : what do we know about the process of becoming and developing as a sports coach? 0aCoaching (Athletics)vHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aDenison, Jim,d1963-1 aGilbert, Wade.1 aPotrac, Paul,d1974-08iPrint version: z9780415782227w(DLC) 2012024821 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203132623zClick here to view.01911cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820017002952450147003122640040004593000040004994900024005395050655005636500037012186500037012556500026012926500019013186500019013377000018013567000035013747760053014098300025014628560086014879780203132678180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203132678q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136477805q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136477751q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136477799q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782999q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203132678 2doi  a(OCoLC)856934717 4aQP301b.R693 201304a613.71bR86900aRoutledge handbook of physical activity and mental health /ceditor-in-chief, Panteleimon Ekkekakis ; section editors, Dane B. Cook. [et al.]. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxii, 576 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. The physical activity "feel-good" effect / edited by Panteleimon Ekkekakis -- pt. 2. Anxiety disorders / edited by Jasper A.J. Smits -- pt. 3. Depression and mood disorders / edited by Lynette L. Craft -- pt. 4. Self-perceptions and self-evaluations / edited by Kathleen A. Martin Ginis -- pt. 5. Cognitive function across the lifespan / edited by Jennifer L. Etnier -- pt. 6. Psychosocial stress / edited by Mark Hamer -- pt. 7. Pain / edited by Dane B. Cook -- pt. 8. Energy and fatigue / edited by Justy Reed -- pt. 9. Addictions / edited by Michael Ussher -- pt. 10. Quality of life in special populations / edited by S. Nicole Culos-Reed. 0aExercisexPhysiological aspects. 0aExercisexPsychological aspects. 0aCognitive psychology. 0aMental health. 0aPsychobiology.1 aCook, Dane B.1 aEkkekakis, Panteleimon,d1968-08iPrint version: z9780415782999w(DLC) 2012040802 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203132678zClick here to view.01502cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820018003252450125003432640040004683000039005084900038005475050258005856500045008436500044008887000023009327000022009557000021009777760053009988300039010518560086010909780203132746180706s2012    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203132746q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136477942q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136477898q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136477935q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415669603q(hardback)  z9781138860421q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203132746 2doi  a(OCoLC)826685165 4aBF295b.R68 201204a152.334bR86900aRoutledge handbook of motor control and motor learning /cedited by Albert Gollhofer Wolfgang Taube and Jens Bo Nielsen. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xii, 420 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Theories and models -- pt. 2. Basic aspects of motor control and learning -- pt. 3. Motor control and learning in locomotion and posture -- pt. 4. Motor control and learning in voluntary actions -- pt. 5. Challenges in motor control and learning. 0aMotor learningvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMotor controlvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aGollhofer, Albert.1 aNielsen, Jens Bo.1 aTaube, Wolfgang.08iPrint version: z9780415669603w(DLC) 2012019652 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203132746zClick here to view.01596cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200030001030200031001330240032001640350021001960430012002170500024002290820016002531000023002692450102002922500020003942640034004143000039004484900062004875040053005495050356006026500044009586500038010027000023010407000023010637760035010868300063011218560086011849780203133170180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136478444 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  z9780415501200q(hardback)  z9780415501224q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203133170 2doi  a(OCoLC)897438018  an-us--- 4aLB2799.2b.H36 201404a371.4bE6581 aErchul, William P.10aHandbook of research in school consultation /cedited by William P. Erchul and Susan M. Sheridan.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xiv, 565 pages)1 aConsultation and intervention in school psychology series  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection A. Introduction -- section B. Methodological and statistical foundations -- section C. What we know : process/outcome findings from selected models of practice -- section D. What we know : process/outcome findings from selected research perspectives -- section E. Additional cutting-edge topics and future challenges -- section F. Conclusions. 0aEducational consultantszUnited States. 0aSchool psychologyzUnited States.1 aErchul, William P.1 aSheridan, Susan M.08iPrint version: z9780415501200 0aConsultation and intervention series in school psychology.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203133170zClick here to view.06774cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200049000550350021001040400026001250500020001510720026001710720026001970720016002230820015002392450071002542500019003252640076003442640012004203000053004323360021004853370023005063380032005295054207005615201356047686500054061246500057061787000037062357100024062727760054062968560086063509780203140505180727t20132015fluab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136495588 (e-book: ePub)q(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)994900028  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aGV14b.R68 2013 7aSOCx026000 2bisacsh 7aSPOx066000 2bisacsh 7aWS 2bicscc04a790.0122300aRoutledge handbook of leisure studies /cedited by Tony Blackshaw.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge, an imprint of Taylor and Francis,c[2013]. 4c©2015.  a1 online resource (632 pages) :b6 illustrations  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tchapter Introduction /rTony Blackshaw -- tpart PART I Key disciplines -- tchapter 1 Philosophy of leisure /rAlexander Sager -- tchapter 2 The making of modern leisure: the British experience c.1850 to c.1960 /rDave Russell -- tchapter 3 Feminist Leisure Studies: origins, accomplishments and prospects /rKarla A. Henderson -- tchapter 4 Psychology of leisure /rRoger C. Mannell -- tchapter 5 Economics of leisure /rChris Gratton -- tchapter 6 Leisure management: moving with the times /rPeter Taylor -- tchapter 7 Leisure policy: the example of sport /rMatthew Nicholson -- tchapter 8 Research positions, postures and practices in Leisure Studies /rJonathan Long -- tpart PART II Key thinkers -- tchapter 9 Theodor W. Adorno, the culture industry and leisure /rSimon Mussell -- tchapter 10 The leisure class: from Veblen to Linder to MacCannell /rDavid Scott -- tchapter 11 Norbert Elias and Leisure Studies /rDominic Malcolm -- tchapter 12 Michel Foucault and leisure /rToby Miller -- tchapter 13 Leisure at the end of modernity: Jürgen Habermas on the purpose of leisure /rKarl Spracklen -- tchapter 14 Chris Rojek /rPeter Bramham -- tchapter 15 Two sociologists: Pierre Bourdieu and Zygmunt Bauman /rTony Blackshaw -- tchapter 16 What they did on their holidays: Virilio, Baudrillard, Leisure Studies and post-theory /rSteve Redhead -- tpart PART III Leisure as a socio-cultural phenomenon -- tchapter 17 Theorizing social class, culture and leisure /rPeter Bramham -- tchapter 18 Leisure in culture /rGarry Chick -- tchapter 19 Racisms and the experiences of minorities in amateur football in the UK and Europe /rSteven Bradbury -- tchapter 20 Family leisure /rMaureen Harrington -- tchapter 21 Gendered freedoms and constraints for young women socializing in bars and clubs /rOona Brooks -- tchapter 22 Leisure and the life course /rKen Roberts -- tchapter 23 Lifestyle and leisure theory /rA. J. Veal -- tchapter 24 The leisured nature of tourism: a sociological critique /rStephen Wearing -- tpart PART IV The Big Seven leisure pursuits -- tchapter 25 The annual holiday: its rise, transformations, expansion and fragmentation /rJohn K. Walton -- tchapter 26 The demon drink: alcohol and moral regulation, past and present /rHenry Yeomans -- tchapter 27 From the back street to the high street: commercial gambling and the commodication of chance /rGerda Reith -- tchapter 28 Leisure sex: more sex! Better sex! Sex is fucking brilliant! Sex, sex, sex, SEX /rFeona Attwood -- tchapter 29 Television and cultural citizenship /rNick Stevenson -- tchapter 30 Recreational drug use and the club scene /rMargaretha Järvinen -- tchapter 31 How shopping changed leisure /rTony Blackshaw -- tpart PART V Uses of leisure -- tchapter 32 Abnormal leisure and normalization /rChris Rojek -- tchapter 33 Behind the net-curtain: home-based work and leisure spaces /rJon Dart -- tchapter 34 Consumerism as shaped by the pursuit of leisure /rRobert A. Stebbins -- tchapter 35 Leisure and higher education /rDavid Harris -- tchapter 36 Leisure, national identity and celebrating national dierence /rAlan Bairner -- tchapter 37 Social capitalism and leisure policy reconsidered /rTony Blackshaw -- tchapter 38 Serious leisure: the case of groundhopping /rDavid Bauckham -- tchapter 39 Volunteering as leisure, leisure as volunteering /rGeoff Nichols and Kirsten Holmes with Tom Baum -- tchapter 40 Yin and Yang: the relationship of leisure and work /rJoy Beatty -- tpart PART VI New directions -- tchapter 41 Cultural tourism /rGreg Richards -- tchapter 42 Event management /rChris Rojek -- tchapter 43 Extreme leisure: the case of extreme sporting activities /rVictoria Robinson -- tchapter 44 Leisure, community, and politics /rErin K. Sharpe -- tchapter 45 Ethnicity, racism and the real social value of sport /rGrant Jarvie -- tchapter 46 The labour of leisure reconsidered /rChris Rojek -- tchapter 47 Virtual leisure /rGarry Crawford -- tchapter 48 Youth culture, leisure and lifestyle: from subcultures to post-subcultures /rAndy Bennett -- tchapter 49 The meaning of liquid leisure /rJohan Bouwer.3 aThis landmark publication brings together some of the most perceptive commentators of the present moment to explore core ideas and cutting edge developments in the field of Leisure Studies. It offers important new insights into the dynamics of the transformation of leisure in contemporary societies, tracing the emergent issues at stakein the discipline and examining Leisure Studies’ fundamental connections with cognate disciplines such as Sociology, Cultural Studies, History, Sport Studies and Tourism. This book contains original work from key scholars across the globe, including those working outside the Leisure Studies mainstream. It showcases the state of the art of contemporary Leisure Studies, covering key topics and key thinkers from the psychology of leisure to leisure policy, from Bourdieu to Baudrillard, and suggests that leisure in the 21st century should be understood as centring on a new ‘Big Seven’ (holidays, drink, drugs, sex, gambling, TV and shopping) No other book has gone as far in redefining the identity of the discipline of Leisure Studies, or in suggesting how the substantive ideas of Leisure Studies need to be rethought. The Routledge Handbook of Leisure Studies should therefore be the intellectual guide of first choice for all scholars, academics, researchers and students working in this subject area. 0aLeisurexSocial aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aRecreationxSocial aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBlackshaw, Tony,d1960-eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z9780415697170w(DLC)  201204393740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203140505zClick here to view.03662cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820018003292450128003472640040004753000040005155050544005555201951010996500060030506500065031107000023031757000023031987760053032218560086032749780203142189180706s2012    nyuabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203142189q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136497780q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136497827q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136497834q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415880756q(hardback)  z9780415880763q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203142189 2doi  a(OCoLC)777771793 4aLB2331.62b.H36 201204a378.166bH23600aHandbook on measurement, assessment, and evaluation in higher education /cedited by Charles Secolsky and D. Brian Denison. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxii, 680 pages)0 asection 1. Assessment and evaluation in higher education / Charles Secolsky and D. Brian Denison -- section 2. Theories and technical aspects of educational measurement / Charles Secolsky and D. Brian Denison -- section 3. Test construction and development / Louise Yarnall -- section 4. Testing and assessment for decision-making / Charles Secolsky and D. Brian Denison -- section 5. Approaches to evaluation in higher education / Thomas E. Grayson -- section 6. Issues in assessment and evaluation in higher education / April L. Zenisky.  a"Increased demands for colleges and universities to engage in outcomes assessment for accountability purposes have accelerated the need to bridge the gap between higher education practice and the fields of measurement, assessment, and evaluation. The Handbook on Measurement, Assessment, and Evaluation in Higher Education provides higher education administrators, student affairs personnel, institutional researchers who generate and analyze data, and faculty with an integrated handbook of theory, method, and application. This valuable resource brings together applied terminology, analytical perspectives, and methodological advances from the fields of measurement, assessment, and evaluation to facilitate informed decision-making in higher education. Special Features: Contributing Authors are world-renowned scholars across the fields of measurement, assessment, and evaluation, including: Robert E. Stake, Trudy W. Banta, Michael J. Kolen, Noreen M. Webb, Kurt Geisinger, Robert J. Mislevy, Ronald K. Hambleton, Rebecca Zwick, John Creswell, and Margaret D. LeCompte. Depth of Coverage includes classroom assessment and student outcomes; assessment techniques for accountability and accreditation; test theory, item response theory, validity and reliability; qualitative, quantitative and mixed-methods evaluation; context and ethics of assessment Questions and Exercises follow each Section to reinforce the valuable concepts and insights presented in the preceding chapters.  Bridging the gap between practice in higher education with advances in measurement, assessment, and evaluation, this book enables educational decision-makers to engage in more sound professional judgment. This handbook provides higher education administrators with both high-level and detailed views into contemporary theories and practices, supplemented with guidance on how to apply them for the benefit of students and institutions"-- Provided by publisher. 0aEducation, HigherxEvaluationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducational tests and measurementsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aDenison, D. Brian.1 aSecolsky, Charles.08iPrint version: z9780415880756w(DLC) 201102806940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203142189zClick here to view.01413cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500022003420820018003642450055003822640065004373000038005023360021005403370023005613380032005844900021006165050136006376510037007736510048008107000032008587760053008908300022009438560086009659780203142851180706s2012    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203142851q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136498909q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136498947q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136498954q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415444927q(hardback)  z9780415711784q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203142851 2doi  a(OCoLC)773476372  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aa-tu--- 4aDR486b.O883 201204a956.015bO91804aThe Ottoman world /cedited by Christine Woodhead. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xx, 536 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge worlds0 apt. 1. Foundations -- part 2. Ottomans and others -- part 3. The wider empire -- part 4. Ordinary people -- part 5. Later Ottomans. 0aTurkeyxCivilizationy1288-1918. 0aTurkeyxHistoryyOttoman Empire, 1288-1918.1 aWoodhead, Christine,d1952-08iPrint version: z9780415444927w(DLC) 2011027444 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203142851zClick here to view.01397cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500024002710820016002952450140003112500020004512640034004713000039005054900025005445040053005695050057006226500048006796500047007276500032007747000021008067000027008277000028008547760053008828300026009358560086009619780203143209180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203143209q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136499951q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136499999q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415808170q(hardback)  z9780415813112q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203143209 2doi  a(OCoLC)847610172 4aHF5381b.H1335 201304a158.6bH23600aHandbook of vocational psychology :btheory, research, and practice /cedited by W. Bruce Walsh, Mark L. Savickas, and Paul J. Hartung.  aFourth edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 341 pages)1 aWiley finance series  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Theory -- pt. 2. Research -- pt. 3. Practice. 0aVocational guidancexPsychological aspects. 0aCareer developmentxPsychological aspects. 0aPersonality and occupation.1 aHartung, Paul J.1 aSavickas, Mark,d1947-1 aWalsh, W. Bruce,d1936-08iPrint version: z9780415808170w(DLC) 2012046255 0aWiley finance series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203143209zClick here to view.02863cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830500024003050820016003292450104003452460035004492640040004843000039005244900024005635050290005875201339008776500024022166500030022407000028022707000026022987000025023247760053023498300025024028560086024279780203144114180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203144114q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136502170q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136502125q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136502163q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415574006q(hardback)  z9781138787711q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203144114 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000442997 4aHV1568.2b.R68 201204a362.4bR86900aRoutledge handbook of disability studies /cedited by Nick Watson, Alan Roulstone and Carol Thomas.30aHandbook of disability studies 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xvi, 452 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Theorizing disability -- pt. 2. Disablement, disablism and impairment effects -- pt. 3. Social policy and disability : health, personal assistance, employment and education -- pt. 4. Disability studies and interdisciplinarity -- pt. 5. Contextualizing the disability experience.  a"The Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies takes a multidisciplinary approach to disability and provides an authoritative and up-to-date overview of the main issues in the field around the world today. Adopting an international perspective and consisting entirely of newly commissioned chapters arranged thematically, it surveys the state of the discipline, examining emerging and cutting edge areas as well as core areas of contention. Divided in five sections, this comprehensive handbook covers: Different models and approaches to disability How key impairment groups have engaged with disability studies and the writings within the discipline Policy and legislation responses to disability studies and to disability activism Disability studies and its interaction with other disciplines, such as history, philosophy and science and technology studies Disability studies and different life experiences, examining how disability and disability studies intersects with ethnicity, sexuality, gender, childhood and ageing. Containing chapters from an international selection of leading scholars, this authoritative handbook is an invaluable reference for all academics, researchers and more advanced students in disability studies and associated disciplines such as sociology, health studies and social work"--Provided by publisher. 0aDisability studies. 0aPeople with disabilities.1 aRoulstone, Alan,d1962-1 aThomas, Carol,d1958-1 aWatson, Nick,d1960-08iPrint version: z9780415574006w(DLC) 2011026773 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203144114zClick here to view.03949cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430021003040500023003250820020003482450110003682640040004783000039005184900038005575052325005955200301029206500040032216500045032616510034033066510039033407000042033797760053034218300039034748560086035139780203146026180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203146026q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136507472q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136507427q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136507465q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857436396q(hardback)  z9781857438253q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203146026 2doi  a(OCoLC)851160038  aae-----aas----- 4aJZ1720b.E134 201304a355.03305bE13100aEast and South-East Asia :binternational relations and security perspectives /ceditor, Andrew T.H. Tan. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxi, 311 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 a1. The rise of East and South-East Asia : challenges and security perspectives / Andrew T.H. Tan -- 2. China's international relations and security perspectives / Jing Huang -- 3. The limitations of deterrence : China's response to military balancing in the western Pacific / Jonathan Holslag -- 4. The "China threat" conundrum in East and South-East Asia / Andrew T.H. Tan -- 5. The false promise of economic interdependence : Chinese foreign policy in North-East Asia / Nicholas Khoo -- 6. China's approach to North Korea : seeking stability and influence amid changing circumstances and conflicting imperatives / Robert G. Sutter -- 7. China-Japan relations : competition amidst interdependence / Paul J. Smith -- 8. China and Taiwan relations : challenges and prospects / Sheryn Lee -- 9. China-South-East Asian relations since the Cold War / Ja Ian Chong -- 10. Japan : (more or less) normal military power / Axel Berkofsky -- 11. The future of the US-Japan alliance / Christopher W. Hughes -- 12. North Korea's security perspectives / Hazel Smith -- 13. North Korea's impact on North-East Asian security / Nolan Theisen -- 14. Inter-Korean relations and the challenge of North-East Asian regional security / John Swenson-Wright -- 15. South-East Asia's international relations and security perspectives / Jurgen Haacke -- 16. The USA's relations with East and South-East Asia / Mark Beeson -- 17. Globalization and East and South-East Asia / Alistair D.B. Cook -- 18. Environmental challenges in East and South-East Asia / J. Jackson Ewing -- 19. Environmental challenges in China / Graeme Lang -- 20. Future pandemics : transnational health challenges in East and South-East Asia / Allen Yu-Hung Lai, Adam Kamradt-Scott and Richard Coker -- 21. Transnational organized crime in East and South-East Asia / Roderic Broadhurst and Vy Kim Le -- 22. Terrorism in South-East Asia after 9-11 / Andrew T.H. Tan -- 23. Maritime security in East and South-East Asia / Justin V. Hastings -- 24. Demographic ageing in China : economic problem or social opportunity? / Phil Mullan and Bill Durodie -- 25. Japan's demographic crisis : security implications and obstacles to resolving an issue symptomatic of national decline / Brad Williams -- 26. The future of regionalism in East and South-East Asia / Christopher B. Roberts.  a"Provides an overview of East and South-East Asia's international relations, security perspectives, foreign and defence policies, and regional non-traditional security issues, including globalization, transnational health challenges, population growth and the environment"--Provided by publisher. 0aSecurity, InternationalzEast Asia. 0aSecurity, InternationalzSoutheast Asia. 0aEast AsiaxForeign relations. 0aSoutheast AsiaxForeign relations.1 aTan, Andrew T. H.q(Andrew Tian Huat)08iPrint version: z9781857436396w(DLC) 2013001837 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203146026zClick here to view.01610cam a2200373Ma 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400026001140200035001400200015001750350022001900350024002120500022002360820015002582450110002732600034003833000054004173360026004713370026004973380036005234900043005595050201006025880047008036500053008506500050009036500039009537000029009927000030010218560083010518560102011349780203148211FlBoTFG20200324081416.0m     o  d        cr cn|||||||||140428s2014    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengcOCoLC-P  a9780203148211q(e-book ;qPDF)  a0203148215  a(OCoLC)1086428473  a(OCoLC-P)1086428473 4aLB1072b.I58 201404a370.1522300aInternational handbook of emotions in education /cedited by Reinhard Pekrun and Lisa Linnenbrink-Garcia.  aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (x, 698 pages) :billustrations  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aEducational psychology handbook series0 apt. 1. Fundamental principles -- pt. 2. Emotions and emotion regulation in classroom settings -- pt. 3. Content domain, context, and culture -- pt. 4. Measurement of emotions in academic settings.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aEducational psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aAffective educationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEmotionsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aPekrun, Reinhard,d1952-1 aLinnenbrink-Garcia, Lisa.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203148211423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf01199cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820016003262450071003422640040004133000038004534900024004915050188005156500021007037000021007247760053007458300025007988560086008239780203148433180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203148433q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136513282q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136513329q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136513336q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415573771q(hardback)  z9781138304260q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203148433 2doi  a(OCoLC)788996046 4aJC423b.R715 201204a321.8bR86900aRoutledge handbook of democratization /cedited by Jeffrey Haynes. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xx, 449 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Democratization : the regional picture -- pt. 2. Democratization and governance -- pt. 3. Democratization and international relations -- pt. 4. Democratization and development. 0aDemocratization.1 aHaynes, Jeffrey.08iPrint version: z9780415573771w(DLC) 2011024481 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203148433zClick here to view.03798cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820018003252450129003432500019004722640034004913000039005254900060005645040053006245052333006776500051030106500045030616500058031066500060031647000022032247000026032467760053032728300025033258560086033509780203148624180706s2012    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203148624q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136513565q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136513602q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136513619q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415889643q(hardback)  z9780415889650q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203148624 2doi  a(OCoLC)796812795 4aHM716b.H36 201204a303.482bH23604aThe handbook of intergroup communication /cedited by Howard Giles ; international advisory board Cynthia Gallois. [et al.].  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxi, 410 pages)1 aInternational Communication Association handbook series  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 aPrinciples of intergroup communication / Howard Giles -- Social psychological approaches to intergroup communication / Scott A. Reid -- Approaches and methods in intergroup communication / Cynthia Gallois, Julia Cretchley, and Bernadette M. Watson -- Ethnographic studies of intergroup communication / Donal Carbaugh. [et al.] -- Identity categories as action in talk / Ann Weatherall -- Sociolinguistics and intergroup communication / Maria Stubbe -- Accents, nonverbal behavior, and intergroup bias / John F. Dovidio and Agata Gluszek -- Ethnolinguistic interaction and multilingual communication / Richard Y. Bourhis, Rana Sioufi, and Itesh Sachdev -- Power of messages through speech and silence / Sik Hung Ng and Ting Kin Ng -- Hate speech and stereotypic talk / John Haas -- Terrorism as intergroup communication / Edward Orehek -- Communication and reconciling intergroup conflict / Donald G. Ellis and Ifat Maoz -- Intergroup contact and communication / Jake Harwood and Nick Joyce -- Reducing intergroup conflict in the digital age / Yair Amichai-Hamburger -- Gender and intergroup communication / Nicholas A. Palomares -- Communication and identities characterized by male sexual orientation / Christopher Hajek -- Challenges and opportunities for communication between age groups / Mary Lee Hummert -- Communication between the generations / Karen K. Myers and Courtney W. Davis -- Understanding disability as an intergroup encounter / Ashley P. Duggan, James D. Robinson, and Teresa L. Thompson -- Intergroup messages in policing the community / Charles W. Choi and Howard Giles -- Interreligious communication / Reeshma Haji and Richard N. Lalonde -- Intergroup communication and health care / Bernadette M. Watson, David G. Hewett, and Cynthia Gallois -- Educational contexts and intergroup communication / Jon F. Nussbaum, Alysa Lucas, and Tara McManus -- Social identity and the dynamics of organizational communication / Thomas A. Morton. [et al.] -- Family as an intergroup arena / Jordan Soliz and Christine E. Rittenour -- Sports viewers and intergroup communication / Paul Haridakis -- Group membership in race-related media processes and effects / Dana Mastro and Anita Atwell Seate -- Epilogue -- Norm talk and identity in intergroup communication / Michael Hogg and Howard Giles -- Contributors -- Index. 0aIntergroup relationsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aGroup identityvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aIntercultural communicationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCommunicationxSocial aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aGallois, Cynthia.1 aGiles, Howard,d1946-08iPrint version: z9780415889643w(DLC) 2012006468 0aICA handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203148624zClick here to view.01482cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500022003300820016003522450095003682640034004633000039004973360021005363370023005573380032005804900060006125050166006726500034008386500029008727000025009017000030009267760053009568300025010098560086010349780203149102180706s2012    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203149102q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136514241q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136514197q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136514234q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415802710q(hardback)  z9780415802758q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203149102 2doi  a(OCoLC)784949384  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aP96.I5bH368 201204a302.2bH23600aHandbook of comparative communication research /cedited by Frank Esser, Thomas Hanitzsch. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxi, 544 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aInternational Communication Association handbook series0 apt. 1. Introduction -- part 2. Disciplinary developments -- part 3. Central research areas -- part 4. Conceptual and methodological issues -- part 5. Conclusion. 0aCommunication, International. 0aCommunicationxResearch.1 aEsser, Frank,d1966-1 aHanitzsch, Thomas,d1969-08iPrint version: z9780415802710w(DLC) 2011034392 0aICA handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203149102zClick here to view.01173cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820018003252450081003432640050004243000039004744900066005135050084005796500028006637000028006917760053007198300025007728560086007979780203149119180706s2013    nyuag   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203149119q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136514319q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136514265q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136514302q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415892599q(hardback)  z9780415892605q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203149119 2doi  a(OCoLC)823230407 4aP90b.H2933 201304a302.209bH23604aThe handbook of communication history /cedited by Peter Simonson. [et al.]. 1aNew York, N.Y. ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 511 pages)1 aInternational Communication Association (ICA) handbook series0 apt. 1. Field -- pt. 2. Modes -- pt. 3. Media -- pt. 4. Society -- pt. 5. World. 0aCommunicationxHistory.1 aSimonson, Peter,d1962-08iPrint version: z9780415892599w(DLC) 2012024053 0aICA handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203149119zClick here to view.01389cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500025003160820024003412450112003652640052004773000040005295050352005696500029009217000022009507760053009728560086010259780203153284180706s2012    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203153284q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136521539q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136521577q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136521584q(e-book: PDF)  z9781849713580q(hardback)  z9781138924017q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203153284 2doi  a(OCoLC)787851220  aa-ii--- 4aQC903.2.I4bH36 201204a363.738740954bH23600aHandbook of climate change and India :bdevelopment, politics and governance /cedited by Navroz K. Dubash. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bEarthscan,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 400 pages)0 apt. 1. Climate science and potential impacts -- pt. 2. Past as prologue : early Indian perspectives on climate change -- pt. 3. The international climate negotiations : stakes, debates and dilemmas -- pt. 4. Domestic politics of climate change -- pt. 5. Integrating climate change and development : a sectoral view -- pt. 6. Looking to the future. 0aClimatic changeszIndia.1 aDubash, Navroz K.08iPrint version: z9781849713580w(DLC) 201102320940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203153284zClick here to view.03122cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430021003040500022003250820018003472450075003652640058004403000038004984900024005365040067005605051778006276500024024056500030024296510062024596510062025217000025025837760053026088300025026618560086026869780203154144180706s2012    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203154144q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136577185q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136577222q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136577239q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415484732q(hardback)  z9781138577824q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203154144 2doi  a(OCoLC)782916611  af------aa------ 4aDS63.1b.R68 201204a320.557bR86900aRoutledge handbook of political islam /cedited by Shahram Akbarzadeh. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xv, 321 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 290-301) and index.0 a1. The paradox of political Islam / Shahram Akbarzadeh -- 2. Sayyid Qutb : founder of radical Islamic political ideology / Ahmad S. Moussalli -- 3. Three dimensions of the emerging political philosophy of Islam / M.A. Muqtedar Khan -- 4. Modernity and Islamic religious consciousness / Raja Bahlul -- 5. The Muslim Brotherhood / Barbara Zollner -- 6. Hamas : between pragmatism and radicalism / Mohammed M. Hafez and Marc-Andre Walther -- 7. Hizbullah in Lebanon / Lara Deeb -- 8. Hizb ut-Tahrir / Mohamed Nawab bin Mohamed Osman -- 9. Islamic radicalism in a democratizing Indonesia / Robert W. Hefner -- 10. Islamism reaches Central Asia / Shahram Akbarzadeh -- 11. Islamism in Turkey / Gareth Jenkins -- 12. The institutionalisation of political Islam in Iran / Rebecca Barlow and Shahram Akbarzadeh -- 13. Political thinking on Islam and democracy : the case of Iran / Ali M. Pedram -- 14. Islam, identity and discourses in Pakistan / Samina Yasmeen -- 15. Reforming the religious discourse in Saudi Arabia (2001-10) / Eman Mohammad Alhussein -- 16. De-territorialized Islamisms : women's agency of resistance and acquiescence / Shahin Gerami -- 17. Racialization and the challenge of Muslim integration in the European Union / Valerie Amiraux -- 18. UK counter-terrorism strategy and Muslim diaspora communities : the 'securitisation of integration' / Tahir Abbas -- 19. Perpetual struggle : the significance of Arab-Israeli conflict for Islamists / Beverley Milton-Edwards -- 20. A tortured relationship : Islamists and US foreign policy / Benjamin MacQueen -- 21. Islamism in the Middle East : the resistant, the fighter and the mujahid / Bernard Rougier -- 22. Islam and 'the clash of civilizations'? : an historical perspective / Howard V. Brasted with Adeel Khan. 0aIslam and politics. 0aIslam and world politics. 0aIslamic countriesxPolitics and governmenty20th century. 0aIslamic countriesxPolitics and governmenty21st century.1 aAkbarzadeh, Shahram.08iPrint version: z9780415484732w(DLC) 2011025970 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203154144zClick here to view.01265cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200035001370200035001720200030002070200031002370240032002680350021003000500021003210820017003422450122003592460058004812640052005393000039005914900024006305050062006546500027007167000020007437000024007637760053007878300025008408560086008659780203154281180706s2011    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136577659 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a97811365=77659q(e-book: PDF)  a97811365=77604q(e-book: Mobi)  a97811365=77642q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415559201q(hardback)  z9780415718448q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203154281 2doi  a(OCoLC)787851197 4aBL41b.R686 201104a200.72bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of research methods in the study of religion /cedited by Michael Stausberg and Steven Engler.30aHandbook of research methods in the study of religion 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxi, 543 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Methodology -- pt. 2. Methods -- pt. 3. Materials. 0aReligionxMethodology.1 aEngler, Steven.1 aStausberg, Michael.08iPrint version: z9780415559201w(DLC) 2011021788 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203154281zClick here to view.01526cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820018003242450118003422640065004603000039005254900047005645050284006116500021008956500026009167000024009427000020009667000027009867760053010138300048010668560086011149780203154427180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203154427q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136578090q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136578137q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136578144q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415496476q(hardback)  z9781138932517q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203154427 2doi  a(OCoLC)958105091 4aP115b.R59 201204a306.446bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of multilingualism /cedited by Marilyn Martin-Jones, Adrian Blackledge and Angela Creese. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxi, 562 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics0 apt. 1. Discourses about multilingualism, across political and historical contexts -- pt. 2. Multilingualism and education -- pt. 3. Multilingualism in other institutional sites -- pt. 4. Multilingualism in social and cultural change -- pt. 5. Situated practices, lived realities. 0aMultilingualism. 0aLanguage acquisition.1 aBlackledge, Adrian.1 aCreese, Angela.1 aJones, Marilyn Martin-08iPrint version: z9780415496476w(DLC) 2011022757 0aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203154427zClick here to view.01483cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820019003262450091003452500020004362640034004563000038004904900043005285050336005716500032009076500024009397000023009637760053009868300044010398560086010839780203154472180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203154472q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136578212q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136578168q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136578205q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415898829q(hardback)  z9780415898836q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203154472 2doi  a(OCoLC)853565765 4aLB1062b.I58 201304a370.1523bI61200aInternational handbook of research on conceptual change /cedited by Stella Vosniadou.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xi, 643 pages)1 aEducational psychology handbook series0 apt. 1. Theoretical issues in conceptual change research -- pt. 2. Conceptual change in the content areas -- pt. 3. Conceptual change in the philosophy and history of science -- pt. 4. Learner characteristics and mechanisms for conceptual change -- pt. 5. Instructional approaches to promote conceptual change -- pt. 6. Reflections. 0aConcept learningxResearch. 0aConceptsxResearch.1 aVosniadou, Stella.08iPrint version: z9780415898829w(DLC) 2012042999 0aEducational psychology handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203154472zClick here to view.02961cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500400026002710430012002970500023003090820018003322450081003502640071004313000022005023360021005243370023005453380032005684900024006005050246006245201515008706510051023857000029024367760035024658300025025008560086025259780203155011180706s2012    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203155011q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136579141q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136579189q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415494274q(hardback)  z9780415716512q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203155011 2doi  a(OCoLC)782918768  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aas----- 4aDS526.7b.R68 201204a320.959bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Southeast Asian politics /cedited by Richard Robison. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 asection 1. The changing landscape of power -- section 2. States and regimes -- section 3. Markets and governance -- section 4. Civil society and participation -- section 5. Violence and state authority -- section 6. The region and the world.  a"This handbook provides a comprehensive analysis of the major themes that have defined the politics of Southeast Asia. It provides a comprehensive and cutting-edge examination of this important subject. The introductory chapter provides an overview of the theoretical and ideological themes that have dominated the study of the region's politics and presents the different ways the complex politics of the region have been understood. The contributions by leading scholars in the field cover a range of broad questions about the dynamics of politics. The handbook analyses how the dominant political and social coalitions of the region were forged in the Cold War era, and assesses the complex processes of transition towards various forms of democratic politics. How institutions and systems of governance are being forged in an increasingly global environment is discussed and whether civil society in Southeast Asia has really evolved as an independent sphere of social and political activity. The handbook examines how national governments are dealing with growing tensions within the region as matters such as labour, human rights and the environment spill beyond national boundaries, and how they are establishing a place in the new global framework. By engaging the Southeast Asian experience more firmly with larger debates about modern political systems, the handbook is an essential reference tool for students and scholars of political science and Southeast Asian studies."--Publisher's description. 0aSoutheast AsiaxPolitics and governmenty1945-1 aRobison, Richard,d1943-08iPrint version: z9780415494274 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203155011zClick here to view.01714cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500400026002710430012002970500023003090820018003322450081003502640065004313000022004963360021005183370023005393380032005624900038005945050128006325200280007606510028010406510036010686510026011047000032011307760053011628300039012158560086012549780203155080180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203155080q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136579493q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136579530q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857436365q(hardback)  z9781857438031q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203155080 2doi  a(OCoLC)823040705  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aa-cc--- 4aJQ1510b.H364 201304a320.951bH23600aHandbook of China's governance and domestic politics /ceditor, Chris Ogden. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. I. Organizational principles -- part II. Policy areas -- part III. Political processes -- part IV. Contemporary issues.  a"Provides an in-depth overview of how China is governed, how its domestic political system functions and the critical issues it faces in the coming decades. Discusses China's transition to a modern state and its rise within the international system"--cProvided by publisher. 0aChinaxEconomic policy. 0aChinaxPolitics and government. 0aChinaxSocial policy.1 aOgden, Chrisq(Christopher)08iPrint version: z9781857436365w(DLC) 2012027014 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203155080zClick here to view.02369cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450099003442640034004433000038004775050286005155200910008016500048017116500050017596500058018097000024018677000025018917760053019168560086019699780203155721180706s2013    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203155721q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136581410q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136581366q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136581403q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415899956q(hardback)  z9780415899963q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203155721 2doi  a(OCoLC)889813284 4aLC196b.H364 201304a370.115bH23600aHandbook of critical race theory in education /cedited by Marvin Lynn and Adrienne D. Dixson. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xx, 406 pages)0 apt. 1. The genealogy of critical race theory and critical race theory in education -- pt. 2. Intersectional and interdisciplinary methods to challenging majoritarian policies and stock stories in education -- pt. 3. Critical race Praxis in communities, schools, and the university.  a"This handbook illustrates how education scholars employ Critical Race Theory (CRT) as a framework to bring attention to issues of race and racism in education. It is the first authoritative reference work to provide a truly comprehensive description and analysis of the topic, from the defining conceptual principles of CRT in the Law that gave shape to its radical underpinnings to the political and social implications of the field today. It is divided into three sections, covering innovations in educational research, policy and practice in both schools and in higher education, and the increasing interdisciplinary nature of critical race research. With 28 newly commissioned pieces written by the most renowned scholars in the field, this handbook provides the definitive statement on the state of critical race theory in education and on its possibilities for the future"--cProvided by publisher. 0aCritical pedagogyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aRacism in educationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aDiscrimination in educationvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aDixson, Adrienne D.1 aLynn, Marvin,d1971-08iPrint version: z9780415899956w(DLC) 201203723840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203155721zClick here to view.02938cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520430012002730500020002850820014003052450085003192640071004043000038004754900024005135050215005375201505007526500029022576500033022866500028023196510024023477000029023717000024024007760053024248300025024778560086025029780203156001180706s2012    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203156001q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136581991q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136582035q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136582042q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415600453q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203156001 2doi  a(OCoLC)793899349  aa------ 4aDS12b.R68 201204a950bR86900aRoutledge handbook of heritage in Asia /cedited by Patrick Daly and Tim Winter. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xv, 367 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Challenging conservation : the view from Asia -- pt. 2. The politics and governance of heritage -- pt. 3. Rethinking relationships, remembrance and loss -- pt. 4. Negotiating modernity and globalisation.  a"Across Asia today rapid economic and social change means the region's heritage is at once under threat and undergoing a revival as never before. This volume examines heritage as a key component in the unfolding modernities of Asia, moving between analytical scales to address questions of tourism, urban planning, national or ethnic expressions of identity, conflict memorialisation, and biodiversity. For some, heritage has become an effective means for protecting those landscapes, rituals, artefacts or traditional values endangered by rapid socio-economic change. For others, it has emerged as a valuable resource for achieving wider goals such as poverty alleviation, nation building or the cultural profiling of citizens. In certain instances however, heritage protection represents an obstacle inhibiting progress, national unification, or the shedding of unwanted memories. The Routledge Handbook of Heritage in Asia offers an expansive account of the complexities of heritage in relation to a series of wider historical, socio-political, environmental and physical changes. The international team of contributors take an interdisciplinary approach and present both new challenges and new directions for our understanding of contemporary Asia. With chapters covering the entire region, this Handbook will be of interest across a wide range of disciplines including: heritage studies, Asian studies, cultural sociology, religious studies, and social policy in Asia."--Publisher's description. 0aCultural propertyzAsia. 0aHistoric preservationzAsia. 0aHeritage tourismzAsia. 0aAsiaxCivilization.1 aDaly, Patrick T.,d1975-1 aWinter, Tim,d1971-08iPrint version: z9780415600453w(DLC) 2011021865 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203156001zClick here to view.03604cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820014002952450127003092640035004363000038004714900038005095050180005475202213007276500028029406500040029686500038030087000024030467000030030707760053031008300039031538560086031929780203156377180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203156377q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136582882q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136582837q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136582875q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857436358q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203156377 2doi  a(OCoLC)868261695 4aHB3732b.H36 201404a337bH23600aHandbook of global economic governance :bplayers, power and paradigms /ceditors, Manuela Moschella and Catherine Weaver. 1aAbingdon  :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xx, 389 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Governing global trade -- pt. 2. Global governance of finance and money -- pt. 3. Governing development -- pt. 4. Crisis and change in global economic governance today.  a"Since mid-2007, the world scenario has been dominated by the US sub-prime mortgage crisis and its repercussions on global financial markets and economic growth. As banks around the world wrote down their losses and governments intervened to rescue domestic financial institutions, financial distress severely hit the real economy leading to what has been widely defined as the worst recession since the 1930s. Under these conditions, along with the immediate concern for stemming the effects of the crisis, policy-makers around the world have been debating the long-term measures that have to be adopted in order to reduce the likelihood of future crises and to ensure stable economic growth. Although this debate has not yet produced significant transformations, it indicates a renewed concern about the institutional architecture that is meant to govern the global economic and financial system.This book tackles the issue of what the governance of the global economic and financial system looks like and what the prospects for its reform are. Specifically, the book will address the following three main themes:Governance: What is governance in the international economic system? What formsdoes it take? How did it come about? How can we study it?;Functions of governance: What are the functions of global economic governance? Whoperforms them? What are the rules and mechanisms that make global governancepossible? Problems and prospects of governance: What are the problems in global economic governance? Is there a trade-off between legitimacy and efficiency? What are the prospects for reform of global economic governance in the aftermath of the global financial crisis? This book will:Provide a thorough analysis of the issues at stake in designing international rules and institutions able to govern the global economy;illustrate and analyze virtually all the main institutions, rules, and arrangements that make up global economic governance, inscribing them within the function these institutions, rules, and arrangements are meant to perform;discuss the problems that affect today's global economic governance and assess alternative proposals to reform the international financial architecture. 0aEconomic stabilization. 0aGlobal Financial Crisis, 2008-2009. 0aInternational economic relations.1 aMoschella, Manuela.1 aWeaver, Catherine,d1971-08iPrint version: z9781857436358w(DLC) 2013022048 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203156377zClick here to view.01374cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820020003252450093003452640065004383000039005035050330005426500045008727000020009177000020009377760053009578560086010109780203181287180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203181287q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136590863q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136590818q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136590856q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415570633q(hardback)  z9781138205369q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203181287 2doi  a(OCoLC)861199849 4aP53.4b.R68 201204a418.00287bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of language testing /cedited by Glenn Fulcher and Fred Davidson. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xiv, 536 pages)0 apt. 1. Validity -- pt. 2. Classroom assessment and washback -- pt. 3. The social uses of language testing -- pt. 4. Test specifications -- pt. 5. Writing items and tasks -- pt. 6. Prototyping and field tests -- pt. 7. Measurement theory and practice -- pt. 8. Administration and training -- pt. 9. Ethics and language policy. 0aLanguage and languagesxAbility testing.1 aDavidson, Fred.1 aFulcher, Glenn.08iPrint version: z9780415570633w(DLC) 201101961740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203181287zClick here to view.01545cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200032002200240032002520350021002840400026003050500020003310820017003512450105003682640034004733000041005073360021005483370023005693380032005924900036006245050274006606500040009347000023009747000022009977760053010198300037010728560086011099780203206966180706s2011    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203206966q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136594083q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136594038q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136594076q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415993104q(hardback)  z9781138=776180q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203206966 2doi  a(OCoLC)810082161  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aP106b.R75 201104a121.68bR86904aThe Routledge companion to philosophy of language /cedited by Gillian Russell and Delia Graff Fara. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 924 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 asection 1. Core topics -- section 2. Foundations of semantics -- section 3. Parts of speech -- section 4. Methodology -- section 5. Logic for philosophers of language -- section 6. Philosophy of language for the rest of philosophy -- section 7. Historical perspectives. 0aLanguage and languagesxPhilosophy.1 aFara, Delia Graff.1 aRussell, Gillian.08iPrint version: z9780415993104w(DLC) 2011023340 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203206966zClick here to view.01428cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200031001570200030001880240032002180350020002500500022002700820014002922450082003062640032003883000040004204900042004605050400005026500028009027000022009307000022009527760035009748300043010098560086010529780203221051180706s2003    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203221051q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135797133q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135797171q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415772952q(paperback)  z9780700711291q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203221051 2doi  a(OCoLC)69355036 4aPL3521b.S56 200304a495bS61704aThe Sino-Tibetan languages /cedited by Graham Thurgood and Randy J. LaPolla. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2003.  a1 online resource (xxii, 727 pages)1 aRoutledge language family series ;v30 apt. 1. Overview chapters -- pt. 2. Old Chinese and Chinese dialects -- pt. 3. Tibeto-Burman languages and dialects -- pt. 4. Lolo-Burmese languages -- pt. 5. Bodish languages -- pt. 6. Tgtm languages -- pt. 7. Newar dialects -- pt. 8. Northeastern India -- pt. 9. Gyalrong languages -- pt. 10. Kiranti languages -- pt. 11. Qiangic languages -- pt. 12. Karen languages -- pt. 13. Other languages. 0aSino-Tibetan languages.1 aLaPolla, Randy J.1 aThurgood, Graham.08iPrint version: z9780700711291 0aRoutledge language family series ;v3.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203221051zClick here to view.04149nam a2200445Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730200032001140350021001460400026001670500009001930720026002020720026002280720026002540720016002800820012002962450061003082500020003692640040003893000034004293360021004633370023004843380032005075040051005395051947005905200802025375300037033396500052033766500040034286500028034686500011034966550022035077000030035297100024035597760035035838560085036189780203301524FlBoTFG20190122195136.0m     o  d        cr            190122s2009    flu b   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203301524(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)313787553  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aP371 7aFORx000000 2bisacsh 7aLANx000000 2bisacsh 7aREFx010000 2bisacsh 7aGB 2bicscc04a40022304aThe World's Major Languages /cedited by Bernard Comrie.  aSecond edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (928 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references and index.00tIntroduction 1. Indo-European Languages Philip Baldi 2. Germanic Languages John A. Hawkins 3. English Edward Finegan 4. German John A. Hawkins 5. Dutch Jan G. Kooij 6. Danish, Norwegian and Swedish Einar Haugen 7. Latin and the Italic Languages R.G.G. Coleman 8. Romance Languages John N. Green 9. French Linda R. Waugh and Monique Monville-Burston 10. Spanish John N. Green 11. Portuguese Stephen Parkinson 12. Italian Nigel Vincent 13. Rumanian Graham Mallinson 14. Slavonic Languages Bernard Comrie 15. Russian Bernard Comrie 16. Polish Gerald Stone 17. Czech and Slovak David Short 18. Serbo-Croat: Bosnian, Croatian, Montenegrin, Serbian Greville Corbett and Wayles Browne 19. Greek Brian D. Joseph 20. Indo-Aryan Languages George Cardona 21. Sanskrit George Cardona 22. Hindi-Urdu Yamuna Kachru 23. Bengali M.H. Klaiman 24. Iranian Languages J.R. Payne and Behrooz Mahmoodi-Bakhtiari 25. Persian Gernot L. Windfuhr 26. Pashto D.N. MacKenzie 27. Uralic Languages Robert Austerlitz 28. Hungarian Daniel Abondolo 29. Finnish Michael Branch 30. Turkish and the Turkic Languages Jaklin Kornfilt 31. Afroasiatic Languages Robert Hetzron 32. Semitic Languages Robert Hetzron and Alan S. Kaye 33. Arabic Alan S. Kaye 34. Hebrew Robert Hetzron and Alan S. Kaye 35. Amharic Grover Hudson 36. Hausa and the Chadic Languages Paul Newman 37. Tamil and the Dravidian Languages Sanford B. Steever 38. Tai Languages David Strecker 39. Thai Thomas John Hudak 40. Vietnamese nh-Ho Nguy.n 41. Sino-Tibetan Languages Scott DeLancey 42. Chinese Charles N. Li and Sandra A. Thompson 43. Burmese Julian K. Wheatley 44. Japanese Masayoshi Shibatani 45. Korean Nam-Kil Kim 46. Austronesian Languages Ross Clark 47. Malay-Indonesian Uri Tadmor 48. Javanese Michael P. Oakes 49. Tagalog Paul Schachter and Lawrence A. Reid 50. Niger-kordafian Languages Douglas Pulleyblank 51. Yoruba Douglas Pulleyblank and O. lanike. O. la Orie 52. Swahili and Bantu Benji Wald.3 aThis volume features over50 of the world's languages and language families. The featured languages have been chosen based on the number of speakers, their role as official languages and their cultural and historical importance. Each language is looked at in depth, and the chapters provide information on both grammatical features and on salient features of the language's history and cultural role. This second edition has been updated and revised. Two new languages, Amharic and Javanese, have been included. This accessible volume will appeal to anyone with an interest in linguistics. Key features: Attentionis paid to both grammatical and sociolinguistic features Attention is concentrated on the world's major languages Designed to be accessible to all readers with an interest in language.   aAlso available  in print format. 7aLANGUAGE ARTS & DISCIPLINES / General.2bisacsh 7aREFERENCE / Encyclopedias.2bisacsh 0aLanguage and languages. 0aTalen. 0aElectronic books.1 aComrie, Bernard,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z978041535339740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203301524zClick here to view02297cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500023003300820017003532450049003702640044004193000039004633360021005023370023005233380032005465040053005785051168006316300026017997000025018257760035018508560086018859780203309490180331s2002    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203309490q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134272150q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134272198q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134272204q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415161053q(hardback)  z9780415349543q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203309490 2doi  a(OCoLC)264479382  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aBS475.3b.B52 200204a220.61bB58204aThe biblical world /cedited by John Barton. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2002.  a1 online resource (2 volume pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.00apart, PART I THE BIBLE -- chapter INTRODUCTION -- chapter 1 THE OLD TESTAMENT/ HEBREW BIBLE -- chapter 2 THE APOCRYPHA -- chapter 3 THE NEW TESTAMENT -- part, PART II GENRES -- chapter 4 NEAR EASTERN MYTHS AND LEGENDS -- chapter 5 HISTORIOGRAPHY IN THE OLD TESTAMENT -- chapter 6 PROPHECY -- chapter 7 WISDOM -- chapter 8 APOCALYPTICISM -- chapter 9 THE JEWISH NOVEL -- chapter 10 THE GOSPELS -- chapter 11 LETTERS IN THE NEW TESTAMENT AND IN THE GRECO-ROMAN WORLD -- part, PART III DOCUMENTS -- chapter 12 TEXT AND VERSIONS: The Old Testament -- chapter 13 TEXT AND VERSIONS: The New Testament -- chapter 4 TEEN THE DEAD SEA SCROLLS -- chapter 15 HEBREW INSCRIPTIONS -- chapter 6 TEEN THE CAIRO GENIZAH -- chapter 17 THE GNOSTIC GOSPELS -- chapter 18 EARLY JEWISH BIBLICAL INTERPRETATION -- chapter 19 EARLY CHRISTIAN BIBLICAL INTERPRETATION -- part, PART IV HISTORY -- chapter 20 BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY -- chapter 21 PALESTINE DURING THE BRONZE AGE -- chapter 22 PALESTINE DURING THE IRON AGE -- chapter 23 THE AGE OF THE EXILE -- chapter 24 ISRAEL UNDER PERSIA AND GREECE -- chapter 25 JUDAEA UNDER ROMAN RULE 63 BCE–135 CE -- chapter 26 ISRAEL’S NEIGHBOURS.00aBiblevIntroductions.1 aBarton, John,d1948-08iPrint version: z978041516105340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203309490zClick here to view.01472cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820017003282450084003452640040004293000038004694900024005075050267005316500035007986500025008336500025008586500031008836500026009147000030009407760053009708300025010238560086010489780203349908180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203349908q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136597398q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136597435q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136597442q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415579933q(hardback)  z9781138908765q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203349908 2doi  a(OCoLC)784953340 4aJF2112.P8bR68 201204a324.73bR86900aRoutledge handbook of political marketing /cedited by Jennifer Lees-Marshment. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xx, 388 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Understanding the market, gathering ideas and debate -- pt. 2. Product development, branding and strategy -- pt. 3. Internal marketing -- pt. 4. Communicating and connecting with the public -- pt. 5. Government marketing : delivery, policy and leadership. 0aPublic relations and politics. 0aCampaign management. 0aPolitical campaigns. 0aCommunication in politics. 0aGovernment publicity.1 aLees-Marshment, Jennifer.08iPrint version: z9780415579933w(DLC) 2011020377 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203349908zClick here to view.01344cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820019003261000036003452450086003812640044004673000040005115050318005516500039008697000019009087760053009278560086009809780203357385180706s2012    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203357385q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136598517q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136598555q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136598562q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415571302q(hardback)  z9781138577039q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203357385 2doi  a(OCoLC)796812784 4aLB1060b.J37 201204a370.1523bJ3871 aJarvis, Peter,d1937-,eauthor.14aThe Routledge international handbook of learning /cPeter Jarvis with Mary Watts. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 578 pages)0 apt. 1. Learning and the person -- pt. 2. Learning across the lifespan -- pt. 3. Learning sites -- pt. 4. Learning and disability -- pt. 5. Learning across the disciplines : human and social sciences -- pt. 6. Learning and religious and meaning systems -- pt. 7. Geographic cultural systems : broader perspectives. 0aLearningvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aWatts, Mary H.08iPrint version: z9780415571302w(DLC) 201237278940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203357385zClick here to view.01354cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350021002330500024002540820018002782450074002962460032003702640064004023000038004664900025005045050142005296500057006716500058007286500026007866500029008127000034008417760053008758300026009288560086009549780203366127180706s2016    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9781134105144 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134105212q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134105281q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415825245q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203366127 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103033 4aPR756.T72bR68 201604a820.932bR86904aThe Routledge companion to travel writing /cedited by Carl Thompson.30aCompanion to travel writing 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutlege,c2016.  a1 online resource (xx, 486 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Key debates and critical approaches -- pt. 2. Historical overviews -- pt. 3. Styles, modes, themes -- pt. 4. Imagined geographies. 0aTravelers' writings, EnglishxHistory and criticism. 0aTravelers' writings, AmericanxHistory and criticism. 0aTravel in literature. 0aTravel writingxHistory.1 aThompson, Carlq(Carl Edward)08iPrint version: z9780415825245w(DLC) 2015015928 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203366127zClick here to view.01384cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820020003272450103003472640044004503000039004944900038005335040053005715050187006246500029008116500026008407000026008667760053008928300039009458560086009849780203366981180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203366981q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134060559q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134060627q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134060696q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415783682q(hardback)  z9781138849136q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203366981 2doi  a(OCoLC)849246263 4aHQ784.M3bR88 201304a302.23083bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of children, adolescents and media /cedited by Dafna Lemish. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxv, 499 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Childhoods and constructions -- pt. 2. Channels and convergence -- pt. 3. Concerns and consequences -- pt. 4. Contexts and communities -- pt. 5. Collaborations and companions. 0aMass media and children. 0aMass media and youth.1 aLemish, Dafna,d1951-08iPrint version: z9780415783682w(DLC) 2012042153 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203366981zClick here to view.01265cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450103003442640053004473000041005004900024005415050115005656500021006806500029007017000028007307000029007587760053007878300025008408560086008659780203370377180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203370377q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135939946q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135940010q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135940089q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415677028q(hardback)  z9781138930698q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203370377 2doi  a(OCoLC)889813124 4aJZ6300b.R68 201304a355.028bR86900aRoutledge handbook of international statebuilding /cedited by David Chandler and Timothy D. Sisk. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 417 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Concepts and approaches -- pt. 2. Security, development, and democracy -- pt. 3. Policy implementation. 0aNation-building. 0aSecurity, International.1 aChandler, David,d1962-1 aSisk, Timothy D.,d1960-08iPrint version: z9780415677028w(DLC) 2012040234 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203370377zClick here to view.02012cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500022002850720015003070820014003222450101003362460043004372640044004803000040005244900024005645050214005885200587008026500032013896500025014217000019014467000045014657760053015108300025015638560086015889780203380277180706s2015    enk    fob    001 0 eng d  a9781135043650 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135043636q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135043643q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415837125q(hardback)  z9781138084414q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203380277 2doi  a(OCoLC)893186985 4aKZ7000b.R68 2015 7aLAW2ukslc04a345bR86900aRoutledge handbook of transnational criminal law /cedited by Neil Boister and Robert J. Currie.30aHandbook of transnational criminal law 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 458 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Concepts and regulation -- pt. 2. Procedure -- pt. 3. Substantive crimes: A. Migration and exploitation crimes ; B. Commodity crimes ; C. Facilitative and organizational crimes -- pt. 4. Implementation.8 aCertain types of crime are increasingly being perpetrated across national borders and require a unified regional or global response to combat them. Transnational criminal law covers both the international treaty obligations which requires states to introduce specific substantive measures into their domestic criminal law schemes, and an allied procedural dimension concerned with the articulation of inter-state cooperation in pursuit of the alleged transnational criminal. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the system which is designed to regulate cross border crime. 0aInternational criminal law. 0aTransnational crime.1 aBoister, Neil.1 aCurrie, Robert J.q(Robert John),d1970-08iPrint version: z9780415837125w(DLC) 2014434069 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203380277zClick here to view.02727cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350021002330500022002540820017002762450109002932460039004022640058004413000041004995050366005405201278009066500051021847000017022357000018022527000028022707760053022988560086023519780203383117180706s2015    enkabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9781134094714 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134094783q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134094851q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415829083q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203383117 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104164 4aHQ1240b.R68 201504a305.42bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of gender and development /cedited by Anne Coles, Leslie Gray, and Janet Momsen.30aHandbook of gender and development 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 594 pages)0 apt. 1. The making of the field : concepts and case studies -- pt. 2. Environmental resources : production and protection -- pt. 3. Perspectives on population and poverty -- pt. 4. Health, survival and services -- pt. 5. Mobilities : services and spaces -- pt. 6. Conflict and post-conflict : victims or victors? -- pt. 7. Economics : empowerment and enrichment.  a"The Routledge Handbook of Gender and Development provides a comprehensive statement and reference point for gender and development policy making and practice in an international and multi-disciplinary context. Specifically, it provides critical reviews and appraisals of the current state of gender and development and considers future trends. It includes theoretical and practical approaches as well as empirical studies. The international reach and scope of the Handbook and the contributors' experiences allow engagement with and reflection upon these bridging and linking themes, as well as the an examination of the politics and policy of how we think about and practice gender and development. Organized into eight inter-related sections, the Handbook contains over 50 contributions from leading scholars, looking at conceptual and theoretical approaches, environmental resources, poverty and families, women and health related services, migration and mobility, the effect of civil and international conflict, and international economies and development. This Handbook provides a wealth of interdisciplinary information and will appeal to students and practitioners in Geography, Development Studies, Gender Studies and related disciplines"--cProvided by publisher. 0aWomen in developmentvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aColes, Anne.1 aGray, Leslie.1 aMomsen, Janet Henshall.08iPrint version: z9780415829083w(DLC) 201403017240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203383117zClick here to view.03238cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500023002710820021002942450109003152460050004242500019004742640034004933000040005274900038005675050247006055201759008526500011026116500032026226500010026547000016026647000030026807760053027108300039027638560086028029780203385562180706s2015    nyuab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203385562q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135924409q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135924478q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415823944q(hardback)  z9781138303522q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203385562 2doi  a(OCoLC)893708486 4aHV6025b.R687 201504a364.308691bR86904aThe Routledge handbook on crime and international migration /cedited by Sharon Pickering and Julie Ham.30aHandbook on crime and international migration  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxix, 417 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Immigration and crime -- pt. 2. Crime control, criminal justice and migration -- pt. 3. The politics of migration, security and crime -- pt. 4. Migration, law and crime -- pt. 5. Crimes of mobility -- pt. 6. Criminology and the border.  a"The Routledge Handbook on Crime and International Migration is concerned with the various relationships between migration, crime and victimization that have informed a wide criminological scholarship often driven by some of the original lines of inquiry of the Chicago School. Historically, migration and crime came to be the device by which Criminology and cognate fields sought to tackle issues of race and ethnicity, often in highly problematic ways. However in the contemporary period this body of scholarship is inspiring scholars to produce significant evidence that speaks to some of the biggest public policy questions and debunks many dominant mythologies around the criminality of migrants. The Routledge Handbook on Crime and International Migration is also concerned with the theoretical, empirical and policy knots found in the relationship between regular and irregular migration, offending and victimization, the processes and impact of criminalization, and the changing role of criminal justice systems in the regulation and enforcement of international mobility and borders. The Handbook is focused on the migratory 'fault lines' between the Global North and Global South, which have produced new or accelerated sites of state control, constructed irregular migration as a crime and security problem, and mobilized ideological and coercive powers usually reserved for criminal or military threats. Offering a strong international focus and comprehensive coverage of a wide range of border, criminal justice and migration-related issues, this book is an important contribution to criminology and migration studies and will be essential reading for academics, students and practitioners interested in this field"--cProvided by publisher. 0aCrime. 0aEmigration and immigration. 0aRace.1 aHam, Julie.1 aPickering, Sharon,d1972-08iPrint version: z9780415823944w(DLC) 2014011306 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203385562zClick here to view.01730cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350021002330500023002540820016002772450120002932460044004132640040004573000040004974900064005375040053006015050334006546500026009886500019010146500029010336500021010627000042010837000030011257000021011557760053011768300065012298560086012949780203386446180706s2015    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136727061 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136727139q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136727207q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415820424q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203386446 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104165 4aHF5549b.R637 201504a658.3bR86904aThe Routledge companion to human resource development /cedited by Rob F. Poell, Tonette S. Rocco and Gene L. Roth.30aCompanion to human resource development 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxxv, 694 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. Origins of the field -- section 2. Adjacent and related fields -- section 3. Theoretical approaches -- section 4. Policy perspectives -- section 5. Interventions -- section 6. Core issues and concerns -- section 7. HRD as a profession -- section 8. HRD around the world -- section 9. Emerging topics and future trends. 0aPersonnel management. 0aHuman capital. 0aOrganizational learning. 0aManpower policy.1 aPoell, Rob F.q(Robert Frans),d1968-1 aRocco, Tonette S.,d1954-1 aRoth, Gene Leon.08iPrint version: z9780415820424w(DLC) 2014002636 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203386446zClick here to view.03271cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500022002400820014002622450094002762460041003702640044004113000040004554900038004955052155005336500023026886500026027117000030027377000024027677760053027918300039028448560086028839780203387061180706s2016    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203387061q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136698927q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136698996q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415819695q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203387061 2doi  a(OCoLC)958105405 4aHD2329b.R68 201604a338bR86900aRoutledge handbook of industry and development /cedited by John Weiss and Michael Tribe.30aHandbook of industry and development 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xiii, 432 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 a1. Editorial introduction / John Weiss and Michael Tribe -- 2. Manufacturing as an engine of growth / John Weiss and Hossein Jalilian -- 3. Patterns of structural change and manufacturing development / Nobuya Haraguchi -- 4. Patterns of structural change in developing countries / Marcel Timmer, Gaaitzen J. de Vries and Klaas de Vries -- 5. Industrialisation, employment and poverty / Prema-chandra Athukorala and Kunal Sen -- 6. Deindustrialisation : an issue for both developed and developing countries / Fiona Tregenna -- 7. What role for small enterprises? Industrial clusters, industrial policy and poverty reduction / Khalid Nadvi -- 8. Industrial policy : back on the agenda / John Weiss -- 9. Import substituting industrialisation (ISI) : can or should we divorce industrialisation and trade strategies? / Frederick Nixson -- 10. New directions of foreign direct investment and industrial development / Mo Yamin and Frederick Nixson -- 11. Global value chains in manufacturing industry : where they came from, where they are going and why this is important / Raphael Kaplinsky -- 12. Electronics and global value chains / Ya-Shiou Chuang -- 13. Global value chains in apparel : still a path for industrial development? / Cornelia Staritz and Mike Morris -- 14. The role of special economic zones in manufacturing development in sub-Saharan Africa : structural transformation and employment creation / Christian Kingombe and Dirk Willem te Velde -- 15. International competitiveness in manufacturing and the China effect / Rhys Jenkins -- 16. Is the choice of technique debate still relevant? / Mozammel Huq -- 17. Technological learning in developing countries / Renee Prendergast -- 18. Mexico's new industrial organisation since the 1980s : glocal challenges from export-orientation and polarisation / Enrique Dussel Peters -- 19. Industrial development in India / Uma Kambhampati -- 20. Is there an Africa problem? / Peter Lawrence -- 21. Industrial development in Tanzania : reforms, performance and issues / Oliver Morrissey and Vincent Leyaro -- 22. Manufacturing in post-Apartheid South Africa : performance and policy / David Kaplan. 0aIndustrialization. 0aEconomic development.1 aTribe, Michael A.,d1943-1 aWeiss, John,d1948-08iPrint version: z9780415819695w(DLC) 2015014784 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203387061zClick here to view.04079cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820016003252450099003412640040004403000040004804900044005205050820005645201825013846500058032096500061032676500062033286500062033906500068034527000025035207760053035458300045035988560086036439780203387146180706s2013    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203387146q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136698019q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136698088q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136698156q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415682213q(hardback)  z9780415821858q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203387146 2doi  a(OCoLC)841809124 4aQ181b.R846 201304a507.1bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of innovation education /cedited by Larisa V. Shavinina. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxix, 632 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbook series0 apt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. The nature of innovation education -- pt. 3. Creativity as a foundation of innovation education -- pt. 4. Assessment and identification related issues of innovation education -- pt. 5. From advances in giftedness and gifted education to innovation education -- pt. 6. The role of teachers, parents, and schools in the development of innovators -- pt. 7. Research on mathematical talent and innovations in math education for developing innovators -- pt. 8. Innovations in science education for developing innovators -- pt. 9. How does technology education contribute to innovation education? -- pt. 10. Innovation management, entrepreneurship, and innovation education -- pt. 11. Policy implications, institutional, and government efforts in innovation education -- pt. 12. Conclusions.  a"The Routledge International Handbook of Innovation Education is the international reference work on innovation education and potentially opens an entirely new direction in education. The overall goal of the handbook is to address the question of how to develop innovators in general and how to develop the innovative potential of today's young people with exceptional talents in science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM) disciplines in particular. Today many governments around the world are interested in the development of STEM innovators. This handbook provides the first and most comprehensive account available of what should be done in order to develop innovators and how to do it successfully. It includes chapters by leading specialists from around the world responsible for much of the current research in the fields of innovation, gifted education, scientific talent, science education, and high ability studies. Based on the latest research findings and expert opinion, this book goes beyond mere anecdotes to consider what science can tell us about the development of innovators. By enlisting chapters from innovation experts, educators, psychologists, policy makers, and researchers in the field of management The Routledge International Handbook of Innovation Education will allow all of these scholars to speak to each other about how to develop innovators via innovation education, including such issues as: - the nature of innovation education, - its basis, main components and content, - its criteria and specificity in various domains and contexts, - societal demands placed upon it. This ground-breaking and potentially field defining work will thus serve as the first authoritative resource on all aspects of theory, research, and practice of innovation education"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSciencexStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aTechnologyxStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEngineeringxStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMathematicsxStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCreative thinkingxStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aShavinina, Larisa V.08iPrint version: z9780415682213w(DLC) 2012036137 0aRoutledge international handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203387146zClick here to view.03619cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500430012002710500021002830820023003042450105003272500019004322640044004513000039004955050399005345202108009336500044030416500041030857000022031267000018031487760053031668560086032199780203387832180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203387832q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136678271q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136678349q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415818650q(hardback)  z9780415789509q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203387832 2doi  a(OCoLC)874965544  ad------ 4aHT166b.R68 201404a307.76091724bR86904aThe Routledge handbook on cities of the global south /cedited by Susan Parnell and Sophie Oldfield.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxi, 635 pages)0 apt. 1. Critical urbanism -- pt. 2. The urban : past, present, future -- pt. 3. Global economic turbulence : (re)configuring the urban -- pt. 4. Politics, transformation and the southern city -- pt. 5. Negotiating society and identity in urban spaces of the south -- pt. 6. Conceptualizing the built environment : accounting for southern urban complexities -- pt. 7. Big stories of urban change.  a"Massive demographic and economic changes over the last three decades mean that cities that are highly profiled in the canon of urban studies no longer reflect the hubs of urbanisation or the most critical contemporary global urban problems. In this Handbook, we assess what a geographical corrective in representation, process and voice might mean for urban analysis and theory. We profile an emergent, if diffuse, body on work on cities that has as its starting point the drivers of urban change that are typically associated with Southern urban realities. The Handbook does three things. First it presents empirical evidence and intellectual formulations drawn from the physical, social and economic realities of relatively under-documented cities. Second, it presents an internationally credible cohort of authors working on cities that have not previously been the object of scholarly reflection. Finally, the Handbook offers a more legitimate academic base for practitioners by providing locally legible and legitimate accounts of urban change. In these ways the volume (re)weights the coverage of urban issues to ensure that the concerns that dominate Southern policy makers and scholars are appropriately profiled.Intellectually the impact of the Handbook speaks to the debate on the utility of multiple alternative Southern theoretical positions and the value of establishing a distinctive set of Southern urban problems. Drawing on conflicting contributions and profiling divergent debates it opens discussion on the precise meaning of the city in or of the Global South. The scope of the Handbook is not literal and we embrace the notion that the definition of the global South is fluid and increasingly contested, both geographically and conceptually. Even loosely applied this Southern (re)framing challenges the intellectual status quo and makes way for new modes of illuminating the drivers of urban change, shifting focus from, for instance, the capitalist or modern state to the role of traditional elites and the persistence of extra-capitalist power bases. "--cProvided by publisher. 0aCities and townszDeveloping countries. 0aCity planningzDeveloping countries.1 aOldfield, Sophie.1 aParnell, Sue.08iPrint version: z9780415818650w(DLC) 201303605940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203387832zClick here to view.01950cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820019003242450100003432640040004433000040004834900025005235050147005485200689006956500055013847000021014397000029014607760035014898300026015248560086015509780203387856180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203387856q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136677922q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136677991q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136678066q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415782173q(hardback)  z9781138638495q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203387856 2doi  a(OCoLC)889812841 4aBT27b.R68 201304a230.0903bR86904aThe Routledge companion to modern Christian thought /cedited by Chad Meister and James Beilby. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 867 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Key figures -- pt. 2. Major events and movements -- pt. 3. Theological loci -- pt. 4. Theological approaches -- pt. 5. Recent currents.  a"This Companion provides an unrivalled view of the field of modern Christian thought, from the Enlightenment to the twentieth century and beyond. Written by an outstanding team of theologians and philosophers of religion, it covers the following topics: - Key figures and influencers - Central events and movements - Major theological issues and key approaches to Christian Theology - Recent topics and trends in Christian thought Each entry is clear and accessible, making the book the ideal resource for students of Christian thought and the history and philosophy of religion. It is also a valuable reference for professional theologians and philosophers"--cProvided by publisher. 0aTheology, DoctrinalxHistoryyModern period, 1500-1 aBeilby, James K.1 aMeister, Chad V.,d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415782173 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203387856zClick here to view.01549cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500021003160820018003372450120003552640053004753000039005284900038005675050203006056500021008086500042008296500026008716500023008976500012009206500019009327000026009517000020009777760053009978300039010508560086010899780203387870180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203387870q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136677366q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136677434q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136677502q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415519199q(hardback)  z9780415870559q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203387870 2doi  a(OCoLC)857278280  an-us--- 4aLC311b.R68 201304a370.114bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of education, religion and values /cedited by James Arthur and Terence Lovat. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xiv, 403 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. The conceptual world of religion and values -- pt. 2. Religion and values in education -- pt. 3. Religion and values in inter-agency work -- pt. 4. Religion and values in cross-cultural work. 0aMoral education. 0aEducationxMoral and ethical aspects. 0aChurch and education. 0aReligious freedom. 0aValues. 0aSocial values.1 aArthur, James,d1957-1 aLovat, Terence.08iPrint version: z9780415519199w(DLC) 2012044323 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203387870zClick here to view.01264cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200035001560200030001910240032002210350021002530500021002740820019002952450116003142640053004303000038004834900024005215050197005456500017007426500024007597000027007837760053008108300025008638560086008889780203395974180706s2013    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203395974q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136727627q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136727696q(e-book: ePub)  a978113672=7764q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415566216q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203395974 2doi  a(OCoLC)850079958 4aJF197b.R68 201304a320.4049bR86900aRoutledge handbook of regionalism and federalism /cedited by John Loughlin, John Kincaid and Wilfried Swenden. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 622 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Theoretical and comparative approaches to federalism and regionalism -- pt. 2. Case studies by region: North America -- pt. 3. Failed federations -- pt. 4. Transnationalism regionalism. 0aRegionalism. 0aFederal government.1 aLoughlin, John,d1948-08iPrint version: z9780415566216w(DLC) 2012036633 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203395974zClick here to view.01350cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500022003160820017003382450061003552640044004163000039004604900025004995050187005246500017007116510026007286510031007546510032007857000034008177760053008518300022009048560086009269780203401163180331s2007    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203401163q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136894046q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136894114q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136894183q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415332590q(hardback)  z9780415455114q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203401163 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104291  ae------ 4aCB361b.R476 200704a940.21bR39304aThe Renaissance world /cedited by John Jeffries Martin. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2007.  a1 online resource (xxi, 702 pages)1 aThe Routledge worlds0 a1. Three preludes -- 2. A world in motion -- 3. The movement of ideas -- 4. The circulation of power -- 5. Making identities -- 6. Beliefs and reforms -- 7. A new order of knowledge. 0aRenaissance. 0aEuropexCivilization. 0aEuropexHistoryy476-1492. 0aEuropexHistoryy1492-1648.1 aMartin, John Jeffries,d1951-08iPrint version: z9780415332590w(DLC) 2006039061 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203401163zClick here to view.01297cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500023002710820018002942450082003122460039003942640044004333000041004774900038005185050206005566500034007627000033007967760053008298300039008828560086009219780203404065180706s2015    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203404065q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134116690q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134116768q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415829731q(hardback)  z9781138308527q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203404065 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104294 4aGV706.5b.R68 201504a306.483bR86900aRoutledge handbook of the sociology of sport /cedited by Richard Giulianott.30aHandbook of the sociology of sport 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 467 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Major theories and approaches -- pt. 2. Sociology, social sciences and interdisciplinary studies of sport -- pt. 3. Social divisions and sport -- pt. 4. Central issues in the sociology of sport. 0aSportsxSociological aspects.1 aGiulianotti, Richard,d1966-08iPrint version: z9780415829731w(DLC) 2015001192 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203404065zClick here to view.01315cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500022002850820023003072450077003302460033004072640044004403000040004845050284005246500034008086500027008427000029008697760053008988560086009519780203404119180706s2016    nyuab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135042493 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135042479q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135042486q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415837446q(hardback)  z9781138731776q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203404119 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103050 4aP96.E25bR68 201604a331.76130223bR86904aThe Routledge companion to labor and media /cedited by Richard Maxwell.30aCompanion to labor and media 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xxii, 396 pages)0 asection 1. The changing face of media labor : networks, clouds, and digitalized work -- section 2. Materials and chemical impact on workers and consumers -- section 3. Media labor around the world -- section 4. Activism, organization, worker resistance, and media labor's future. 0aMass mediaxEconomic aspects. 0aMass mediaxEmployees.1 aMaxwell, Richard,d1957-08iPrint version: z9780415837446w(DLC) 201500256340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203404119zClick here to view.01369cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820016002952450080003112640053003913000040004444900024004845050310005086500037008186500041008557000019008967760053009158300025009688560086009939780203405345180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203405345q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134112982q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134113057q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134113125q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415501439q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203405345 2doi  a(OCoLC)847525169 4aJZ4839b.R68 201304a341.2bR86900aRoutledge handbook of international organization /cedited by Bob Reinalda. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 549 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Documentation, data sets and sources -- pt. 2. International secretariats as bureaucracies -- pt. 3. Actors within international bureaucracies -- pt. 4. Processes within international bureaucracies -- pt. 5. Challenges to international organizations -- pt. 6. Expanding international architectures. 0aInternational agenciesxHistory. 0aInternational organizationxHistory.1 aReinalda, Bob.08iPrint version: z9780415501439w(DLC) 2012043950 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203405345zClick here to view.02863cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820021003262450102003472460059004492640034005083000040005424900024005825050240006065201453008466500023022996500026023227000025023487760053023738300025024268560086024519780203409527180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203409527q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136703331q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136703409q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136703478q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415673563q(hardback)  z9781138955233q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203409527 2doi  a(OCoLC)846950406 4aRT81.5b.R68 201304a610.730721bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of qualitative nursing research /cedited by Cheryl Tatano Beck.3 aInternational handbook of qualitative nursing research 1aAbingdon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxix, 647 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. What does qualitative nursing research do? -- pt. 2. Qualitative research methods -- pt. 3. Contemporary issues in qualitative nursing research methods -- pt. 4. International qualitative nursing research : state of the science.  a"Qualitative research, once on the fringes, now plays a central part in advancing nursing and midwifery knowledge, contributing to the development of the evidence base for healthcare practice. Divided into four parts, this authoritative handbook contains over forty chapters on the state of the art and science of qualitative research in nursing. The first part begins by addressing the significance of qualitative inquiry to the development of nursing knowledge, and then goes on to explore in depth programs of qualitative nursing research. The second section focuses on a wide range of core qualitative methods, from descriptive phenomenology, through to formal grounded theory and to ethnography, and narrative research. The third section highlights key issues and controversies in contemporary qualitative nursing research, including discussion of ethical and political issues, evidence-based practice and Internet research. The final section takes a unique look at qualitative nursing research as it is practiced throughout the world with chapters on countries and regions from the UK and Europe, North America, Australasia, Latin America, to Japan, China, and Korea. With an international selection of established scholars contributing, this is an essential overview and will help to propel qualitative research in nursing well into the twenty-first century. It is an invaluable reference for all nursing researchers"--Provided by publisher. 0aNursingxResearch. 0aQualitative research.1 aBeck, Cheryl Tatano.08iPrint version: z9780415673563w(DLC) 2012037182 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203409527zClick here to view.02650cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350020002830500021003030820020003242450135003442640044004793000039005235040071005625051434006336500039020676500029021066500034021357000021021697000025021907760035022158560086022509780203409800180706s1991    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203409800q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134938209q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134938247q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134938254q(e-book: PDF)  z9781138134867q(hardback)  z9780415054058q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203409800 2doi  a(OCoLC)50710279 4aP91.3b.H35 199104a302.23072bH23602aA handbook of qualitative methodologies for mass communication research /cedited by Klaus Bruhn Jensen and Nicholas W. Jankowski. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c1991.  a1 online resource (xiv, 272 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages [232]-259) and indexes.00tchapter Introduction: the qualitative turn /rKlaus Bruhn Jensen -- tchapter Part I History -- tchapter 1 Humanistic scholarship as qualitative science: contributions to mass communication research /rKlaus Bruhn Jensen -- tchapter 2 The qualitative tradition in social science inquiry: contributions to mass communication research /rNicholas W. Jankowski -- tchapter Part II Systematics -- tchapter 3 Media institutions Qualitative methods in the study of news /rGaye Tuchman -- tchapter 4 Media institutions The creation of television drama /rHorace M. Newcomb -- tchapter 5 Media contents The Interdisciplinary study of news as discourse /rTeun A. van Dijk -- tchapter 6 Media contents Textual analysis of fictional media content /rPeter Larsen -- tchapter 7 Media audiences Reception analysis: mass communication as the social production of meaning /rKlaus Bruhn Jensen -- tchapter 8 Media audiences Communication and context: ethnographic perspectives on the media audience /rDavid Morley -- tchapter 9 Media contexts Qualitative research and community media /rNicholas W. Jankowski -- tchapter 10 Media contexts Historical approaches to communication studies /rMichael Schudson -- tpart Part III Pragmatics -- tchapter 11 Theory development Studying events in their natural settings /rKurt Lang -- tchapter 12 Social contexts and uses of research Media, education, and communities /rMichael Green. 0aMass mediaxResearchxMethodology. 0aHumanitiesxMethodology. 0aSocial sciencesxMethodology.1 aJankowski, Nick.1 aJensen, Klaus Bruhn.08iPrint version: z978113813486740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203409800zClick here to view.01180cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820018003242450083003422640032004253000040004575050114004976500013006116500014006246500027006386500026006657000019006917000017007107760053007278560086007809780203412770180706s2008    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203412770q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134318216q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134318254q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134318261q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415333153q(hardback)  z9780415692625q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203412770 2doi  a(OCoLC)290558726 4aDL65b.V55 200804a948.022bV69404aThe Viking world /cedited by Stefan Brink ; in collaboration with Neil Price. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxii, 717 pages)0 apt. 1. Viking age Scandinavia -- pt. 2. The Viking expansion -- pt. 3. Scandinavia enters the European stage. 0aVikings. 0aNorthmen. 0aArchaeology, Medieval. 0aCivilization, Viking.1 aBrink, Stefan.1 aPrice, Neil.08iPrint version: z9780415333153w(DLC) 200800109540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203412770zClick here to view.01240cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820014003262450061003402640044004013000040004454900043004855040063005285050116005916500025007077000024007327760052007568300044008088560086008529780203424353180706s1998    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203424353q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136911644q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136911712q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136911781q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415100236q(hardback)  z9780415412674q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203424353 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104225 4aPL4601b.D73 199804a494bD76704aThe Dravidian languages /cedited by Sanford B. Steever. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c1998.  a1 online resource (xvii, 436 pages)1 aRoutledge language family descriptions  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 414) and index.0 apt. 1. South Dravidian -- pt. 2. South-Central Dravidian -- pt. 3. Central Dravidian -- pt. 4. North Dravidian. 0aDravidian languages.1 aSteever, Sanford B.08iPrint version: z9780415100236w(DLC) 97009133  0aRoutledge language family descriptions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203424353zClick here to view.01254cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500019003040820014003232450072003372640048004093000039004575050289004966500023007857000027008087000020008357760035008558560086008909780203426531180706s1988    nyuab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203426531q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134712243q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134712281q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134712298q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415164177q(hardback)  z9780415052993q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203426531 2doi  a(OCoLC)811407334 4aPC43b.R6 198804a440bR75804aThe Romance languages /cedited by Martin Harris and Nigel Vincent. 1aNew York :bOxford University Press,c1988.  a1 online resource (xii, 500 pages)0 achapter 1 The Romance Languages -- chapter 2 Latin -- chapter 3 Spanish -- chapter 4 Portuguese -- chapter 5 Catalan -- chapter 6 French -- chapter 7 Occitan -- chapter 8 Italian -- chapter 9 Sardinian -- chapter 10 Rhaeto-Romance -- chapter 11 Rumanian -- chapter 12 Romance Creoles. 0aRomance languages.1 aHarris, Martin,d1944-1 aVincent, Nigel.08iPrint version: z978041516417740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203426531zClick here to view.03607cam a2200553Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400035001140200036001490200033001850200036002180200033002540200050002870200047003370200044003840200041004280200018004690200015004870350041005020350024005430500011005670720025005780720025006030720016006280820012006442450117006562640032007733000034008053360026008393370026008653380036008914900038009275201499009655880047024646500042025116500048025536500050026016500042026516500038026937000045027317000032027767000033028087000027028418560083028688560102029519780203431405FlBoTFG20190117023150.0m     o  d        cr cnu---unuuu181116s2019    enk     obf   001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengerdaepncOCoLC-P  a9781135981730q(electronic bk.)  a1135981736q(electronic bk.)  a9780203431405q(electronic bk.)  a0203431405q(electronic bk.)  a9781135981877q(electronic bk. ;qMobipocket)  a1135981876q(electronic bk. ;qMobipocket)  a9781135981808q(electronic bk. ;qEPUB)  a1135981809q(electronic bk. ;qEPUB)  z9780415826266  z0415826268  a(OCoLC)1066115502z(OCoLC)1067264013  a(OCoLC-P)1066115502 4aHV6025 7aSOCx0040002bisacsh 7aSOCx0000002bisacsh 7aJKV2bicssc04a36422300aRoutledge handbook of crime science /cedited by Richard Wortley, Aiden Sidebottom, Gloria Laycock, Nick Tilley. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2019.  a1 online resource (1 volume).  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks  aCrime science is precisely what it says it is: the application of science to the phenomenon of crime. This handbook, intended as a crime science manifesto, showcases the scope of the crime science field and provides the reader with an understanding of the assumptions, aspirations and methods of crime science, as well as the variety of topics that fall within its purview. Crime science provides a distinctive approach to understanding and dealing with crime: one that is outcome-oriented, evidence-based and that crosses boundaries between disciplines. The central mission of crime science is to find new ways to cut crime and increase security. Beginning by setting out the case for crime science, the editors examine the roots of crime science in environmental criminology and describe its key features. The book is then divided into two sections. The first section comprises chapters by disciplinary specialists about the contributions their sciences can make or have already made to crime science. The second section of the book comprises a series of exemplary case studies in crime science, showing a wide range of the kind of work that crime scientists do. The editors conclude by drawing on the preceding contributions, as well as germane areas of research, to offer a thoughtful consideration of future directions for crime science. This book is essential reading for social scientists and scientists alike and marks a new phase in the study of crime and its detection and prevention.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aCriminologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aForensic sciencesvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCriminal psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 7aSOCIAL SCIENCExCriminology.2bisacsh 7aSOCIAL SCIENCExGeneral.2bisacsh1 aWortley, Richardq(Richard K.),eeditor.1 aSidebottom, Aiden,eeditor.1 aLaycock, Gloria K.,eeditor.1 aTilley, Nick,eeditor.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203431405423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf03516cam a2200433Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820017003282450091003452460030004362460017004662640034004833000041005174900025005585050299005835201618008826500034025006500024025346500031025586500050025896500040026396500047026796500052027266500042027786500049028207000027028697000021028967760053029178300026029708560086029969780203434833180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203434833q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135949181q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135949259q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135949327q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415809474q(hardback)  z9781138695450q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203434833 2doi  a(OCoLC)881399520 4aTK5103.2b.R68 201404a384.33bR86904aThe Routledge companion to mobile media /cedited by Gerard Goggin and Larissa Hjorth.3 aCompanion to mobile media3 aMobile media 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 558 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Fields of mobile media -- pt. 2. Infrastructures, economies, and policies -- pt. 3. New and old media and entertainment -- pt. 4. Arts of mobile media -- pt. 5. New social categories, identities, and practices -- pt. 6. Cultures and politics -- pt. 7. Geographies of mobile social media.2 a"The last decade has witnessed the rise of the cell phone from a mode of communication to an indispensable multimedia device, and this phenomenon has led to the burgeoning of mobile communication studies in media, cultural studies, and communication departments across the academy. The Routledge Companion to Mobile Media seeks to be the definitive publication for scholars and students interested in comprehending all the various aspects of mobile media. This collection, which gathers together original articles by a global roster of contributors from a variety of disciplines, sets out to contextualize the increasingly convergent areas surrounding social, geosocial, and mobile media discourses. Features include:comprehensive and interdisciplinary models and approaches for analyzing mobile media; wide-ranging case studies that draw from this truly global field, including China, Africa, Southeast Asia, the Middle East, and Latin America, as well as Europe, the UK, and the US; a consideration of mobile media as part of broader media ecologies and histories; chapters setting out the economic and policy underpinnings of mobile media; explorations of the artistic and creative dimensions of mobile media; studies of emerging issues such as ecological sustainability; up-to-date overviews on social and locative media by pioneers in the field. Drawn from a range of theoretical, artistic, and cultural approaches, The Routledge Companion to Mobile Media will serve as a crucial reference text to inform and orient those interested in this quickly expanding and far-reaching field"--cProvided by publisher. 0aMobile communication systems. 0aCell phone systems. 0aMultimedia communications. 0aMobile communication systemsxSocial aspects. 0aCell phone systemsxSocial aspects. 0aMultimedia communicationsxSocial aspects. 0aMobile communication systemsxEconomic aspects. 0aCell phone systemsxEconomic aspects. 0aMultimedia communicationsxEconomic aspects.1 aGoggin, Gerard,d1964-1 aHjorth, Larissa.08iPrint version: z9780415809474w(DLC) 2013042091 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203434833zClick here to view.01886cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820022003242450126003462640044004723000038005164900024005545040067005785050542006456500037011876500042012246500044012666510023013107000018013337000021013517760053013728300025014258560086014509780203436868180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203436868q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136744280q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136744358q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136744426q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415472371q(hardback)  z9781138677050q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203436868 2doi  a(OCoLC)900290582 4aHQ12b.R69 201304a306.7091821bR86904aThe Routledge history of sex and the body in the West :b1500 to the present /cedited by Sarah Toulalan and Kate Fisher. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 579 pages)1 aRoutledge histories  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 533-561) and index.0 apt. 1. Studying the body and sexuality -- pt. 2. Sexual science and the medical understandings of the body -- pt. 3. Examining the body: science, technology and the exploration of the body -- pt. 4. Body and mind : sexuality and identity -- pt. 5. Clothing and nakedness -- pt. 6. Pornography and erotica -- pt. 7. Knowledge and experience -- pt. 8. Life cycles -- pt. 9. Courtship and marriage -- pt. 10. Reproduction -- pt. 11. Prostitution -- pt. 12. Sexual violence and rape -- pt. 13. Sexual disease -- pt. 14. Bodies, sex and race. 0aSexzWestern countriesxHistory. 0aSexologyzWestern countriesxHistory. 0aHuman bodyzWestern countriesxHistory. 0aWestern countries.1 aFisher, Kate.1 aToulalan, Sarah.08iPrint version: z9780415472371w(DLC) 2012037890 0aRoutledge histories.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203436868zClick here to view.03640cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350020002830400026003030500021003290820017003501000027003672450115003942460032005092640044005413000040005853360021006253370023006463380032006695040067007015052282007686500022030507000079030727760053031518560086032049780203446331180706s2004    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203446331q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134664016q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134664054q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134664061q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415186360q(hardback)  z9780415478908q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203446331 2doi  a(OCoLC)55204507  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aBL783b.H37 200404a292.13bH2581 aHard, Robin.,eauthor.14aThe Routledge handbook of Greek mythology :bbased on H.J. Rose's "Handbook of Greek mythology" /cRobin Hard.30aHandbook of Greek mythology 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2004.  a1 online resource (xvii, 753 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 603-692) and index.00tchapter 1 SOURCES FOR GREEK MYTH -- tchapter 2 THE BEGINNINGS OF THINGS -- tchapter DESCENDANTS OF THE TITANS -- tchapter 3 THE RISE OF ZEUS AND REVOLTS AGAINST HIS RULE -- tchapter 4 THE BROTHERS AND SISTERS OF ZEUS -- tchapter Poseidon as god of horses -- tchapter of Demeter, and her associate Iakchos -- tchapter 5 The younger Olympian gods and goddesses 142 /rApollo -- tchapter ARES -- tchapter mortals who reject him and his rites -- tchapter 6 LESSER DEITIES AND NATURE-SPIRITS -- tchapter the Greek islands -- tchapter 7 THE EARLY HISTORY OF THE INACHIDS -- tchapter on their wedding-night -- tchapter and founds Mycenae -- tchapter 8 THE LIFE OF HERAKLES AND RETURN OF THE HERAKLIDS -- tTHE BIRTH OF HERAKLES AND HIS EARLY LIFE AT THEBES -- tchapter First labour: the Nemean Lion -- tchapter Second labour: the Lernaian Hydra -- tchapter Ninth labour: the Belt of Hippolyte -- tchapter travelling to his final home -- tchapter The death and apotheosis of Herakles -- tchapter 9 THE MYTHICAL HISTORY OF THEBES -- tTHE FOUNDATION AND EARLY HISTORY OF THEBES -- tchapter history of the Argolid -- tchapter 10 LEGENDS OF CRETE AND ATHENS -- tMINOS, THESEUS AND THE MINOTAUR -- tchapter Persephone from the Underworld -- tchapter 11 JASON AND THE ARGONAUTS -- tchapter 12 THE HISTORY OF THE DEUKALIONID FAMILY -- tchapter Endymion and his family in Elis -- tchapter The death of Meleagros -- tchapter Argolid; the Melampodid seers -- tchapter 2 lesser Aiolids, Deion and Magnes, and their families -- tchapter 13 THE TROJAN WAR -- tchapter but make a false start -- tchapter 14 THE RETURNS OF THE GREEKS AND THE HISTORY OF THE PELOPIDS -- tchapter implications for the Greek returns -- tchapter and depart separately with different sections of the army -- tchapter THE WANDERINGS OF ODYSSEUS AND HIS LATER LIFE -- tchapter THE ATLANTIDS, THE ASOPIDS AND THE ARCADIAN ROYAL FAMILY -- tchapter 16 LEGENDS OF GREEK LANDS -- tchapter and Agamedes -- tchapter 17 AENEAS, ROMULUS AND THE ORIGINS OF ROME -- tchapter of Rome, and their chronological implausibility -- tchapter NOTES -- tchapter BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE -- tchapter GENEALOGICAL TABLES -- tchapter INDEXES -- tchapter MAIN INDEX -- tchapter THE GREAT OLYMPIAN GODS. 0aMythology, Greek.1 aRose, H. J.q(Herbert Jennings),d1883-1961.tHandbook of Greek mythology.08iPrint version: z9780415186360w(DLC) 200304667240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203446331zClick here to view.01381cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500021002850820017003062450099003232460040004222640065004623000039005274900038005665050185006046500049007897000030008387000033008687760053009018300039009548560086009939780203466261180706s2015    enk     obf   001 0 eng d  a9781134119141 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134119219q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134119288q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415829809q(hardback)  z9781138294967q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203466261 2doi  a(OCoLC)905855253 4aGV706b.R68 201504a796.01bR86900aRoutledge handbook of the philosophy of sport /cedited by Mike McNamee and William J. Morgan.30aHandbook of the philosophy of sport 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xii, 459 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 asection 1. Philosophical approaches to the conceptualization of sport -- section 2. Philosophical theories and sport -- section 3. Key issues and themes in the philosophy of sport. 0aSportsxPhilosophyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aMcNamee, M. J.q(Mike J.)1 aMorgan, William John,d1948-08iPrint version: z9780415829809w(DLC) 2014035411 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203466261zClick here to view.01419cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450106003422640032004483000039004804900024005195050312005436500043008557000021008987000034009197760053009538300025010068560086010319780203481417180706s2013    enk     obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203481417q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135055943q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135055929q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135055936q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415620734q(hardback)  z9781138203976q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203481417 2doi  a(OCoLC)890251118 4aK3240b.R68 201304a341.48bR86900aRoutledge handbook of international human rights law /cedited by Scott Sheeran and Sir Nigel Rodley. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 791 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Introduction and overview -- pt. 2. Nature and evolution of international human rights law -- pt. 3. Interaction of human rights with other key regimes and bodies -- pt. 4. Evolution and prospects of regional approaches to human rights -- pt. 5. Key contemporary issues and challenges for the future. 0aHuman rightsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aRodley, Nigel S.1 aSheeran, Scottc(Law teacher)08iPrint version: z9780415620734w(DLC) 2013026256 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203481417zClick here to view.02970cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350021002330500021002540820016002752450122002912460063004132500020004762640044004963000038005405051810005786500048023886500055024367000031024917000019025227760053025418560086025949780203483794180706s2014    enk     of    000 0 eng d  a9781135049478 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135049454q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135049461q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415834612q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203483794 2doi  a(OCoLC)881840280 4aQ223b.H344 201404a501.4bR86900aRoutledge handbook of public communication of science and technology /cedited by Massimiano Bucchi and Brian Trench.3 aHandbook of public communication of science and technology  aSecond edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xv, 258 pages)0 a1. Science communication research : themes and challenges / Massimiano Bucchi and Brian Trench -- 2. Popular science books : from public education to science bestsellers / Alice Bell and Jon Turney -- 3. Science journalism : prospects in the digital age / Sharon Dunwoody -- 4. Science museums and centres : evolution and contemporary trends / Bernard Schiele -- 5. Public relations in science : managing the trust portfolio / Rick E. Borchelt and Kristian H. Nielsen -- 6. Scientists as public experts : expectations and responsibilities / Hans Peter Peters -- 7. Scientists in popular culture : the making of celebrities / Declan Fahy and Bruce Lewenstein -- 8. Science and technology in film : themes and representations / David A. Kirby -- 9. Environmentalists as communicators of science : advocates and critics / Steven Yearley -- 10. Publics and their participation in science and technology : changing roles, blurring boundaries / Edna F. Einsiedel -- 11. Public understanding of science : survey research around the world / Martin W. Bauer and Bankole A. Falade -- 12. Risk, science and public communication : third-order thinking about scientific culture / Alan Irwin -- 13. Engaging in science policy controversies : insights from the US climate change debate / Matthew C. Nisbet -- 14. Communicating the social sciences : a specific challenge? / Angela Cassidy -- 15. Health campaign research : enduring challenges and new developments / Robert A. Logan -- 16. Global spread of science communication : institutions and practices across continents / Brian Trench and Massimiano Bucchi, with Latifah Amin, Gultekin Cakmakci, Bankole A. Falade, Arko Olesk, Carmelo Polino -- 17. Assessing the impact of science communication : approaches to evaluation / Federico Neresini and Giuseppe Pellegrini. 0aTechnical writingvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCommunication in sciencevHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBucchi, Massimiano,d1970-1 aTrench, Brian.08iPrint version: z9780415834612w(DLC) 201304961040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203483794zClick here to view.01462cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820019003242450126003432460046004692640058005153000037005734900024006105050212006346500036008467000032008827000020009147000038009347760053009728300025010258560086010509780203488515180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203488515q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135049751q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135049737q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135049744q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415594271q(hardback)  z9781138958982q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203488515 2doi  a(OCoLC)849935331 4aRT31b.R68 201304a610.7309bR86900aRoutledge handbook on the global history of nursing /cedited by Patricia D'Antonio, Julie A. Fairman and Jean C. Whelan.30aHandbook on the global history of nursing 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (x, 265 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. New directions in the global history of nursing -- pt. 2. New methodological approaches in the history of nursing -- pt. 3. The politics of nursing knowledge -- pt. 4. Nursing and the "practice turn". 0aNursingxHistoryy20th century.1 aD'Antonio, Patricia,d1955-1 aFairman, Julie.1 aWhelan, Jean C.q(Jean Catherine)08iPrint version: z9780415594271w(DLC) 2012047333 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203488515zClick here to view.03399cam a2200241Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350020002330500022002530820018002752450053002932640043003463000034003895052530004236500042029537000023029957760053030188560086030719780203489819180331s2005    flua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9781135501990 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135501945q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135501983q(e-book: ePub)  z9780849316180q(hardback)7 a10.1201/9780203489819 2doi  a(OCoLC)64559206 4aQR82.B3bH36 200504a579.364bH23600aHandbook on clostridia /cedited by Peter Durre. 1aBoca Raton :bTaylor & Francis,c2005.  a1 online resource (903 pages)0 apart Part I Methods -- chapter 1 Species and Strain Identification Methods -- chapter 2 Quantitative Proteome Analysis of Clostridia -- chapter 3 Gene Cloning in Clostridia -- chapter 4 Gene Analysis of Clostridia -- chapter 5 Anoxic Testing and Purification of Enzymes -- part Part II Metabolic Pathways and Transport Systems -- chapter 6 Degradation of Polymers: Cellulose, Xylan, Pectin, Starch -- chapter 7 Genetic Organization and Regulation of Hexose and Pentose Utilization in the Clostridia -- chapter 8 Carbohydrate Uptake by the Phosphotransferase System and Other Mechanisms -- chapter 9 Special Clostridial Enzymes and Fermentation Pathways -- chapter 10 Degradation of Heterocyclic Compounds -- chapter 11 Nitrogen Assimilation in Clostridia -- chapter 12 Nitrogen Fixation -- chapter 13 Clostridial Potassium Transport Systems -- chapter 14 Transport of Phosphate -- part Part III Cellular Components and Medical Aspects -- chapter 15 Membrane Lipids of Clostridia -- chapter 16 Adhesins -- chapter 17 Clostridial Toxins vs. Other Bacterial Toxins -- chapter 18 Clostridial Enterotoxins -- chapter 19 Clostridial Cytotoxins -- chapter 20 Membrane Active Toxins -- chapter 21 Clostridial Neurotoxins -- chapter 22 Clostridial Diseases in Domestic Animals -- part Part IV Regulatory Mechanisms -- chapter 23 Two-Component Signal Transduction Systems in Clostridia -- chapter 24 Comparative Genomic Analysis of Signal Transduction Proteins in Clostridia -- chapter 25 Regulation of Catabolic Gene Systems -- chapter 26 RNA Polymerase and Alternative s Factors -- chapter 27 Transposable Genetic Elements of Clostridia -- part Part V Complex Regulatory Networks -- chapter 28 Sporulation (Morphology) of Clostridia -- chapter 29 Sporulation in Clostridia (Genetics) -- chapter 30 Formation of Solvents in Clostridia -- part Part VI Special Groups and Ecosystems -- chapter 31 Bacteriophages of Clostridium -- chapter 32 Acetogenic Clostridia -- chapter 33 Halophilic Clostridia -- chapter 34 Syntrophism among Clostridiales -- chapter 35 Ecology and Activity of Clostridia in the Intestine of Mammals -- part Part VII Novel Developments and Applications -- chapter 36 Industrially Relevant Fermentations -- chapter 37 Metabolic Engineering of Solventogenic Clostridia -- chapter 38 Biodegradation of Hazardous Materials by Clostridia -- chapter 39 Clostridial Collagenase in Wound Repair -- chapter 40 Clostridia As Production Systems for Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Proteins of Therapeutic Value in Tumor Treatment. 0aClostridiumvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aDurre, P.q(Peter)08iPrint version: z9780849316180w(DLC) 200406495840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/9780203489819zClick here to view.01167cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500023002710820019002942450068003132640044003813000040004254900021004655050149004866500032006357000027006677000021006947760054007158300022007698560086007919780203490013180706s2014    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203490013q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135053048q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135053055q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415637442q(hardback)  z9781138488274q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203490013 2doi  a(OCoLC)860711193 4aPN3435b.G678 201404a809.3876bG68404aThe gothic world /cedited by Glennis Byron and Dale Townshend. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xlvi, 534 pages)1 aRoutledge worlds0 apt. 1. Gothic histories -- pt. 2. Gothic spaces -- pt. 3. Gothic readers and writers -- pt. 4. Gothic spectacle -- pt. 5. Contemporary impulses. 0aGothic revival (Literature)1 aByron, Glennis,d1955-1 aTownshend, Dale.08iPrint version: z9780415637442w(DLC)  2013009581 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203490013zClick here to view.01264cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500019002400820020002592450085002792460040003642640044004043000040004484900039004885050199005276500058007267000023007847760053008078300040008608560086009009780203492741180706s2016    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203492741q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135050870q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135050887q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415834100q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203492741 2doi  a(OCoLC)958105797 4aP35b.R68 201604a306.44089bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of linguistic anthropology /cedited by Nancy Bonvillain.30aHandbook of linguistic anthropology 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xiii, 479 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks in linguistics0 apt. 1. Language and cultural productions -- pt. 2. Language ideologies and practices of learning -- pt. 3. Language and the communication of identities -- pt. 4. Language and local/global power. 0aAnthropological linguisticsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBonvillain, Nancy.08iPrint version: z9780415834100w(DLC) 2015007379 0aRoutledge handbooks in linguistics.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203492741zClick here to view.01324cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500430012002710500020002830820021003032450079003242460029004032640044004323000039004764900024005155050149005396500042006886500039007306510037007697000028008067760053008348300025008878560086009129780203494219180706s2016    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203494219q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135054960q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135054977q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415832922q(hardback)  z9781138482890q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203494219 2doi  a(OCoLC)946887375  an-us--- 4aE179b.R78 201604a307.720973bR86904aThe Routledge history of rural America /cedited by Pamela Riney-Kehrberg.30aHistory of rural America 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xiv, 425 pages)1 aRoutledge histories0 apt. 1. Regions of rural America -- pt. 2. Rural lives in context -- pt. 3. Change and development -- pt. 4. Resources for scholars and teachers. 0aCountry lifezUnited StatesxHistory. 0aFarm lifezUnited StatesxHistory. 0aUnited StatesxRural conditions.1 aRiney-Kehrberg, Pamela.08iPrint version: z9780415832922w(DLC) 2015040368 0aRoutledge histories.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203494219zClick here to view.01445cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820019003252450104003442460045004482640040004933000040005334900024005735050159005976500060007566500043008166500038008597000027008977000019009247760053009438300025009968560086010219780203497470180706s2015    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203497470q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135048556q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135048532q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135048549q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415473781q(hardback)  z9781138091894q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203497470 2doi  a(OCoLC)897443973 4aPN842b.R68 201504a305.8924bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of contemporary Jewish cultures /cedited by Laurence Roth and Nadia Valman.30aHandbook of contemporary Jewish cultures 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xiii, 400 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Defining terms : disciplinary perspective -- pt. 2. Theorizing contemporary Jewish cultures -- pt. 3. Case studies in contemporary Jewish cultures. 0aJewish literaturey21st centuryxHistory and criticism. 0aJewsxIntellectual lifey21st century. 0aJewsxCivilizationy21st century.1 aRoth, Laurence,d1960-1 aValman, Nadia.08iPrint version: z9780415473781w(DLC) 2013040193 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203497470zClick here to view.01261cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500021002400820020002612450081002812460041003622640044004033000039004474900025004865050213005116500029007246500028007537000025007817760053008068300026008598560086008859780203498910180706s2016    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203498910q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135051082q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135051099q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415834056q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203498910 2doi  a(OCoLC)948511793 4aPN49b.R745 201604a809.93382bR86904aThe Routledge companion to literature and religion /cedited by Mark Knight.30aCompanion to literature and religion 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xvi, 464 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. The modern story of literature and religion -- pt. 2. Theory -- pt. 3. Form and genre -- pt. 4. The literary afterlives of sacred texts and traditions -- pt. 5. The politics of literature and religion. 0aReligion and literature. 0aReligion in literature.1 aKnight, Mark,d1972-08iPrint version: z9780415834056w(DLC) 2015039775 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203498910zClick here to view.04233cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200030001230240032001530350021001850430012002060500022002180820019002402450106002592640034003653000022003994900028004215053188004496500023036376500032036606500034036927000034037267000044037607760053038048560086038579780203501856180706s2018    nyu     ob    001 0deng d  a9780203501856q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135046699q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415835831q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203501856 2doi  a(OCoLC)994593631  an-us--- 4aE184.I8bR74 201804a973.0451bR86904aThe Routledge history of Italian Americans /cedited by William J. Connell and Stanislao G. Pugliese. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2018.  a1 online resource0 aThe Routledge histories0 a1) Italians in the Early Atlantic World  / William J. Connell --  2) From the Pilgrim Fathers to the Founding Fathers: Italy and America /  Edoardo Tortarolo --  3) When They Were Few: Italians in America, 1800-1850 / John Paul Russo  --  4) America's Garibaldi: The United States and Italian Unification /  Don H. Doyle  --  5) Dante Alighieri and the Divine Comedy in Nineteenth-Century America /  Dennis Looney -- PHOTO ESSAY:  LIFE IN ITALIAN AMERICA  --  PART II.  THE GREAT MIGRATION AND CREATING LITTLE ITALIES --  6) Why Italians Left Italy: The Physics and Politics of Migration, 1870-1920 / Maddalena Tirabassi -- 7) The Silence of the Atlantians: Contact, Conflict, Consolidation (1880-1913) / Peter Carravetta -- 8) The Little Italies of the Early 1900s: From the Reports of Amy Bernardy / Maddalena Tirabassi -- 9) Interpreting Little Italies: Ethnicity as an Accident of Geography / Maria Susanna Garroni -- 10) Culture and Identity on the Table: Italian American Food as Social History / Simone Cinotto --  11) Italian Americans and Their Religious Experience / Richard N. Juliani -- 12) Italian Americans and Race During the Era of Mass Immigration / Peter G. Vellon -- 13) Discrimination, Prejudice and Italian American History / Salvatore J. LaGumina -- 14) The Languages of Italian Americans / Nancy C. Carnevale -- 15) Italian American Book Publishing and Book Selling / James J. Periconi -- 16) From Margins to Vanguard to Mainstream: Italian Americans and the Labor Movement / Marcella Bencivenni -- 17) The Sacco and Vanzetti Case and the Psychology of Political Violence /  Michael Topp -- 18) A Diary in America and a Death in Rome / Francesco Durante  --  PART III.  BECOMING AMERICAN AND CONTESTING AMERICA  --  19) The Bumpy Road Toward Political Incorporation, 1920-1984 / Stefano Luconi  -- 20) Italian Emigration, Remittances, and the Rise of Made-in-Italy / Mark I. Choate -- 21) Fascism and Anti-Fascism in Italian America / Stanislao G. Pugliese -- 22) World War II Changed Everything / Dominic Candeloro -- 23) Mothers and Daughters in Italian American Narratives / Mary Jo Bona -- 24) The Italian American Family and Transnational Circuits  JoAnne Ruvoli  25) Groovin?: A Riff on Italian Americans in Popular Music and Jazz / John Gennari --  26) Italian Americans and the Cinema / Giuliana Muscio -- 27) Italian Americans and Television / Anthony Julian Tamburri -- 28) Italian Americans in Sport / Lawrence Baldassaro -- 29) Organized Crime and Italian Americans / Antonio Nicaso -- PART  IV.  POSTWAR TO POST-ETHNIC? -- 30) Italian Americans and Assimilation / Richard Alba -- 31) Italian Americans in the Suburbs: Transplanting Ethnicity to the Crabgrass Frontier / Donald Tricarico  32) "What Ever Happened to Little Italy?" / Jerome Krase -- 33) Italian American Femininities / Ilaria Serra -- 34) Italian American Masculinities / Fred Gardaph --  35) Fuori per sempre: The Coming Out of Gay and Lesbian Italian Americans / George De Stefano -- 36) Immigration from Italy since the 1990s / Teresa Fiore -- 37) Contemporary Italian American Identities / Rosemary Serra -- 38) The Orphanage: Encounters in Transnational Space / Robert Viscusi. 0aItalian Americans. 0aItalian AmericansxHistory. 0aItalian AmericansvBiography.1 aConnell, William J.,eeditor.1 aPugliese, Stanislao G.,d1965-eeditor.08iPrint version: z9780415835831w(DLC) 201703845140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203501856zClick here to view.01218cam a2200349M  45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400026001140200036001400200033001760200015002090200018002240350022002420350024002640500010002880820010002981000018003082450087003262600061004133000022004743360026004963370026005223380036005485880047005846500028006316500024006598560083006838560102007669780429211423FlBoTFG20200324081410.0m     o  d        cr |n|||||||||190103s2017    xx      o     000 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengcOCoLC-P  a9780429211423q(electronic bk.)  a0429211422q(electronic bk.)  z113840697X  z9781138406971  a(OCoLC)1080587629  a(OCoLC-P)1080587629 4aQP55104a572.61 aAHMED, HAFIZ.10aPrinciples and reactions of protein extraction, purification, and characterization  a[Place of publication not identified]bCRC Press,c2017.  a1 online resource  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aProteinsxPurification. 0aProteinsxAnalysis.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/9780203507438423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf01459cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820021002962450128003172640034004453000039004794900064005185050303005826500036008856500024009217000023009457000024009687000026009927760053010188560086010719780203511619180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203511619q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134112425q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134112494q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134112562q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415783149q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203511619 2doi  a(OCoLC)851079354 4aHD30.4b.R685 201304a658.049071bR86904aThe Routledge companion to international management education /cedited by Denise Tsang, Hamid H. Kazeroony, and Guy Ellis. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxv, 408 pages)0 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. Fundamentals of international management education -- pt. 2. What is international management education? -- pt. 3. International management education and its evolving context -- pt. 4. Technology and international management education -- pt. 5. Rethinking international management education. 0aManagementxStudy and teaching. 0aBusiness education.1 aEllis, Guy,d1968-1 aKazeroony, Hamid H.1 aTsang, Denise,d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415783149w(DLC) 201204424740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203511619zClick here to view.02464cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820018002962450123003142460048004372640044004853000038005294900064005675050252006315200910008836500022017936500040018157000053018557000026019087760053019348300065019878560086020529780203517161180331s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203517161q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134096398q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134096466q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134096534q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415829199q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203517161 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104486 4aHB615b.R6835 201504a658.421bR86904aThe Routledge companion to international entrepreneurship /cedited by Stephanie A. Fernhaber and Shameen Prashantham.30aCompanion to international entrepreneurship 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xx, 261 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. The emergence of international entrepreneurship -- pt. 2. The international entrepreneur -- pt. 3. Strategic issues for entrepreneurial internationalization -- pt. 4. Implications of entrepreneurial internationalization and future research.  aThe domain of international entrepreneurship has continued to gain increased momentum in an era that sees entrepreneurship and globalization as critical issues in the world of business. Given the flourish of new research in this area, there is a need to provide an up-to-date perspective on the field and its future. This volume draws together a team of experts purposely selected from both the entrepreneurship and international business fields to present a comprehensive resource on the leading edge conversations within international entrepreneurship. Contributors include Harry Sapienza, Alan Rugman, Rod McNaughton, Pavlos Dimitratos, Becky Reuber, Gary Knight and Sylvie Chetty. This prestigious reference book will offer students and researchers an introduction to leading edge scholarship in international entrepreneurship and also serve as a catapult for future research--cProvided by publisher. 0aEntrepreneurship. 0aInternational business enterprises.1 aFernhaber, Stephanie A.q(Stephanie Ann),d1975-1 aPrashantham, Shameen.08iPrint version: z9780415829199w(DLC) 2014036449 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203517161zClick here to view.01898cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500021002400820020002612450108002812460046003892640044004353000039004794900064005185050653005826500020012356500039012556500044012947000022013387000020013607760053013808300065014338560086014989780203517390180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203517390q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134095629q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134095698q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415829144q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203517390 2doi  a(OCoLC)898424298 4aHG173b.R68 201504a332.10688bR86904aThe Routledge companion to financial services marketing /cedited by Tina Harrison and Hooman Estelami.30aCompanion to financial services marketing 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxx, 576 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. The dynamic financial services marketing environment -- pt. 2. The financial services consumer and financial decision-making -- pt. 3. Managing financial services relationships and the customer experience -- pt. 4. Developing and managing the financial services offering -- pt. 5. Financial services pricing strategies -- pt. 6. Communicating and promoting financial services -- pt. 7. Distribution and delivery of financial services -- pt. 8. Corporate financial services marketing -- pt. 9. Alternate banking models -- pt. 10. Marketing malpractice and financial fiascos -- pt. 11. Moral and ethical issues in financial services marketing. 0aBank marketing. 0aFinancial institutionsxMarketing. 0aFinancial services industryxMarketing.1 aEstelami, Hooman.1 aHarrison, Tina.08iPrint version: z9780415829144w(DLC) 2014019505 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203517390zClick here to view.01037cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500022002710820014002932450083003072640040003903000022004305050078004526500015005306500013005456500033005587000029005917760053006208560086006739780203519394180706s2014    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203519394q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134085545q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134085613q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415696098q(hardback)  z9781138200036q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203519394 2doi  a(OCoLC)869722512 4aHM585b.R684 201404a301bR86900aRoutledge handbook of social and cultural theory /cedited by Anthony Elliott. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource0 apt. 1. Contemporary social theory -- pt. 2. Contemporary cultural theory. 0aSociology. 0aCulture. 0aSocial sciencesxPhilosophy.1 aElliott, Anthony,d1964-08iPrint version: z9780415696098w(DLC) 201301558140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203519394zClick here to view.02392cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500023002710820020002942450099003142460043004132640044004563000040005004900038005405050261005785200891008396500036017306500020017666500043017867000027018297000020018567760053018768300039019298560086019689780203519943180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203519943q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134083022q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134083091q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415828598q(hardback)  z9781138232266q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203519943 2doi  a(OCoLC)890482295 4aTT515b.R8317 201504a338.47687bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sustainability and fashion /cedited by Kate Fletcher and Mathilda Tham.30aHandbook of sustainability and fashion 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xvii, 305 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Framing and expanding sustainability and fashion -- pt. 2. Sustainability and fashion as seen from other places and disciplines -- pt. 3. Perspectives on refining fashion from within -- pt. 4. Visions of sustainability from within the fashion space.  a"The clothing industry employs 25 million people globally contributing to many livelihoods and the prosperity of communities, to women's independence, and the establishment of significant infrastructures in poorer countries. Yet the fashion industry is also a significant contributor to the degradation of natural systems, with the associated environmental footprint of clothing high in comparison with other products. This comprehensive handbook recognizes the complexity of aligning fashion with sustainability. It explores fashion and sustainability at the levels of products, processes, and paradigms and takes a truly multi-disciplinary approach to critically question and suggest creative responses to issues of fashion in a post-growth society, fashion, diversity and equity and fashion, fluidity and balance across natural, social and economic systems"--cProvided by publisher. 0aFashionxEnvironmental aspects. 0aSustainability. 0aClothing tradexEnvironmental aspects.1 aFletcher, Kate,d1971-1 aTham, Mathilda.08iPrint version: z9780415828598w(DLC) 2014007889 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203519943zClick here to view.01284cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500025002730820016002982450082003142640048003963000043004444900033004875050173005206500032006936500027007256500049007527000024008017000018008257760053008438560086008969780203526910180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203526910q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134055791q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134055869q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134055937q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781848729421q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203526910 2doi  a(OCoLC)854569734 4aBF698.9.O3bH36 201304a155.2bH23600aHandbook of personality at work /cedited by Neil Christiansen & Robert Tett. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bBrunner-Routledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxxviii, 913 pages)0 aSeries in applied psychology0 aSection 1. Foundations and theoretical perspectives -- Section 2. Assessment of personality at work -- Section 3. Applications of personality to the psychology of work. 0aPersonality and occupation. 0aEmployeesxPsychology. 0aPersonnel managementxPsychological aspects.1 aChristiansen, Neil.1 aTett, Robert.08iPrint version: z9781848729421w(DLC) 201204683140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203526910zClick here to view.01608cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500024003160820018003402450058003582640053004163000043004694900021005125040052005335050363005856500015009486500047009636510026010106510027010367000034010637760053010978300022011508560086011729780203526965180706s2013    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203526965q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134055234q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134055302q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134055371q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415673082q(hardback)  z9781138060357q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203526965 2doi  a(OCoLC)851696007  ae-it--- 4aDG223.3b.E883 201304a937.501bE85204aThe Etruscan world /cedited by Jean MacIntosh Turfa. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xlviii, 1167 pages)1 aRoutledge worlds  aIncludes bibliograp hical references and index.0 apt. 1. Environment, background and the study of Etruscan culture -- pt. 2. The historical development of Etruria -- pt. 3. Etruscans and their neighbors -- pt. 4. Etruscan society and economy -- pt. 5. Religion in Etruria -- pt. 6. Special aspects of Etruscan culture -- pt. 7. Etruscan specialties in art -- pt. 8 Post-antique reception of Etruscan culture. 0aEtruscans. 0aMaterial culturezItalyzEtruriaxHistory. 0aEtruriaxAntiquities. 0aEtruriaxCivilization.1 aTurfa, Jean MacIntosh,d1947-08iPrint version: z9780415673082w(DLC) 2012047206 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203526965zClick here to view.01750cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500023002400820014002632450151002772460055004282640044004833000039005274900064005665050453006306500025010836500038011087000029011467000029011757000028012047760053012328300065012858560086013509780203550274180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203550274q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135918521q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135918590q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415823715q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203550274 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104488 4aHD30.5b.R683 201504a658bR86904aThe Routledge companion to management and organizational history /cedited by Patricia Genoe McLaren, Albert J. Mills, and Terrance G. Weatherbee.30aCompanion to management and organizational history 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxi, 413 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. The historic turn in management and organization studies : critical responses -- pt. 2. Debates in management and organizational history -- pt. 3. Methods : doing management and organizational history -- pt. 4. Rewriting management and organizational history -- pt. 5. Management and organizational history at the margins -- pt. 6. Commentaries on the future of management and organizational history : does it have a past? -- pt. 7. Endnote. 0aManagementxHistory. 0aOrganizational behaviorxHistory.1 aMcLaren, Patricia Genoe.1 aMills, Albert J.,d1945-1 aWeatherbee, Terrance G.08iPrint version: z9780415823715w(DLC) 2014045587 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203550274zClick here to view.01414cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500026003160820021003422450132003632640058004953000038005534900024005915050144006156500037007596500045007967000023008417000024008647000024008887760053009128300025009658560086009909780203556054180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203556054q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136772849q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136772917q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136772986q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415677745q(hardback)  z9781138311480q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203556054 2doi  a(OCoLC)841521541  aa-ii--- 4aPN1993.5.I8bR63 201304a791.430954bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Indian cinemas /cedited K. Moti Gokulsing and Wimal Dissanayake ; editorial assistant Rohit K. Dasgupta. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 470 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Historical analysis -- pt. 2. Themes and perspectives -- pt. 3. The business of Indian cinemas -- pt. 4. Cinema halls and audiences. 0aMotion pictureszIndiaxHistory. 0aMotion picture industryzIndiaxHistory.1 aDasgupta, Rohit K.1 aDissanayake, Wimal.1 aGokulsing, K. Moti.08iPrint version: z9780415677745w(DLC) 2012038673 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203556054zClick here to view.01498cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500024002400820016002642450110002802460052003902640044004423000038004864900064005245050299005886500021008876500030009087000029009387000025009677760053009928300065010458560086011109780203566848180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203566848q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136746314q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136746383q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415821261q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203566848 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103037 4aHF5387b.R6768 201504a174.4bR86904aThe Routledge companion to ethics, politics and organizations /cedited by Alison Pullen and Carl Rhodes.1 aCompanion to ethics, politics and organizations 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xv, 521 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. Ethics and corporate power -- pt. 2. Postcolonial, globalized and cosmopolitan ethics -- pt. 3. Ethics, politics and the functioning of business -- pt. 4. Ethico-political practice in organizations -- pt. 5. Ethics, resistance and struggle -- pt. 6. Difference, ethics and organizations. 0aBusiness ethics. 0aOrganizational sociology.1 aLinstead, Alison,d1971-1 aRhodes, Carl,d1967-08iPrint version: z9780415821261w(DLC) 2014040628 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203566848zClick here to view.01551cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500021002710820018002922450105003102460040004152640044004553000040004994900024005395050382005636500040009456500040009857000024010257000024010497760053010738300025011268560086011519780203569245180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203569245q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136737633q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136737701q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415821025q(hardback)  z9781138551947q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203569245 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103038 4aRC423b.R68 201504a616.855bR86900aRoutledge handbook of communication disorders /cedited by Ruth Huntley Bahr and Elaine R. Silliman.30aHandbook of communication disorders 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 438 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 aSection 1. Genetic, neurobiological, and neurophysiological systems of communication impairments -- Section 2. Perceptual-motor systems of communication impairments -- Section 3. Cognitive and linguistic-discourse systems of communication impairments -- Section 4. Social interactional systems of communication impairments -- Section 5. Reaching toward systems interdependence. 0aCommunicative disordersxDiagnosis. 0aCommunicative disordersxTreatment.1 aBahr, Ruth Huntley.1 aSilliman, Elaine R.08iPrint version: z9780415821025w(DLC) 2014041820 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203569245zClick here to view.01446cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500020002710820016002912450151003072460055004582640044005133000039005574900024005965050237006206500026008576500023008837000018009067000044009247760053009688300025010218560086010469780203578575180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203578575q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136685552q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136685620q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415818940q(hardback)  z9781138503434q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203578575 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103039 4aR733b.R68 201504a615.5bR86900aRoutledge handbook of complementary and alternative medicine :bperspectives from social science and law /cedited by Nicola Gale and Jean McHale.1 aHandbook of complementary and alternative medicine 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xvi, 394 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Disciplinary frameworks, law, sociology and history -- pt. 2. Power, professions and health spaces -- pt. 3. Risk and regulation : CAM products, practitioners and the state -- pt. 4. Critical perspectives on knowledge in CAM. 0aAlternative medicine. 0aHolistic medicine.1 aGale, Nicola.1 aMcHale, Jean V.q(Jean Vanessa),d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415818940w(DLC) 2014035996 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203578575zClick here to view.01303cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500025002710820017002962450122003132460041004352500019004762640034004953000041005294900038005705050155006086500042007637000018008057760053008238300039008768560086009159780203578988180706s2015    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203578988q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136684432q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136684500q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415818902q(hardback)  z9781138303539q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203578988 2doi  a(OCoLC)897444939 4aHV8079.H38bR68 201504a364.15bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook on hate crime /cedited by Nathan Hall. [et al.] ; foreword by Neville Lawrence.30aInternational handbook on hate crime  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xviii, 440 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Theories and concepts -- pt. 2. The international geography of hate -- pt. 3. Key issues in hate crime -- pt. 4. Combating hate and hate crime. 0aHate crimesvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHall, Nathan.08iPrint version: z9780415818902w(DLC) 2013047731 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203578988zClick here to view.05467cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450120003442640041004643000039005055054455005446500027049996500019050267000023050457760035050688560086051039780203581667180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203581667q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136673726q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136673795q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136673863q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781848729315q(hardback)  z9781848726895q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203581667 2doi  a(OCoLC)856021416 4aBF724b.D464 201404a155.507bD48904aThe developmental science of adolescence :bhistory through autobiography /cedited by Richard M. Lerner. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2014.  a1 online resource (xiv, 576 pages)0 a1. Introduction : the history of the developmental science of adolescence : the role of autobiographical perspectives / Richard M. Lerner. [et al.] -- 2. Confessions of a heretic : my unlikely career as a so-called psychologist / Jeffrey Jensen Arnett -- 3. Robert Wm. Blum : an autobiography / Robert Wm. Blum -- 4. Person, time, and place : the life course of a developmental psychologist / Jeanne Brooks-Gunn -- 5. An autobiographical journey through adolescents' social world : peer groups, peer influence, and the effects of electronic media on social adjustment in college / B. Bradford Brown -- 6. Reflections on a lifetime of life-course research : turning opportunity into passion / Marlis Buchmann -- 7. Journey to a life-course perspective in developmental science / John Bynner -- 8. Why adolescence matters : an autobiography of a psychologist / John Coleman -- 9. Rand D. Conger : an autobiography / Rand D. Conger -- 10. A stranger in paradise : fitting in, managing identities, and reaching out / James E. Cote -- 11. My research life and times / William Damon -- 12. How personal experiences influenced my research on youth / Sanford M. Dornbusch -- 13. Following the data (and sometimes theory) : the career of a socioemotional developmental scientist / Nancy Eisenberg -- 14. Studying lives in changing times : a life-course journey / Glen H. Elder, Jr. -- 15. Reflections on a life course of developmental criminology / David P. Farrington -- 16. My turning points in adolescent research : from internal dynamics to external opportunities to self-governance of development / Helmut Fend -- 17. From Ithaca to Los Angeles : gaining focus from places and people / Andrew J. Fuligni -- 18. How I became a developmentalist / Frank F. Furstenberg -- 19. Exploring the frontiers of adolescent psychology, psychiatry, and development / Beatrix A. Hamburg -- 20. Decisions and directions : making a path through life / Stephen F. Hamilton -- 21. Coming of age : Karen Hein's Journey / Karen Hein -- 22. Adolescents as productive processors of reality : my socialization approach in youth research / Klaus Hurrelmann -- 23. Problem behavior theory : a half-century of research on adolescent behavior and development / Richard Jessor -- 24. Adolescent thinking in action : minds in the making / Daniel P. Keating -- 25. Studying experience : pursuing the "something more" / Reed W. Larson -- 26. Taking the boy out of Brooklyn : time, place, and people in the development of a developmental scientist / Richard M. Lerner -- 27. Doing "good time" / Iris F. Litt -- 28. Individual development : a transformation process : a longitudinal program / David Magnusson -- 29. Growth and development : the interrelationship of personal experiences and scientific endeavors / Rolf Oerter -- 30. The life and academic journey of an empiricist / Daniel Offer -- 31. Autobiography through adolescence / Augusto Palmonari -- 32. Researcher as bumblebee : developing a science of adolescence integrating biology, using rigorous research methods, and including girls / Anne C. Petersen -- 33. Self-control at the heart of successful development / Lea Pulkkinen -- 34. Lucking out : a career shaped by mentoring / Jean E. Rhodes -- 35. Growing up in South Africa : science, politics, and policy / Linda M. Richter -- 36. Clinical-psychological contributions to adolescence research / Hans-Dieter Rosler -- 37. Establishing developmental psychopathology / Michael Rutter -- 38. Born in clever / Ritch C. Savin-Williams -- 39. If you are standing around just watching, you are not doing your job / John Schulenberg -- 40. Contributing to adolescent research in non-typical ways : pursuing the many faces of social cognition / Lonnie R. Sherrod -- 41. Development as action in context / Rainer K. Silbereisen -- 42. Studying adolescent-parent relationships : a personal history / Judith G. Smetana -- 43. Pursuing identity-focused resiliency research post-Brown v. Board of Education 1954 / Margaret Beale Spencer -- 44. The importance of serendipity / Laurence Steinberg -- 45. Lives in transition : a hormones and behavior odyssey / Elizabeth J. Susman -- 46. War, family secrets, sports, and the developmental origins of aggression / Richard E. Tremblay -- 47. My career trajectory in understanding the ecological realities of adolescence in India / Suman Verma -- 48. Yesterday's and today's adolescents : different contexts, same challenges? / Bruna Zani. 0aAdolescent psychology. 0aAutobiography.1 aLerner, Richard M.08iPrint version: z978184872931540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203581667zClick here to view.01414cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200031001570200030001880240032002180350021002500500025002710820017002962450085003132500020003982640041004183000039004595050424004986500023009227000021009457000031009667760053009978560086010509780203581957180706s2014    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203581957q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136673238q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136673306q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415818445q(paperback)  z9781848729599q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203581957 2doi  a(OCoLC)862958049 4aBF723.M54bH354 201404a155.25bH23600aHandbook of moral development /cedited by Melanie Killen and Judith G. Smetana.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxv, 571 pages)0 apt. 1. Concepts of justice, fairness, and rights -- pt. 2. Socialization, conscience, and the family -- pt. 3. Emotions, prosocial behavior, and aggression -- pt. 4. Culture, cooperation, and development -- pt. 5. Prejudice, social cognition, and intergroup attitudes -- pt. 6. Precursors to morality : cognitive, neurobiological, and comparative approaches -- pt. 7. Moral identity, community, and the personal domain. 0aMoral development.1 aKillen, Melanie.1 aSmetana, Judith G.,d1951-08iPrint version: z9781848729599w(DLC) 201301194240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203581957zClick here to view.01239cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500024002730820018002972450112003152640040004273000039004674900025005065050153005316500033006847000020007177000019007377000016007567760053007728300026008258560086008519780203593493180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203593493q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135071585q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135071561q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135071578q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415617147q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203593493 2doi  a(OCoLC)842881994 4aHF5625.5b.R68 201304a657.014bR86904aThe Routledge companion to accounting communication /cedited by Lisa Jack, Jane Davison and Russell Craig. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xiv, 259 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. The landscape -- pt. 2. A variety of media : beyond numbers -- pt. 3. Contemporary and professional issues -- pt. 4. Construction of meaning. 0aCommunication in accounting.1 aCraig, Russell.1 aDavison, Jane.1 aJack, Lisa.08iPrint version: z9780415617147w(DLC) 2012044452 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203593493zClick here to view.01785cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450119003432640044004623000040005064900039005465040067005855050408006526500032010606500056010926500042011487000018011907000018012087000030012267760053012568300040013098560086013499780203609385180706s2009    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203609385q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136028786q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136028861q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136028946q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415461368q(hardback)  z9780415461375q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203609385 2doi  a(OCoLC)680581791 4aLC3993b.R69 200904a371.95bR86904aThe Routledge international companion to gifted education /cedited by Tom Balchin, Barry Hymer, Dona J. Matthews. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 376 pages)1 aRoutledge international companions  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 325-366) and index.0 apt. 1. Approaching giftedness : models, definitions and conceptual challenges -- pt. 2. Widening the focus : international perspectives and cultural issues -- pt. 3. Whole child considerations : psychosocial development and extra-cognitive issues -- pt. 4. Theory into practice : differentiation strategies, tools and approaches -- pt. 5. Expanding horizons : supporting gifted development more broadly. 0aGifted childrenxEducation. 0aGifted childrenxEducationvCross-cultural studies. 0aGifted childrenxEducationxResearch.1 aBalchin, Tom.1 aHymer, Barry.1 aMatthews, Dona J.,d1951-08iPrint version: z9780415461368w(DLC) 2008009721 0aRoutledge international companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203609385zClick here to view.01227cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820017002952450100003122640058004123000041004705050120005116500019006316500018006506500018006686500026006866500010007127000033007227000019007557760053007748560086008279780203629987180706s2014    nyug    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203629987q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135956462q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135956530q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135956608q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415629256q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203629987 2doi  a(OCoLC)855020304 4aML3849b.R82 201404a780.07bR86904aThe Routledge companion to music and visual culture /cedited by Tim Shephard and Anne Leonard. 1aNew York, N.Y. ;aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xviii, 391 pages)0 apt. 1. Starting points -- pt. 2. Methodologies -- pt. 3. Reciprocation -- pt. 4. Convergence -- pt. 5. Hybrid arts. 0aArt and music. 0aMusic in art. 0aArt in music. 0aVisual communication. 0aArts.1 aLeonard, Anneq(Anne Rachel)1 aShephard, Tim.08iPrint version: z9780415629256w(DLC) 201300149940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203629987zClick here to view.02798cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830430021003050500022003260820017003482450100003652640044004653000039005094900037005485051525005856500034021106500047021447000041021917000025022327000026022577760053022838300038023368560086023749780203641873180706s2008    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203641873q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135791117q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135791155q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135791162q(e-book: PDF)  z9780700714575q(hardback)  z9780415688475q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203641873 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000435895  aa-cc---aas----- 4aPL4113b.T35 200804a495.91bT12904aThe Tai-Kadai languages /cedited by Anthony V.N. Diller, Jerold A. Edmondson and Yongxian Luo. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (xvi, 683 pages)1 aRoutledge language family series0 a1. Introduction / Anthony Diller -- 2. Sino-Tai and Tai-Kadai : another look / Yongxian Luo -- 3. Resources for Thai language research / Anthony Diller -- 4. Verbs and multi-verb constructions in Lao / N.J. Enfield -- 5. Shan and other northern tier southeast Tai languages of Myanmar and China : themes and variations / Jerold A. Edmondson -- 6. The Tai languages of Assam / Stephen Morey -- 7. The Lue languange / John F. Hartmann -- 8. The Tai dialects of Nghan, Vietnam (Tay Daeng, Tay Yo, Tay Muong) / Michel Ferlus -- 9. Zhuang / Yongxian Luo -- 10. Bouyei phonology / Wil C. Snyder -- 11. Saek revisited / Wilaiwan Khanittanan -- 12. Four-word elaborate expressions in Yunnan Tai Lue : a Pan-Tai cultural trait? / Amara Prasithrathsint -- 13. Tai aesthetics / Thomas John Hudak -- 14. The old Zhuang script / David Holm -- 15. An etymological speculation on the sequential indicator kcc3 in Thai narrative / Somsonge Burusphat -- 16. A historical study of /thai / in Thai / Pranee Kullavanijaya -- 17. Bipolar distribution of a word and grammaticalization in Thai : a discourse perspective / Shoichi Iwasaki -- 18. Directional verbs as success markers in Thai : another grammaticalization path / Kingkarn Thepkanjana and Satoshi Uehara -- 19. Kam / Tongyin Yang and Jerold A. Edmondson -- 20. Sui / James Wei and Jerold A. Edmondson -- 21. Chadong, a newly-discovered Kam-Sui language in northern Guangxi / Li Jinfang -- 22. The Hlai language / Weera Ostapirat -- 23. Kra or Kadai languages / Jerold A. Edmondson. 0aTai-Kadai languagesxHistory. 0aTai-Kadai languagesxGrammar, Comparative.1 aDiller, Anthony Van Nostrand,d1940-1 aEdmondson, Jerold A.1 aLuo, Yongxian,d1954-08iPrint version: z9780700714575w(DLC) 2007046237 0aRoutledge language family series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203641873zClick here to view.01269cam a2200265Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820016003282450087003442640044004313000039004755050316005146500026008307000026008567760035008828560086009179780203645659180706s2007    enkb    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203645659q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135796365q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135796402q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135796419q(e-book: PDF)  z9780700711970q(hardback)  z9780415563314q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203645659 2doi  a(OCoLC)231332351 4aP40.5.E53bE53 200704a408.9bE56300aEncyclopedia of the world's endangered languages /cedited by Christopher Moseley. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2007.  a1 online resource (xvi, 669 pages)0 a1. North America / Victor Golla -- 2. Latin America -- 3. Europe and North Asia / Tapani Salminen -- 4. South Asia and the Middle East / George van Driem -- 5. East and Southeast Asia / David Bradley -- 6. Australasia and the Pacific / Stephen A. Wurm -- 7. Africa / Gerrit J. Dimmendaal and F.K. Erhard Voeltz. 0aEndangered languages.1 aMoseley, Christopher.08iPrint version: z978070071197040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203645659zClick here to view.01924cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820018003292450080003472640040004273000040004675050175005075200633006826500065013156500063013807000018014437000022014617760053014838560086015369780203664803180706s2013    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203664803q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136747922q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136747991q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136748066q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415805643q(hardback)  z9780415816540q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203664803 2doi  a(OCoLC)878916302 4aLB3051b.H31988 201204a371.262bH23600aHandbook of test security /cedited by James A. Wollack and John J. Fremer. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xiii, 361 pages)0 apt. 1. Designing secure delivery systems -- pt. 2. Important issues in test security -- pt. 3. Lessons learned from practice : case studies from a variety of disciplines.  a"High stakes tests are the gatekeepers to many educational and professional goals. As such, the incentive to cheat is high. This Handbook is the first to offer insights from experts within the testing community, psychometricians, and policymakers to identify and develop best practice guidelines for the design of test security systems for a variety of testing genres. Until now this information was scattered and often resided inside testing companies. As a result, rather than being able to learn from each other's experiences, each testing entity was left to re-create their own test security wheel"--cProvided by publisher. 0aEducational tests and measurementsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCheating (Education)xPreventionvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aFremer, John.1 aWollack, James A.08iPrint version: z9780415805643w(DLC) 201203825840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203664803zClick here to view.01334cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830430012003050500025003170820020003422450072003622640053004343000039004874900024005265050179005506500037007296500031007666500027007977000020008247760053008448300025008978560086009229780203682142180706s2014    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203682142q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135082116q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135082185q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135082253q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415682145q(hardback)  z9781138308329q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203682142 2doi  a(OCoLC)857849=776  af------ 4aJZ6009.A35bR68 201404a355.03306bR86900aRoutledge handbook of African security /cedited by James J. Hentz. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xii, 368 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. The African security predicament in the twenty-first century -- pt. 2. Understanding conflict in Africa -- pt. 3. Regionalism and Africa -- pt. 4. External influences. 0aSecurity, InternationalzAfrica. 0aNational securityzAfrica. 0aPublic safetyzAfrica.1 aHentz, James J.08iPrint version: z9780415682145w(DLC) 2013003822 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203682142zClick here to view.01524cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500021002850820019003062450072003252460033003972640040004303000037004704900024005075050217005316500047007486500049007956500047008446500050008916500060009417000021010017760053010228300025010758560086011009780203694268180706s2015    nyu     obf   001 0 eng d  a9781135045555 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135045531q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135045548q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415836425q(hardback)  z9781138084452q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203694268 2doi  a(OCoLC)905855500 4aK3280b.R68 201504a342.0852bR86900aRoutledge handbook of law and religion /cedited by Silvio Ferrari.30aHandbook of law and religion 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (x, 426 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Interdisciplinary perspectives on law and religion -- pt. 2. Freedom of religion or belief as a human right : critical reflections -- pt. 3. Law, religion, state and society -- pt. 4. Controversial issues. 0aReligion and lawvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aReligion and statevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aChurch and statevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aFreedom of religionvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aReligious law and legislationvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aFerrari, Silvio.08iPrint version: z9780415836425w(DLC) 2014037851 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203694268zClick here to view.06151cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500020002710820016002912450090003072460049003972640058004463000039005045052650005435200449031935201761036426500070054036500059054736500073055326500062056057000019056677760053056868560086057399780203694442180706s2015    enkabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203694442q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135045692q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135045708q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415836364q(hardback)  z9781138070752q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203694442 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103271 4aHD75b.R68 201504a338.9bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of religions and global development /cedited by Emma Tomalin.30aHandbook of religions and global development 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xiv, 457 pages)0 a1. Introduction / Emma Tomalin -- 2. Development, religion and modernity / Carole Rakodi -- 3. Researching religions and development / Tara Hefferan -- 4. Theology and development : Christian and Jewish approaches / Stephen Plant and Daniel H. Weiss -- 5. A history of faith-based aid and development / Gregory Deacon and Emma Tomalin -- 6. Proselytizing development / Philip Fountain -- 7. Religion and development in Sub-Saharan Africa : an overview / Barbara Bompani -- 8. Pentecostalism and economic development in Sub-Saharan Africa / Dena Freeman -- 9. Masculinities, HIV and religion in Africa / Adriaan van Klinken and Ezra Chitando -- 10. Development and religious change in Latin America / Paul Freston -- 11. Inca roads, Protestant hospitals, Catholic cheese, and the fluctuating state : religion and development in Ecuador / Jill DeTemple -- 12. The Catholic Church, contemporary sexual politics and development in Latin America / Juan Marco Vaggione -- 13. Religion and development in India and Pakistan : an overview / Emma Tomalin -- 14. Caste and the conundrum of religion and development in India / David Mosse -- 15. Religion, gender and development in South Asia / Nida Kirmani and Tamsin Bradley -- 16. Religion and development in China / Andre Laliberte -- 17. Critical perspectives on religions : especially Christianity : in the development of South Korea post-1945 / Kirsteen Kim -- 18. Religion and gender in developing South-East Asia / Monica Lindberg Falk -- 19. Religion and development in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) : poverty relief or social transformation? / Rana Jawad -- 20. Islamic finance, financial inclusion and poverty reduction in MENA / Amin Mohseni-Cheraghlou -- 21. Sexuality, development and Islamophilia in the Arab uprisings : the missing links Mariz Tadros -- 22. Faith-based organizations and development / Laurie A. Occhipinti -- 23. Religion at the intersection of development and public health in development contexts : from advocacy about faith-based organizations to systems thinking / Jill Olivier -- 24. Conflict or compatibility? Reflections on the nexus between human rights, development and religion in Muslim aid organizations / Marie Juul Petersen -- 25. Complex global institutions : religious engagement in development / Katherine Marshall -- 26. Sustainable development, climate change and religion / Sigurd Bergmann -- 27. Religion and economic development / Daromir Rudnyckyj -- 28. Religion, development, and fragile states / Seth D. Kaplan -- 29. Development organizations' support for faith-based education : recent turns toward ethics and dialogue / Amy Stambach.  a"This Handbook provides a cutting-edge survey of the current state of research on religions and development and interactions between religions and development. It uniquely looks at religions in context when thinking about their relationships to development. Different religious traditions are situated within actual locations and case studies thus allowing a better understanding of their relationships to development"--cProvided by publisher.  a"This Handbook provides a cutting-edge survey of the state of research on religions and global development. Part one highlights critical debates that have emerged within research on religions and development, particularly with respect to theoretical, conceptual and methodological considerations, from the perspective of development studies and its associated disciplines. Parts two to six look at different regional and national development contexts and the place of religion within these. These parts integrate and examine the critical debates raised in part one within empirical case studies from a range of religions and regions. Different religions are situated within actual locations and case studies thus allowing a detailed and contextual understanding of their relationships to development to emerge. Part seven examines the links between some important areas within development policy and practice where religion is now being considered, including:Faith-Based Organisations and Development Public Health, Religion and DevelopmentHuman rights, Religion and DevelopmentSustainable Development, Climate Change and ReligionGlobal Institutions and Religious Engagement in Development Economic Development and ReligionReligion, Development and Fragile StatesDevelopment and Faith-Based EducationTaking a global approach, the Handbook covers Africa, Latin America, South Asia, East/South-East Asia and the Middle East. It is essential reading for students and researchers in development studies and religious studies, and is highly relevant to those working in a range of disciplines, from theology, anthropology, and economics, to geography, international relations, politics, sociology, area studies and development studies"--cProvided by publisher. 0aEconomic developmentxReligious aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEconomic developmentxReligious aspectsvCase studies. 0aSustainable developmentxReligious aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSustainable developmentxReligious aspectsvCase studies.1 aTomalin, Emma.08iPrint version: z9780415836364w(DLC) 201402698840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203694442zClick here to view.01334cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820018003272450099003452640052004443000040004964900024005365050206005606500025007666500021007917000025008127000019008377760053008568300025009098560086009349780203698341180706s2012    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203698341q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135424527q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135424565q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135424572q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415579797q(hardback)  z9781138909441q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203698341 2doi  a(OCoLC)787851155 4aHV6252b.R695 201204a364.106bR86900aRoutledge handbook of transnational organized crime /cedited by Felia Allum and Stan Gilmour. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 549 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Theories, concepts, definitions and laws -- pt. 2. Origins and manifestations -- pt. 3. Contagion and evolution -- pt. 4. Intensity and impact -- pt. 5. Governance -- pt. 6. Reaction and future. 0aTransnational crime. 0aOrganized crime.1 aAllum, Felia,d1971-1 aGilmour, Stan.08iPrint version: z9780415579797w(DLC) 2011015563 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203698341zClick here to view.04064cam a2200457Mu 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400026001140200018001400200015001580200036001730200033002090200049002420200046002910200043003370200040003800350022004200350024004420500011004660720025004770720016005020820020005182450116005382600032006543000032006864900051007185000052007695202283008215880047031046500033031516500065031846500050032496500047032996500057033467000018034038560083034218560102035049780203702086FlBoTFG20191022115534.0m        d        cr cnu---unuuu191012s2019    xx      o     000 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengcOCoLC-P  a9781351332415  a1351332414  a9780203702086q(electronic bk.)  a0203702085q(electronic bk.)  a9781351332392q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a1351332392q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a9781351332408q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a1351332406q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a(OCoLC)1122919648  a(OCoLC-P)1122919648 4aLB2866 7aEDUx0000002bisacsh 7aJNM2bicssc04a363.11/937122304aThe Routledge International Handbook of Universities, Security and Intelligence Studiesh[electronic resource].  aMilton :bRoutledge,c2019.  a1 online resource (569 p.).1 aRoutledge International Handbooks of Education  aDescription based upon print version of record.  aIn an era of intensified international terror, universities have been increasingly drawn into an arena of locating, monitoring and preventing such threats, forcing them into often covert relationships with the security and intelligence agencies. With case studies from across the world, the Routledge International Handbook of Universities, Security and Intelligence Studies provides a comparative, in-depth analysis of the historical and contemporary relationships between global universities, national security and intelligence agencies. Written by leading international experts and from multidisciplinary perspectives, the Routledge International Handbook of Universities, Security and Intelligence Studies provides theoretical, methodological and empirical definition to academic, scholarly and research enquiry at the interface of higher education, security and intelligence studies. Divided into eight sections, the Handbook explores themes such as: the intellectual frame for our understanding of the university-security-intelligence network; historical, contemporary and future-looking interactions from across the globe; accounts of individuals who represent the broader landscape between universities and the security and intelligence agencies; the reciprocal interplay of personnel from universities to the security and intelligence agencies and vice versa; the practical goals of scholarship, research and teaching of security and intelligence both from within universities and the agencies themselves; terrorism research as an important dimension of security and intelligence within and beyond universities; the implication of security and intelligence in diplomacy, journalism and as an element of public policy; the extent to which security and intelligence practice, research and study far exceeds the traditional remit of commonly held notions of security and intelligence. Bringing together a unique blend of leading academic and practitioner authorities on security and intelligence, the Routledge International Handbook of Universities, Security and Intelligence Studies is an essential and authoritative guide for researchers and policymakers looking to understand the relationship between universities, the security services and the intelligence community.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 7aEDUCATION / General2bisacsh 0aUniversities and collegesxSecurityvCross-cultural studies. 0aIntelligence servicevCross-cultural studies. 0aNational securityvCross-cultural studies. 0aEducation and globalizationvCross-cultural studies.1 aGearon, Liam.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203702086423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf03563cam a2200601Ki 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400026001140200018001400200015001580200036001730200033002090200043002420200040002850200049003250200046003740350022004200350024004420500010004660720025004760720025005010720025005260720025005510720025005760720025006010720025006260720025006510720025006760720017007010820016007182450126007342600034008603000032008944900038009265201293009645880047022576500065023046500040023696500053024096500043024626500044025056500046025496500049025956500044026446500046026887000020027347000022027548560083027768560102028599780203702635FlBoTFG20190612083241.0m        d        cr cnu---unuuu190525s2019    nyu     obf   001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengcOCoLC-P  a9781351333955  a135133395X  a9780203702635q(electronic bk.)  a0203702638q(electronic bk.)  a9781351333948q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a1351333941q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a9781351333931q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a1351333933q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a(OCoLC)1102467563  a(OCoLC-P)1102467563 4aGV709 7aGAMx0040502bisacsh 7aSPOx0680002bisacsh 7aSPOx0120002bisacsh 7aSPOx0190002bisacsh 7aSPOx0330002bisacsh 7aTRVx0260802bisacsh 7aBUSx0000002bisacsh 7aBUSx1090002bisacsh 7aSOCx0280002bisacsh 7aWSBM2bicssc04a796.08222300aRoutledge handbook of the business of women's sporth[electronic resource] /cedited by Nancy Lough and Andrea N. Guerin.  aNew York :bRoutledge,c2019.  a1 online resource (577 p.).1 aRoutledge international handbooks  aCombining knowledge from sport management, marketing, media, leadership, governance, and consumer behavior in innovative ways, this book goes further than any other in surveying current theory and research on the business of women's sport around the world, making it an unparalleled resource for all those who aspire to work in, or understand, women's sport. Featuring international perspectives, with authors from North America, South America, Europe, Asia, and Oceania, and insightful, in-depth profiles of real leaders within different sectors of women's sport in the global sport industry, the Routledge Handbook of the Business of Women's Sport offers an integrated understanding of the ways traditional media and social media impact both the understanding and advancement of women's sport properties, businesses, teams, and athletes. Innovative case studies show how societal issues such as gender, power, and framing impact the business of women's sports and those who work in women's sport. An essential reference for any researcher or advanced student with an interest in women's sport or women in business, and useful supplementary reading for researchers and advanced students working in sport business, sport management, mainstream business and management, or women's studies.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aSports for womenxEconomic aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 7aGAMES / Gambling / Sports.2bisacsh 7aSPORTS & RECREATION / Business Aspects.2bisacsh 7aSPORTS & RECREATION / Essays.2bisacsh 7aSPORTS & RECREATION / History.2bisacsh 7aSPORTS & RECREATION / Reference.2bisacsh 7aTRAVEL / Special Interest / Sports.2bisacsh 7aBUSINESS & ECONOMICS / General2bisacsh 7aSOCIAL SCIENCE / Women's Studies2bisacsh1 aLough, Nancy L.1 aGeurin, Andrea N.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203702635423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf02803cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500022002710820019002932450109003122460049004212640044004703000040005144900024005545050140005785201423007186500057021416500034021987000053022327000046022857760035023318300025023668560086023919780203709528180706s2015    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203709528q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136012563q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136012648q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415870399q(hardback)  z9781138554993q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203709528 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103082 4aJZ5675b.R69 201504a327.1747bR86900aRoutledge handbook of nuclear proliferation and policy /cedited by Joseph F. Pilat and Nathan E. Busch.30aHandbook of nuclear proliferation and policy 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 521 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Identifying the threats -- pt. 2. Nonproliferation, counterproliferation, and disarmament -- pt. 3. Nuclear energy and security.  a"This new Handbook is a comprehensive examination of the rich and complex issues of nuclear proliferation in the early 21st century. The future of the decades-long effort to prevent the further spread of weapons of mass destruction is at a crossroads today. If international nonproliferation efforts are to be successful, an integrated, multi-tiered response will almost certainly be necessary. But a serious, thorough, and clear-eyed examination of the range of threats, challenges, and opportunities facing the international community is a necessary first step. This Handbook, which presents the most up-to-date analysis and policy recommendations on these critical issues by recognized, leading scholars in the field, intends to provide this examination. The volume is divided into three major parts: - Part I presents detailed threat assessments of proliferation risks across the globe, including specific regions and countries. - Part II explains the various tools developed by the international community to address these proliferation threats. - Part III addresses the proliferation risks and political challenges arising from nuclear energy production, including potential proliferation by aspiring states and nonstate groups. This Handbook will be of great interest to students of nuclear proliferation, arms control, global governance, diplomacy, and global security and IR general"--cProvided by publisher. 0aNuclear nonproliferationxInternational cooperation. 0aWorld politicsy21st century.1 aBusch, Nathan E.,d1971-eeditor of compilation.1 aPilat, Joseph F.,eeditor of compilation.08iPrint version: z9780415870399 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203709528zClick here to view.04595cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200030001230240032001530350022001850400026002070500026002330720026002590820012002852450075002972460035003722500019004072640076004262640011005023000053005133360021005663370023005873380032006105052735006425200627033776500013040046500025040177000027040427100024040697760054040938560086041479780203712498180706s20172018fluab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203712498q(e-book : PDF)  a9781351362894q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781138888852q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203712498 2doi  a(OCoLC)1019808145  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aQ175.32.R42bR68 2017 7aPHIx000000 2bisacsh04a50122304aThe Routledge handbook of scientific realism /cedited by Juha Saatsi.30aHandbook of scientific realism  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge, an imprint of Taylor and Francis,c[2017]. 4c©2018  a1 online resource (470 pages) :b1 illustrations  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tchapter Introduction -- tScientific realism in the 21st century /rJuha Saatsi -- tpart I Historical development of the realist stance -- tchapter 1 Realism and Logical Empiricism /rMatthias Neuber -- tchapter 2 The Realist Turn in the Philosophy of Science /rStathis Psillos -- tpart II Classic debate -- tCore issues and positions -- tchapter 3 Success of Science as a Motivation for Realism /rK. Brad Wray -- tchapter 4 Historical Challenges to Realism /rPeter Vickers -- tchapter 5 Underdetermination /rDana Tulodziecki -- tchapter 6 Kuhn, Relativism and Realism /rHoward Sankey -- tchapter 7 Instrumentalism /rDarrell P. Rowbottom -- tchapter 8 Empiricism /rOtávio Bueno -- tchapter 9 Structural Realism and its Variants /rIoannis Votsis -- tchapter 10 Entity Realism /rMatthias Egg -- tchapter 11 Truthlikeness and Approximate Truth /rGerhard Schurz -- tpart III Perspectives on contemporary debates -- tchapter 12 Global Versus Local Arguments for Realism /rLeah Henderson -- tchapter 13 Perspectivism /rMichela Massimi -- tchapter 14 Is Pluralism Compatible with Scientific Realism? /rHasok Chang -- tchapter 15 Scientific Progress /rIlkka Niiniluoto -- tchapter 16 Realism and the Limits of Explanatory Reasoning /rJuha Saatsi -- tchapter 17 Unconceived Alternatives and the Strategy of Historical Ostension /rP. Kyle Stanford -- tchapter 18 Realism, Antirealism, Epistemic Stances, and Voluntarism /rAnjan Chakravartty -- tchapter 19 Modeling and Realism -- tStrange bedfellows? /rArnon Levy -- tchapter 20 Success and Scientific Realism -- tConsiderations from the philosophy of simulation /rEric Winsberg -- tchapter 21 Scientific Realism and Social Epistemology /rMartin Kusch -- tpart IV The realism debate in disciplinary context -- tchapter 22 Scientific Realism and High-Energy Physics /rRichard Dawid -- tchapter 23 Getting Real about Quantum Mechanics /rLaura Ruetsche -- tchapter 24 Scientific Realism and Primordial Cosmology /rFeraz Azhar -- tchapter 25 Three Kinds of Realism about Historical Science /rDerek Turner -- tchapter 26 Scientific Realism and the Earth Sciences /rTeru Miyake -- tchapter 27 Scientific Realism and Chemistry /rPaul Needham -- tchapter 28 Realism about Cognitive Science /rMark Sprevak -- tchapter 29 Scientific Realism and Economics /rHarold Kincaid -- tpart V Broader reflections -- tchapter 30 Realism and Theories of Truth /rJamin Asay -- tchapter 31 Realism and Metaphysics /rSteven French -- tchapter 32 Mathematical Realism and Naturalism /rMary Leng -- tchapter 33 Scientific Realism and Epistemology /rAlexander Bird -- tchapter 34 Natural Kinds for the Scientific Realist /rMatthew H. Slater.3 aScientific realism is a central, long-standing, and hotly debated topic in philosophy of science. Debates about scientific realism concern the very nature and extent of scientific knowledge and progress. Scientific realists defend a positive epistemic attitude towards our best theories and models regarding how they represent the world that is unobservable to our naked senses. Various realist theses are under sceptical fire from scientific antirealists, e.g. empiricists and instrumentalists. The different dimensions of the ensuing debate centrally connect to numerous other topics in philosophy of science and beyond. 0aRealism. 0aSciencexPhilosophy.1 aSaatsi, Juha,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z9781138888852w(DLC)  201703203140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203712498zClick here to view.05504cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200030001230240032001530350022001850400026002070500021002330820017002542450110002712460049003812640070004303000040005003360021005403370023005613380032005845052836006165201440034526500041048926500047049337000030049807000029050107760053050398560086050929780203713181180706s2018    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203713181q(e-book : PDF)  a9781351360708q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781138209930q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203713181 2doi  a(OCoLC)1013992117  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aJF491b.R69 201804a328.23bR86904aThe Routledge handbook to referendums and direct democracy /cedited by Laurence Morel and Matt Qvortrup.30aHandbook to referendums and direct democracy 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, NY :bPeter Lang,c2018.  a1 online resource (xii, 231  pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 aThe history of referendums and direct democracy / Matt Qvortrup -- Types of referendums, provisions and practice at national level worldwide / Laurence Morel  -- Local referendums: a comparative assessment of forms and practice / Theo Schiller -- Methodological issues: popper, paradigms and historical perspectives on referendum research: a case of pluralism / Matt Qvortrup  -- Views on referendums: is there a pattern? / Palle Svensson -- Why referendums?: on appearances and absences / Dag Anckar -- Referendums and consensus democracy: empirical findings from 21 EU countries / Stefan Vospernik  -- The democratic criticism of referendums: the majority and true will of the people / Laurence Morel -- The democratic potential of referendums: intrinsic and extrinsic limitations / Patrick Taillon  -- Democratic credentials and deficits of referendums: a case study of the scottish independence vote / Stephan Tierney -- People concerned and people entitled to vote: the example of sovereignty referendums / ?lker Gökhan ?en -- The expression of popular will: does the wording of a referendum question matter? / François Rocher and André Lecours -- The expression of popular will: do campaigns matter and how do voters decide? / Ece Ozlem Atikcan -- The strength of popular will: legal impact, implementation and duration / Dane Waters -- Existing regulations and recommended best practices: the example of the USA / Henry S. Noyes -- Voting behaviour in direct democracy votes / Pascal Sciarini -- Picking winners. forecasting the results of eu referendums 1972-2016 / Matt Qvortrup -- The formation of opinions at referendums: the application of the screening theory model  / Guy Lachapelle -- Are referendums a machinery to turn out our prejudices into rational choices: an unfortunate answer of sociophysics / Serge Galam -- How elections shape campaigning effects in direct democracy / Simon Lanz and Alessandro Nai -- Referendums, minorities and individual freedoms / Marthe Fatin-Rouge Stefanini -- Referendums on European integration: crisis-solving or crisis-inducing? / Fernando Mendez and Mario Mendez -- Do referendums make better citizens? the effects of direct democracy on political interest, civic competence and participation / Julien Talpin  -- Brinkmanship and backsliding: how governments deal with referendum decisions / Gerald Schneider -- Effects of referendums on party cohesion and cleavages: empirical findings from 21 EU countries / Stefan Vospernik -- Recall referendum around the world: origins, institutional designs and current debates / Yanina Welp -- Deliberative mini-publics in democratic systems / Maija Setälä -- Nothing fails like success: teledemocracy and deliberative polling / Ted Becker -- Sortition, direct democracy and indirect democracy / Gil Delannoi and Oliver Dowlen.  a"Over the last 30 years referendums have played an increasingly important role in determining government policy. Recent high profile referendums in Scotland, Catalonia and Ukraine have continued the movement towards independence referendums following decolonization and the end of the Cold War. The Greek Bailout referendum and Britain's vote on membership of the EU reflect a tradition of European states giving their people a direct say in the transfer of sovereign powers to the European Union seen through the ratification of key treaties such as Maastricht, Amsterdam, Nice and Lisbon. This Routledge Handbook covers key aspects and issues of direct democracy and referendums throughout the world including: Their history. When, why, where, how and on which issues referendums are held. Why some referendums are more democratic than others. How referendums are won. Whether they produce good policies. If referendums increase participation and improve the quality of representative democracies. Do referendums increase trust in democracy and the political actors? The impact of new technology on the possibilities, methods and frequency of direct public political participation. How they should be regulated.Covering other related areas such as recall, citizen-juries, the initiative and legislative petitions, this compendium is an indispensable guide to referendums and the workings of modern democracy."--Provided by publisher. 0aReferendumvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aDirect democracyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aMorel, Laurence,eeditor.1 aQvortrup, Matt,eeditor.08iPrint version: z9781138209930w(DLC) 201702874740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203713181zClick here to view.02662cam a2200433Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200030001230240032001530350022001850400026002070500025002330720023002580720023002810720023003040720023003271000033003502450045003832500019004282640041004473000022004883360021005103370023005313380032005545201163005866500038017496500032017876500050018196500041018696500037019106500026019476500036019736500046020096500027020556500025020827760035021078560086021429780203713303180706s2017    xx ao   o     000 0 eng d  a9780203713303q(e-book : PDF)  a9781351364201q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781138558991q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203713303 2doi  a(OCoLC)1014011008  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHE9803.A5bS345 2017 7aBUS0701002bisacsh 7aTEC0020002bisacsh 7aTRA0020002bisacsh 7aTRA0020402bisacsh1 aScheinberg, Ronald,eauthor.14aThe Commercial Aircraft Finance Handbook  aFirst edition. 1aLondon :bTaylor and Francis,c2017.  a1 online resource  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier2 a"The Commercial Aircraft Finance Handbook is a resource for every type of aircraft finance practitioner - seasoned and starter alike. The handbook offers a comprehensive overview of the multifaceted matters that arise in the process of financing commercial aircraft. The book clearly reviews the different topics on a high-level basis, and then explains the terminology used for each particular area of specialization. It can be used as both a learning aid and reference resource. The area of commercial aircraft finance is multidisciplinary one, touching professionals across law, finance, insurance, and leasing (to name a few) and this book arms these diverse practitioners with a framework for knowing the questions and issues that should be considered in an aircraft financing transaction. This book will also provide practitioners just starting out in this field with an introduction to the myriad of topics in aircraft finance while providing more seasoned professionals with explanations of matters outside their normal area of expertise. As well, all practitioners will benefit from the resources provided in the appendices."--Provided by publisher. 0aAeronautics, CommercialxFinance. 0aAircraft industryxFinance. 0aAeronautics, CommercialxLaw and legislation.04aAerospace & Air Transport Industries04aAerospace & Aviation Engineering04aAerospace Engineering04aAviation Manufacturing Industry04aBanking and Finance Law for Professionals04aInternational Business04aStrategic Management08iPrint version: z978113855899140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203713303zClick here to view.04077cam a2200661Ma 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400030001140200027001440200024001710200032001950200029002270200028002560200025002840200018003090200015003270200018003420200015003600200018003750200015003930200018004080200015004260350096004410350023005370500025005600720025005850720025006100720025006350720017006600820016006772450052006932600038007453000058007833360026008413370026008673380036008934900025009295050167009545201479011215880047026006510049026476510052026966510058027486510052028066510052028586500031029106500029029416500045029707000027030158560083030428560074031258560072031998560102032719380042033739780203718056FlBoTFG20200803103155.0m     o  d        cr |n|||||||||110923s2012    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengepncOCoLC-P  z9780415491877q(Cloth)  z0415491878q(Cloth)  a9781283994224q(MyiLibrary)  a1283994224q(MyiLibrary)  a9780203718056q(e-book)  a0203718054q(e-book)  a9781135694524  a1135694524  a9781135694661  a1135694664  a9781135694593  a1135694591  a9780415712989  a041571298X  a(OCoLC)826684878z(OCoLC)958103093z(OCoLC)1058910919z(OCoLC)1086444845z(OCoLC)1167202044  a(OCoLC-P)826684878 4aDA550b.V5447 2012eb 7aHISx0000002bisacsh 7aHISx0370002bisacsh 7aHISx0370602bisacsh 7aHBLL2bicssc04a941.08122304aThe Victorian world /cedited by Martin Hewitt.  aAbingdon, UK :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xviii, 756 pages) :billustrations  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aThe Routledge worlds0 apt. I. The world order -- pt. II. Economy and society -- pt. III. Politics -- pt. IV. Knowledge and belief -- pt. V. Culture -- pt. VI. Varieties of Victorianism.  aWith an interdisciplinary approach that encompasses political history, the history of ideas, cultural history and art history, The Victorian World offers a sweeping survey of the world in the nineteenth century. This volume offers a fresh evaluation of Britain and its global presence in the years from the 1830s to the 1900s. It brings together scholars from history, literary studies, art history, historical geography, historical sociology, criminology, economics and the history of law, to explore more than 40 themes central to an understanding of the nature of Victorian society and culture, both in Britain and in the rest of the world. Organised around six core themes - the world order, economy and society, politics, knowledge and belief, and culture - The Victorian World offers thematic essays that consider the interplay of domestic and global dynamics in the formation of Victorian orthodoxies. A further section on Varieties of Victorianism' offers considerations of the production and reproduction of external versions of Victorian culture, in India, Africa, the United States, the settler colonies and Latin America. These thematic essays are supplemented by a substantial introductory essay, which offers a challenging alternative to traditional interpretations of the chronology and periodisation of the Victorian years. Lavishly illustrated, vivid and accessible, this volume is invaluable reading for all students and scholars of the nineteenth century.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aGreat BritainxHistoryyVictoria, 1837-1901. 0aGreat BritainxIntellectual lifey19th century. 0aGreat BritainxPolitics and governmenty19th century. 0aGreat BritainxSocial conditionsy19th century. 0aGreat BritainxColoniesxHistoryy19th century. 7aHISTORY / General2bisacsh 7aHISTORY / World2bisacsh 7aHISTORY / Modern / 19th Century2bisacsh1 aHewitt, Martin,d1962-403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203718056403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781135694524403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9780203718056423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf  aTaylor & FrancisbTAFRn978020371805601287cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500021002730820017002942450094003112640040004053000041004454900064004865050122005506500037006726500030007096500015007397000027007547760053007818300065008348560086008999780203725351180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203725351q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135005399q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135005375q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135005382q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782265q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203725351 2doi  a(OCoLC)876431884 4aHM548b.R69 201404a302.35bR86904aThe Routledge companion to alternative organization /cedited by Martin Parker. [et al.]. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 384 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 asection 1. Introduction -- section 2. Work and labour -- section 3. Exchange and consumption -- section 4. Resources. 0aEconomicsxSociological aspects. 0aOrganizational sociology. 0aEconomics.1 aParker, Martin,d1962-08iPrint version: z9780415782265w(DLC) 2013021287 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203725351zClick here to view.01552cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500024002730820018002972450116003152460037004312640034004683000038005024900064005405050228006046500037008326500018008696500043008877000023009307000035009537000022009887760053010108300065010638560086011289780203725610180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203725610q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135005474q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135005450q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135005467q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415783675q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203725610 2doi  a(OCoLC)869525388 4aHD58.8b.R6936 201404a658.406bR86904aThe Routledge companion to visual organization /cedited by Emma Bell, Samantha Warren, and Jonathan Schroeder.30aCompanion to visual organization 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xx, 402 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. Thinking visually about organization -- pt. 2. Strategies of visual organization -- pt. 3. Visual methodologies and methods -- pt. 4. Visual identities and practices -- pt. 5. Visual representations of organization.  0aOrganizational changexResearch. 0aSocial media. 0aManagementxTechnological innovations.1 aBell, Emma,d1968-1 aSchroeder, Jonathan E.,d1962-1 aWarren, Samantha.08iPrint version: z9780415783675w(DLC) 2013003477 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203725610zClick here to view.01384cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500021003300820021003511000043003722450091004152640044005063000039005503360021005893370023006103380032006335000039006655050165007046500017008696500022008867760052009088560086009609780203727317130331r20111974nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203727317q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135821364q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135821432q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135821500q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780876300831q(hardback)  z9781138873209q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203727317 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103482  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aRC557b.K37 201104a616.858306bK1731 aKaplan, Helen Singer,d1929-,eauthor.14aThe new sex therapy :bactive treatment of sexual dysfunctions /cHelen Singer Kaplan. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xvi, 544 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aFirst published 1974 by Routledge.0 aArea I. Basic concepts -- Area II. Etiology -- Area III. Treatment -- Area IV. The sexual dysfunctions -- Area V. Results -- Area VI. Special clinical problems. 0aSex therapy. 0aSexual disorders.08iPrint version: z9780876300831w(DLC) 73087724 40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203727317zClick here to view.03342cam a2200553Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400035001140200028001490200015001770200036001920200033002280200036002610200033002970200049003300200046003790200015004250200018004400350041004580350024004990500024005230720025005470720025005720720025005970720016006220820014006382450096006522640032007483000055007803360026008353370026008613380036008875201267009235880047021906500037022376500040022746500031023146500042023456500046023876500045024336500051024787000038025297000036025678560083026038560102026869780203730515FlBoTFG20201022041823.0m     o  d        cr |||||||||||200710s2020    enka   fob    001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengerdaepncOCoLC-P  a9781351397803q(e-book)  a135139780X  a9781351397797q(electronic bk.)  a1351397796q(electronic bk.)  a9780203730515q(electronic bk.)  a0203730518q(electronic bk.)  a9781351397780q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a1351397788q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  z1138303992  z9781138303997  a(OCoLC)1191078408z(OCoLC)1178637895  a(OCoLC-P)1191078408 4aPJ6074b.R68 2021eb 7aFORx0000002bisacsh 7aFORx0020002bisacsh 7aLANx0000002bisacsh 7aCFB2bicssc04a492.722304aThe Routledge handbook of Arabic and identitycedited by Reem Bassiouney and Keith Walters. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2020.  a1 online resourcebillustrations (black and white)  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier  aThe Routledge Handbook of Arabic and Identity offers a comprehensive and up-to-date account of studies that relate the Arabic language in its entirety to identity. This handbook offers new trajectories in understanding language and identity more generally and Arabic and identity in particular. Split into three parts, covering Identity and Variation', Identity and Politics' and Identity Globalisation and Diversity', it is the first of its kind to offer such a perspective on identity, linking the social world to identity construction and including issues pertaining to our current political and social context, including Arabic in the diaspora, Arabic as a minority language, pidgin and creoles, Arabic in the global age, Arabic and new media, Arabic and political discourse. Scholars and students will find essential theories and methods that relate language to identity in this handbook. It is particularly of interest to scholars and students whose work is related to the Arab world, political science, modern political thought, Islam and social sciences including: general linguistics, sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, anthropological linguistics, anthropology, political science, sociology, psychology, literature media studies and Islamic studies.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aArabic languagexSocial aspects. 0aArabic languagexPolitical aspects. 0aArabic languagexDialects. 0aLanguage and culturezArab countries. 7aFOREIGN LANGUAGE STUDY / General2bisacsh 7aFOREIGN LANGUAGE STUDY / Arabic2bisacsh 7aLANGUAGE ARTS & DISCIPLINES / General2bisacsh1 aBassiouney, Reem,d1973-eeditor.1 aWalters, Keith,d1952-eeditor.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203730515423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf08519cam a2200589Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400035001140200036001490200033001850200036002180200033002540200026002870200023003130200026003360200023003620200045003850200042004300350022004720350024004940500031005180720025005490720025005740720025005990720017006240820015006412450171006562640056008272640011008833000038008943360026009323370026009583380036009845202013010205054281030335880047073146500062073616500055074236500054074786500028075326500023075606500033075836500033076166500035076496500034076847000026077188560083077448560102078279780203730638FlBoTFG20190729113811.0m     o  d        cr mn|||||||||190709t20202020enk     ob    001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengerdaepncOCoLC-P  a9781351398107q(electronic bk.)  a1351398105q(electronic bk.)  a9780203730638q(electronic bk.)  a0203730631q(electronic bk.)  a9781351398091q(epub)  a1351398091q(epub)  a9781351398084q(mobi)  a1351398083q(mobi)  z9781138303881q(hardcover ;qalk. paper)  z1138303887q(hardcover ;qalk. paper)  a(OCoLC)1107700200  a(OCoLC-P)1107700200 4aLB1139.35.C64bR679 2019eb 7aEDUx0000002bisacsh 7aEDUx0240002bisacsh 7aEDUx0370002bisacsh 7aJNLA2bicssc04a372.2122304aThe Routledge handbook of digital literacies in early childhood /cedited by Ola Erstad, Rosie Flewitt, Bettina Kümmerling-Meibauer and Íris Susana Pires Pereira. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, NY :bRoutledge,c2020. 4c©2020  a1 online resource (xx, 473 pages)  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier  aAs fast-evolving technologies transform everyday communication and literacy practices, many young children find themselves immersed in multiple digital media from birth. Such rapid technological change has consequences for the development of early literacy, and the ways in which parents and educators are able to equip today's young citizens for a digital future. This seminal Handbook fulfils an urgent need to consider how digital technologies are impacting the lives and learning of young children; and how childhood experiences of using digital resources can serve as the foundation for present and future development. Considering children aged 0-8 years, chapters explore the diversity of young children's literacy skills, practices and expertise across digital tools, technologies and media, in varied contexts, settings and countries. The Handbook explores six significant areas: PartI presents an overview of research into young children's digital literacy practices, touching on a range of theoretical, methodological and ethical approaches. PartII considers young children's reading, writing and meaning-making when using digital media at home and in the wider community. PartIII offers an overview of key challenges for early childhood education presented by digital literacy, and discusses political positioning and curricula. PartIV focuses on the multimodal and multi-sensory textual landscape of contemporary literary practices, and how children learn to read and write with and across media. PartV considers how digital technologies both influence and are influenced by children's online and offline social relationships. PartVI draws together themes from across the Handbook, to propose an agenda for future research into digital literacies in early childhood. A timely resource identifying and exploring pedagogies designed to bolster young children's digital and multimodal literacy practices, this key text will be of interest to early childhood educators, researchers and policy-makers.0 aResearching the digital literacy and multimodal practices of young children : a European agenda for change / Jackie Marsh -- Theorizing digital literacy practices in early childhood / Ola Erstad and Julia Gillen -- Researching digital literacy practices in early childhood : challenges, complexities and imperatives / David Poveda -- Ethics and researching young children's digital literacy practices / Rosie Flewitt -- Comparative global knowledge about the use of digital technologies for learning among young children / Sonia Livingstone, Sun Sun Lim, Anulekha Nandi and Becky Pham -- Young children's digital literacy practices in homes : past, present and future research directions / Kristiina Kumpulainen and Julia Gillen -- Reconceptualizing the home of digital childhood / Marta Morgade, Cristina Aliagas and David Poveda -- Older siblings as mediators of infants' and toddlers' (digital) media use / Andra Siibak and Elyna Nevski -- Safety (and security) issues in young children's digital literacy practices at home / Stéphane Chaudron, Rosanna Di Gioia and Monica Gemo -- Children's divergent practices and access to digital media in home, school and neighbourhood communities / Mastin Prinsloo -- "You know what's glitching?" : emergent digital literacies in video game play / Edward Rivero and Kris D. Gutiérrez -- Digital and media literacy-related policies and teachers' attitudes / Christine W. Trültzsch-Wijnen, Sascha Trültzsch-Wijnen and Kjartan Olafsson -- Pedagogical approaches to digital literacy in early years education / Stavroula Kontovourki and Eufimia Tafa -- Inclusivity and young children's digital literacy practices in early education / Grace Oakley -- Young children's digital play in early childhood settings : curriculum, pedagogy and teachers' knowledge / Elizabeth Wood, Joce Nuttall, Susan Edwards and Sue Grieshaber -- Remixing emergent literacy education : cross-age, plurilingual, multimedia adventures in narrative teaching and learning / Heather Lotherington -- Posthuman theory as a tool to explore literacy desirings : Sara-Taylor-iPad-book becoming in writers' studio / Candace R. Kuby and Tara Gutshall Rucker -- Young children's writing in the 21st century : the challenge of moving from paper to screen / Clare Dowdall -- Digital reading in the early tears : expertise, engagement and learning / Íris Susana Pires Pereira, Cristina Vieira da Silva, Mônica Daisy Vieira de Araújo and Maria Manuel Borges -- Children's reading in the digital age : a research summary on children's digital books / Natalia Kucirkova -- The role of moving images in young children's literacy practices / Margaret Mackey -- Availability and quality of storybook apps across five less widely used languages / Adriana G. Bus, Trude Hoel, Cristina Aliagas Marin, Margrethe Jernes, Ofra Korat, Charles L. Mifsud and Jan van Collie -- Young children's e-books as digital spaces for multimodal composing, translanguaging, and intercultural sharing / Mary E. Miller and Deborah Wells Rowe -- Virtual play : developing a baroque sensibility / Cathy Burnett and Guy Merchant -- The quantified child : discourses and practices of dataveillance in different life stages / Giovanna Mascheroni and Donell Holloway -- Minecraft 'worldness' in family life : children's digital play and socio-material literacy practices / Michael Dezuanni -- Digital literacy practices in children's everyday life : participating in on-screen and off-screen activities / Pål Aarsand and Helen Melander Bowden -- P(l)aying online : toys, apps, and young consumers on transmedia playgrounds / Karen E. Wohlwend -- Webs of relationships : young children's engagement with Web searching / Susan Danby and Christina Davidson -- Future pedagogical approaches to digital and multimodal practice in early childhood education / Anne Jyrkiäinen, Kirsi-Liisa Koskinen-Sinisalo, Pirjo Kulju, Reijo Kupiainen, Marita Mäkinen, and Angela Wiseman -- Emergent challenges for the understanding of children's digital literature / Bettina Kümmerling-Meibauer -- Researching children's play and identity in the digital age : a holistic approach / Becky Parry and Fiona Scott -- Taking a wide-angled view of contemporary digital literacy / Amélie Lemieux and Jennifer Rowsell.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aEarly childhood educationxComputer-assisted instruction. 0aEducationxEffect of technological innovations on. 0aChildrenxEffect of technological innovations on. 0aComputers and children. 0aChild development. 0aChildrenxBooks and reading. 7aEDUCATION / General2bisacsh 7aEDUCATION / Reference2bisacsh 7aEDUCATION / Research2bisacsh1 aErstad, Ola,eeditor.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203730638423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf03598cam a2200565Ki 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400031001140200034001450200031001790200032002100200015002420200031002570200015002880200038003030200015003410200018003560200015003740240031003890350022004200350024004420500027004660720025004930720015005180820014005332450150005472640040006973000023007373360026007603370026007863380036008124900025008485201513008735880047023866500047024336500037024806500036025176500032025536500050025856500063026356500042026987000038027407000041027787000028028198560083028478560102029309780203730966FlBoTFG20200330012805.0m     o  d        cr |n|||||||||200306s2020    enk     ob    001 0 eng    aOCoLC-PbengerdacOCoLC-P  a9780203730966 (electronic bk)  a0203730968 (electronic bk)  a9781351398879q(ePub ebook)  a1351398873  a9781351398886q(PDF ebook)  a1351398881  a9781351398862q(Mobipocket ebook)  a1351398865  z9781138303584  z11383035857 a10.4324/97802037309662doi  a(OCoLC)1143849078  a(OCoLC-P)1143849078 4aCC79.5.H85bR67 2020eb 7aSOCx0030002bisacsh 7aHD2bicssc04a930.122304aThe Routledge companion to Indigenous repatriation :breturn, reconcile, renew /cedited by Cressida Fforde, C. Timothy McKeown and Honor Keeler. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2020.  a1 online resource.  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge companions  a"This volume brings together Indigenous and non-Indigenous repatriation practitioners and researchers to provide the reader with an international overview of the removal and return of Ancestral Remains. The Ancestral Remains of Indigenous peoples are today housed in museums and other collecting institutions globally. They were taken from anywhere the deceased can be found, and their removal occurred within a context of deep power imbalance within a colonial project that had a lasting effect on Indigenous peoples worldwide. Through the efforts of First Nations campaigners, many have returned home. However, a large number are still retained. In many countries, the repatriation issue has driven a profound change in the relationship between Indigenous peoples and collecting institutions. It has enabled significant steps towards resetting this relationship from one constrained by colonisation to one that seeks a more just, dignified, and truthful basis for interaction. The history of repatriation is one of Indigenous perseverance and success. The authors of this book contribute major new work and explore new facets of this global movement. They reflect on nearly 40 years of repatriation, its meaning and value, impact and effect. This book is an invaluable contribution to repatriation practice and research, providing a wealth of new knowledge to readers with interests in Indigenous histories, self determination, and the relationship between collecting institutions and Indigenous peoples"--  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aHuman remains (Archaeology)xRepatriation. 0aCultural propertyxRepatriation. 0aMuseums and indigenous peoples. 0aMuseumsxGovernment policy. 0aCultural propertyxMoral and ethical aspects. 0aMuseumsxCollection managementxMoral and ethical aspects. 7aSOCIAL SCIENCE / Archaeology2bisacsh1 aFforde, Cressida,d1969-eeditor.1 aMcKeown, C. Timothy,d1955-eeditor.1 aKeeler, Honor,eeditor.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203730966423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf10805cam a2200589 i 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400031001140200035001450200032001800200035002120200032002470200032002790200035003110200049003460200046003950200029004410350022004700350024004920500023005160720025005390720025005640720025005890720025006140720025006390720015006640820018006792450100006972640056007972640011008533000039008643360026009033370026009293380036009554900049009915201367010405057229024075880047096366500032096836500065097156500054097806500046098346500049098806500041099297000031099707000029100018560083100308560102101139780203731055FlBoTFG20190426110656.0m     o  d        cr |||||||||||181113t20192019enka    ob    001 0 eng    aOCoLC-PbengerdacOCoLC-P  a9780203731055qelectronic book  a0203731050qelectronic book  a9781351399128qelectronic book  a1351399128qelectronic book  a135139911Xqelectronic book  a9781351399111qelectronic book  a9781351399104q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a1351399101q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  z9781138303485qhardcover  a(OCoLC)1074188043  a(OCoLC-P)107418804314aPN2049b.R678 2019 7aPOLx0380002bisacsh 7aSOCx0020102bisacsh 7aSOCx0220002bisacsh 7aPERx0110002bisacsh 7aPOLx0000002bisacsh 7aAN2bicssc00a306.4/84822304aThe Routledge companion to theatre and politics /cedited by Peter Eckersall and Helena Grehan. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, NY :bRoutledge,c2019. 4c©2019  a1 online resource (xx, 364 pages).  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge theatre and performance companions  a"The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Politics is a volume of critical essays, provocations, and interventions on the most important questions faced by today's writers, critics, audiences, theatre and performance makers. Featuring texts written by scholars and artists who are diversely situated (geographically, culturally, politically, and institutionally), its multiple perspectives broadly address the question 'How can we be political now?'. To respond to this question, Peter Eckersall and Helena Grehan have created eight galvanising themes as frameworks or rubrics to rethink the critical, creative, and activist perspectives on questions of politics and theatre: Post, Assembly, Gap, Institution, Machine, Message, End, and Re. These themes were developed in conversation with key thinkers and artists in the field, and the resulting texts engage with artistic works across a range of modes including traditional theatre, contemporary performance, public protest events, activism, and community and participatory theatre. Suitable for academics, performance makers, and students, The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Politics explores questions of how to be political in the early twenty-first century, by exploring how theatre and performance might provoke, unsettle, reinforce, or productively destabilise the status quo"--cProvided by publisher.0 aA dramaturgy of cultural activism / Helena Grehan and Peter Eckersall -- Reflections upon the "post": towards a cultural history and a performance-oriented perspective / Andy Lavender -- Post-dictatorship Chilean theatre and the political imperative: Ictus' Esto (no) es un testamento / Jennifer Joan Thompson -- After the referendum: when the theatre tries to do "something" / Marilena Zaroulia -- Arab political theatre post-Arab Spring / Marvin Carlson -- Queer politics/nostalgia: performing the UpStairs Lounge fire of 1973 / Sean F. Edgecomb -- Contemporary theatre, the contemporary, and historicity / C.J. W.-L. Wee -- The vita perfumativa and post-dramatic, post-conceptual personae / Jon McKenzie -- Post-98 Indonesian theatre and performance: politics between a war of loudness and the dramaturgy of a silencer / Ugoran Prasad -- The theatre of posthuman immunity / João Florêncio -- Revolutionary trends at the South African National Arts Festival / Anton Krueger -- The cultural and political impact of post-migrant theatre in Germany / Azadeh Sharifi -- Staging post-democracy in State 1-4 by Rimini Protokoll / Imanuel Schipper -- Parsing the post: the post-political and its utility (or not) for performance / Janelle Reinelt -- Hosts of angels: climate guardians and quiet activism / Denise Varney -- Reflecting upon freedom with Meiro Koizumi / Shintaro Fujii -- An assembly of mourning: documentary theatre as a mode alternative historiography / Kai Tuchmann -- Assembly as community: politics and performance in late-twentieth- and early-twentieth-century Buenos Aires / Jean Graham-Jones -- Advocacy, allies, and "allies of convenience" in performance and performative protest / Bree Hadley -- From revolution to figuration: a genealogy of Philippine protest performances / Sir Anril Pineda Tiatco and Bryan Levina Viray -- The politics of care: play, stillness and social presence / Michael Balfour -- Assembling non-presence in the aborigine is present / Lara Stevens -- 100% Tokyo (2013) by Rimini Protokoll as a political forum by emancipated performers and audience members / Ken Hagiwara -- Lessons in revolting: a postdramatic theatre in Egypt / Areeg Ibrahim -- Obscene public speech / Tony Fisher -- Dogwhistle performance: concealing white supremacy in right-wing populism / Shannon Steen -- Arkadas kalabilir miyiz?/Can we remain friends? a reflection on the politics of land, performance and friendship / Özgül Akinci -- The construction of material referentiality in Chilean theatre: Los que van quedando en el camino (2010) / Milena Grass Kleiner -- To rest in the gap: possibilities for another politics through theatre / Jazmin Badong Llana -- "You are Bernarda": marginalised Roma women take on the main Spanish stages / Mara Valderrama -- Dancing in the gap / Rachael Swain -- Touring San Francisco's Chinatown: collective memories and peripatetic performance / Sean Metzger and Marike Splint -- "It's just not right": performing homelessness in Kalisolaite Uhila's Mo'ui tukuhausia / Emma Willis -- "Resisting production": the slow politics of theatre / Mark Fleishman -- The speculative collectivity of the global transnational, or, social practice and the international division of labour / Verónica Tello -- Acts of collaboration and disruption: notes on the asylum ballet Uropa / Solveig Gade -- The power of abuse / Jen Harvie -- Institutional aesthetics and the crisis of leadership / Christopher Balme -- The politics of teaching theatre / Glenn D'Cruz -- Going feral: queerly de-domesticating the institution (and running wild) / Alyson Campbell -- Artists versus the city: the curious story of the Jakarta Arts Council 1968-2017 / Helly Minarti -- Festival dramaturgy / Ong Keng Sen -- "100-days house": blackout as political action / Konstantina Georgelou -- The performative institution / Edward Scheer -- Punishment and chaos / David Pledger -- Maria Lucia Cruz Correia's urban action clinic garden: a political ecology with diplomats of dissensus and composite bodies engaged in intra-action / Christel Stalpaert -- Docile subjects: from theatres of automata to the machinery of twenty-first-century media / Evelyn Wan -- The human object in Oriza Hirata's I, worker and sayonara / Sarah Lucie -- Clarke and Dawe's mock interviews and the politics of duration / Yuji Sone -- Exposing the machinic present: Rimini Protokoll's theatre of operations / Timon Beyes -- Performances of exposure: Santiago Sierra's ethical interruptions / Gabriella Calchi Novati -- Void / Kristof van Baarle -- Performance in the biosphere: or, a theatre of things / Eddie Paterson -- How does the riot speak? / Sophie Nield -- The hopeless courage of confronting contemporary realities: Milo Rau's "globally conceived theatre of humanity" / Peter M. Boenisch -- Ibsen as method: critical theatre for the era of post-truth politics / Andrew Goldberg -- Facing fear: the radical reversal of narratives of risk / Sigrid Merx -- Form and violence: beyond theatrical content / Eero Laine -- The message is Maori: the politics of haka in performance / Nicola Hyland -- A theatre of the middle way: Buddhism, convictions, and social engagement in Burma/Myanmar / Matthew Yoxall -- Contemporary Chilean political theatre between opacity and propaganda: the case of Colectivo Zoologico's Dark / Fabián Escalona -- Flânerie of the mind: Beyene Haile's Asmara play as a dramaturgy of the street / Christine Matzke -- Acting on behalf of themselves: the theatrical politics of child's play / Bryoni Trezise -- End and interval / Joe Kelleher -- "Stage managing" ruins in Lebanon's borderlands / Ella Parry-Davies -- Striving, falling, performing: phenomenologies of mood and apocalypse / Peta Tait -- Plastic animals in praxes of metamorphosis / Eve Katsouraki -- Against staging apocalyptic disasters with butoh dance: Ohno Yoshito's Flower and bird/inside and outside / Hayato Kosuge -- Theatre and eschatological politics / Felipe Cevera -- Holstein's hair: the politics of decadence in the famous Lauren Barri Holstein's Splat! / Adam Alston -- Performance as infrastructure and institutional unlearnings / Gigi Argyropoulou -- Radically dead art in the beautiful end times / Peter Eckersall -- A Chinese catastrophe? the moving target of political theatre / Paul Rae -- Preserved by permafrost: reanimating and reimagining complexity in Canada's Klondike gold rush / Phoebe Rumsey -- The situated performative: considering the politics of the pause in performance / Alexa Taylor -- Between resistance and consensus: the mercurial dramaturgy of the necessary stage / Melissa Wansin Wong -- Open platforms for dialogue and difference: critical leadership in Singapore theatre / Charlene Rajendran -- Geomnemonic performance: activating political ontology through unsettled remains / Daphna Ben-Shaul -- Art, politics and the promise of rupture: reimagining the manifesto in an age of overflow / Helena Grehan -- Re-visit/re-examine/re-contextualise/re-ignite: protest and activism as performance / Sarah Ann Standing -- Evidencing slow making in one-to-one performance at the proximity festival / Renée Newman -- Re-inventing a political theatre in Burkina Faso / Heather Jeanne Denyer.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aTheaterxPolitical aspects. 7aPOLITICAL SCIENCE / Public Policy / Cultural Policy2bisacsh 7aSOCIAL SCIENCE / Anthropology / Cultural2bisacsh 7aSOCIAL SCIENCE / Popular Culture2bisacsh 7aPERFORMING ARTS / Theater / General2bisacsh 7aPOLITICAL SCIENCE / General2bisacsh1 aEckersall, Peter,eeditor.1 aGrehan, Helena,eeditor.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203731055423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf05335cam a2200553Ki 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400031001140200035001450200032001800200035002120200032002470200035002790200032003140200035003460200032003810200015004130200018004280240031004460350060004770350024005370500022005610720025005830720016006080820017006242450109006412640052007503000040008023360026008423370026008683380036008944900036009305050543009665050551015095050549020605050586026095050224031955201003034195880047044226500028044696500032044977000039045297000028045688560083045968560102046799780203731420FlBoTFG20210104012413.0m     o  d        cr cnu---unuuu200913s2021    enka    ob    000 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengerdacOCoLC-P  a9781351396080qelectronic book  a1351396080qelectronic book  a9781351396097qelectronic book  a1351396099qelectronic book  a9781351396073qelectronic book  a1351396072qelectronic book  a9780203731420qelectronic book  a0203731425qelectronic book  z1138304964  z97811383049637 a10.4324/97802037314202doi  a(OCoLC)1194961360z(OCoLC)1195470040z(OCoLC)1203953610  a(OCoLC-P)1194961360 4aPN4756b.R68 2021 7aRELx0000002bisacsh 7aHRA2bicssc04a070.449222304aThe Routledge handbook of religion and journalism /cedited by Kerstin Radde-Antweiler and Xenia Zeiler. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2021.  a1 online resource :billustrations.  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks in religion0 aCover -- Half Title -- Series Page -- Title Page -- Copyright Page -- Table of Contents -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- List of Contributors -- Introduction -- 1 Religion and Journalism: A Global View -- Part 1 The Oretical Reflections -- 2 Reporting Refugees: The Theory and Practice of Developing Journalistic Religious Literacy -- 3 Religion and Journalism Under Secularization -- 4 The Role and Function of Journalism for Religious Organizations -- 5 Gender, Religion and the Press in Scandinavia -- Part 2 Power and Authority8 a6 Race, Religion and the News: The Reagan Administration and the Fairness Issue -- 7 The Negotiation of Religious Authorities in European Journalism -- 8 From Good Press to Fake News: Who's got the Word? Religion, Authority and Journalism in Brazil -- 9 Asian Mass Media: A Pillar of Religious authority? -- 10 Religion and Journalism in Ghanaian News Media -- 11 Religion, Gender and News Media in Africa -- Part 3 Conflict, Radicalization and Populism -- 12 Reporting the Divided Soul of the Nation: Religion and Politics in American News Media8 a13 Media Visibility of Religion and Conflict in the Digital Age -- 14 Gender, Religion and New Medias in Latin America -- 15 Shukura: Gratitude, Faith and the Unlikely Relationship Between Gender, Religion and Journalism in Brazil -- 16 Journalism and the Rise of Hindu Extremism: Reporting Religion in a Post-Truth Era -- 17 Radical Others and Ethical Selves: Religion in African Journalism -- Part 4 Dialogue and Peacebuilding -- 18 Ethics, Religion and Journalism in the USA: Their Roles within Political Dialogue and the Peacemaking Process8 a19 Peace- Versus Conflict-Journalism in Poland: Representation of Islam, Muslims and Refugees by Progressive and Right-Wing Polish Media -- 20 Journalism, Religious Intolerance and Violence in Brazil -- 21 Reporting Religions with Chinese Characteristics: Sinicizing Religious Faith, Securitizing News Media -- 22 Religious Peacebuilding in Zimbabwe: The Role of the Printing Press -- 23 (De-)Differentiation and Religion in Digital News -- Part 5 Trends -- 24 Differentiation: When more Sometimes Means Less -- 25 Globalization as a Trend for Journalism: Researchers' Perspectives8 a26 Religion and Journalism in a Globalized World: a Journalist's Perspective -- 27 Religious Datafication: Platforms, Practices and Power -- 28 Datafication as a Trend for Journalism: A Journalist's Perspective -- Index  aThe Routledge Handbook of Religion and Journalism is an outstanding reference source to the key topics, challenges, past and present global issues and debates in this exciting subject. The first collection of its kind, this volume comprises over 25 chapters by a team of international contributors. This Handbook is divided into five parts, each taking global developments in the field into account: Theoretical Reflections Power and Authority Conflict, Radicalization and Populism Dialogue and Peacebuilding Trends Within these sections, central issues, debates and developments are examined, including religious and secular press; ethics; globalization; gender; datafication; differentiation; journalistic religious literacy; race and religious extremism. This volume is essential reading for students and researchers in journalism and religious studies. This Handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields, such as sociology, communication studies, media studies and area studies.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aReligion and the press. 7aRELIGION / General2bisacsh1 aRadde-Antweiler, Kerstin,eeditor.1 aZeiler, Xenia,eeditor.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203731420423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf03192cam a2200577Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400035001140200036001490200033001850200036002180200033002540200042002870200039003290200049003680200046004170200018004630200015004810350041004960350024005370500011005610720025005720720025005970720025006220720025006470720016006720820015006881000059007032450157007622500019009192640041009382640011009793000040009903360026010303370026010563380036010825200991011185880047021096500017021566500022021736500013021956500031022086500096022396500058023356500043023938560076024368560102025129780203731888FlBoTFG20190312014720.0m     o  d        cr cnu---unuuu190129s2019    flua    ob    001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengerdaepncOCoLC-P  a9781351400558q(electronic bk.)  a135140055Xq(electronic bk.)  a9780203731888q(electronic bk.)  a0203731883q(electronic bk.)  a9781351400565q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a1351400568q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a9781351400541q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a1351400541q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  z9781138300224  z1138300225  a(OCoLC)1083545883z(OCoLC)1083705095  a(OCoLC-P)1083545883 4aTH7653 7aTECx0050502bisacsh 7aSCIx0130602bisacsh 7aTECx0210002bisacsh 7aTECx0640002bisacsh 7aTJF2bicssc04a697.922231 aKorotchenkov, G. S.q(Gennadiĭ Sergeevich),eauthor.10aHandbook of humidity measurement :bmethods, materials and technologies.nVolume 2,pElectronic and electrical humidity sensors /cGhenadii Korotcenkov.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bCRC Press,c[2019] 4c©2019  a1 online resource :btext file, PDF  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier  aThe second volume of Handbook of Humidity Measurement "Electronic and Electrical Humidity Sensors" is entirely devoted to the consideration of different types of solid-state devices which can be used for humidity measurement. There is given a detailed information, including advantages and disadvantages about the capacitive, resistive, gravimetric, hygrometric, field ionization, microwave, solid-state electrochemical, and thermal conductivity-based humidity sensors, followed by a relevant analysis of the properties of humidity-sensitive materials, used for the development of such devices. Humidity sensors based on thin film and field-effect transistors, heterojunctions, flexible substrates, and integrated humidity sensors are also discussed in this volume. Great attention is also paid to the consideration of conventional devices, which were used for the measurement of humidity for several centuries. It is important to note that many of these methods are widely used so far.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aVentilation. 0aAir conditioning. 0aHeating. 0aEnvironmental engineering. 7aTECHNOLOGY & ENGINEERING / Construction / Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning.2bisacsh 7aSCIENCE / Chemistry / Industrial & Technical2bisacsh 7aTECHNOLOGY / Material Science2bisacsh403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/b22370423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf03970cam a2200541Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400035001140200036001490200033001850200049002180200046002670200042003130200039003550200043003940200040004370200018004770200015004950350041005100350024005510500024005750720025005990720025006240720025006490720016006740820018006902450100007082640040008083000040008483360026008883370026009143380036009404900025009765201878010015880047028796500043029266500019029696500083029886500050030716500040031217000031031617000051031928560083032438560102033269780203731932FlBoTFG20190710081008.0m     o  d        cr cnu|||unuuu190621s2019    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengerdaepncOCoLC-P  a9780203731932q(electronic bk.)  a020373193Xq(electronic bk.)  a9781351400602q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a1351400606q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a9781351400626q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a1351400622q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a9781351400619q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a1351400614q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  z9781138302129  z1138302120  a(OCoLC)1105199303z(OCoLC)1105899636  a(OCoLC-P)1105199303 4aHT166b.N436 2019eb 7aPOLx0020002bisacsh 7aSCIx0300002bisacsh 7aSOCx0230002bisacsh 7aRPC2bicssc04a307.1/21622304aThe new companion to urban design /cedited by Tridib Banerjee and Anastasia Loukaitou-Sideris. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2020.  a1 online resource :billustrations.  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge companions  aThe New Companion to Urban Design continues the assemblage of rich and critical ideas about urban form and design that began with the Companion to Urban Design (Routledge, 2011). Withchapters from a new set of contributors, this sequel offers a more comparative perspective representing multiple voices and perspectives from the Global South. The essays in this volume are organized in three parts: Part I: Comparative Urbanism; PartII: Challenges; and Part III: Opportunities. Each part contains distinct sections designed to address specific themes, and includes a list of annotated suggested further readings at the end of each chapter. Part I: Comparative Urbanism examines different variants of urbanism in the Global North and the Global South, produced by a new economic order characterized by the mobility of labor, capital, information, and technology. Part II: Challenges discusses some of the contemporary challenges that cities of the Global North and the Global South are facing and the possible role of urban design. This part discusses spatial claims and conflicts, challenges generated by urban informality, explosive growth or dramatic shrinkage of the urban settlement, gentrification and displacement, and mimesis, simulacra and lack of authenticity. Part III: Aspirations discusses some normative goals that urban design interventions aspire to bring about in cities of the Global North and the Global South. These include resilience and sustainability, health, conservation/restoration, justice, intelligence, access and mobility, and arts and culture. The New Companion to Urban Design is primarily intended for scholars and graduate students interested in cities and their built environment. It offers an invaluable and up-to-date guide to current thinking across a range of disciplines including urban design, planning, urban studies, and geography.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aCity planningvCross-cultural studies. 0aGlobalization. 7aPOLITICAL SCIENCE / Public Policy / City Planning & Urban Development2bisacsh 7aSCIENCE / Earth Sciences / Geography2bisacsh 7aSOCIAL SCIENCE / Reference2bisacsh1 aBanerjee, Tridib,eeditor.1 aLoukaitou-Sideris, Anastasia,d1958-eeditor/.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203731932423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf01053cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200030001230240025001530350022001780500022002000820022002221000058002442450062003022460025003642640064003893000046004535050064004996500014005636500016005776500023005936500030006167760050006468560079006969780203731956180706m2018    flu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203731956q(e-book : PDF)  a9781351400633q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781138300217q(hardback)7 a10.1201/b22369 2doi  a(OCoLC)1030443971 4aQC915b.K825 201804a551.5710287bK8481 aKorotchenkov, G. S.q(Gennadii? Sergeevich),eauthor.10aHandbook of humidity measurement /cGhenadii Korotcenkov.30aHumidity measurement 1aBoca Raton, FL :bCRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group,c2018-  a1 online resource (volumes)[ca. 23-29] cm1 avolume 1. Spectroscopic methods of humidity measurement --. 0aHumidity. 0aHygrometry. 0aSpectrum analysis. 0aWater vapor, Atmospheric.08iPrint version:z9781138300217(hardback : v.1)40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/b22369zClick here to view.05706cam a2200469Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200030001370240032001670350021001990400026002200500023002460820010002691000031002792450081003102500019003912640041004103000022004513360021004733370023004943380032005174900064005495052749006135201279033626500017046416500042046586500042047006500049047426500027047916500012048186500025048306500025048556500032048806500026049126500036049386500052049746500052050267000019050787760053050978560086051509780203733462180706s2016    xx a    o     000 0 eng d  a9781135007157 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135007133q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415855938q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203733462 2doi  a(OCoLC)960751878  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHG1725b.E787 201604a332.11 aErtürk, Ismail,eauthor.14aThe Routledge Companion to Banking Regulation and Reform /cIsmail Ertürk.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon :bTaylor and Francis,c2016.  a1 online resource  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 aRoutledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting00tpart, PART I Knowledges of credit risk and bank regulation -- tchapter Introduction /r Ismail Ertürk Daniela Gabor -- tchapter 1 The credit crisis as a problem in the sociology of knowledge -- tchapter 2 What’s in a name? Provident, The People’s Bank and the regulation of brand identity -- tchapter 3 Reflexivity of shadow banking /r Benjamin Wilhelm -- tchapter 4 Interrogating the crisis: financial instruments, public policy and corporate governance -- tpart, PART II Critical perspectives on financial innovation -- tchapter 5 Reconceptualizing financial innovation: frame, conjuncture and bricolage /r Ewald Engelen Ismail Ertürk Julie Froud Adam Leaver Karel Williams -- tchapter 6 Europe’s toxic twins: government debt in financialized times /r Daniela Gabor Cornel Ban -- tchapter 7 Variegated geographies of finance: international financial centres and the (re)production of financial working cultures -- tchapter 8 The boundaries of finance as zones of conflicts /r Sabine Montagne -- tpart, PART III New approaches to banking, risk and central bank role in the Eurozone -- tchapter 9 The new behemoth?: the ECB and the financial supervision reforms during the Eurozone crisis -- tchapter 10 Varieties of capitalism and banking in the EU /r Iain Hardie -- tchapter 11 The financialisation of local governments: evidence from the Italian case /r Andrea Lagna -- tpart, PART IV Regulation of misconduct in banking -- tchapter 12 Libor and Euribor: from normal banking practice to manipulation to the potential for reform -- tchapter 13 Hedge funds: past and present /r Photis Lysandrou -- tchapter 14 Offshore financial centres and tax evasion in banking /r Silke Ötsch Michaela Schmidt -- tpart, PART V Limits of post-crisis bank regulation -- tchapter 15 Post-crisis bank regulation and financialized bank business models /r Ian Crowther Ismail Ertürk -- tchapter 16 Financial market regulation: still a regime removed from politics? /r Nicholas Dorn -- tchapter 17 Prudential regulation in the age of internal models /r José Gabilondo -- tchapter 18 Defences against systemic risk: a greater role and responsibility for bank lawyers? Judgement-based bank supervision -- tchapter 19 Shattering Glass–Steagall: the power of financial industries to overcome restraints -- tpart, PART VI Dysfunctional global finance and banking reform -- tchapter 20 How finance globalized: a tale of two cities /r Gary A. Dymski Annina Kaltenbrunner -- tchapter 21 How the American financial meltdown of 2008 caused the global financial crisis -- tchapter 22 Reforming the culture of banking -- tchapter 23 Consumer finance and the social dimension of banks in a global economy /r Toni Williams.2 a"The Routledge Companion to Banking Regulation and Reform provides a prestigious cutting edge international reference work offering students, researchers and policy makers a comprehensive guide to the paradigm shift in banking studies since the historic financial crisis in 2007. The transformation in banking over the last two decades has not been authoritatively and critically analysed by the mainstream academic literature. This unique collection brings together a multi-disciplinary group of leading authorities in the field to analyse and investigate post-crisis regulation and reform. Representing the wide spectrum of non-mainstream economics and finance, topics range widely from financial innovation to misconduct in banking, varieties of Eurozone banking to reforming dysfunctional global banking as well as topical issues such as off-shore financial centres, Libor fixing, corporate governance and the Dodd-Frank Act.Bringing together an authoritative range of international experts and perspectives, this invaluable body of heterodox research work provides a comprehensive compendium for researchers and academics of banking and finance as well as regulators and policy makers concerned with the global impact of financial institutions."--Provided by publisher. 0aBanking law. 0aBanks and bankingxGovernment policy. 0aBanks and bankingxState supervision. 0aFinancial institutionsxLaw and legislation. 0aInternational finance.04aBanking04aCorporate Governance04aFinancial Management04aFinancial Services Industry04aInternational Finance04aInternational Political Economy07aBUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Banks & Banking2bisacsh07aBUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Business Ethics2bisacsh1 aGabor, Daniela08iPrint version: z9780415855938w(DLC) 201601158840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203733462zClick here to view.04407cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200033001230200030001560200031001860240032002170350021002490400026002700500020002960820014003162450118003302500019004482640034004673000022005013360021005233370023005443380032005675052383005995200902029826500028038847000030039127760053039428560086039959780203735657180706s2017    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203735657q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135007737q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135007751q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415842969q(hardback)  z9781138848979q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203735657 2doi  a(OCoLC)993974487  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aT14b.S665 201704a601bS73200aSpaces for the future :ba companion to the philosophy of technology /cedited by Joseph C. Pitt and Ashley Shew.  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2017.  a1 online resource  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tpart 1 Ethical Space and Experience -- tchapter 1 Data, Technology, and Gender -- tThinking About (and From) Trans Lives /rAnna Lauren Hoffmann -- tchapter 2 Discrimination /rD. E. Wittkower -- tchapter 3 Video Games and Ethics /rMonique Wonderly -- tchapter 4 Social Networking -- tThe Dialectics of Sharing /rYoni Van Den Eede -- tchapter 5 Technoart /rDon Ihde -- tchapter 6 The Philosophy of Art and Technology /rJessie Mann -- tpart 2 Political Space and Agency -- tchapter 7 Robots With Guns /rShannon Vallor -- tchapter 8 Educational Technology /rAndrew Wells Garnar -- tchapter 9 Religious Transcendence /rCarl Mitcham -- tchapter 10 Agency and Citizenship in a Technological Society /rAndrew Feenberg -- tchapter 11 Animals in Philosophy of Technology /rAshley Shew -- tpart 3 Virtual Space and Property -- tchapter 12 Obscurity and Privacy /rEvan Selinger -- tchapter 13 Copyright Between Economic and Cultural Models of Creativity /rGordon Hull -- tchapter 14 Cyberwarfare /rBenjamin C. Jantzen -- tchapter 15 The Cloud /rCraig A. Condella -- tchapter 16 Ethical Issues in Big Data /rDeborah G. Johnson -- tchapter 17 Virtual Environments /rJohnny Hartz Søraker -- tpart 4 Personal Space and Design -- tchapter 18 The Organization of User Experience /rRobert Rosenberger -- tchapter 19 Engineering Design /rPieter E. Vermaas -- tchapter 20 Design /rAnn Johnson -- tchapter 21 Dancing the Device -- tA Translational Approach to Technology /rAlbrecht Fritzsche -- tchapter 22 On Harnessing of Birth in the Technical Age /rDana S. Belu -- tchapter 23 Moore’s Regula /rCyrus C. M. Mody -- tpart 5 Inner Space and Environment -- tchapter 24 Is Renewable Energy Technology Revolutionary? /rRobert Darrow -- tchapter 25 Geoengineering and Climate Change /rTina Sikka -- tchapter 26 Fracking /rAdam Briggle -- tchapter 27 Climate Change and Philosophy of Technology /rRobert-Jan Geerts -- tpart 6 Outer Space and Imagination -- tchapter 28 Space Tourism and Science Fiction /rRosalyn W. Berne -- tchapter 29 Well-Ordered Engineering -- tParticipatory Technology Assessment at NASA /rZachary Pirtle -- tchapter 30 When Loving Your Planet Isn’t Enough /rDiana P. Hoyt -- tchapter 31 Transcendence in Space /rJoseph C. Pitt -- tchapter 32 The Role of Technology in Natural Science /rNicholas Rescher.  a"Focused on mapping out contemporary and future domains in philosophy of technology, this volume serves as an excellent, forward-looking resource in the field and in cognate areas of study.? The 32 chapters, all of them appearing in print here for the first time, were written by both established scholars and fresh voices.? They cover topics ranging from data discrimination and engineering design, to art and technology, space junk, and beyond.? Spaces for the Future: A Companion to Philosophy of Technology is structured in six parts: (1) Ethical Space and Experience; (2) Political Space and Agency; (3) Virtual Space and Property; (4) Personal Space and Design; (5) Inner Space and Environment; and (6) Outer Space and Imagination. The organization maps out current and emerging spaces of activity in the field and anticipates the big issues that we soon will face. "--Provided by publisher. 0aTechnologyxPhilosophy.1 aPitt, Joseph C.,eeditor.08iPrint version: z9780415842969w(DLC) 201701301940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203735657zClick here to view.04093cam a2200457Mu 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400030001140200018001440200015001620350021001770350023001980500019002210820011002401000020002512450049002712600043003203000035003633360026003983370026004243380036004504900064004865050561005505050549011115050403016605201049020635880047031126500054031596500066032136500023032796500023033026500025033257000018033507000020033688560103033888560102034919380042035939780203736036FlBoTFG20190225021425.0m     o  d        cr |n|---|||||161210s2016    xx      o     000 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengepncOCoLC-P  a9781135007836  a1135007837  a(OCoLC)965771004  a(OCoLC-P)965771004 4aHF352.R68 201704a650.091 aWilson, John F.14aThe Routledge Companion to Business History.  aFlorence :bTaylor and Francis,c2016.  a1 online resource (409 pages).  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting0 aCover; Half Title; Title Page; Copyright Page; Contents; List of figures; List of tables; List of contributors; PART I: The discipline of business history; 1 Introduction; 2 Business history: Agendas, historiography and debates; 3 A revisionist historiography of business history: A richer past for a richer future; 4 A citation analysis of business history and related disciplines; PART II: Business ownership; 5 Personal capitalism; 6 Managerial capitalism 2.0; 7 The past, present and future of banking history; 8 Stock markets and financial capitalism.8 a9 The 'third sector': Co-operatives, mutual, charities and social enterprisesPART III: International varieties of capitalism; 10 African business history; 11 Australia: Settler capitalism sans doctrines; 12 Enterprise in the Soviet and Soviet-Type-Economies; 13 The history of business in Latin America; 14 North American capitalism; 15 International varieties of capitalism: The case of Western Europe; PART IV: Institutions; 16 Pre-modern and early modern; 17 Networks and clusters in business history; 18 Business institutions and the state.8 a19 Evolution of UK corporate ownership and control: Codification, governance, transition and context20 Globalisation; PART V: Management and ethics; 21 The challenge of management professionalization; 22 Gender and business: Women in business or businesswomen? An assessment of the history of entrepreneurial women; 23 Fraud and financial scandals; 24 Changing approaches to business ethics; Index.2 a"The Routledge Companion to Business History is a definitive work of reference, and authoritative, international source on business history. Compiled by leading scholars in the field, it offers both researchers and students an introduction and overview of current scholarship in this expanding discipline. ?Drawing on a wealth of international contributions, this volume expands the field and explores how business history interacts theoretically and methodologically with other fields. It charts the origins and development of business history and its global reach from Latin America and Africa, to North America and Europe. With this multi-perspective approach, it illustrates the unique contribution of business history and its relationship with a range of other disciplines, from finance and banking to gender issues in corporations. ?The Routledge Companion to Business History is a vital source of reference for students and researchers in the fields of business history, corporate governance and business ethics."--Provided by publisher.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record.07aBUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Economic History.2bisacsh07aBUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Corporate & Business History.2bisacsh 0aCommercexHistory. 0aBusinessxHistory. 0aManagementxHistory.1 aToms, Steven.1 aBuchnea, Emily.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203736036zClick here to view423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf  aTaylor & FrancisbTAFRn978020373603601374cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500024002710820017002952450120003122460063004322500019004952640044005143000038005584900038005965050176006346500022008107000023008327000027008557760053008828300039009358560086009749780203740248180706s2016    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203740248q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135008871q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135008888q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415855112q(hardback)  z9781138596399q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203740248 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103236 4aNX180.S6bR686 201604a701.03bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of the sociology of art and culture /cedited by Laurie Hanquinet and Mike Savage.30aInternational handbook of the sociology of art and culture  aFirst edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xx, 479 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Bourdieu's legacy and new perspectives for the sociology of art and culture -- pt. 2. The fabric of aesthetics -- pt. 3. The complexity of cultural classifications. 0aArts and society.1 aHanquinet, Laurie.1 aSavage, Michael, 1959-08iPrint version: z9780415855112w(DLC) 2015004366 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203740248zClick here to view.03010cam a2200397Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640430012002850500023002970820018003202450092003382460055004302640044004853000041005294900024005705050198005945201300007926500034020926500050021266500047021766500029022236500053022526500037023056510046023426510034023887000026024227760053024488300025025018560086025269780203740323180706s2016    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135009212 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135009199q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135009205q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415835138q(hardback)  z9781138311534q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203740323 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103509  aae----- 4aDS518.1b.R73 201604a950.425bR86900aRoutledge handbook of memory and reconciliation in East Asia /cedited by Mikyoung Kim.30aHandbook of memory and reconciliation in East Asia 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xviii, 445 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 asection 1. Domestic trauma and prospects of reconciliation -- section 2. Bilateral conflicts and lessons for reconciliation -- section 3. East Asia's challenges and prospects of reconciliation.2 a"Decades after the end of the World War II, East Asia continues to struggle with lingering animosities and unresolved historical grievances in domestic, bilateral and regional memory landscapes. China, Japan and the Korea share a history of inter- and intra-violence, self-other identity construction and diametrically opposed interpretations of the past. Routledge Handbook of Memory and Reconciliation in East Asia offers a complete overview of the challenges of national memory and ideological rivalry for reconciliation in the East Asian region. Chapters provide authoritative analyses of contentious issues such as comfort women, the Nanjing massacre, history textbook controversies, shared heritage sites, colonial rule, territorial disputes and restitution. By interweaving memory, human rights and reconciliation the contributors actively explore real prospects of redressing past wrongs and achieving peaceful coexistence at personal as well as governmental levels. Bringing together an international team of experts, this book is an essential read for students and scholars of East Asian studies, anthropology, gender studies, history, international relations, law, political science, and sociology, and for those interested in memory and reconciliation issues"--Provided by publisher. 0aCollective memoryzEast Asia. 0aReconciliationxPolitical aspectszEast Asia. 0aReconciliationxSocial aspectszEast Asia. 0aHuman rightszEast Asia. 0aWorld War, 1939-1945xSocial aspectszEast Asia. 0aWorld War, 1939-1945xInfluence. 0aEast AsiaxPolitics and governmenty1945- 0aEast AsiaxSocial conditions.1 aKim, Mikyoung,d1963-08iPrint version: z9780415835138w(DLC) 2015010096 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203740323zClick here to view.01346cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820014003242450099003382500020004372640034004573000040004914900036005315000039005675050116006066500025007227000043007477000054007907760053008448300037008978560086009349780203744857180706s2014    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203744857q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135011093q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135011079q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135011086q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415518741q(hardback)  z9780415518758q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203744857 2doi  a(OCoLC)900002339 4aQ175b.R68 201304a501bR86904aThe Routledge companion to philosophy of science /cedited by Martin Curd and Stathis Psillos.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxxi, 699 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions  aFirst published 2008 by Routledge.0 apt. 1. Historical and philosophical context -- pt. 2. Debates -- pt. 3. Concepts -- pt. 4. Individual sciences. 0aSciencexPhilosophy.1 aCurd, Martin,eeditor. of compilation.1 aPsillos, Stathis,d1965-eeditor. of compilation.08iPrint version: z9780415518741w(DLC) 2013001401 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203744857zClick here to view.01512cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820018003252450141003432640034004843000041005184900036005595050208005956500024008036500021008276500027008486500039008757000019009147000033009337000020009667760053009868300037010398560086010769780203747537180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203747537q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135011734q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135011710q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135011727q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415783057q(hardback)  z9781138121621q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203747537 2doi  a(OCoLC)853455885 4aGV716b.R69 201304a796.069bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sport and corporate social responsibility /cedited by Juan Luis Paramio-Salcines, Kathy Babiak and Geoff Walters. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 360 pages)1 aFoundations of sport management0 apt. 1. Theoretical perspectives on CSR in sport -- pt. 2. Implementing CSR in sport -- pt. 3. Stakeholder engagement in CSR in sport -- pt. 4. Communicating CSR in sport -- pt. 5. Measuring CSR in sport. 0aSportsxManagement. 0aSportsxFinance. 0aSports administration. 0aSocial responsibility of business.1 aBabiak, Kathy.1 aParamio-Salcines, Juan Luis.1 aWalters, Geoff.08iPrint version: z9780415783057w(DLC) 2013001478 0aFoundations of sport management.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203747537zClick here to view.03508cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500021002710820019002922450105003112500019004162640034004353000039004695050122005085200756006305201521013866500055029076500042029627000028030047000023030327760053030558560086031089780203747582180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203747582q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135011918q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135011925q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415853903q(hardback)  z9780415853910q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203747582 2doi  a(OCoLC)880564978 4aLB2806b.H3 201404a371.2011bH23600aHandbook of ethical educational leadership /cedited by Christopher M. Branson and Steven Jay Gross.  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xii, 471 pages)0 apt. 1. Issues and perspectives -- pt. 2. Developing ethical educational leadership -- pt. 3. Examples from the field.  a"For the very first time, the Handbook of Ethical Educational Leadership brings together an array of key authors to provide comprehensive coverage of the field of ethical educational leadership. Describing contemporary educational issues that necessitate the practice of ethical leadership, this volume also explores a comprehensive and coherent framework for how ethical educational leadership can be achieved and reviews current theory and research-informed practices. Each chapter contributes to a comprehensive discussion and analysis of the field of ethical educational leadership. Providing practical, philosophical, and experiential insights, this volume is an important resource for the study of ethical leadership. "--cProvided by publisher.  a"The Routledge Handbook of Ethical Educational Leadership is the most up-to-date and comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of ethical educational leadership. This handbook of ethical educational leadership draws upon an array of literature from authors directly or indirectly associated with the Center for the Study of Leadership and Ethics (CSLE), which is a Program Center affiliated with the University Council for Educational Administration (UCEA). As a result of the internationalization of this particular Program Center in recent years, it is to become the UCEA Consortium for the Study of Leadership and Ethics in Education (CSLEE). Together this literature provides teachers, scholars and students with a coherent and broad-ranging insight into the current thinking and research associated with ethical educational leadership. Through detailed descriptions of contemporary theoretical precepts, qualitative and quantitative research, and extensive practical applications, readers of this handbook are provided with an extensive array of knowledge and understanding in this increasingly important field. Key topics covered in this handbook include: - Professionalism - Educational purpose - Social justice - Multiculturalism - Socio-political awareness - Sustainability - Empathy and caring - Organizational culture and ethics - Ethical leadership - Developing ethical leadership - Moral development - Ethical decision making - Moral motivation - Moral integrity - Values"--cProvided by publisher. 0aEducational leadershipxMoral and ethical aspects. 0aEducationxMoral and ethical aspects.1 aBranson, Christopher M.1 aGross, Steven Jay.08iPrint version: z9780415853903w(DLC) 201304686240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203747582zClick here to view.01380cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500021002730820018002942450117003122640034004293000041004634900064005045050209005686500021007777000025007987000022008237000029008457760053008748300065009278560086009929780203748817180706s2014    nyuaf   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203748817q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135012212q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135012199q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135012205q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415783507q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203748817 2doi  a(OCoLC)866449830 4aNX634b.R68 201404a700.688bR86904aThe Routledge companion to arts marketing /cedited by Daragh O'Reilly, Ruth Rentschler and Theresa A. Kirchner. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 411 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. Macro arts marketing issues -- pt. 2. Artists and their managers -- pt. 3. Arts organizational management and strategies -- pt. 4. Consumption perspectives -- pt. 5. The marketing of specific arts. 0aArtsxMarketing.1 aKirchner, Theresa A.1 aO'Reilly, Daragh.1 aRentschler, Ruth,d1953-08iPrint version: z9780415783507w(DLC) 2013014082 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203748817zClick here to view.03158cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350021002330500021002540820018002752450103002932460037003962640044004333000041004774900025005185050102005435201756006456500029024016500056024306500021024866500048025076500036025557000029025917000023026207760053026438300026026968560086027229780203753422180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135013936 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135013912q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135013929q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415844420q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203753422 2doi  a(OCoLC)958104879 4aHV553b.R68 201504a363.348bR86904aThe Routledge companion to humanitarian action /cedited by Roger Mac Ginty and Jenny H. Peterson.30aCompanion to humanitarian action 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 458 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Interpretations -- pt. 2. Principles -- pt. 3. Actors -- pt. 4. Dilemmas -- pt. 5. Trends.  a"The Routledge companion to humanitarian action addresses the political, ethical, legal and practical issues which influence reactions to humanitarian crisis. It does so by exploring the daily dilemmas faced by a range of actors, including policy makers, aid workers, the private sector and the beneficiaries of aid, and by challenging common perceptions regarding humanitarian crisis and the policies put in place to address these. Through such explorations, it provides practitioners and scholars with the knowledge needed to both understand and improve upon current forms of humanitarian action. The Companion will be of use to those interested a range of humanitarian programmes ranging from emergency medical assistance, military interventions, managing refugee flows and the implementation of international humanitarian law. As opposed to addressing specific programmes, it explores five themes that are central to understanding and engaging in all modes of humanitarian action. The first section explores varying interpretations of humanitarianism, including critical historical and political-economic explanations as well as more practice based explorations focused on notions needs assessments and evaluation. Following this, readers will be exposed to the latest debates on a range of humanitarian principles including neutrality and sovereignty, before exploring the key issues faced by the main actors involved in humanitarian crisis (from international NGOs to local community based organizations). The final two sections address what are seen as key dilemmas in regards to humanitarian action and emerging trends in the humanitarian system, including the increasing role of social media in responding to crises"--cProvided by publisher. 0aHumanitarian assistance. 0aHumanitarian assistancexInternational cooperation. 0aDisaster relief. 0aDisaster reliefxInternational cooperation. 0aNon-governmental organizations.1 aMac Ginty, Roger,d1970-1 aPeterson, Jenny H.08iPrint version: z9780415844420w(DLC) 2014039305 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203753422zClick here to view.01509cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200030001230200031001530240032001840350021002160500026002370820016002631300063002792450154003422500020004962640034005163000039005505040053005895050297006426500048009396500054009877000039010417760053010808560086011339780203754948180706s2017    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203754948q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135015176q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415844055q(hardback)  z9780415844062q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203754948 2doi  a(OCoLC)976434519 4aLB1027.55b.C655 201704a371.4bC7370 aComprehensive handbook of multicultural school psychology.10aHandbook of multicultural school psychology :ban interdisciplinary perspective /cedited by Emilia C. Lopez, Sara G. Nahari, and Sherrie L. Proctor.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2017.  a1 online resource (xxx, 466 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 aPart I. History and professional issues -- Part II. Consultation and collaboration -- Part III. Interventions focused on academic and mental health issues -- Part IV. Data-based decision making -- Part V. Systems-based issues -- Part VI. Traning and research -- Part VII. Future perspectives. 0aSchool psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMulticultural educationvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aLopez, Emilia C.q(Emilia Caridad)08iPrint version: z9780415844055w(DLC) 201603973440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203754948zClick here to view.04221cam a2200433Mi 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400031001140200028001450200015001730350022001880350024002100500008002340820012002420820010002540820010002640820010002740820010002840820013002942450119003072500007004262640040004333000040004733360026005133370026005393380036005655202768006015880047033696500046034166500043034626500028035057000033035338560077035668560102036439380042037459780203757659FlBoTFG20200324081345.0m     o  d        cr cn|||||||||180326s2012    flua    o     000 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengerdacOCoLC-P  a9780203757659q(e-book)  a0203757653  a(OCoLC)1029621939  a(OCoLC-P)1029621939 4aTD904a62822304aWB00404aWB05704aWB06504aWB07504aSCAG050700aEncyclopedia of Environmental Science and Engineering, Sixth Edition (Print Version) /ceditor, Edward N. Ziegler.  a6. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bCRC Press,c2012.  a1 online resource :btext file, PDF  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier2 a""The authors ... continue the pursuit of new knowledge, calculated to bring new fruits of health, safety, and comfort to man and his environs. The charms, as well as the subtle hazards, of the terms conservation, preservation, and ecology need to be crystallized so that the public and their decision-makers practice this complex art with clearer conception and perception than is apparent in recent bitter confrontations."From the Foreword to the Fourth Edition by Abel Wolman Whats New in This Edition:New entries on environmental and occupational toxicology, geoengineering, and lead abatement Twenty-five significantly updated entries, including expanded discussion of water supplies and waste water treatment, biomass and renewable energy, and international public health issuesAn expanded list of acronyms and abbreviationsEncyclopedia of Environmental Science and Engineering, Sixth Edition is still the most comprehensive, authoritative reference available in the field. This monumental two-volume encyclopedia now includes entries on topics ranging from acid rain, air pollution, and community health to environmental law, instrumentation, modeling, alternative energy, radioactive waste, and water treatment. The broad coverage includes highly specialized topics as well as those that transcend traditional disciplinary boundaries, reflecting the interdisciplinary skills and knowledge required by environmental researchers and engineers. Featuring expert contributors representing industry, academia, and government agencies, the encyclopedia presents fundamental concepts and applications in environmental science and engineering. The entries are supported by extensive figures, photographs, tables, and equations. This sixth edition includes new material on water supplies and wastewater treatment, biomass and renewable energy, and international public health issues. New entries cover environmental and occupational toxicology, geoengineering, and lead abatement. The Encyclopedia of Environmental Science and Engineering provides a view of the field that helps readers understand, manage, and respond to threats to the human environment. Also Available OnlineThis Taylor & Francis encyclopedia is also available through online subscription, offering a variety of extra benefits for researchers, students, and librarians, including:? Citation tracking and alerts? Active reference linking? Saved searches and marked lists? HTML and PDF format optionsContact Taylor and Francis for more information or to inquire about subscription options and print/online combination packages. US: (Tel) 1.888.318.2367; (E-mail) e-reference@taylorandfrancis.comInternational: (Tel) +44 (0) 20 7017 6062; (E-mail) online.sales@tandf.co.uk "--Provided by publisher.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aEnvironmental engineeringvEncyclopedias. 0aEnvironmental sciencesvEncyclopedias. 0aEnvironmental sciences.1 aZiegler, Edward N.,eeditor.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1081/E-EESE6423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf  aTaylor & FrancisbTAFRn978020375765901615cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500020003160820020003362450104003562640056004603000038005165000107005545040069006615050232007306500049009626500050010116500050010617000021011117000024011327760035011568560086011919780203759622180706s2007    njua    ob    101 0 eng d  a9780203759622q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134814381q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134814459q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134814527q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780805856170q(hardback)  z9780415648219q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203759622 2doi  a(OCoLC)842264809  an-us--- 4aHQ10b.H24 200704a306.85072bH23600aHandbook of measurement issues in family research /cedited by Sandra L. Hofferth, Lynne M. Casper. 1aMahwah, N.J. :bLawrence Erlbaum Associates,c2007.  a1 online resource (xv, 497 pages)  aBased on a conference held in Bethesda, Md. in Nov. 2003 on "Measurement Issues in Family Demography."  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 437-467) and indexes.0 apt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Marriage and cohabitation -- pt. 3. Separation and divorce -- pt. 4. Household composition and family relationships -- pt. 5. Becoming a father -- pt. 6. Fathers and fathering -- pt. 7. Conclusion. 0aFamiliesxResearchxMethodologyvCongresses. 0aFamily demographyzUnited StatesvCongresses. 0aFamily life surveysxMethodologyvCongresses.1 aCasper, Lynne M.1 aHofferth, Sandra L.08iPrint version: z978080585617040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203759622zClick here to view.01405cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500025002400820018002652450120002832460042004032640058004453000041005034900064005445050183006086500046007917000019008377000021008567000022008777760053008998300065009528560086010179780203761885180706s2016    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203761885q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134497720q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134497799q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415704663q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203761885 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103278 4aHD2746.5b.R686 201604a658.162bR86904aThe Routledge companion to mergers and acquisitions /cedited by Annette Risberg, David R. King and Olimpia Meglio.30aCompanion to mergers and acquisitions 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 396 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. Substantive domain of M&A research -- pt. 2. Contextual domain of M&A research -- pt. 3. Methodological domain of M&A research -- pt. 4. Conceptual domain of M&A research. 0aConsolidation and merger of corporations.1 aKing, David R.1 aMeglio, Olimpia.1 aRisberg, Annette.08iPrint version: z9780415704663w(DLC) 2014046907 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203761885zClick here to view.01246cam a2200265Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820017003282450115003452640053004603000040005135050212005536500050007657000026008157760053008418560086008949780203762721180706s2014    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203762721q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134480296q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134480364q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134480432q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415507523q(hardback)  z9781138951969q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203762721 2doi  a(OCoLC)857970989 4aJF1525.I6bR68 201404a327.12bR86900aRoutledge companion to intelligence studies /cedited by Rob Dover, Michael S. Goodman and Claudia Hillebrand. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xvii, 363 pages)0 apt. 1. The evolution of intelligence studies -- pt. 2. Abstract approaches to intelligence -- pt. 3. Historical approaches to intelligence -- pt. 4. Systems of intelligence -- pt. 5. Contemporary challenges. 0aIntelligence servicevCross-cultural studies.1 aDover, Robert,d1977-08iPrint version: z9780415507523w(DLC) 201300815240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203762721zClick here to view.01467cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500025002400820017002652450103002822460045003852640044004303000040004744900038005145050259005526500028008116500024008396500023008636500030008867000019009167000028009357760053009638300039010168560086010559780203762844180706s2016    enkabc  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203762844q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134477562q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134477630q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415870894q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203762844 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103279 4aBF378.S65bR685 201604a153.12bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of memory studies /c[edited by] Anna Lisa Tota and Trever Hagen.30aInternational handbook of memory studies 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xxii, 546 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Theories and perspectives -- pt. 2. Cultural artifacts, symbols and social practices -- pt. 3. Public, transnational and transitional memories -- pt. 4. Technologies of memory -- pt. 5. Terror, violence and disasters -- pt. 6. Body and ecosystems. 0aMemoryxSocial aspects. 0aMemory (Philosophy) 0aCollective memory. 0aRecollection (Psychology)1 aHagen, Trever.1 aTota, Anna Lisa,d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415870894w(DLC) 2015008639 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203762844zClick here to view.02145cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500021003420820014003632450079003772640034004563000039004903360021005293370023005503380032005735050097006055200917007026510029016197000020016487760053016688560086017219780203763117180706s2014    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203763117q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135018788q(e-book: PDF)  a9781317643784q(e-book: ePub)  a9781317643791q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415587259q(hardback)  z9781138679214q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203763117 2doi  a(OCoLC)878405565  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aas----- 4aDS525b.R68 201304a959bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Southeast Asian history /cedited by Norman G. Owen. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xii, 359 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 apt. 1. Political history -- part 2. Economic history -- part 3. Social and cultural history.  a"The study of the history of Southeast Asia is still growing, evolving, deepening and changing as an academic field. Over the past few decades historians have added nuance to traditional topics such as Islam and nationalism, and created new ones, such as gender, globalization and the politics of memory. The Routledge Handbook of Southeast Asian History looks at the major themes that have developed in the study of modern Southeast Asian history since the mid-18th century. Contributions by experts in the field are clustered under three major headings--Political History, Economic History, and Social and Cultural History--and chapters challenge the boundaries between topics and regions. Alongside the rise and fall of colonialism, topics include conflict in Southeast Asia, tropical ecology, capitalism and its discontents, the major religions of the region, gender, and ethnicity"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSoutheast AsiaxHistory.1 aOwen, Norman G.08iPrint version: z9780415587259w(DLC) 201205080340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203763117zClick here to view.03056cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500023002400820018002632450126002812460050004072640044004573000041005014900024005425050268005665201623008346500025024576500023024827000018025057000020025237000023025437760053025668300025026198560086026449780203763308180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203763308q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135018931q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135018948q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415842051q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203763308 2doi  a(OCoLC)897447041 4aG155.A1bR685 201504a910.711bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of tourism and hospitality education /cedited by Dianne Dredge, David Airey and Michael J. Gross.30aHandbook of tourism and hospitality education 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxxii, 570 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Introduction to the handbook -- pt. 2. Philosophical foundations -- pt. 3. The changing context -- pt. 4. The curriculum space : from global to local -- pt. 5. Curriculum delivery -- pt. 6. Issues and challenges -- pt. 7. Conclusions and future directions.  a"Tourism is much more than an economic sector, it is also a social, cultural, political, and environmental force that drives societal change. Understanding, responding to, and managing this change will inevitably require knowledge workers who are able to address a range of problems associated with tourism, travel, hospitality, and the increasingly complex operating environment within which they exist. The purpose of this Handbook is to provide an insightful and authoritative account of the various issues that are shaping the higher educational world of tourism, hospitality and events education and to highlight the creative, inventive and innovative ways that educators are responding to these issues. It takes as its central focus a dynamic curriculum space shaped by internal and external factors from global to local scales, a variety of values and perspectives contributed by a range of stakeholders, and shifting philosophies about education policy, pedagogy and teaching practice. A benchmark for future curriculum design and development, it critically reviews the development of conceptual and theoretical approaches to tourism and hospitality education. The Handbook is composed of contributions from specialists in the field, is interdisciplinary in coverage and international in scope through its authorship and content. Providing a systematic guide to the current state of knowledge on tourism and hospitality education and its future direction this is essential reading for students, researches and academics in Tourism, Hospitality, Events, Recreation and Leisure Studies"--cProvided by publisher. 0aTourismxManagement. 0aTourismxPlanning.1 aAirey, David.1 aDredge, Dianne.1 aGross, Michael  J.08iPrint version: z9780415842051w(DLC) 2014008100 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203763308zClick here to view.01224cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640430012002850500024002970820023003212450088003442640044004323000039004765050221005156500032007367000018007687000021007867760053008078560086008609780203763582180706s2016    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135019198 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135019174q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135019181q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415841924q(hardback)  z9780415841931q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203763582 2doi  a(OCoLC)930083196  an-us--- 4aE184.A65bH365 201604a155.84927073bH23600aHandbook of Arab American Psychology /cEdited by Mona M. Amer and Germine H. Awad. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xix, 438 pages)0 apt. 1. Identity, culture, and context -- pt. 2. Lifespan development -- pt. 3. Special populations -- pt. 4. Behavioral health -- pt. 5. Applied practice and interventions -- pt. 6. Methodology and future directions. 0aArab AmericansxPsychology.1 aAmer, Mona M.1 aAwad, Germine H.08iPrint version: z9780415841924w(DLC) 201501394140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203763582zClick here to view.01320cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500024003160820018003402450106003582640044004643000041005085050216005496500018007656500024007837000016008077000027008237000017008507760053008678560086009209780203766774180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203766774q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135021467q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135021443q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135021450q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415500401q(hardback)  z9780415840927q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203766774 2doi  a(OCoLC)859159988  aa-cc--- 4aHV7118.5b.R68 201404a364.951bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of Chinese criminology /cedited by Liqun Cao, Ivan Y. Sun, and Bill Hebenton. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 352 pages)0 asection 1. Historical themes -- section 2. Criminal justice system issues -- section 3. Methods of inquiry -- section 4. Forms of crime and criminality -- section 5. Greater China : Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Macao. 0aCrimezChina. 0aCriminologyzChina.1 aCao, Liqun.1 aHebenton, Bill,d1955-1 aSun, Ivan Y.08iPrint version: z9780415500401w(DLC) 201205043340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203766774zClick here to view.02721cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500023002850820016003082450158003242500020004822640034005023000039005365050440005755200753010155200393017686500042021616500036022037000027022397000020022667760035022868560086023219780203767306180706s2013    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136726507 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136726576q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136726644q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781138430815q(hardback)  z9780415630559q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203767306 2doi  a(OCoLC)853454293 4aHQ1073b.H363 201304a306.9bH23600aHandbook of thanatology :bthe essential body of knowledge for the study of death, dying, and bereavement /cDavid K. Meagher and David E. Balk, editors.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxv, 529 pages)0 apt. 1. Dying : introduction to part 1 -- pt. 2. End-of-life decision making : introduction to part 2 -- pt. 3. Loss, grief, and mourning : introduction to part 3 -- pt. 4. Assessment and intervention : introduction to part 4 -- pt. 5. Traumatic death : introduction to part 5 -- pt. 6. Death education : introduction to part 6 -- pt. 7. Three overarching indicators within fundamental knowledge of thanatology : introduction to part 7.  a"If ever there was an area requiring that the research-practice gap be bridged, surely it occurs where thanatologists engage with people dealing with human mortality and loss.  The field of thanatology - the study of death and dying - is a complex, multidisciplinary area that encompases the range of human experiences, emotions, expectations, and realities.  The Handbook of Thanatology is the most authoritative volume in the field, providing a single source of up-to-date scholarship, research, and practice implications.  The handbook is the recommended resource for preparation for the prestigious certificate in thanatology (CT) and fellow in thanatology (FT) credentials, which are administered and granted by ADEC"--cProvided by publisher.  a"The Handbook of Thanatology is the most authoritative volume in the field, providing a single source of up-to-date scholarship, research, and practice implications. The handbook is the recommended resource for preparation for the prestigious certificate in thanatology (CT) and fellow in thanatology (FT) credentials, which are administered and granted by ADEC"--cProvided by publisher. 0aThanatologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aDeathvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBalk, David E.,d1943-1 aMeagher, David.08iPrint version: z978113843081540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203767306zClick here to view.03081cam a2200421Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500021002710820020002922450102003122460044004142640053004583000040005114900038005515000072005895050173006615201293008346500041021276500039021686500050022076500020022576500022022776500019022996500038023186500036023566500047023927000021024397000021024607760053024818300039025348560086025739780203773536180706s2014    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203773536q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135038854q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135038861q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415839259q(hardback)  z9781138232235q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203773536 2doi  a(OCoLC)869543253 4aQC903b.R69 201404a363.73874bR86900aRoutledge handbook of the climate change movement /cedited by Matthias Dietz and Heiko Garrelts.3 aHandbook of the climate change movement 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xvii, 363 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks  a"Simultaneously published in the USA and Canada"--Title page verso.0 apt. 1. Theoretical prospects of the climate movement -- pt. 2. Components of the climate movement -- pt. 3. Arenas, activities, and development of the climate movement.2 a"This handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the growing international climate movement. A dual focus on climate politics and civil society provides a hitherto unavailable broad and systematic analysis of the current global movement, highlighting how its dynamic and diverse character can play an important role in environmental politics and climate protection.The range of contributors, from well-known academics to activist-scholars, look at climate movements in the developed and developing world, north and south, small and large, central and marginal. The movement is examined as a whole and as single actors, thereby capturing its scope, structure, development, activities and influence. The book thoroughly addresses theoretical approaches, from classic social movement theory to the influence of environmental justice frames, and follows this with a systematic focus on regions, specific NGOs and activists, cases and strategies, as well as relations with peripheral groups. In its breadth, balance and depth, this accessible volume offers a fresh and important take on the question of social mobilization around climate change, making it an essential text for advanced undergraduates, postgraduate students and researchers in the social sciences"--cProvided by publisher. 0aClimatic changesxPolitical aspects. 0aGlobal warmingxPolitical aspects. 0aClimate change mitigationxPolitical aspects. 0aGreen movement. 0aEnvironmentalism. 0aCivil society. 0aClimatic changesxSocial aspects. 0aGlobal warmingxSocial aspects. 0aClimate change mitigationxSocial aspects.1 aDietz, Matthias.1 aGarrelts, Heiko.08iPrint version: z9780415839259w(DLC) 2013024886 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203773536zClick here to view.06818cam a22005658i 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400031001140200027001450200024001720200043001960200040002390200049002790200046003280200042003740200039004160200030004550200031004850350022005160350024005380500011005620720025005730720016005980820018006142450134006322640038007663000022008043360026008263370026008523380036008785053124009145000844040385200827048825880047057096500030057566500027057866500034058136500027058476500030058746500033059047000034059377000028059717000026059997000042060258560083060678560102061509780203774977FlBoTFG20200526015937.0m     o  d        cr |||||||||||200323s2020    nyu     ob    001 0 eng    aOCoLC-PbengerdacOCoLC-P  a9780203774977q(ebook)  a0203774973q(ebook)  a9781135039301q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a1135039305q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a9781135039295q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a1135039291q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a9781135039318q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a1135039313q(electronic bk. : PDF)  z9780415839044q(hardback)  z9780415839051q(paperback)  a(OCoLC)1149319461  a(OCoLC-P)114931946100aLB1060 7aEDUx0000002bisacsh 7aJNA2bicssc00a370.15/2322300aHandbook of the cultural foundations of learning /cedited by Na'ilah Suad Nasir, Carol Lee, Roy Pea, Maxine McKinney de Royston. 1aNew York, NY :bRoutledge,c2020.  a1 online resource  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbn2rdamedia  aonline resourcebnc2rdacarrier0 aIntroduction. Reconceptualizing learning : a critical task for knowledge-building and teaching / Na'ilah Suad Nasir, Carol Lee, Roy Pea, and Maxine McKinney de Royston -- The institutional foundations of human evolution, ontogenesis, and learning / Martin Packer and Mike Cole -- The braid of human learning and development : neuro-physiological processes and participation in cultural practices / Carol D. Lee, Andrew N. Meltzoff, and Patricia K. Kuhl -- Examining links between culture, identity, and Learning / Margaret Beale-Spencer, Carly Offidani-Bertrand, Keshia Harris, and Gabriel Velez -- The role of stereotypes : racial identity and learning / Leoandra Onnie Rogers, R. Josiah Rosario, and Janene Cielto -- Innovation as a key feature of indigenous ways of learning : individuals and communities generating knowledge / Francisco J. Rosado-May, Luis Urrietta Jr., Andrew Dayton, and Barbara Rogoff -- Learning "how to mean" : embodiment in cultural practices / Ray McDermott and Roy Pea -- Positioning theory : analyzing learning and identity in discourse / Judith Green, Cynthia Brock, W. Douglas Baker, and Pauline Harris -- Hybrid argumentation in literature and science for K-12 classrooms / Sarah Levine, Danielle Keifert, Ananda Marin, and Noel Enyedy -- Culture and biology in learning disabilities research : legacies and possible futures / Alfredo Artilles, David Rose, Aydin Bal, and Taucia Gonzalez -- Power, language, and bilingual learners / Nelson Flores and Erica Saldívar García -- Learning pathways : how learning is culturally organized / Na'ilah Suad Nasir, Maxine McKinney de Royston, Brigid Barron, Phillip Bell, Roy Pea, Reed Stevens, and Shelley Goldman -- Locating children's interests and concerns : an interaction-focused approach / Reed Stevens -- Communities as contexts for learning / Tryphenia B. Peele-Eady and Elizabeth Birr Moje -- Adaptive learning across the life span / Shirley Brice Heath, Michelle Bellino, and Maisha Winn -- Culturally sustaining pedagogy : a critical framework for centering communities / H. Samy Alim, Django Paris, and Casey Philip Wong -- Multiple ways of knowing : re-imagining disciplinary learning / Beth Warren, Shirin Vossoughi, Ann S. Rosebery, Megan Bang, and Edd V. Taylor -- Integrating intersectionality into the study of learning / Subini Ancy Annamma and Angela Booker -- Reconceptualizing the quantitative-qualitative divide towards a new empiricism / Ezekiel Dixon-Roman, John Jackson, and Maxine McKinney de Royston -- Social design-based experiments : a utopian methodology for understanding new possibilities for learning / Kris Gutiérrez, A. Susan Jurow, and Sepehr Vakil -- Promoting equitable and just learning across settings : organizational forms for educational change / William Penuel -- Learning at the boundaries : reconsidering university-district partnerships for educational change / Louis M. Gomez, Manuelito Biag, and David G. Imig -- Educating teachers for the 21st century : culture, reflection, and learning / Arnetha Ball and Gloria Ladson-Billings -- Culture, learning, and policy / Linda Darling Hammond.  a"Edited by a diverse group of expert collaborators, the Handbook of the Cultural Foundations of Learning is a landmark volume that brings together cutting-edge research examining learning as an inherently cultural process. Conceptualizing culture as both a set of social practices and connected to learner identities, the chapters synthesize contemporary research in elaborating a new vision of the cultural nature of learning, moving beyond summary to reshape the field towards studies that situate culture in the learning sciences alongside equity of educational processes and outcomes. With the recent increase focus on culture and equity within the educational research community, this volume presents a comprehensive, innovative treatment of what has become one of the field's most timely and relevant topics"-- Provided by publisher.  aEdited by a diverse group of expert collaborators, the Handbook of the Cultural Foundations of Learning is a landmark volume that brings together cutting-edge research examining learning as entailing inherently cultural processes. Conceptualizing culture as both a set of social practices and connected to learner identities, the chapters synthesize contemporary research in elaborating a new vision of the cultural nature of learning, moving beyond summary to reshape the field toward studies that situate culture in the learning sciences alongside equity of educational processes and outcomes. With the recent increased focus on culture and equity within the educational research community, this volume presents a comprehensive, innovative treatment of what has become one of the field's most timely and relevant topics.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aLearningxSocial aspects. 0aCognition and culture. 0aCulturally relevant pedagogy. 0aEducational sociology. 0aEducational equalization. 7aEDUCATION / General2bisacsh1 aNasir, Na'ilah Suad,eeditor.1 aLee, Carol D.,eeditor.1 aPea, Roy D.,eeditor.1 aMcKinney de Royston, Maxine,eeditor.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203774977423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf01290cam a2200265Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820018002962450147003142640041004613000039005025040053005415050213005946500049008077000029008567760053008858560086009389780203782828130331s2002    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203782828q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134947942q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134948017q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134948086q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781841690032q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203782828 2doi  a(OCoLC)846495107 4aRC423b.H3247 200204a616.855bH23604aThe handbook of adult language disorders :bintegrating cognitive neuropsychology, neurology, and rehabilitation /cedited by Argye E. Hillis. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2002.  a1 online resource (xvi, 460 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Reading -- pt. 2. Spelling -- pt. 3. Naming -- pt. 4. Semantics -- pt. 5. Auditory Discrimination and recognition -- pt. 6. Sentence processing -- pt. 7. Other types of models and treatment approaches. 0aLanguage disordersvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHillis, Argye Elizabeth.08iPrint version: z9781841690032w(DLC) 200206971040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203782828zClick here to view.03653cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500023002850820018003082450116003262460054004422640056004963000040005524900038005925050370006305201488010005200589024886500029030777000020031067000023031267760053031498300039032028560086032419780203785300180706s2015    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135040727 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135040703q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135040710q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415838429q(hardback)  z9781138069039q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203785300 2doi  a(OCoLC)958105204 4aHC79.E5bR675 201504a338.927bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of sustainable development /cedited by Michael Redclift and Delyse Springett.30aInternational handbook of sustainable development 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, NY :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxii, 447 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. I. History and evolution of the concept of sustainable development -- pt. II. Institutional dimensions of sustainable development -- pt. III. Environmental dimensions of sustainable development -- pt. IV. Social dimensions of sustainable development -- pt. V. Economic dimensions of sustainable development -- pt. VI. Sustainable development: future challenges.  a"This Handbook gives a comprehensive, international and cutting-edge overview of Sustainable Development. It integrates the key imperatives of sustainable development, namely institutional, environmental, social and economic, and calls for greater participation, social cohesion, justice and democracy as well as limited throughput. The nature of sustainable development and the book's theorization of the concept underline the need for interdisciplinarity in the discourse as exemplified in each chapter of this volume.Starting with a critical framework that problematises the concept of sustainable development and the ideological process that has led to the struggle between discursivity and control, the Handbook provides an introduction for each section written by the editors to guide the author through the key concerns covered in each section. It brings together new contributions from international experts coming from a variety of disciplines and regions including the Global South. This handbook offers researchers and students in the field of sustainable development invaluable insights into indigenous perspectives and alternative worldviews. The topics covered range from sustainable business, sustainable consumption, leadership, and de-growth to climate change, eco-system services, the built environment, environmental justice, conservation, health, sustainable tourism, resource management, religion and gender, and sustainability science"--cProvided by publisher.  a"This Handbook gives a comprehensive, international and cutting-edge overview of Sustainable Development. It integrates the key imperatives of sustainable development, namely institutional, environmental, social and economic, and calls for greater participation, social cohesion, justice and democracy. The nature of sustainable development and the book's theorization of the concept underline the need for interdisciplinarity in the discourse as exemplified in each chapter. It uniquely takes into account indigenous perspectives and alternative worldviews"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSustainable development.1 aRedclift, M. R.1 aSpringett, Delyse.08iPrint version: z9780415838429w(DLC) 2014032740 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203785300zClick here to view.03310cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200030001230200031001530240032001840350021002160500022002370820014002591000033002732450126003062640032004323000039004645000052005035050869005555201386014246500020028106500020028307000031028507760053028818560086029349780203790304180706r20172016enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203790304q(e-book : PDF)  a9781351516358q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781412862844q(hardback)  z9781412863216q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203790304 2doi  a(OCoLC)993691977 4aHM1033b.G74 201704a302bG8111 aGreene, Roberta R.,eauthor.10aHandbook of human behavior and the social environment :ba practice-based approach /cRoberta R. Greene, Joe M. Schriver. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2017.  a1 online resource (xvi, 242 pages)  aFirst published 2016 by Transaction Publishers.0 achapter 1 Introduction: Theory-Informed Social Work Practice -- chapter 2 Human Behavior and the Social Environment: An Ecological Base -- chapter 3 Human Behavior and the Social Environment: Engaging Diversity and Difference in Practice -- chapter 4 Developmental Theories -- chapter 5 Human Behavior and the Social Environment Theory: Social Work Practice with Individuals -- chapter 6 Human Behavior and the Social Environment Theory: Social Work Practice with Families -- chapter 7 Human Behavior and the Social Environment Theory: Social Work Practice with Groups -- chapter 8 Human Behavior and the Social Environment Theory: Social Work Practice with Organizations -- chapter 9 Human Behavior and the Social Environment Theory: Social Work Practice with Communities -- chapter 10 Risk and Resilience Theory: A Bridge from Neuroscience to the Global Ecology.  a"Handbook of Human Behaviour and the Social Environment is a compendium of new theories for all aspects of social work practice. It pulls together major theories and concepts used in the field. By synthesizing this wide knowledge base via practical points of view and tracing the socio-historical evolution of its content and the role of the social worker, this handbook will assist social workers in achieving their primary goals: fostering human well-being and competent social functioning.The authors describe the current social work curriculum developed by the Council on Social Work Education Commission on Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards, demonstrating how client and constituency engagement, assessment, intervention, and evaluation are guided by knowledge of human behaviour and the social environment (HBSE) theory. The Handbook applies HBSE theories differently depending on client system size, context, and needs. Major concepts include power, oppression, and identity formation.This essential, up-to-date volume formulates strategies to eliminate personal bias and to promote human rights. In addition, it integrates ethics, research, policy content, diversity, human rights, and social, economic, and environmental justice issues. It will serve as an insightful and influential guide to students, professors, and social workers."--Provided by publisher. 0aHuman behavior. 0aSocial service.1 aSchriver, Joe M.,eauthor.08iPrint version: z9781412862844w(DLC) 201600537940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203790304zClick here to view.06371cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350022002640400026002860430012003120500023003240820018003472450077003652640068004423000039005103360021005493370023005703380032005935055105006256500042057306500040057727000058058127000024058707760053058948560086059479780203795002180706s2016    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9781134469932 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134470006q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134470075q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415840033q(hardback)  z9780815357391q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203795002 2doi  a(OCoLC)1019653953  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  ae-uk--- 4aGV709.2b.R66 201604a796.083bR86900aRoutledge handbook of youth sport /cedited by Ken Green and Andy Smith. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge, Taylor & Francis Group,c2016.  a1 online resource (xxx, 582 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tpart, SECTION 1 Youth sport in context -- tchapter General introduction /r Ken Green Andy Smith -- tchapter 1 Introduction /r Ken Green -- tchapter 2 Young people and social change /r Ken Roberts -- tchapter 3 Youth leisure as the context for youth sport /r Ken Roberts -- tchapter 4 Youths’ use of time from comparative, historical and developmental perspectives /r Jiri Zuzanek -- tchapter 5 Youth, sport and leisure careers /r David Haycock Andy Smith -- tpart, SECTION 2 Youth sport around the world -- tchapter 6 Introduction /r Andy Smith -- tchapter 7 Youth sport participation: a comparison between European member states /r Charlotte van Tuyckom -- tchapter 8 Youth sport in Norway /r Ken Green -- tchapter 9 Youth sport in the United States /r Jay Coakley -- tchapter 10 Youth sport in Australasia /r Doune Macdonald Clifford Mallett -- tchapter 11 Youth sport in Japan /r Atsushi Nakazawa Aaron L. Miller -- tchapter 12 Youth sport in the Middle East /r Nida Ahmed Holly Thorpe -- tchapter 13 Youth sport in China /r Chen XueDong and Shushu Chen -- tpart, SECTION 3 Trends in youth sport -- tchapter 14 Introduction /r Ken Green -- tchapter 15 Tracking and youth sport: the quest for lifelong adherence to sport and physical activity /r Bart Vanreusel Jeroen Scheerder -- tchapter 16 Dropping out from clubs, dropping in to sport light? Organizational settings for youth sports participation /r Julie Borgers Jan Seghers Jeroen Sheerder -- tchapter 17 Indoorising the outdoors: tempting young people’s interest in lifestyle sports /r Lotte Salome Maarten van Bottenburg -- tchapter 18 Lifestyle and adventure sports among youth /r Paul Gilchrist Belinda Wheaton -- tpart, SECTION 4 Socialization and youth sport -- tchapter 19 Introduction /r Ken Green -- tchapter 20 Parenting and youth sport /r Thomas Quarmby -- tchapter 21 Peer group experiences in youth sport /r Kacey Neely Nicholas L. Holt -- tchapter 22 Understanding take-up, drop-out and drop-off in youth sport /r Jessica Fraser-Thomas William Falcão Lauren Wolman -- tchapter 23 A personal assets approach to youth sport /r Jean Côté Jennifer Turnnidge Matthew Vierimaa -- tpart, SECTION 5 Social divisions and youth sport -- tchapter 24 Introduction /r Ken Green -- tchapter 25 Playing an unequal game? Youth sport and social class /r Jeroen Sheerder Hanne Vandermeerschen -- tchapter 26 Sexuality, gender and youth sport /r Jan Wright -- tchapter 27 Youth sport, race and ethnicity /r Scott Fleming -- tchapter 28 Sport, youth and religion /r Kristin Walseth -- tchapter 29 Youth sport and dis/ability /r Donna Goodwin -- tchapter 30 Unpacking gender/sexuality/race/disability/social class to understand the embodied experiences of young people in contemporary physical culture /r Laura Azzarito Doune Macdonald -- tchapter 31 Youths’ participation rights in relation to dominant movement cultures /r Karin Redelius Håkan Larsson -- tpart, SECTION 6 Youth sport, physical activity and health -- tchapter 32 Introduction /r Andy Smith -- tchapter 33 Physical activity and sedentary behaviour in youth Mai Chin A Paw, Amika Singh, Saskia te Velde, Maïté Verloigne, /r Willem van Mechelen Johannes Brug -- tchapter 34 The health-enhancing effects of physical activity among youth /r Robert Malina, Sean Cumming and Manuel Coelho-e-Silva -- tchapter 35 Measuring physical activity among youth /r Maria Hildebrand Ulf Ekelund -- tchapter 36 Youth sport, health and physical activity /r Evan James, Roald Bahr and Robert F. LaPrade -- tchapter 37 Youth sport and mental health /r Guy Faulkner Katherine Tamminen -- tchapter 38 Eating disorders in young athletes /r Nanna L. Meyer Jorunn Sundgot-Borgen Alba Reguant Closa -- tchapter 39 Everyday distortions: youth sport and body images /r Michael Gard -- tchapter 40 Youth sport, cigarettes, alcohol and illicit drugs /r Patrick Peretti-Watel Fabrice Lorenté Laurent Grélot -- tpart, SECTION 7 Elite youth sport -- tchapter 41 Introduction /r Andy Smith -- tchapter 42 The elements of talent development in youth sport /r Matthew Vierimaa Karl Erickson Jean Côté -- tchapter 43 Talent identification and development in youth sport /r Steve Cobley -- tchapter 44 Health, well-being and the ‘logic’ of elite youth sports work /r Chris Platts Andy Smith -- tchapter 45 Child abuse in sport: from research to policy and protection /r Melanie Lang Mike Hartill Bettina Rulofs -- tpart, SECTION 8 Politics and policy in youth sport -- tchapter 46 Introduction /r Andy Smith -- tchapter 47 Elite youth sport policy and dual career support services in fifteen countries /r Veerle De Bosscher Camilla Brockett Hans Westerbeek -- tchapter 48 Youth sport policy in small nations /r Michael Sam -- tchapter 49 Youth and sport-for-change programmes: what can you expect? /r Fred Coalter -- tchapter 50 Enacting youth sport policy: towards a micro-political and emotional understanding of community sports coaching work /r Ben Ives Laura Gale Lee Nelson Paul Potrac. 0aExercise for childrenzGreat Britain. 0aSports for childrenzGreat Britain.1 aGreen, Kenc(Professor of applied sociology of sport)1 aSmith, Andy,d1979-08iPrint version: z9780415840033w(DLC) 201502549640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203795002zClick here to view.01273cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710240032002010350021002330500021002540820016002752450127002912460052004182640044004703000041005144900064005555050068006196500018006877000025007057000017007307000020007477760053007678300065008208560086008859780203795248180706s2016    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9781134466016 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134466085q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134466153q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415702867q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203795248 2doi  a(OCoLC)933517115 4aHM711b.R68 201604a658.1bR86904aThe Routledge companion to philosophy in organization studies /cedited by Raza Mir, Hugh Willmott and Michelle Greenwood.3 aCompanion to philosophy in organization studies 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xxxii, 615 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 apt. 1. Foundations -- pt. 2. Theories -- pt. 3. Special topics. 0aOrganization.1 aGreenwood, Michelle.1 aMir, Raza A.1 aWillmott, Hugh.08iPrint version: z9780415702867w(DLC) 2015014486 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203795248zClick here to view.01669cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640400026002850500022003110820023003332450106003562460032004622640071004943000039005653360021006043370023006253380032006484900038006805050276007186500047009947000045010417000021010867000022011077760053011298300039011828560086012219780203795347180706s2015    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9781134464050 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134464128q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134464197q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415702782q(hardback)  z9781138294820q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203795347 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103791  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aRC1230b.R68 201504a362.29088796bR86900aRoutledge handbook of drugs and sport /cedited by Verner Møller, Ivan Waddington and John Hoberman.30aHandbook of drugs and sport 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xiv, 464 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. The construction of the doping problem -- part 2. Drug use in various sports -- part 3. Key cases -- part 4. Anti-doping policy and politics -- part 5. Key themes -- part 6. Approaches to understanding doping in elite sport -- part 7. Drug use outside elite sport. 0aDoping in sportsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHoberman, John M.q(John Milton),d1944-1 aMøller, Verner.1 aWaddington, Ivan.08iPrint version: z9780415702782w(DLC) 2014044534 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203795347zClick here to view.01299cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820017003272450108003442460056004522640034005083000040005425050176005826500025007586500019007836500025008027000031008277760053008588560086009119780203795583180706s2014    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203795583q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134459292q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134459360q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134459438q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415530125q(hardback)  z9781138690431q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203795583 2doi  a(OCoLC)862114255 4aRC480.6b.R68 201404a362.28bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of clinical suicide research /cedited by John R. Cutcliffe. [et al.].1 aInternational handbook of clinical suicide research 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xlii, 408 pages)0 apt. 1. Nursing -- pt. 2. Psychiatry -- pt. 3. Psychology -- pt. 4. Social work and allied health care disciplines -- pt. 5. Suicide survivors -- pt. 6. Indigenous peoples. 0aSuicidexPsychology. 0aGlobalization. 0aSuicidexPrevention.1 aCutcliffe, John R.,d1966-08iPrint version: z9780415530125w(DLC) 201301129440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203795583zClick here to view.01531cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500024002400820021002642450149002852460048004342640044004823000040005264900024005665050284005906500040008746500052009146500016009667000020009827000020010027000019010227760053010418300025010948560086011199780203795699180706s2015    enkacd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203795699q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134457403q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134457472q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415702553q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203795699 2doi  a(OCoLC)958106763 4aHD9000.5b.R68 201504a338.190286bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of sustainable food and gastronomy /cedited by Philip Sloan, Willy Legrand and Clare Hindley ; preface by Roberto Flore.1 aHandbook of sustainable food and gastronomy 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxxi, 426 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Anthropology of food -- pt. 2. Local food initiatives -- pt. 3. Food movements -- pt. 4. Social pillar/social entrepreneurship -- pt. 5. Food innovation/future -- pt. 6. A sustainable restaurant system -- pt. 7. Culinary tourism -- pt. 8. General issues/world food crisis. 0aFood supplyxEnvironmental aspects. 0aFood industry and tradexEnvironmental aspects. 0aGastronomy.1 aHindley, Clare.1 aLegrand, Willy.1 aSloan, Philip.08iPrint version: z9780415702553w(DLC) 2014042676 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203795699zClick here to view.03595cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500021002850820020003062450092003262460034004182640044004523000039004964900024005355050238005595201507007975200711023046500048030157000023030637000019030867760053031058300025031588560086031839780203795835180706s2015    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9781134455096 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134455164q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134455232q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415870375q(hardback)  z9781138103856q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203795835 2doi  a(OCoLC)913955855 4aK5256b.R68 201504a344.05325bR86900aRoutledge handbook of law and terrorism /cedited by Genevieve Lennon and Clive Walker.30aHandbook of law and terrorism 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xix, 486 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. The boundaries and strategies of national counter-terrorism laws -- pt. 2. The pursuit of terrorists through national criminal justice process and executive measures -- pt. 3. Protective security -- pt. 4. Preventive measures.  a"In the years since 9/11 counter-terrorism law and policy has proliferated across the world. This book sets out a comprehensive survey of how the law has been deployed in all aspects of counter-terrorism. The handbook provides an authoritative and critical analysis of how laws are, and ought to be, invoked in domestic jurisdictions against terrorism. With a comparative approach the focus is on those jurisdictions which have produced legal innovations with a sizeable impact, primarily the USA, the UK, Australia, Canada, France, Germany and the European Union. The never before published contributions to the book are written by experts in the field of terrorism law and policy, allowing for discussion of a wide range of regulatory responses and strategies of governance. The book is divided into four parts: the boundaries and strategies of national counter-terrorism laws; the pursuit of terrorists through national criminal process and executive measures; protective security; and preventive measures. The chapters engage with areas of traditional interest to lawyers such as policing and special powers, criminal offences and the courts, and prison regimes but also tackle emerging subjects including preventing radicalisation and protective/preparative security. In this way the handbook reflects the elements of counter-terrorism laws which are more transformative of mass movements and transactions alongside prosecutions or orders aimed at particular individuals"--cProvided by publisher.  a"In the years since 9/11 counter-terrorism law and policy has proliferated across the world. This handbook provides an authoritative and critical analysis of how laws are, and ought to be, invoked in domestic jurisdictions against terrorism. The original contributions to the book are written by experts in the field of terrorism law and policy, allowing for discussion of a wide range of regulatory responses and strategies of governance. The chapters engage with areas of traditional interest to lawyers such as policing, criminal offences, the courts, and prison regimes but also tackle emerging subjects including preventing radicalisation and protective/preparative security"--cProvided by publisher. 0aTerrorismxPreventionxLaw and legislation.1 aLennon, Genevieve.1 aWalker, Clive.08iPrint version: z9780415870375w(DLC) 2015003336 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203795835zClick here to view.02687cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500021002710820018002922450099003102460039004092640044004483000038004924900024005305050213005545201325007676500034020926500020021267000023021467000028021697760053021978300025022508560086022759780203796184180706s2015    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203796184q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134448722q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134448791q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415628181q(hardback)  z9781138204126q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203796184 2doi  a(OCoLC)891853516 4aK3601b.R68 201504a344.041bR86900aRoutledge handbook of medical law and ethics /cedited by Yann Joly and Bartha Maria Knoppers.3 aHandbook of medical law and ethics 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xi, 480 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Rights of persons -- pt. 2. Professional relationships -- pt. 3. Medical interventions and emerging technologies -- pt. 4. From bench to bedside -- pt. 5. Public health and international health trends.  a"Increasingly globalization has meant that decisions made regarding medical care and health in one country may influence health and disease outcomes in other parts of the world. Recognizing that medical law should not be confined to national silos this handbook approaches medical law and ethics from a global perspective. Whilst respecting and analyzing national developments the chapters take a concerted international approach, looking comparatively at developments within each area. The book brings together leading scholars from both medical law and ethics backgrounds who have contributed specially commissioned pieces in order to present a critical overview and analysis of the current state of the field. The Handbook offers comprehensive coverage of longstanding and traditional topics in medical law and ethics, as well as providing dynamic insights into contemporary and emerging issues in this heavily debated field. Topics covered include: "Human-animal" medicine and medical research Public Health Access to resources and medicines Traditional, complementary and alternative medicines Regenerative Medicine This advanced level reference work will prove invaluable to scholars, students and researchers in the disciplines of law, medicine, dentistry, nursing, ethics and theology "--cProvided by publisher. 0aMedical laws and legislation. 0aMedical ethics.1 aJoly, Yann,d1973-1 aKnoppers, Bartha Maria.08iPrint version: z9780415628181w(DLC) 2014009637 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203796184zClick here to view.03290cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500020002710820018002912450094003092640045004033000038004485050348004865201291008345200672021256500024027977000020028217000020028417760053028618560086029149780203796221180706s2014    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203796221q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134447602q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134447671q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415640404q(hardback)  z9781138204027q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203796221 2doi  a(OCoLC)880147666 4aK670b.R69 201404a346.015bR86900aRoutledge handbook of family law and policy /cedited by John Eekelaar and Robert George. 1aAbingdon, Oxon [UK] :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xv, 442 pages)0 apt. 1. Marriage and alternative relationships -- pt. 2. Dissolution of status, death and their consequences -- pt. 3. Parenting and parenthood -- pt. 4. Child welfare, child protection and children's rights -- pt. 5. Discrimination and personal safety -- pt. 6. The role of the state and its institutions -- pt. 7. Globalisation and pluralism.  a"Changes in family structures, demographics, social attitudes and economic policies over the last sixty years have had a large impact on family lives and correspondingly on family law. This book considers the difficulties family law is attempting to cope with within jurisdictions, focusing on the key contemporary policy challenges facing family law.The specially written chapters draw on empirical research from the social sciences and demography to demonstrate how these issues are affecting family policy and uses this evidence to draw conclusions about the ways in which family law may develop in the future. Featuring contributions from a range of renowned global experts, the book does not limit itself to dealing with one jurisdiction but offers comparative analysis looking at circumstances in a range of countries.The book addresses a range of issues including :The role of the state in supporting families children's rights and parental authoritysexual orientation and sexuality in family lawthe status of marriagethe relationship between civil law and the law of minority groupsThis advanced level reference work will be essential reading for students, researchers and scholars of family law and social policy as well as policy makers in the field"--cProvided by publisher.  a"This book considers the difficulties family law is attempting to cope with within jurisdictions, focusing on the key contemporary policy challenges facing family law. The specially written chapters draw on empirical research from the social sciences and demography to demonstrate how these issues are affecting family policy and uses this evidence to draw conclusions about the ways in which family law may develop in the future. Featuring contributions from a range of renowned global experts, the book does not limit itself to dealing with one jurisdiction but offers comparative analysis looking at circumstances in a range of countries"--cProvided by publisher. 0aDomestic relations.1 aEekelaar, John.1 aGeorge, Robert.08iPrint version: z9780415640404w(DLC) 201304394540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203796221zClick here to view.01395cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500023003160820020003392450100003592640034004593000038004935050220005316500026007516500037007776500030008146510044008447000021008887000021009097760053009308560086009839780203796528180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203796528q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136018244q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136018329q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136018404q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415480109q(hardback)  z9781138311251q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203796528 2doi  a(OCoLC)868068221  aaz----- 4aDS339.4b.R68 201304a909.04914bR86900aRoutledge handbook of the South Asian diaspora /cedited by Joya Chatterji and David Washbrook. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xv, 432 pages)0 apt. 1. Mobile South Asians in the early modern world -- pt. 2. Diaspora and empire -- pt. 3. Diaspora and nation -- pt. 4. Diaspora, nation states and the neighbourhood -- pt. 5. Diaspora, globalisation and culture. 0aSouth Asian diaspora. 0aSouth AsianszForeign countries. 0aSouth AsiansxMigrations. 0aSouth AsiaxEmigration and immigration.1 aChatterji, Joya.1 aWashbrook, D. A.08iPrint version: z9780415480109w(DLC) 201300595840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203796528zClick here to view.01308cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820016002962450097003122460042004092640044004513000039004954900024005345050208005586500028007667000019007947000029008137760053008428300025008958560086009209780203798362180706s2016    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203798362q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136028809q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136028885q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136028960q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415640374q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203798362 2doi  a(OCoLC)948511804 4aKZ6385b.R685 201604a341.6bR86900aRoutledge handbook of the law of armed conflict /cedited by Rain Liivoja and Tim McCormack.30aHandbook of the law of armed conflict 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (lvi, 665 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Fundamentals -- pt. 2. Principle of distinction -- pt. 3. Means and methods of warfare -- pt. 4. Special protection regimes -- pt. 5. Compliance and enforcement -- pt. 6. Some contemporary issues. 0aWar (International law)1 aLiivoja, Rain.1 aMcCormack, Timothy L. H.08iPrint version: z9780415640374w(DLC) 2015037705 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203798362zClick here to view.01360cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500021002710820018002922450105003102460040004152640034004553000040004895050265005296500036007946500045008307000034008757000022009097760053009318560086009849780203798386180706s2015    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203798386q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135104375q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135104443q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415858649q(hardback)  z9781138235892q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203798386 2doi  a(OCoLC)933518217 4aGV713b.R69 201504a796.068bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sports event management /cedited by Milena M. Parent and Jean-Loup Chappelet.30aHandbook of sports event management 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xvii, 444 pages)0 asection 1. The organizers -- section 2.  The sport organizations -- section 3.  The participants -- section 4. The support -- section 5. The community -- section 6. The funders -- section 7. The media -- section 8. Other stakeholders -- section 9. Conclusions. 0aSports tournamentsxManagement. 0aSpecial eventsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aChappelet, J.-L.q(Jean-Loup)1 aParent, Milena M.08iPrint version: z9780415858649w(DLC) 201403245940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203798386zClick here to view.01800cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500023002400820016002632450123002792460043004022640044004453000040004894900064005295050408005936500040010016500052010416500053010936500033011467000026011797000032012057000021012377760053012588300065013118560086013769780203798706180706s2015    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203798706q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135105778q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135105983q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415858687q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203798706 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103844 4aHD62.4b.R695 201504a658.3bR86904aThe Routledge companion to cross-cultural management /cedited by Nigel Holden, Snejina Michailova and Susanne Tietze.30aCompanion to cross-cultural management 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xlix, 455 pages)1 aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting0 asection 1. Review, survey and critique / editor, Sonja Sackmann -- section 2. Language and languages : moving from the periphery to the core / editor, Terry Mughan -- section 3. Cross-cultural management research and education / editor, Gavin Jack -- section 4. The new international business landscape / editor, Fiona Moore -- section 5. Rethinking a multidisciplinary paradigm / editor, Janne Tienari. 0aManagementvCross-cultural studies. 0aInternational business enterprisesxManagement. 0aOrganizational behaviorvCross-cultural studies. 0aIntercultural communication.1 aHolden, Nigel,d1945-1 aMichailova, Snejina,d1965-1 aTietze, Susanne.08iPrint version: z9780415858687w(DLC) 2014036583 0aRoutledge companions in business, management and accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203798706zClick here to view.01281cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500021002850820018003062450127003242640051004513000039005024900046005415050113005876500039007007000019007397000027007587000020007857760053008058300035008588560086008939780203798874180706s2014    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781134187416 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134187553q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134187690q(e-book: Mobi)  z9781848726420q(hardback)  z9781848726437q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203798874 2doi  a(OCoLC)876592049 4aRC423b.H36 201404a616.855bH23600aHandbook of qualitative research in communication disorders /cedited by Martin J. Bal, Nicole Muller, and Ryan L. Nelson. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bPsychology Press,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxi, 370 pages)1 aLanguage and speech disorders book series0 apt. 1. Qualitative approaches to research -- pt. 2. Case studies in qualitative research -- pt. 3. Epilogue. 0aCommunicative disordersxResearch.1 aBal, Martin J.1 aMuller, Nicole,d1963-1 aNelson, Ryan L.08iPrint version: z9781848726420w(DLC) 2013370273 0aLanguage and speech disorders.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203798874zClick here to view.01331cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820016003252450085003412640051004263000038004774900024005155050265005396500053008047000020008577760053008778300025009308560086009559780203799055180706s2014    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203799055q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135090517q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135090586q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135090654q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415694209q(hardback)  z9781138953611q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203799055 2doi  a(OCoLC)862113792 4aGE170b.R68 201404a304.2bR86900aRoutledge handbook of global environmental politics /cedited by Paul G. Harris. 1aMilton Park Abingdon Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xi, 540 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Explaining and understanding global environmental politics -- pt. 2. Actors and institutions in global environmental politics -- pt. 3. Ideas and themes in global environmental politics -- pt. 4. Key issues and policies in global environmental politics. 0aEnvironmental policyxInternational cooperation.1 aHarris, Paul G.08iPrint version: z9780415694209w(DLC) 2013003615 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203799055zClick here to view.01260cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450087003442640058004313000040004895050169005296500016006986500026007146500029007407000028007697000022007977760053008198560086008729780203802434180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203802434q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136626708q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136626746q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136626753q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415670715q(hardback)  z9780415670722q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203802434 2doi  a(OCoLC)784034424 4aHV6556b.H38 201204a364.153bH23600aHandbook on sexual violence /cedited by Jennifer M. Brown and Sandra L. Walklate. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 516 pages)0 apt. 1. Legacies : setting the scene -- pt. 2. Theoretical perspectives on sexual violence -- pt. 3. Acts of sexual violence -- pt. 4. Responding to sexual violence. 0aSex crimes. 0aSexual abuse victims. 0aWomenxViolence against.1 aBrown, Jennifer,d1948-1 aWalklate, Sandra.08iPrint version: z9780415670715w(DLC) 201101395040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203802434zClick here to view.01299cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820017003282450125003452640032004703000041005024900025005435050150005686500026007187000020007447000033007647000023007977760053008208300026008738560086008999780203803516180706s2012    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203803516q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136634123q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136634161q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136634178q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415492447q(hardback)  z9780415742207q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203803516 2doi  a(OCoLC)784034430 4aBL240.3b.R685 201204a201.65bR86904aThe Routledge companion to religion and science /cedited by James. W. Haag, Gregory R. Peterson, and Michael L. Spezio. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxxii, 633 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Epistemology and history -- pt. 2. Scientific and religious models of the world -- pt. 3. Religion and science, values, and public policy. 0aReligion and science.1 aHaag, James. W.1 aPeterson, Gregory R.,d1966-1 aSpezio, Michael L.08iPrint version: z9780415492447w(DLC) 2011011491 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203803516zClick here to view.02406cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520430012002730500022002850820016003072450089003232640071004123000041004834900024005245040067005485050149006155200926007646500023016906500052017136510035017656510041018007000018018417000021018597760053018808300025019338560086019589780203803608180706s2012    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203803608q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136634680q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136634727q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136634734q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415580540q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203803608 2doi  a(OCoLC)787851210  aa------ 4aJZ5333b.R68 201204a327.5bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Asian regionalism /cedited by Mark Beeson and Richard Stubbs. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 488 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 427-478) and index.0 apt. 1. Conceptualizing the Asian region -- pt. 2. Economic issues -- pt. 3. Political issues -- pt. 4. Strategic issues -- pt. 5. Organizations.  a"The Routledge handbook of Asian regionalism is a definitive introduction to, and analysis of, the development of regionalism in Asia, including coverage of East Asia, Southeast Asia and South Asia. The contributors engage in a comprehensive exploration of what is arguably the most dynamic and important region in the world. Significantly, this volume addresses the multiple manifestations of regionalism in Asia and is consequently organised thematically under the headings of: - conceptualizing the region - economic issues - political issues - strategic issues - regional organizations. As such, the handbook presents some of the key elements of the competing interpretations of this important and highly contested topic, giving the reader a chance to evaluate not just where Asian regionalism is going but also how the scholarship on Asian regionalism is analysing these trends and events."--Publisher's description. 0aRegionalismzAsia. 0aRegionalism (International organization)zAsia. 0aAsiaxForeign relationsy1945- 0aAsiaxPolitics and governmenty1945-1 aBeeson, Mark.1 aStubbs, Richard.08iPrint version: z9780415580540w(DLC) 2011011732 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203803608zClick here to view.02735cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450071003442500019004152640034004343000041004685050405005095201321009146500049022357000022022847760053023068560086023599780203803738180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203803738q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136635571q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136635526q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136635564q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415897648q(hardback)  z9780415897709q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203803738 2doi  a(OCoLC)825179680 4aLC5800b.H36 201304a371.358bH23600aHandbook of distance education /cedited by Michael Grahame Moore.  aThird edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xviii, 729 pages)0 apt. 1. Historical and conceptual foundations : an overview / Michael Grahame Moore -- pt. 2. Learning, learners, and learner support : an overview / Michael Grahame Moore -- pt. 3. Design and teaching : an overview / Michael Grahame Moore -- pt. 4. Policies, administration, and management : an overview / Michael Grahame Moore -- pt. 5. Audiences and providers : an overview / Michael Grahame Moore.  a"The third edition of this award-winning handbook continues the mission of its predecessors: to provide a comprehensive compendium of research in all aspects of distance education, arguably the most significant development in education over the past three decades. While the book deals with education that uses technology, the focus is on teaching and learning and how its management can be facilitated through technology. Key features include:Comprehensive coverage that includes all aspects of distance education, including design, instruction, management, policy, and a section on different audiences.Chapter authors frame their topic in terms of empirical research (past and present) and discuss the nature of current practice in terms of that research. Future research needs are discussed in relation to both confirmed practice and recent changes in the field.Section one provides a unique review of the theories that support distance education pedagogy. Section six provides a unique review of distance education as a component of a global culture. This book will be of interest to anyone engaged in distance education at either the K-12 or college level. It is also appropriate for corporate and government trainers and for administrators and policy makers in all these environments"--cProvided by publisher. 0aDistance educationvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aMoore, Michael G.08iPrint version: z9780415897648w(DLC) 201201850940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203803738zClick here to view.01578cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500022003160820016003382450073003542500019004272640044004463000040004905050239005305200270007696100019010396500020010586510031010787000022011097760035011318560086011669780203803929180706s2014    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203803929q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136636967q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136636912q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136636950q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857436334q(hardback)  z9781857438277q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203803929 2doi  a(OCoLC)859581875  af------ 4aJZ1773b.H36 201404a327.6bH23600aHandbook of Africa's international relations /ceditor, Tim Murithi.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 443 pages)0 apt. 1. Theories and historical evolution -- pt. 2. Institutional developments -- pt. 3. Africa's international relations : issues and policy areas -- pt. 4. Global governance and Africa -- pt. 5. Africa and international partnerships.  a"Analyses current themes in Africa's international relations. Discusses the growing prominence of the African continent on the world stage, the evolution of Pan-Africanism and the emerging role of the African Union as an international actor"--Provided by publisher.20aAfrican Union. 0aPan-Africanism. 0aAfricaxForeign relations.1 aMurithi, Timothy.08iPrint version: z978185743633440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203803929zClick here to view.01359cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820016003261000031003422450076003732640052004493000039005014900024005405050263005646500045008277000021008727760053008938300025009468560086009719780203803936180706s2012    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203803936q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136637032q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136636981q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136637025q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415583343q(hardback)  z9781138832817q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203803936 2doi  a(OCoLC)785578134 4aGT3405b.P35 201204a394.2bP1331 aPage, Stephen J.,eauthor.14aThe Routledge handbook of events /cStephen J. Page and Joanne Connell. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxi, 563 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 asection 1. Defining events studies -- section 2. Disciplinary studies and events : theory, concepts and methods of analysis -- section 3. Policy, planning and management -- section 4. The impacts of events -- section 5. Future research directions for events. 0aSpecial eventsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aConnell, Joanne.08iPrint version: z9780415583343w(DLC) 2014025927 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203803936zClick here to view.05788cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500024002730820017002972450095003142500020004092640041004293000040004705050240005105202607007505201791033576500057051486500054052057000018052597000024052777000022053017760053053238560086053769780203804100180706s2012    nyuabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203804100q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136638244q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136638282q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136638299q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805864618q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203804100 2doi  a(OCoLC)794670559 4aR726.7b.H3645 201204a616.89bH23600aHandbook of health psychology /cedited by Andrew Baum, Tracey A. Revenson, Jerome Singer.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 882 pages)0 asection 1. Overarching frameworks and paradigms -- section 2. Cross-cutting issues -- section 3. Risk and protective factors -- section 4. Macro-level and structural influences on health -- section 5. Applications of health psychology.  a"Considered the most comprehensive handbook in the field, this new edition reviews the latest approaches to the most critical topics in health psychology today. This edition maintains the bio-psycho-social model framework. It cuts across concepts (e.g., behavior change), populations (e.g. women's health), risk and protective factors (e.g., obesity) and diseases, making it appropriate for a variety of readers from various fields.The contributors include the top researchers and rising stars in field. Each author provides a theoretical foundation, evaluates the empirical evidence, and makes suggestions for future research, clinical practice, and/or policy. Novices to the field appreciate the accessibly written chapters, while seasoned professionals appreciate the books deep, cutting edge coverage. The second edition reflects the enormous progress that has been made in the connections among the bio-psycho-social components of health, behavior, and illness. This model has been expanded across several levels of analysis, including cultural, macro-social, and cellular factors. The 2nd edition also features: Greater emphasis on translating research into practice and policy. Two new sections on risk and protective factors for disease and another on social and structural influences that affect health such as socioeconomic status, reflect the current scholarship in the field. More on prevention and/or interventions and treatment in the applications section. The book opens with the fields central theories including a "newer" stress theory that emphasizes the interaction of biological and social systems. Part 2 reviews the mechanisms that help us explain the link between health and behavior across diseases and populations. The all new Part 3 focuses on variables that lead to the onset and progression of major diseases or that are instrumental in promoting health. These factors can be behavioral (e.g., smoking, exercise), psychological (e.g., personality, depression) or a combination of the two (e.g., obesity). Part 4, also new to the 2nd edition, highlights the social and structural influences on health. The book concludes with applications of research to specific disorders. The handbook serves as a text in graduate and/or upper level undergraduate courses in health psychology taught in a variety of departments including psychology, public health, medical sociology, medicine, nursing, and other social and allied health sciences. Because of its comprehensive and current coverage, it also appeals to researchers and practitioners in these fields"--cProvided by publisher.  a"Preface Since the publication of the first edition of the Handbook of Health Psychology (Psychology Press, 2001), enormous progress has been made in the connections among biological, psychological, and social components of health, health behavior, and illness. More important, scholars in the fi eld have expanded this tripartite model across even more levels of analysis, including cultural and macrosocial factors at one end and cellular factors at the other. Moreover, a new emphasis has been to translate research evidence in to practice and policy. The second edition of the handbook refl ects these changes and is quite different from the first in terms of both approach and content. The 34 chapters are written by some of the top scholars in health psychology. Each author has taken seriously the task of providing a theoretical foundation, synthesizing and evaluating the empirical evidence, and contemplating how the state of the science can inform future research, clinical practice, and/or policy. The book maintains the fi rst edition's framework of the biopsychosocial model, but the choice of topics refl ects the advances that have been made in the fi eld over the past quarter century. Specifi cally, this new edition adds sections on risk and protective factors for disease and on macro-level factors that affect health. We believe that this structure more closely refl ects current scholarship in health psychology. The fi rst section, "Overarching Frameworks and Paradigms," presents the central theories that inform many areas of research within the fi eld. For example, the concept of allostatic load is a "newer" stress theory that emphasizes the interaction of biological and social systems and may explain the onset of many conditions"--cProvided by publisher. 0aClinical health psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMedicine and psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBaum, Andrew.1 aRevenson, Tracey A.1 aSinger, Jerome E.08iPrint version: z9780805864618w(DLC) 201104453240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203804100zClick here to view.01362cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830500020003050820019003252450133003442500019004772640032004963000039005285040069005675050158006366500021007946500029008156500020008447000024008647000027008887760035009158560086009509780203804278180706s2008    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203804278q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136639432q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136639470q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136639487q(e-book: PDF)  z9781857434439q(hardback)  z9781857437997q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203804278 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000430356 4aUA11b.H36 200804a355.0335bH23600aHandbook of defence politics :binternational and comparative perspectives /cedited by Isaiah Wilson III and James J.F. Forest.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxv, 469 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages [437]-459) and index.0 apt. 1. International dimensions -- pt. 2. Regional and domestic perspectives -- pt. 3. US dimensions -- pt. 5. The future of defence politics and policy. 0aMilitary policy. 0aSecurity, International. 0aWorld politics.1 aForest, James J. F.1 aWilson, Isaiah,d1965-08iPrint version: z978185743443940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203804278zClick here to view.01506cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500023003420820018003652450097003832640075004803000040005553360021005953370023006163380032006394900024006715050119006956510052008146510056008667000020009227000025009427760054009678300025010218560086010469780203804490180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203804490q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136641022q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136640971q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136641015q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415576277q(hardback)  z9781138901957q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203804490 2doi  a(OCoLC)785784195  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  ae-ru--- 4aJN6695b.R693 201204a947.086bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Russian politics and society /cedited by Graeme Gill and James Young. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon [England] ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xiii, 483 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Introduction -- part 2. Politics -- part 3. Political economy -- part 4. Society -- part 5. Foreign policy. 0aRussia (Federation)xEconomic conditionsy1991- 0aRussia (Federation)xPolitics and governmenty1991-1 aGill, Graeme J.1 aYoung, James,d1950-08iPrint version: z9780415576277w(DLC)  2011009027 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203804490zClick here to view.02224cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820016003262450106003422460027004482640044004753000040005194900036005595050265005955200736008606500015015967000032016117000040016437000027016837760053017108300037017638560086018009780203804971180706s2015    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203804971q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136644849q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136644795q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136644832q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415896665q(hardback)  z9781138478275q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203804971 2doi  a(OCoLC)897810474 4aQH332b.R675 201504a174.2bR86904aThe Routledge companion to bioethics /cedited by John D. Arras, Elizabeth Fenton, and Rebecca Kukla.30aCompanion to bioethics 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2015.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 607 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. Justice and health distribution -- pt. 2. Bioethics across borders -- pt. 3. Intellectual property and commodification -- pt. 4. Research -- pt. 5. Autonomy and agency -- pt. 6. Reproduction -- pt. 7. End-of-life and long-term care -- pt. 8. Embodiment.  a"The Routledge Companion to Bioethics is a comprehensive reference guide to a wide range of contemporary concerns in bioethics. The volume orients the reader in a changing landscape shaped by globalization, health disparities, and rapidly advancing technologies. Bioethics has begun a turn toward a systematic concern with social justice, population health, and public policy. While also covering more traditional topics, this volume fully captures this recent shift and foreshadows the resulting developments in bioethics. It highlights emerging issues such as climate change, transgender, and medical tourism, and re-examines enduring topics, such as autonomy, end-of-life care, and resource allocation"--cProvided by publisher. 0aBioethics.1 aArras, John D.,d1945-2015.1 aFenton, Elizabethq(Elizabeth Mary)1 aKukla, Rebecca,d1969-08iPrint version: z9780415896665w(DLC) 2014021150 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203804971zClick here to view.01095cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450079003432640041004223000039004635050102005026500021006046500030006257000023006557760053006788560086007319780203805497180706s2010    nyuabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203805497q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136648489q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136648434q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136648472q(e-book: ePub)  z9780805863307q(hardback)  z9780415648196q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203805497 2doi  a(OCoLC)441342393 4aGN502b.H357 201004a155.82bH23600aHandbook of cultural developmental science /cedited by Marc H. Bornstein. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2010.  a1 online resource (xii, 612 pages)0 apt. 1. Domains of development across cultures -- pt. 2. Development in different places on earth. 0aEthnopsychology. 0aDevelopmental psychology.1 aBornstein, Marc H.08iPrint version: z9780805863307w(DLC) 200900346140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203805497zClick here to view.04152nam a2200541Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730200033001140350021001470400026001680410008001940500023002020720026002250720017002510820016002682450086002842500019003702640083003892640012004723000034004843360021005183370023005393380032005625051862005945200612024565300036030686500019031046500012031236500023031356500033031586500018031916500024032096500028032336500025032616500021032866500023033076500021033306500032033516550022033837000029034057000031034347100024034657760035034898560086035249780203805503FlBoTFG20190402160010.0m     o  d        cr            190313t20132008flu b   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203805503 (e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)254165323  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda1 aeng 4aBF311b.H3343 2008 7aPSYx008000 2bisacsh 7aJMR 2bicscc04a153.1/222200aHandbook of Metamemory and Memory /cedited by John Dunlosky and Robert A. Bjork.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bTaylor and Francis, an imprint of Psychology Press,c[2013]. 4c©2008.  a1 online resource (502 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tJ. Dunlosky, R.A. Bjork, Introduction: The Integrated Nature of Metamemory and Memory. J. Metcalfe,Evolution of Metacognition. J.P. Van Overschelde, Metacognition:Knowing About Knowing. A.S. Benjamin, M. Diaz,Measurement of Relative Metamnemonic Accuracy. B.A. Spellman, A. Blumenthal, R.A. Bjork,Measuring Memory and Metamemory: Theoretical and Statistical Problems with Assessing Learning (In General) and Using Gamma (In Particular) To Do So. Memory Monitoring. A. Koriat, R. Nussinson, H. Bless, N. Shaked, Information-Based and Experience-Based Metacognitive Judgments. L. Narens, T.O. Nelson, P. Scheck,Memory Monitoring and the Delayed-JOL Effect. C.A. Weaver,III, J.T. Terrell, K.S. Krug, W.L. Kelemen,The Delayed JOL Effect with Very Long Delays: Evidence from Flashbulb Memories. R.H. Maki, Privileged Access for General Knowledge and Newly Learned Text Material. R.J. Leonesio,Feeling-of-Knowing Accuracy and Recollective Experience. Control of Memory. W.H. Batchelder, E. Batchelder,Metacognitive Guessing Strategies in Source Monitoring. C.M. MacLeod, Implicit MemoryTests: Techniques for Reducing Conscious Intrusion. K.J. Malmberg, Investigating Metacognitive Control in a Global Memory Framework. T.J. Perfect, L.J. Stark, Tales from the Cryptomnesia. G. Mazzoni,Metacognitive Processes in Creating False Beliefs and False Memories: The Role of Event Plausibility. L.K. Son, N. Kornell, Research on the Allocation of Study Time: Key Studies from 1890 to the Present (and beyond) B.L. Schwartz, E. Bacon, Metacognitive Neuroscience. A.P. Shimamura, A Neurocognitive Approach to Metacognitive Monitoring and Control. W. Schneider, K. Lockl, Procedural Metacognition in Children: Evidence for Developmental Trends. M. Carroll, Metacognition in the Classroom. D.J. Hacker, L. Bol, M.C. Keener, Metacognition in Education: A Focus on Calibration.3 aThis Handbook examines the interplay between metamemory and memory. Each contributor discusses cutting-edge theory and research that, in some way, showcases the symbiotic relationship between metamemory and memory. Together, these chapters support a central thesis, which is that a complete understanding of either metamemory or memory is not possible without understanding their mutual influence. The inspiration for this volume was the life and research of Thomas O. Nelson, whose pioneering and influential research in the fields of metamemory and memory consistently highlighted their integrated nature.  aAlso available in print format. 0aMetacognition. 0aMemory. 7aaccuracy.2bisacsh 7afeeling-of-knowing.2bisacsh 7afok.2bisacsh 7ajudgments.2bisacsh 7ametacognitive.2bisacsh 7amonitoring.2bisacsh 7arating.2bisacsh 7arelative.2bisacsh 7astates.2bisacsh 7atip-of-the-tongue.2bisacsh 0aElectronic books.1 aDunlosky, John,eeditor.1 aBjork, Robert A.,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z978080586214040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203805503zClick here to view.01542cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820014003252450098003392640071004373000039005084900024005475050370005716500058009416500051009997000026010507760053010768300025011298560086011549780203805640180706s2012    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203805640q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136649486q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136649523q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136649530q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415572545q(hardback)  z9780415709828q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203805640 2doi  a(OCoLC)785708668 4aP94.6b.R68 201204a400bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of language and intercultural communication /cedited by Jane Jackson. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxi, 605 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 asection 1. Foundations of language and intercultural communication -- section 2. Core themes and issues : verbal/nonverbal communication and culture -- section 3. Theory into practice : towards intercultural (communicative) competence and citizenship -- section 4. Language and intercultural communication in context -- section 5. New debates and future directions. 0aIntercultural communicationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aLanguage and culturevHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aJackson, Jane,d1954-08iPrint version: z9780415572545w(DLC) 2011007373 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203805640zClick here to view.01352cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820014003252450107003392640032004463000039004784900025005175050147005426500039006896500028007286500034007567000021007907000019008117000019008307760053008498300026009028560086009289780203806494180706s2012    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203806494q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136655715q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136655753q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136655760q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415570220q(hardback)  z9780415827959q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203806494 2doi  a(OCoLC)769432607 4aPN51b.R736 201204a809bR86904aThe Routledge companion to world literature /cedited by Theo D'haen, David Damrosch and Djelal Kadir. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxi, 515 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. The historical dimension -- pt. 2. The disciplinary dimension -- pt. 3. The theoretical dimension -- pt. 4. The geographical dimension. 0aLiteraturexHistory and criticism. 0aLiterature and society. 0aLiterature and globalization.1 aDamrosch, David.1 aHaen, Theo d'.1 aKadir, Djelal.08iPrint version: z9780415570220w(DLC) 2011005719 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203806494zClick here to view.01593cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820017003272450116003442640040004603000040005004900024005405050314005646500035008786500035009136500029009486500025009777000018010027000023010207000036010437760053010798300025011328560086011579780203806913180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203806913q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136658631q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136658587q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136658624q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415673617q(hardback)  z9781138908208q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203806913 2doi  a(OCoLC)834601114 4aGV706.4b.R69 201304a796.01bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sports performance analysis /cedited by Tim McGarry, Peter O'Donoghue and Jaime Sampaio. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 491 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks0 asection 1. Theoretical aspects of sports performance analysis -- section 2. Measurement and evaluation in sports performance analysis -- section 3. Sports performance analysis in professional contexts -- section 4. Other issues in sports performance analysis -- section 5. Applied sports performance analysis. 0aSportsxPsychological aspects. 0aSportsxPhysiological aspects. 0aAchievement motiviation. 0aCoaching (Athletics)1 aMcGarry, Tim.1 aO'Donoghue, Peter.1 aSampaio, Antonio Jaime de Eira.08iPrint version: z9780415673617w(DLC) 2012030823 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203806913zClick here to view.02310cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820019003242450104003432460069004472640044005163000039005604900038005995051056006376500032016936500032017256500021017577000028017787760053018068300039018598560086018989780203807194180706s2016    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203807194q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136660733q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136660689q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136660726q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415593267q(hardback)  z9781138559066q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203807194 2doi  a(OCoLC)958103845 4aRD97b.R68 201604a617.1027bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sports therapy, injury assessment and rehabilitation /cedited by Keith Ward.1 aHandbook of sports therapy, injury assessment and rehabilitation 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2016.  a1 online resource (xvi, 748 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 a1. Sports injuries : basic classifications, aetiology and pathophysiology / Keith Ward and Andrew Mitchell -- 2. Clinical assessment in sports therapy / Keith Ward. [et al.] -- 3. Clinical interventions in sports therapy / Keith Ward. [et al.] -- 4. Pitch-side trauma care / Lee Young and Tim Trevail -- 5. The spinal region : anatomy, assessment and injuries / Aaron J. Caseley and Mark I. Johnson -- 6. The shoulder region : anatomy, assessment and injuries / Anthony Bosson, Keith Ward and Ian Horsley -- 7. The elbow region : anatomy, assessment and injuries / Keith Ward -- 8. The wrist and hand region : anatomy, assessment and injuries / Jeanette Lewis and Philip Smith -- 9. The pelvis and hip region : anatomy, assessment and injuries / Andrew Frampton and Greg Littler -- 10. The knee region : anatomy, assessment and injuries / Amy Bell and Keith Ward -- 11. The ankle and foot region : anatomy, assessment and injuries / Keith Ward. [et al.] -- 12. Professionalism and ethics in sports therapy / Paul Robertson, Keith Ward and Rob Di Leva. 0aSports injuriesxTreatment. 0aSports injuriesxDiagnosis. 0aSports medicine.1 aWard, Keithq(Keith D.)08iPrint version: z9780415593267w(DLC) 2015001364 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203807194zClick here to view.01301cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820018003282450079003462640034004253000039004595050262004986500047007606500049008077000016008567000018008727760035008908560086009259780203807217180706s2014    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203807217q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136660801q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136660757q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136660795q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415666619q(hardback)  z9781138121706q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203807217 2doi  a(OCoLC)900419214 4aGV706.35b.R68 201404a306.483bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sport policy /cedited by Ian Henry and Ling-Mei Ko. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxv, 405 pages)0 apt. 1. Theoretical perspectives and methodologies -- pt. 2. Globalisation, governance, partnerships and networks in sport policy -- pt. 3. Elite sports policies -- pt. 4. Development, sport and joint policy agendas -- pt. 5. Social theory and sports policy. 0aSports and statevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSports and societyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHenry, Ian.1 aKo, Ling-Mei.08iPrint version: z978041566661940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203807217zClick here to view.01308cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820016003252450082003412640065004233000039004884900038005275050184005656500027007496500024007767000028008007760053008288300039008818560086009209780203807224180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203807224q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136660870q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136660825q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136660863q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415587884q(hardback)  z9781138777255q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203807224 2doi  a(OCoLC)785927958 4aGV713b.R68 201204a796.8bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sport management /cedited by Leigh Robinson. [et al.]. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxi, 470 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Managing the performance of sport organizations -- pt. 2. Managing human resources in sport organizations -- pt. 3. The marketing of sport -- pt. 4. The economics of sport. 0aSports administration. 0aSportsxManagement.1 aRobinson, Leigh,d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415587884w(DLC) 2011029795 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203807224zClick here to view.01560cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820016003272450082003432640075004253000041005004900024005415040067005655050266006326500040008986500054009386500045009927000032010377760054010698300025011238560086011489780203807804180706s2012    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203807804q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136664328q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136664366q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136664373q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415781107q(hardback)  z9781138908574q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203807804 2doi  a(OCoLC)785937152 4aJZ1305b.R684 201204a327.2bR86900aRoutledge handbook of diplomacy and statecraft /cedited by B.J.C. McKercher. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon [England] ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxxiv, 489 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 453-474) and index.0 apt. 1. The context of diplomacy -- pt. 2. The great powers -- pt. 3. The middle powers -- pt. 4. The developing powers -- pt. 5. International organisations and military alliances -- pt. 6. The international economy -- pt. 7. Issues of conflict and cooperation. 0aDiplomacyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aInternational relationsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aWorld politicsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aMcKercher, B. J. C.,d1950-08iPrint version: z9780415781107w(DLC)  2011003042 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203807804zClick here to view.01527cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450104003432640071004473000041005184900047005595050269006066500058008756500053009337000019009867000020010057760054010258300048010798560086011279780203808184180706s2012    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203808184q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136666896q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136666841q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136666889q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415479936q(hardback)  z9780415709811q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203808184 2doi  a(OCoLC)784034504 4aP118.2b.R68 201204a401.93bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of second language acquisition /cedited by Susan M. Gass and Alison Mackey. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xviii, 609 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics0 apt. 1. Language in context -- pt. 2. Linguistic perspectives -- pt. 3. Psycholinguistic and neurolinguistic perspectives -- pt. 4. Skill learning -- pt. 5. Individual differences -- pt. 6. The setting for learning -- pt. 7. Conclusion : assessment of L2 knowledge. 0aSecond language acquisitionvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aLanguage and languagesvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aGass, Susan M.1 aMackey, Alison.08iPrint version: z9780415479936w(DLC)  2011002649 0aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203808184zClick here to view.01511cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820017002952450103003122640041004153000039004565050075004955200385005706500057009556500023010127000024010357000023010597760053010828560086011359780203808498180706s2012    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203808498q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136668944q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136668982q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136668999q(e-book: PDF)  z9781848728684q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203808498 2doi  a(OCoLC)895033856 4aHM1025b.H36 201204a302.09bH23600aHandbook of the history of social psychology /cedited by Arie W. Kruglanski and Wolfgang Stroebe. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2012.  a1 online resource (xii, 531 pages)0 apt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Approaches -- pt. 3. Domains of inquiry.  a"This is the first ever handbook to comprehensively cover the historical development of the field of social psychology, including the main overarching approaches and all the major individual topics. Contributors are all world-renowned scientists in their subfields who engagingly describe the people, dynamics, and events that have shaped the discipline"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSocial psychologyxHistoryvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSocial psychology.1 aKruglanski, Arie W.1 aStroebe, Wolfgang.08iPrint version: z9781848728684w(DLC) 201101947040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203808498zClick here to view.01388cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820017003242450099003412640040004403000040004804900047005205050231005676500049007987000021008477000030008687760054008988300048009528560086010009780203809068180706s2012    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203809068q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136672927q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136672873q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136672910q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415551076q(hardback)  z9780415709781q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203809068 2doi  a(OCoLC)784034437 4aP302b.R68 201204a401.41bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of discourse analysis /cedited by James Paul Gee and Michael Handford. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 681 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics0 apt. 1. Approaches to discourse analysis -- pt. 2. Register and genre -- pt. 3. Developments in spoken discourse -- pt. 4. Educational applications -- pt. 5. Institutional applications -- pt. 6. Identity, culture and discourse. 0aDiscourse analysisvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aGee, James Paul.1 aHandford, Michael,d1969-08iPrint version: z9780415551076w(DLC)  2011000560 0aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203809068zClick here to view.01328cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450101003432640044004443000040004885050233005286500028007616500052007896500036008417000022008777760053008998560086009529780203809402180706s2014    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203809402q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136675096q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136675041q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136675089q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415675581q(hardback)  z9780415675604q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203809402 2doi  a(OCoLC)856627333 4aLB1051b.R68 201404a370.15bR86904aThe Routledge international companion to educational psychology /cedited by Andrew J. Holliman. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 351 pages)0 apt. 1. An introduction to educational psychology -- pt. 2. How children learn and develop -- pt. 3. Issues concerning the assessment of children -- pt. 4. Identifying and meeting the needs of children with learning difficulties. 0aEducational psychology. 0aEducational psychologyvCross-cultural studies. 0aEducationxAims and objectives.1 aHolliman, Andrew.08iPrint version: z9780415675581w(DLC) 201300436240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203809402zClick here to view.01689cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200028000890200034001170200034001510200033001850200030002180240032002480350021002800500026003010820019003272450101003462640045004473000040004924900050005325040053005825050302006356500023009376500021009606500038009816500040010197000033010597000023010927000021011157760054011368300051011908560086012419780203809570180706s2008    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203809570q(e-book : PDF)  a9781315648361q(e-book)  a9781317300779q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781317300786q(e-book: ePub)  a9781317300793q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805856033q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203809570 2doi  a(OCoLC)489623404 4aHF5415.32b.H363 200804a658.8342bH23600aHandbook of consumer psychology /cedited by Curtis P. Haugtvedt, Paul M. Herr, Frank R. Kardes. 1aNew York :bLEA/Psychology Press,c2008.  a1 online resource (xvi, 1273 pages)1 aMarketing and consumer psychology series ;v4  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 a1. Introduction -- 2. Consumer information processing -- 3. Motivation, affect, and consumer decisions -- 4. Persuasion, attitudes, and social influence -- 5. Behavioral decision research -- 6. Products, preferences, places, and people -- 7. Consumer well-being -- 8. Advances in research methods. 0aConsumer behavior. 0aDecision making. 0aMarketingxPsychological aspects. 0aAdvertisingxPsychological aspects.1 aHaugtvedt, Curtis P.,d1958-1 aHerr, Paul,d1956-1 aKardes, Frank R.08iPrint version: z9780805856033w(DLC)  2007017528 0aMarketing and consumer psychology series ;v4.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203809570zClick here to view.01474cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820016003262450116003422640041004583000039004995040053005385050324005916500017009157000034009327000047009667000019010137760054010328560086010869780203809846180706s2009    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203809846q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136678059q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136678097q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136678103q(e-book: PDF)  z9781841698878q(hardback)  z9781138876828q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203809846 2doi  a(OCoLC)302120961 4aBF408b.H286 200904a153.3bH23600aHandbook of imagination and mental simulation /cedited by Keith D. Markman, William M.P. Klein, Julie A. Suhr. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2009.  a1 online resource (xix, 476 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. The mental simulation of action and behavior -- section 2. Mental simulation and memory -- section 3. Counterfactual thinking : simulating the past -- section 4. Alternatives and alternate selves -- section 5. Perspective taking : simulating other minds -- section 6. Simulating and preparing for the future. 0aImagination.1 aKlein, William Martin,d1966-1 aMarkman, Keith D.q(Keith Douglas),d1967-1 aSuhr, Julie A.08iPrint version: z9781841698878w(DLC)  200801608940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203809846zClick here to view.01535cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820016003272450137003432640044004803000040005244900054005645040053006185050138006716500050008096500050008596500045009097000029009547000020009837760053010038300055010568560086011119780203810071180706s2008    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203810071q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136679520q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136679568q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136679575q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805858235q(hardback)  z9781138873087q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203810071 2doi  a(OCoLC)141187244 4aRA1151b.H364 200804a614.1bH23604aThe handbook of forensic Rorschach assessment /cedited by Carl B. Gacono, F. Barton Evans ; with Nancy Kaser-Boyd, Lynne A. Gacono. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 616 pages)1 aLEA series in personality and clinical psychology  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Scientific and legal foundations -- pt. 2. Forensic applications -- pt. 3. Forensic reference groups -- pt. 4. Special topics. 0aForensic psychiatryvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aForensic psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aRorschach TestvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aEvans, F. Barton,d1949-1 aGacono, Carl B.08iPrint version: z9780805858235w(DLC) 2006030456 0aLEA series in personality and clinical psychology.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203810071zClick here to view.01298cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820018002962450114003142640042004283000039004704900025005095050197005346500027007317000019007587000028007777000026008057760053008318300026008848560086009109780203810279180706s2012    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203810279q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136680854q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136680892q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136680908q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415556453q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203810279 2doi  a(OCoLC)812914904 4aHD58.8b.R693 201204a658.406bR86904aThe Routledge companion to organizational change /cedited by David M. Boje, Bernard Burnes and John Hassard. 1aOxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xiv, 609 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Planned change and organization development -- pt. 2. Newer approaches to change -- pt. 3. Perspectives on change -- pt. 4. Change in practice -- pt. 5. Key issues -- pt. 6. The future. 0aOrganizational change.1 aBoje, David M.1 aBurnes, Bernard,d1953-1 aHassard, John,d1953-08iPrint version: z9780415556453w(DLC) 2010053479 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203810279zClick here to view.01676cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500400026002710500022002970820014003192450096003332460040004292500020004692640052004893000039005413360021005803370023006013380032006244900036006565050374006926500026010667000017010927000029011097760053011388300037011918560086012289780203813010180706s2013    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203813010q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136696817q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136696855q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782944q(hardback)  z9780415782951q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203813010 2doi  a(OCoLC)826685176  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aBL51b.R5984 201304a210bR86904aThe Routledge companion to philosophy of religion /cedited by Chad Meister and Paul Copan.30aCompanion to philosophy of religion  aSecond edition. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxi, 826 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. Philosophical issues in the world religions -- part 2. Key figures in philosophy of religion -- part 3. Religious diversity -- part 4. The theistic concept of God -- part 5. Arguments for God's existence -- part 6. Arguments against God's existence -- part 7. Philosophical theology -- part 8. Christian theism -- part 9. Recent topics in philosophy of religion. 0aReligionxPhilosophy.1 aCopan, Paul.1 aMeister, Chad V.,d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415782944w(DLC) 2012015191 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203813010zClick here to view.01241cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450092003422500019004342640040004533000040004934900036005335050123005696500016006927000023007087000020007317760053007518300037008048560086008419780203813034180706s2013    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203813034q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136697142q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136697098q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136697135q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782869q(hardback)  z9780415782876q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203813034 2doi  a(OCoLC)846950498 4aBH39b.R677 201304a111.85bR86904aThe Routledge companion to aesthetics /cedited by Berys Gaut and Dominic McIver Lopes.  aThird edition. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxii, 675 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. History of aesthetics -- pt. 2. Aesthetic theory -- pt. 3. Issues and challenges -- pt. 4. The individual arts. 0aAesthetics.1 aGaut, Berys Nigel.1 aLopes, Dominic.08iPrint version: z9780415782869w(DLC) 2012041826 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203813034zClick here to view.02378cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820020003252450110003452640034004553000040004895040053005295050268005825200937008506500054017876500073018417000023019147760053019378560086019909780203813331180706s2013    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203813331q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136699313q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136699269q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136699306q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415892384q(hardback)  z9780415892391q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203813331 2doi  a(OCoLC)842246514 4aGE70b.I584 201304a363.70071bI61200aInternational handbook of research on environmental education /cedited by Robert B. Stevenson. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xiii, 576 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. a. Conceptualizing environmental education as a field of inquiry -- pt. b. Research on environmental education curriculum, learning, and assessment : processes and outcomes -- pt. c. Issues of framing, doing, and assessing in environmental education research.  a"The environment and contested notions of sustainability are increasingly topics of public interest, political debate, and legislation across the world. Environmental education journals now publish research from a wide variety of methodological traditions that show linkages between the environment, health, development, and education. This growth in scholarship makes this an opportune time to review and consolidate the knowledge base of the environmental education (EE) field. The purpose of this 51-chapter handbook is not only to illuminate the most important concepts, findings and theories that have been developed by EE research, but also to critically examine the historical progression of the field, its current debates and controversies, what is still missing from the EE research agenda, and where that agenda might be headed. Published for the American Educational Research Association (AERA)"--cProvided by publisher. 0aEnvironmental educationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEnvironmental sciencesxStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aStevenson, Robert.08iPrint version: z9780415892384w(DLC) 201202904140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203813331zClick here to view.01531cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820016003252450141003412640040004823000038005225050301005606500042008616500019009036500049009226500020009717000025009917000021010167000029010377760053010668560086011199780203814550180706s2014    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203814550q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136707995q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136707940q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136707988q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782791q(hardback)  z9781138645332q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203814550 2doi  a(OCoLC)862746219 4aHM856b.R68 201404a303.4bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of social and environmental change /cedited by Stewart Lockie, David A. Sonnenfeld and Dana R. Fisher. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xv, 338 pages)0 apt. 1. Challenges, contradictions and consequences of global socio-ecological change -- pt. 2. Climate change, energy and adaptation -- pt. 3. Urban environmental change, governance and adaptation -- pt. 4. Risk, uncertainty and social learning -- pt. 5. (Re)assembling social-ecological systems. 0aSocial changexEnvironmental aspects. 0aSocial change. 0aGlobal environmental changexSocial aspects. 0aClimate change.1 aFisher, Dana,d1971-1 aLockie, Stewart.1 aSonnenfeld, David Allan.08iPrint version: z9780415782791w(DLC) 201301153440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203814550zClick here to view.01398cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820023003292450126003522460034004782460048005122500019005602640040005793000040006195050178006596500023008377000021008607000024008817000028009057760053009338560086009869780203814574180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203814574q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136708084q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136708121q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136708138q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415594431q(hardback)  z9781138117013q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203814574 2doi  a(OCoLC)820630692 4aGV1302.5b.R678 201204a795.02854678bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of Internet gambling /cedited by Robert J. Williams, Robert T. Wood and Jonathan Parke.30aHandbook of Internet gambling30aInternational handbook of Internet gambling  aFirst edition. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xvii, 380 pages)0 apt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Commercial/business aspects -- pt. 3. Major research studies of Internet gamblers -- pt. 4. Clinical aspects -- pt. 5. Legal and policy issues. 0aInternet gambling.1 aParke, Jonathan.1 aWilliams, Robert J.1 aWood, Robert T.,d1972-08iPrint version: z9780415594431w(DLC) 201104506940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203814574zClick here to view.01568cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820018003252450108003432460037004512640052004883000040005404900038005805050137006186500023007556500070007786500069008486500045009177000019009627000023009817000024010047760053010288300039010818560086011209780203814949180706s2012    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203814949q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136711022q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136711060q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136711077q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415588836q(hardback)  z9781138026025q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203814949 2doi  a(OCoLC)794003715 4aJC596b.R68 201204a363.232bR86900aRoutledge handbook of surveillance studies /cedited by Kirstie Ball, Kevin D. Haggerty and David Lyon.30aHandbook of surveillance studies 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxxi, 437 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Understanding surveillance -- pt. 2. Surveillance as sorting -- pt. 3. Surveillance contexts -- pt. 4. Limiting surveillance. 0aPrivacy, Right of. 0aElectronic surveillancexSocial aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aInformation technologyxSocial aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSocial controlvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBall, Kirstie.1 aHaggerty, Kevin D.1 aLyon, David,d1948-08iPrint version: z9780415588836w(DLC) 2011041478 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203814949zClick here to view.02390cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520430012002730500024002850820018003092450109003272460035004362640044004713000039005154900038005545050112005925201092007046500023017967000027018197000040018467760053018868300039019398560086019789780203814956180706s2014    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203814956q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136711213q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136711169q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136711206q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415588805q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203814956 2doi  a(OCoLC)890442838  ae------ 4aHM477.E85bR68 201404a301.094bR86900aRoutledge handbook of European sociology /cedited by Sokratis Koniordos and Alexandros-Andreas Kyrtsis.30aHandbook of European sociology 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xvi, 450 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Intellectual and institutional settings -- pt. 2. Thematic variations -- pt. 3. Regional variations.  a"The Routledge Handbook of European Sociology explores the main aspects of the work and scholarship of European sociologists during the last sixty years (1950-2010), a period that has shaped the methods and identity of the sociological craft. European social theory has produced a vast constellation of theoretical landscapes with a far reaching impact. At the same time there has been diversity and fragmentation, the influence of American sociology, and the effect of social practice and transformations. The guiding question is: does European Sociology really exist today, and if the answer is positive, what does this really mean? Divided into four parts, the Handbook investigates:intellectual and institutional settingsregional variationsthematic variationsEuropean concerns.The Handbook will provides a set of state-of-the-art accounts that break new ground, each contribution teasing out the distinctively European features of the sociological theme it explores. It will be of interest to students and scholars across the social sciences and humanities"--cProvided by publisher. 0aSociologyzEurope.1 aKoniordos, Sokratis M.1 aKyrtses, Alexandros-Andreas,d1951-08iPrint version: z9780415588805w(DLC) 2014003574 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203814956zClick here to view.01239cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500024002400820016002642450093002802460039003732640044004123000041004564900025004975050101005226500026006236500039006496500063006887000021007517760053007728300026008258560086008519780203815151180706s2007    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203815151q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136713057q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136713095q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415423564q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203815151 2doi  a(OCoLC)810082507 4aHF5681.B2bR68 200704a657.3bR86904aThe Routledge companion to fair value and financial reporting /cedited by Peter Walton.30aFair value and financial reporting 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2007.  a1 online resource (xviii, 404 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 asection 1. Introduction -- section 2. Theoretical analysis -- section 3. Fair value in practice. 0aFinancial statements. 0aFair valuexAccountingxStandards. 0aInternational business enterprisesxAccountingxStandards.1 aWalton, Peter J.08iPrint version: z9780415423564w(DLC) 2006100799 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203815151zClick here to view.01812cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820018003282450105003462640046004513000040004974900038005375050619005756500038011946500033012326500027012657000028012927760053013208300039013738560086014129780203815564180706s2012    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203815564q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136715921q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136715969q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136715976q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415669702q(hardback)  z9781138577145q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203815564 2doi  a(OCoLC)801406383 4aLB1025.3b.R68 201204a371.102bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of teacher and school development /cedited by Christopher Day. 1aAbingdon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 560 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 atheme 1. Issues in teacher professionalism and performativity -- theme 2. Conjuncture and disjuncture in teachers' work and lives -- theme 3. Reason and emotion in teaching -- theme 4. Schools in different circumstances : contexts make a difference -- theme 5. Student voices in a global context : rights, benefits and limitations -- theme 6. Professional learning and development -- theme 7. Innovative pedagogies -- theme 8. School effectiveness and improvement -- theme 9. Successful schools, successful leaders -- theme 10. Learning about professional communities : their practices, problems and possibilities. 0aTeachingvCross-cultural studies. 0aSchool improvement programs. 0aTeachersxTraining of.1 aDay, Christopher,cACP.08iPrint version: z9780415669702w(DLC) 2012371692 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203815564zClick here to view.01988cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450116003432640052004593000037005114900024005485040053005725050752006256000058013776500012014357000025014477000025014727760053014978300026015508560086015769780203816196180706s2012    enk     ob    001 0deng d  a9780203816196q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136720338q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136720376q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136720383q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415483025q(hardback)  z9780415483018q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203816196 2doi  a(OCoLC)796804005 4aPR3091b.R68 201204a792.95bR86904aThe Routledge companion to actors' Shakespeare /cedited by John Russell Brown ; associate editor, Kevin Ewert. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (x, 276 pages)1 aRoutledge companion  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 a1. Simon Russell Beale / Carol Chillington Rutter -- 2. Sinead Cusak / Andrew James Hartley -- 3. Judi Dench / Stanley Wells -- 4. Kate Duchene / James Loehlin -- 5. Colm Feore / Kevin Ewert -- 6. Mariah Gale / Clare Smout -- 7. John Harrell / Jeremy Lopez -- 8. Greg Hicks / Ben Naylor -- 9. Rory Kinnear / Paul Prescott -- 10. Kevin Kline / Donald McManus -- 11. Adrian Lester / Jonathan Holmes -- 12. Sir Ian McKellen / Peter Holland -- 13. Marcello Magni / Stephen Purcell -- 14. Patrice Naiambana / Darren Tunstall -- 15. Vanessa Redgrave / John F. Deeney -- 16. Pyotr Semak / Maria Shevtsova -- 17. Antony Sher / Martin White -- 18. Jonathan Slinger / Phillip Breen -- 19. Kate Valk / David Pelligrini -- 20. Harriet Walter / Paul Edmondson.10aShakespeare, Williamy1564-1616xDramatic production. 0aActing.1 aBrown, John Russell.1 aEwert, Kevin,d1965-08iPrint version: z9780415483025w(DLC) 2010053567 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203816196zClick here to view.01262cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830430012003050500022003170820017003392450112003562640034004683000038005025050140005406500050006806500060007307000015007907000016008057760053008218560086008749780203816318180706s2011    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203816318q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136721243q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136721281q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136721298q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805864458q(hardback)  z9780805864441q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203816318 2doi  a(OCoLC)78291=7762  aae----- 4aLA1141b.H38 201104a370.95bH23600aHandbook of Asian education :ba cultural perspective /ceditor, Yong Zhao ; co-editors, Jing Lei. [et al]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xx, 558 pages)0 apt. 1. Sinic education -- pt. 2. Japanese education -- pt. 3. Islamic education -- pt. 4. Buddhist education -- pt. 5. Hindu education. 0aEducationzEast AsiavCross-cultural studies. 0aEducation and statezEast AsiavCross-cultural studies.1 aLei, Jing.1 aZhao, Yong.08iPrint version: z9780805864458w(DLC) 201002411640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203816318zClick here to view.01256cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500023002710820016002942450094003102640040004043000041004444900036004855050225005216500019007467000021007657000022007867760035008088300037008438560086008809780203816936180706s2012    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203816936q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136725586q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136725623q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415780100q(hardback)  z9780415858410q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203816936 2doi  a(OCoLC)782917962 4aB829.5b.R685 201204a142.7bR86904aThe Routledge companion to phenomenology /cedited by Sebastian Luft and Soren Overgaard. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 716 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. Main figures in the phenomenological movement -- pt. 2. Main topics in phenomenology -- pt. 3. Phenomenological contributions to philosophy -- pt. 4. Phenomenological intersections -- pt. 5. Historical postscript. 0aPhenomenology.1 aLuft, Sebastian.1 aOvergaard, Soren.08iPrint version: z9780415780100 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203816936zClick here to view.01367cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500026003160820016003422450107003582640034004653000041004995050237005406500060007776500047008376500038008847000022009227760035009448560086009799780203817032180706s2014    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203817032q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136726330q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136726286q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136726323q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415893084q(hardback)  z9780415893091q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203817032 2doi  a(OCoLC)897449110  an-us--- 4aLC3969.45b.H354 201404a371.9bH23600aHandbook of research on special education teacher preparation :bedited by Paul T. Sindelar. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 495 pages)0 apt. 1. Overview -- pt. 2. Problems -- pt. 3. Program design and delivery -- pt. 4. Teacher education pedagogy -- pt. 5. Preparation for specific student populations -- pt. 6. Preparation for specific roles -- pt. 7. Teacher quality. 0aSpecial education teachersxTraining ofzUnited States. 0aEducational accountabilityzUnited States. 0aSpecial educationzUnited States.1 aSindelar, Paul T.08iPrint version: z978041589308440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203817032zClick here to view.01416cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500023003420820018003652450054003832640055004373000039004923360021005313370023005523380032005754900025006075050172006326510036008046510031008407000022008717760053008938300022009468560086009689780203817254180706s2010    enkabe  o     000 0 eng d  a9780203817254q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136727825q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136727863q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136727870q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415440103q(hardback)  z9780415527422q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203817254 2doi  a(OCoLC)705929874  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  amm----- 4aDF521b.B9365 201004a949.502bB99804aThe Byzantine world /cedited by Paul Stephenson. 1aAbingdon, England ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxx, 606 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aThe Routledge worlds0 apt. 1. The Byzantines in their world -- part 2. The written word -- part 3. Heaven on earth : Byzantine art and architecture -- part 4. The world of Byzantine studies. 0aByzantine EmpirexCivilization. 0aByzantine EmpirexHistory.1 aStephenson, Paul.08iPrint version: z9780415440103w(DLC) 2009030565 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203817254zClick here to view.01500cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450106003442640052004503000041005024900044005435050306005876500048008936500047009417000026009887760053010148300045010678560086011129780203817568180706s2011    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203817568q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136729997q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136730030q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136730047q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415548892q(hardback)  z9780415817974q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203817568 2doi  a(OCoLC)767498138 4aLB1062b.R66 201104a370.152bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of creative learning /cedited by Julian Sefton-Green. [et al.]. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 479 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbook series0 apt. 1. Theories and histories : creative learning and its contexts / Julian Sefton-Green and Liora Bresler -- pt. 2. Creativity, the arts and schools / Julian Sefton-Green and Pat Thomson -- pt. 3. Creative curriculum and pedagogy / Ken Jones -- pt. 4. Creative school and system change / Pat Thomson. 0aCreative thinkingvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCreative abilityvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aSefton-Green, Julian.08iPrint version: z9780415548892w(DLC) 2010053787 0aRoutledge international handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203817568zClick here to view.01583cam a2200397Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500023003420820017003652450134003822640052005163000039005683360021006073370023006283380032006514900024006835040067007075050092007746510039008666510044009057000024009497000027009737000021010007760053010218300025010748560086010999780203818459180706s2011    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203818459q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136736223q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136736261q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136736278q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415436496q(hardback)  z9780415709149q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203818459 2doi  a(OCoLC)719631112  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aa-ja--- 4aDS822.5b.R68 201104a952.05bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Japanese culture and society /cedited by Victoria Lyon Bester and Theodore C. Bestor, with Akiko Yamagata. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xvi, 325 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 296-309) and index.0 apt. 1. Social foundations -- part 2. Class, identity, and status -- part 3. Cool Japan. 0aJapanxCivilizationy21st century. 0aJapanxSocial conditionsy21st century.1 aBestor, Theodore C.1 aLyon-Bestor, Victoria.1 aYamagata, Akiko.08iPrint version: z9780415436496w(DLC) 2010043729 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203818459zClick here to view.01124cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450078003422500019004202640040004393000039004795050103005186500030006216500020006517000024006717760053006958560086007489780203819227180706s2013    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203819227q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136741661q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136741616q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136741654q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782647q(hardback)  z9781138019492q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203819227 2doi  a(OCoLC)841912677 4aGN407b.R88 201304a394.12bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of food studies /cedited by Ken Albala.  aFirst edition. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvi, 406 pages)0 aSocial sciences -- Humanities -- Interdisciplinary food studies -- Special topics in food studies. 0aNutritional anthropology. 0aFoodxResearch.1 aAlbala, Ken,d1964-08iPrint version: z9780415782647w(DLC) 201200379740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203819227zClick here to view.01403cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820016003261000042003422450073003842640044004573000040005014900037005415000042005785040067006205050157006876500023008447000019008677000020008867760035009068300038009418560086009799780203820384180331r20112002enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203820384q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136749858q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136749803q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136749841q(e-book: ePub)  z9780700711284q(hardback)  z9780415681551q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203820384 2doi  a(OCoLC)830323657 4aPL6172b.L96 201104a499.2bL9871 aLynch, Johnq(John Dominic),eauthor.14aThe Oceanic languages /cJohn Lynch, Malcolm Ross and Terry Crowley. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xvii, 924 pages)1 aRoutledge language family series  aFirst published 2002 by Curzon Press.  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 891-914) and index.0 ach. 1. The Oceanic languages -- ch. 2. Sociolinguistic background -- ch. 3. Typological overview -- ch. 4. Proto Oceanic -- ch. 5. Internal subgrouping. 0aOceanic languages.1 aRoss, Malcolm.1 aCrowley, Terry.08iPrint version: z9780700711284 0aRoutledge language family series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203820384zClick here to view.01476cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500021003420820013003632450052003762640044004283000040004723360021005123370023005333380032005564900021005885040067006095050159006766510043008356510037008787000026009157760053009418300022009948560086010169780203820933180706s2007    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203820933q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136753770q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136753725q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136753763q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415427265q(hardback)  z9780415562959q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203820933 2doi  a(OCoLC)647083746  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  af-ua--- 4aDT61b.E334 200704a932bE3204aThe Egyptian world /cedited by Toby Wilkinson. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2007.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 558 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge worlds  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 488-545) and index.0 apt. 1. Environments -- part 2. Institutions -- part 3. Economies -- part 4. Societies -- part 5. Ideologies -- part 6. Aesthetics -- part 7. Interactions. 0aEgyptxCivilizationy332 B.C.-638 A.D. 0aEgyptxCivilizationyTo 332 B.C.1 aWilkinson, Toby A. H.08iPrint version: z9780415427265w(DLC) 2007007146 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203820933zClick here to view.02622cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430021003040500022003250820016003472450113003632640044004763000039005204900042005595040053006015051314006546500034019686500040020027000027020427000033020697760053021028300043021558560086021989780203821121180331s2005    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203821121q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136755101q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136755057q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136755095q(e-book: ePub)  z9780700712861q(hardback)  z9780415681537q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203821121 2doi  a(OCoLC)830324064  aa------af-mg--- 4aPL5026b.A87 200504a499.2bA93804aThe Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar /cedited by Alexander Adelaar and Nikolaus P. Himmelmann. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2005.  a1 online resource (xxi, 841 pages)1 aRoutledge language family series ;v7  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 a1. The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar : a historical perspective / Alexander Adelaar -- 2. Language shift and endangerment / Margaret Florey -- 3. Colonial history and language policy in insular Southeast Asia and Madagascar / Hein Steinhauer -- 4. Ritual languages, special registers and speech decorum in Austronesian languages / James J. Fox -- 5. The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar : typological characteristics / Nikolaus P. Himmelmann -- 6. Old Malay / Waruno Mahdi -- 7. Structural diversity in the Malayic subgroup / Alexander Adelaar -- 8. Colloquial Indonesian / Michael C. Ewing -- 9. Tsou / Elizabeth Zeitoun -- 10. Seediq / Naomi Tsukida -- 11. Iloko / Carl Rubino -- 12. Tagalog / Nikolaus P. Himmelmann -- 13. Sama (Bajau) / Akamine Jun -- 14. Kimaragang / Paul Kroeger -- 15. Belait / Adrian Clynes -- 16. Malagasy / Janie Rasoloson and Carl Rubino -- 17. Phan Rang Cham / Graham Thurgood -- 18. Moken and Moklen / Michael D. Larish -- 19. Karo Batak / Geoff Woollams -- 20. Nias / Lea Brown -- 21. Javanese / Alexander K. Ogloblin -- 22. Makassar / Anthony Jukes -- 24. Mori Bawah / David Mead -- 25. Kambera / Marian Klamer -- 26. Tetun and Leti / Aone van Engelenhoven and Catharina Williams-van Klinken -- 27. Taba / John Bowden -- 28. Biak / Hein Steinhauer. 0aAustronesian languageszAsia. 0aAustronesian languageszMadagascar.1 aAdelaar, K. Alexander.1 aHimmelmann, Nikolaus,d1959-08iPrint version: z9780700712861w(DLC) 2003025571 0aRoutledge language family series ;v7.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203821121zClick here to view.05868cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830400026003050500021003310820014003522450086003662640050004523000039005023360021005413370023005623380032005855040053006175054561006706500026052316500054052576500014053117000017053257000025053427760053053678560086054209780203824719180706s2006    njuacd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203824719q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136781353q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136781308q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136781346q(e-book: ePub)  z9780805846522q(hardback)  z9780415648288q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203824719 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000427758  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aP118b.H349 200604a418bH23600aHandbook of orthography and literacy /cedited by R. Malatesha Joshi, P.G. Aaron. 1aMahwah, N.J. :bL. Erlbaum Associates,c2006.  a1 online resource (xiv, 802 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.00tpart I LITERACY ACQUISITION IN DIFFERENT WRITING SYSTEMS -- tchapter 1 Evolution of an Alphabetic Writing System: The Case of Icelandic -- tchapter 2 Literacy Acquisition in Norwegian -- tchapter 3 Literacy Acquisition in Danish: A Deep Orthography in Cross-Linguistic Light /rCarsten Elbro -- tchapter 4 Children’s Language Development and Reading Acquisition in a Highly Transparent Orthography /rHeikki Lyytinen -- tchapter 5 Sources of Information Children Use in Learning to Spell: The Case of Finnish Geminates /rAnnukka Lehtonen -- tchapter 6 Orthography and Literacy in French /rJean-Pierre Jaffre´ and Michel Fayol -- tchapter 7 The Acquisition of Literacy in Italian /rRemo Job -- tchapter 8 Reading and Spelling Acquisition and Dyslexia in German /rKarin Landerl -- tchapter 9 Double Dutch: The Dutch Spelling System and Learning to Spell in Dutch /rAnna M. T. Bosman, Saskia de Graaff, and Martine A. R. Gijsel -- tchapter 10 Literacy Acquisition in Spanish /rJavier S. Sainz -- tchapter 11 Beginning Reading Acquisition in Brazilian Portuguese /rCla´udia Cardoso-Martins -- tchapter 12 Literacy Acquisition in Greek: Research Review of the Role of Phonological and Cognitive Factors /rCostas D. Porpodas -- tchapter 13 The Acquisition of Written Morphology in Greek /rTerezinha Nunes -- tchapter 14 How Language Characteristics Influence Turkish Literacy Development -- tchapter 15 Literacy Acquisition and Dyslexia in Hungarian Vale´ria Cse´pe -- tchapter 16 Developmental Dyslexia: Evidence from Polish /rAgnieszka A. Reid -- tchapter 17 Word Reading in Bulgarian Children and Adults /rArmina Janyan -- tchapter 18 Early Phonological Skill as a Predictor of Reading Acquisition in Latvian Ieva Sprugevica, Ingrida Paunina, and Torleiv Høien -- tchapter 19 If John Were Ivan, Would He Fail in Reading? /rElena L. Grigorenko -- tchapter 20 Reading in Arabic Orthography: Characteristics, Research Findings, and Assessment /rSalim Abu-Rabia -- tchapter 21 Hebrew Orthography and Literacy /rDorit Ravid -- tchapter 22 Persian Orthography and Its Relation to Literacy /rBahman Baluch -- tchapter 23 Literacy Acquisition in Korean Hangul: Investigating the Perceptual and Phonological Processing of Good and Poor Readers /rJeesun Kim -- tchapter 24 The Kagunita of Kannada—Learning to Read and Write an Indian Alphasyllabary /rPrathibha Karanth -- tchapter 25 Literacy in Kiswahili /rKatie J. Alcock -- tchapter 26 Reading Chinese /rHim Cheung -- tpart II LITERACY ACQUISITION FROM CROSS-LINGUISTIC PERSPECTIVES -- tchapter 27 Theoretical Framework for Beginning Reading in Different Orthographies -- tchapter 28 Orthography, Phonology, and Reading Development: A Cross-Linguistic Perspective /rUsha Goswami -- tchapter 29 Literacy Acquisition in Japanese–English Bilinguals /rNobuhiko Akamatsu -- tchapter 30 Learning to Spell in Different Languages: How Orthographic Variables Might Affect Early Literacy /rMarketa Caravolas -- tchapter 31 Reading Acquisition in Different Orthographies: Evidence from Direct Comparisons /rKarin Landerl -- tchapter 32 Learning to Read: The Effect of Orthography /rMikko Aro -- tchapter 33 Learning to Spell From Print and Learning to Spell From Speech: A Study of Spelling of Children Who Speak Tamil, a Dravidian Language /rP. G. Aaron -- tchapter 34 Learning to Spell by Ear and by Eye: A Cross-Linguistic Comparison /rR. Malatesha Joshi -- tpart III LITERACY ACQUISITION: INSTRUCTIONAL PERSPECTIVES -- tchapter 35 Knowledge About Letters as a Foundation for Reading and Spelling -- tchapter 36 Morphology and Spelling: What Have Morphemes to Do With Spelling? -- tchapter 37 Metalinguistic Abilities, Phonological Recoding Skill, and the Use of Context in Beginning Reading Development: A Longitudinal Study /rWilliam E. Tunmer -- tchapter 38 The Case for Teaching Phonemic Awareness and Simple Phonics to Preschoolers /rThomas Nicholson -- tchapter 39 Alphabetics Instruction Helps Students Learn to Read /rLinnea C. Ehri -- tchapter 40 The Effectiveness of Synthetic Phonics Teaching in Developing Reading and Spelling Skills in English-Speaking Boys and Girls /rRhona S. Johnston -- tchapter 41 Genetic?? and Environmental Influences on the Development of Reading and Related Cognitive Skills /rRichard K. Olson -- tchapter 42 Maternal Mediation in a Young Child’s Writing Activity: A Sociocultural Perspective /rDorit Aram -- tchapter 43 Foundations for Studying Basic Processes in Reading /rRichard L. Venezky. 0aLanguage acquisition. 0aLanguage and languagesxOrthography and spelling. 0aLiteracy.1 aAaron, P. G.1 aJoshi, R. Malatesha.08iPrint version: z9780805846522w(DLC) 200501507640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203824719zClick here to view.01612cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820020002952450135003152460084004502640032005343000042005665000078006085050385006866500041010717000018011127000020011307000021011507760053011718560086012249780203824757180706r20132006enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203824757q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136781636q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136781582q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136781629q(e-book: ePub)  z9780805851014q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203824757 2doi  a(OCoLC)897449208 4aPJ6065b.H36 201304a492.70711bH23600aHandbook for Arabic language teaching professionals in the 21st century /cedited by Kassem M. Wahba, Zeinab A. Taha, Liz England.30aHandbook for Arabic language teaching professionals in the twenty first century 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxxiii, 477 pages)  aFirst published in 2006 by Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc., Publishers.0 apt. 1. Background -- pt. 2. Contexts of Arabic language teaching -- pt. 3. Communicative competence in Arabic -- pt. 4. The learners -- pt. 5. Assessment -- pt. 6. Technology applications -- pt. 7. Curriculum development, design, and models -- pt. 8. Arabic language program administration and management -- pt. 9. Planning for the future of Arabic language learning and teaching. 0aArabic languagexStudy and teaching.1 aEngland, Liz.1 aTaha, Zeinab A.1 aWahba, Kassem M.08iPrint version: z9780805851014w(DLC) 200503235040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203824757zClick here to view.01536cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500023003420820018003652450077003832460038004602640052004983000038005503360021005883370023006093380032006324900024006645050219006886510037009076510033009447000021009777760053009988300025010518560086010769780203827796180706s2011    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203827796q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136803840q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136803888q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136803895q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415553971q(hardback)  z9781138677838q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203827796 2doi  a(OCoLC)795125164  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aaz----- 4aHC430.6b.R68 201104a330.954bR86900aRoutledge handbook of South Asian economics /cedited by Raghbendra Jha.30aHandbook of South Asian economics 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xx, 327 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Economic growth -- part 2. Human development issues -- part 3. Monetary and fiscal policy issues -- part 4. Sectoral issues -- part 5. International trade and financial flows -- part 6. Environmental issues. 0aSouth AsiaxEconomic conditions. 0aSouth AsiaxEconomic policy.1 aJha, Raghbendra.08iPrint version: z9780415553971w(DLC) 2010040649 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203827796zClick here to view.02007cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820018003272450078003452460035004232640032004583000041004904900024005315040067005555050831006226500015014536500025014687000024014937760053015178300025015708560086015959780203828731180706s2011    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203828731q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136810350q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136810398q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136810404q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415411578q(hardback)  z9780415520997q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203828731 2doi  a(OCoLC)719062309 4aHV6431b.R685 201104a363.325bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of terrorism research /cedited by Alex P. Schmid.30aHandbook of terrorism research 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xviii, 718 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 475-597) and index.0 a1. Introduction / Alex P. Schmid -- 2. The definition of terrorism / Alex P. Schmid -- 3. Typologies of terrorism and political violence / Sarah V. Marsden and Alex P. Schmid -- 4. Theories of terrorism / Bradley McAllister and Alex P. Schmid -- 5. Databases on terrorism / Neil G. Bowie and Alex P. Schmid -- 6. Introduction to the world dictionary of extremist, terrorist and other organisations associated with guerrilla warfare, political violence, protest, organised crime and cyber-crime / Albert J. Jongman -- 7. Library and Internet resources for research on terrorism / Eric Price -- 8. The literature on terrorism / Alex P. Schmid -- 9. Bibliography of terrorism / Gillian Duncan and Alex P. Schmid -- 10. Glossary and abbreviations of terms and concepts relating to terrorism and counter-terrorism / Alex P. Schmid. 0aTerrorism. 0aTerrorismxResearch.1 aSchmid, Alex Peter.08iPrint version: z9780415411578w(DLC) 2010039024 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203828731zClick here to view.01530cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500021003420820017003632450074003802500019004542640044004733000042005173360021005593370023005803380032006034900038006355040067006735050183007406510030009237000025009537760053009788300039010318560086010709780203828861180706s2011    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203828861q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136811265q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136811302q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136811319q(e-book: PDF)  z9781857435528q(hardback)  z9781857438000q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203828861 2doi  a(OCoLC)733047699  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aa-ii--- 4aDS445b.H28 201104a327.54bH23600aHandbook of India's international relations /cedited by David Scott.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxviii, 341 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 322-335) and index.0 apt. 1. India -- part 2. India's 'immediate neighbourhood' -- part 3. India's 'extended neighbourhood' -- part 4. India's great power relations -- part 5. India and global issues. 0aIndiaxForeign relations.1 aScott, David,d1952-08iPrint version: z9781857435528w(DLC) 2011011859 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203828861zClick here to view.01484cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500022003420820018003642450072003822640044004543000039004983360021005373370023005583380032005814900024006135040067006375050185007046510042008897000027009317760053009588300025010118560086010369780203829875180706s2011    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203829875q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136818332q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136818370q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136818387q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415551373q(hardback)  z9781138182851q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203829875 2doi  a(OCoLC)719103098  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aa-ja--- 4aJQ1631b.R68 201104a320.952bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Japanese politics /cedited by Alisa Gaunder. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xvi, 443 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 380-416) and index.0 apt. 1. Domestic politics -- part 2. Civil society -- part 3. Social and public policy -- part 4. Political economy and policymaking -- part 5. International relations and security. 0aJapanxPolitics and governmenty1945-1 aGaunder, Alisa,d1970-08iPrint version: z9780415551373w(DLC) 2010036864 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203829875zClick here to view.01605cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500022003160820020003382450115003582460049004732500019005222640040005413000039005814900025006205050228006456500059008736500061009326510035009937000022010287000028010507760053010788300026011318560086011579780203830352180706s2011    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203830352q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136821691q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136821738q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136821745q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415485777q(hardback)  z9780415827942q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203830352 2doi  a(OCoLC)773564613  acc----- 4aPR9205b.R68 201104a810.99729bR86904aThe Routledge companion to Anglophone Caribbean literature /cedited by Michael A. Bucknor and Alison Donnell.30aCompanion to Anglophone Caribbean literature  aFirst edition. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxx, 660 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Caribbean poetics -- pt. 2. Critical generations -- pt. 3. Textual turning points -- pt. 4. Literary genres and critical approaches -- pt. 5. Caribbean literature and. -- pt. 6. Dissemination and material textuality. 0aCaribbean literature (English)xHistory and criticism. 0aWest Indian literature (English)xHistory and criticism. 0aCaribbean AreaxIn literature.1 aBucknor, Michael.1 aDonnell, Alison,d1966-08iPrint version: z9780415485777w(DLC) 2010035442 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203830352zClick here to view.01304cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820016003272450099003432640032004423000040004744900036005145050159005506500038007096500026007477000022007737000019007957760053008148300037008678560086009049780203830376180706s2011    enkg    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203830376q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136821837q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136821875q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136821882q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415486033q(hardback)  z9780415858397q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203830376 2doi  a(OCoLC)706504311 4aML3800b.R625 201104a781.1bR86904aThe Routledge companion to philosophy and music /cedited by Theodore Gracyk and Andrew Kania. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 654 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. General issues -- pt. 2. Emotion -- pt. 3. History -- pt. 4. Figures -- pt. 5. Kinds of music -- pt. 6. Music, philosophy, and related disciplines. 0aMusicxPhilosophy and aesthetics. 0aMusic and philosophy.1 aGracyk, Theodore.1 aKania, Andrew.08iPrint version: z9780415486033w(DLC) 2010035122 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203830376zClick here to view.01387cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500026003040820014003302450081003442500020004252640040004453000038004854900033005235050107005566500059006636500060007226500047007826500027008297000020008567760053008768300034009298560086009639780203831694180706s2014    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203831694q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136831126q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136831072q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136831119q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415804295q(hardback)  z9780415804301q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203831694 2doi  a(OCoLC)861200092 4aLB2806.15b.I595 201404a375bI61200aInternational handbook of curriculum research /cedited by William F. Pinar.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xi, 554 pages)1 aStudies in curriculum theory0 asection 1. Five essays of introduction -- section 2. 39 essays on curriculum research in 34 countries. 0aCurriculum planningxResearchvCross-cultural studies. 0aEducationxCurriculaxResearchvCross-cultural studies. 0aCurriculum changevCross-cultural studies. 0aComparative education.1 aPinar, William.08iPrint version: z9780415804295w(DLC) 2013006665 0aStudies in curriculum theory.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203831694zClick here to view.01458cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520500024002730820018002972450135003152460055004502640050005053000040005555050283005956500011008786500028008896500022009177000021009397000021009607000024009817760053010058560086010589780203832516180706s2013    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203832516q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136836862q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136836817q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136836855q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415782166q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203832516 2doi  a(OCoLC)822894337 4aHV6024.5b.R68 201304a364.081bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of crime and gender studies /cedited by Claire M. Renzetti, Susan L. Miller and Angela R. Gover.30aInternational handbook of crime and gender studies 1aLondon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xvii, 315 pages)0 asection 1. Theoretical and methodological approaches to the study of gender and crime -- section 2. Gender and victimization -- section 3. Gender and offending -- section 4. Gendered work in the criminal justice system -- section 5. Future directions in gender & crime research. 0aCrime. 0aCrimexSex differences. 0aFemale offenders.1 aGover, Angela R.1 aMiller, Susan L.1 aRenzetti, Claire M.08iPrint version: z9780415782166w(DLC) 201201320940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203832516zClick here to view.01724cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820016003252450093003412460037004342640040004713000040005115050587005516500018011386500019011566500031011757000046012067000019012527760053012718560086013249780203832721180706s2011    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203832721q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136838286q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136838323q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136838330q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415778480q(hardback)  z9780415818896q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203832721 2doi  a(OCoLC)710992569 4aRA441b.R68 201104a362.1bR86900aRoutledge handbook of global public health /cedited by Richard Parker and Marni Sommer.13aHandbook of global public health 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 521 pages)0 apt. 1. The transition from international health to global health -- pt. 2. Structural inequalities and global public health -- pt. 3. Ecological transformation and environmental health in the global system -- pt. 4. Population and reproductive health -- pt. 5. Conflict, violence, and emergencies in global public health -- pt. 6. Global public health policy and practice -- pt. 7. Global public health and development -- pt. 8. Global mental health -- pt. 9. Global access to essential medicines -- pt. 10. Health systems, health capacity, and the politics of global public health. 0aWorld health. 0aPublic health. 0aInternational cooperation.1 aParker, Richard G.q(Richard Guy),d1956-1 aSommer, Marni.08iPrint version: z9780415778480w(DLC) 201002991540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203832721zClick here to view.02926cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820017003282450081003452640052004263000041004785040053005195051750005726500024023226500024023466500019023706500023023896500023024127000026024357760053024618560086025149780203834602180706s2011    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203834602q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136850585q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136850622q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136850639q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415591171q(hardback)  z9780415721639q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203834602 2doi  a(OCoLC)707081183 4aHD9502.A2bR68 201104a333.79bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of energy security /cedited by Benjamin K. Sovacool. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xviii, 436 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 a1 Energy security and climate change : a tenuous link / Gal Luft, Anne Korin, and Eshita Gupta -- 2. The fuzzy nature of energy security / Scott Victor Valentine -- 3. Evaluating the energy security impacts of energy policies / David F. von Hippel. [et al.] -- 4. The sustainable development dimension of energy security / Asclepias R.S. Indriyanto, Dwi Ari Fauzi, and Alfa Firdaus -- 5. The maritime dimension of energy security / Carolin Liss -- 6. The public policy dimension of energy security / Andreas Goldthau -- 7. The diversification dimension of energy security / Andy Stirling -- 8. The environmental dimension of energy security / Marilyn A. Brown and Michael Dworkin -- 9. The energy poverty dimension of energy security / Shonali Pachauri -- 10. The social development dimension of energy security / Anthony D'Agostino -- 11. The energy efficiency dimension of energy security / Nathalie Trudeau and Peter G. Taylor -- 12. The energy services dimension of energy security / Jaap C. Jansen and Adriaan J. Van der Welle -- 13. The industrial dimension of energy security / Geoffrey K. Pakiam -- 14. The competing dimensions of energy security / Martin J. Pasqualetti -- 15. Indicators for energy security / Bert Kruyt. [et al.] -- 16. Measuring security of energy supply with two diversity indexes / John Kessels -- 17. Measuring energy security : from universal indicators to contextualized frameworks / Aleh Cherp and Jessica Jewell -- 18. Applying the four 'A's of energy security as criteria in an energy security ranking method / Larry Hughes and Darren Shupe -- 19. Measuring energy security performance in the OECD / Benjamin K. Sovacool and Marilyn A. Brown -- 20. Measuring energy security vulnerability / Edgard Gnansounou. 0aEnergy development. 0aEnergy consumption. 0aEnergy policy. 0aEnergy industries. 0aSupply and demand.1 aSovacool, Benjamin K.08iPrint version: z9780415591171w(DLC) 201002613440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203834602zClick here to view.01364cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820014003242450078003382500019004162640044004353000039004794900047005185050233005656500050007987000027008487760053008758300048009288560086009769780203835654180706s2011    enkadg  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203835654q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136857935q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136857973q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136857980q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415490672q(hardback)  z9780415658157q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203835654 2doi  a(OCoLC)719103096 4aP129b.R68 201104a418bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of applied linguistics /cedited by James Simpson.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xix, 725 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics0 apt. 1. Applied linguistics in actions -- pt. 2. Language learning, language education -- pt. 3. Language, culture and identity -- pt. 4. Perspectives on language in use -- pt. 5. Descriptions of language for applied linguistics. 0aApplied linguisticsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aSimpson, James,d1954-08iPrint version: z9780415490672w(DLC) 2010023814 0aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203835654zClick here to view.03469cam a2200577Ka 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400030001140200036001440200033001800200036002130200033002490200043002820200040003250200042003650200039004070200049004460200046004950200018005410200015005590350059005740350023006330500027006560720025006830720025007080720025007330720016007580820017007742450061007912600036008523000055008883360026009433370026009693380036009954900033010315050203010645201066012675880047023336500023023806500079024036500045024826500046025277000019025738560083025928560072026758560102027479380042028499780203836170FlBoTFG20190828012350.0m     o  d        cr cnu---unuuu110414s2011    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengepncOCoLC-P  a9780203836170q(electronic bk.)  a0203836170q(electronic bk.)  a9780429264108q(electronic bk.)  a0429264100q(electronic bk.)  a9780429559136q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a0429559135q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a9780429554667q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a0429554664q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a9780429563607q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a0429563604q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  z9780415877664  z0415877660  a(OCoLC)712648908z(OCoLC)1086528440z(OCoLC)1109945286  a(OCoLC-P)712648908 4aHV7936.P75bH36 2011eb 7aPOLx0140002bisacsh 7aPSYx0030002bisacsh 7aPSYx0140002bisacsh 7aJMK2bicssc04a363.201922200aHandbook of police psychology /cedited by Jack Kitaeff.  aNew York :bRoutledge,c©2011.  a1 online resource (xx, 569 pages) :billustrations  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aSeries in applied psychology0 apt. 1. General practice -- pt. 2. Pre-employment psychological screening -- pt. 3. Training and evaluation -- pt. 4. Police procedure -- pt. 5. Clinical practice -- pt. 6. Treatment and dysfunction.  aThe Handbook of Police Psychology represents the contributions of over thirty police psychologists, all experts in their field, on the core subject matters of police psychology. Police psychology is broadly defined as the application of psychological principles and methods to law enforcement. This growing area includes topics such as screening and hiring of police officers; conducting screening for special squads (e.g., SWAT); fitness-for-duty evaluations; investigations, hostage negotiations; training and consultation, and stress counseling, among others. The book examines the beginnings of police psychology and early influences on the profession such as experimental investigations of psychological testing on police attitude and performance. Influential figures in the field of police psychology are discussed, including the nations first full-time police psychologist who served on the Los Angeles Police Department, and the first full-time police officer to earn a doctorate in psychology while still in uniform with the New York Police Department.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aPolice psychology. 7aPOLITICAL SCIENCExPolitical Freedom & SecurityxLaw Enforcement.2bisacsh 7aPSYCHOLOGY / Applied Psychology2bisacsh 7aPSYCHOLOGY / Forensic Psychology2bisacsh1 aKitaeff, Jack.403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203836170403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9780429264108423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf  aTaylor & FrancisbTAFRn978020383617001702cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820014003262450101003402640034004413000040004754900050005155050491005656500033010566500048010896500060011377000017011977760035012148300053012498560086013029780203836507180706s2011    nyuad   o     000 0 eng d  a9780203836507q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136863905q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136863943q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136863950q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415998710q(hardback)  z9780415998727q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203836507 2doi  a(OCoLC)828745748 4aP118.2b.H36 201104a418bH23600aHandbook of research in second language teaching and learning.nVol. II /cedited by Eli Hinkel. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xvii, 998 pages)1 aESL & applied linguistics professional series0 apt. 1. Social contexts in research on second language and teaching and learning -- pt. 2. Second language research methods -- pt. 3. Second language research and applied linguistics -- pt. 4. Research in second language processes and development -- pt. 5. Methods and instruction in second language teaching -- pt. 6. Second language assessment -- pt. 7. Ideology, identity, culture, and critical pedagogy in second language teaching and learning -- pt. 8. Language planning and policy. 0aSecond language acquisition. 0aLanguage and languagesxStudy and teaching. 0aEnglish languagexStudy and teachingxForeign speakers.1 aHinkel, Eli.08iPrint version: z9780415998710 0aESL and applied linguistics professional series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203836507zClick here to view.01281cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820014003262450100003402460043004402640034004833000039005175050173005566500035007296500028007647000019007927000029008117760053008408560086008939780203836897180706s2011    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203836897q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136866630q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136866678q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136866685q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415552035q(hardback)  z9780415524506q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203836897 2doi  a(OCoLC)701718564 4aKZ6304b.R68 201104a345bR86900aRoutledge handbook of international criminal law /cedited by William Schabas and Nadia Bernaz.30aHandbook of international criminal law 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xiv, 461 pages)0 apt. 1. Historical and institutional framework -- pt. 2. The crimes -- pt. 3. The practice of international tribunals -- pt. 4. Key issues in international criminal law. 0aInternational criminal courts. 0aInternational offenses.1 aBernaz, Nadia.1 aSchabas, William,d1950-08iPrint version: z9780415552035w(DLC) 201002244940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203836897zClick here to view.01242cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450079003442640032004233000038004554900038004935050148005316500021006796500041007007000021007417760053007628300039008158560086008549780203837139180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203837139q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136868382q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136868429q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136868436q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415600811q(hardback)  z9781138094659q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837139 2doi  a(OCoLC)796812758 4aJZ1308b.R69 201204a327.101bR86900aRoutledge handbook of cosmopolitanism studies /cedited by Gerard Delanty. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xx, 599 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Cosmopolitan theory and approaches -- pt. 2. Cosmopolitan cultures -- pt. 3. Cosmopolitics -- pt. 4. World varieties of cosmopolitanism. 0aCosmopolitanism. 0aInternational relationsxPhilosophy.1 aDelanty, Gerard.08iPrint version: z9780415600811w(DLC) 2011035165 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837139zClick here to view.02192cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820014003282450122003422460056004642640044005203000039005645050948006036500042015516500036015936500066016297000021016957000023017167760053017398560086017929780203837146180706s2014    enkad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203837146q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136868504q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136868450q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136868498q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415781787q(hardback)  z9781138645196q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837146 2doi  a(OCoLC)859159492 4aHV6025b.R6779 201404a364bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of international crime and justice studies /cedited by Bruce A. Arrigo and Heather Y. Bersot.30aHandbook of international crime and justice studies 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxx, 653 pages)0 apt. 1. Theory, culture, and society : the narratives of crime and justice -- pt. 2. The industries of crime and justice : systems of policing -- pt. 3. The industries of crime and justice: systems of law -- pt. 4. The industries of crime and justice : systems of corrections and punishment -- pt. 5. The criminal enterprise : types of commerce, consumerism, and conspicuous consumption -- pt. 6. Global technologies : from the surveillance of humans to the management of situations -- pt. 7. Media, crime, and culture : simulating identities, constructing realities -- pt. 8. Green criminology : environmental hazards, natural disasters, and ecological sustainability -- pt. 9. Political and state violence : struggles, conflicts, and transitions -- pt. 10. Public health criminology : global risks and transnational responsibilities -- pt. 11. The political economy of crime and justice : the trade in colonialism, nationalism, and globalism. 0aCriminologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCrimevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCriminal justice, Administration ofvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aArrigo, Bruce A.1 aBersot, Heather Y.08iPrint version: z9780415781787w(DLC) 201300303740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837146zClick here to view.01340cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820018003272450103003452640034004483000039004824900043005215050197005646500053007617000053008147760053008678300044009208560086009649780203837290180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203837290q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136869556q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136869501q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136869549q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415805735q(hardback)  z9780415805742q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837290 2doi  a(OCoLC)842900659 4aLB1032b.I524 201304a371.395bI61204aThe international handbook of collaborative learning /cedited by Cindy E. Hmelo-Silver. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xii, 516 pages)1 aEducational psychology handbook series0 apt. 1. Theoretical approaches -- pt. 2. Studying collaborative learning -- pt. 3. Instructional issues and approaches to collaborative learning -- pt. 4. Technology and collaborative learning. 0aGroup work in educationvCross-cultural studies.1 aHmelo-Silver, Cindy E.,eeditor. of compilation.08iPrint version: z9780415805735w(DLC) 2012017121 0aEducational psychology handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837290zClick here to view.03004cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640430012002850500022002970820020003192450086003392640034004253000039004595000029004985050890005275201028014176500063024457000032025087000023025407760053025638560086026169780203837306180706s2011    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136869624 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136869570q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136869617q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415800716q(hardback)  z9780415800723q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837306 2doi  a(OCoLC)730503464  an-us--- 4aLC3965b.H26 201104a371.90973bH23600aHandbook of special education /cedited by James M. Kauffman, Daniel P. Hallahan. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xiv, 810 pages)  aTwo columns to the page.0 asection 1. Historical and contemporary issues in educating exceptional learners -- section 2. Legal aspects of special education -- section 3. The general education context of special education -- section 4. Special education categories -- section 5. Assessment of students with disabilities -- section 6. Policy and leadership in the administration of special education -- section 7. Instructional issues for students with high incidence disabilities -- section 8.  Instructional issues for students with low incidence cognitive disabilities -- section 9. Transition to adulthood and high incidence disabilities -- section 10. Transition of students with low incidence disabilities -- section 11. Parent and family issues in special education -- section 12. Early identification and intervention in exceptionality -- section 13. Cultural and international issues in special education.  aSpecial education is now an established part of public education in the United States--by law and by custom. However, it is still widely misunderstood and continues to be dogged by controversies related to such things as categorization, grouping, assessment, placement, funding, instruction, and a variety of legal issues. The purpose of this 13-part, 57-chapter handbook is to help profile and bring greater clarity to this sprawling and growing field. To ensure consistency across the volume, chapter authors review and integrate existing research, identifying strengths and weaknesses, note gaps in the literature, and discuss implications for practice and future research. This book is an appropriate reference volume for anyone (researchers, scholars, graduate students, practitioners, policy makers, and parents) interested in the state of special education today: its research base, current issues and practices, and future trends. It is also appropriate as a textbook for graduate level courses in special eduction. 0aSpecial educationzUnited StatesvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHallahan, Daniel P.,d1944-1 aKauffman, James M.08iPrint version: z9780415800716w(DLC) 201003751340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837306zClick here to view.01667cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500025003160820019003412450147003602640034005073000039005415050425005806500057010056500043010626500040011057000027011457000026011727000022011987760035012208560086012559780203837313180706s2012    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203837313q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136869648q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136869686q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136869693q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415872805q(hardback)  z9780415872812q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837313 2doi  a(OCoLC)801405957  an-us--- 4aLC3969.45b.H35 201204a371.9043bH23600aHandbook of leadership and administration for special education /cedited by Jean B. Crockett, Bonnie S. Billingsley, and Mary Lynn Boscardin. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xii, 388 pages)0 asection 1. The context and development of leadership for special education : introduction -- section 2. Leadership, policy, and school reform : introduction -- section 3. Collaborative leadership for special education in multicultural contexts : introduction -- section 4. Instructional leadership and the evaluation of educational outcomes : introduction -- section 5. Challenges for educational leaders : introduction. 0aSpecial education teachersvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducational leadershipzUnited States. 0aSchool management and organization.1 aBillingsley, Bonnie S.1 aBoscardin, Mary Lynn.1 aCrockett, Jean B.08iPrint version: z978041587280540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837313zClick here to view.01657cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500023003160820020003392450128003592640034004873000038005215050331005596500059008906500069009496500062010186500061010807000026011417000025011677760053011928560086012459780203837320180706s2012    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203837320q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136869716q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136869754q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136869761q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415872782q(hardback)  z9780415872799q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837320 2doi  a(OCoLC)784949375  an-us--- 4aLC4031b.H358 201204a371.90973bH23600aHandbook of adolescent transition education for youth with disabilities /cedited by Michael L. Wehmeyer, Kristine W. Webb. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xi, 511 pages)0 asection 1. Introduction and overview of adolescent transition education -- section 2. Adolescent transition education planning -- section 3. Student development in adolescent transition education -- section 4. Adolescent transition education program structure -- section 5. Disability specific adolescent transition education. 0aTeenagers with disabilitiesxEducationzUnited States. 0aTeenagers with disabilitiesxVocational guidancezUnited States. 0aTeenagers with disabilitiesxServices forzUnited States. 0aStudents with disabilitiesxServices forzUnited States.1 aWebb, Kristine Wiest.1 aWehmeyer, Michael L.08iPrint version: z9780415872782w(DLC) 201102669740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837320zClick here to view.01442cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500022003160820019003382450078003572640052004353000039004874900028005265050297005546500034008516500039008856510031009247000034009557760053009898560086010429780203837443180706s2011    enk     o     001 0 eng d  a9780203837443q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136870552q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136870590q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136870606q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415779562q(hardback)  z9780415520874q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837443 2doi  a(OCoLC)708569071  ae-gx--- 4aD804.3b.R76 201104a940.5318bR86904aThe Routledge history of the Holocaust /cedited by Jonathan C. Friedman. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xix, 516 pages)0 aThe Routledge histories0 apt. 1. The Nazi takeover and persecution in Hitler's Reich to 1939 -- pt. 2. Germany's racial war in Poland and the Soviet Union, 1939-41 -- pt. 3. The final solution in Europe -- pt. 4. The responses from victims, bystanders, and rescuers -- pt. 5. The Holocaust in law, culture, and memory. 0aHolocaust, Jewish (1939-1945) 0aJewszGermanyxHistoryy1933-1945. 0aGermanyxEthnic relations.1 aFriedman, Jonathan C.,d1966-08iPrint version: z9780415779562w(DLC) 201002166440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837443zClick here to view.02077cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830500027003050820019003322450094003512500019004452640047004643000038005115040053005495050936006026500026015386500028015647000024015927000026016167760035016428560086016779780203837665180706s2008    nyuadf  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203837665q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136872099q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136872136q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136872143q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805859904q(hardback)  z9781138975705q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837665 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000427958 4aBF724.85.C64bH36 200804a155.6713bH23604aThe handbook of aging and cognition /cedited by Fergus I.M. Craik, Timothy A. Salthouse.  aThird edition. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bPsychology Press,c2008.  a1 online resource (ix, 657 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 a1. Neuroimaging of healthy cognitive aging / Nancy A. Dennis and Roberto Cabeza -- 2. Genetics of cognitive aging / Matt McGue and Wendy Johnson -- 3. The neuropsychology of the development of Alzheimer's disease / Marilyn S. Albert -- 4. Intelligence, education, and the brain reserve hypothesis / Helen Christensen. [et al.] -- 5. Attention / Arthur F. Kramer and David J. Madden -- 6. New considerations in aging and memory : the glass may be half full / Mark A. McDaniel, Gilles O. Einstein, and Larry L. Jacoby -- 7. Working memory, executive control, and aging / Todd S. Braver and Robert West -- 8. Language and aging / Deborah M. Burke and Meredith A. Shafto -- 9. Knowledge and cognitive aging / Phillip L. Ackerman -- 10. Intraindividual variability, cognition, and aging / David F. Hultsch. [et al.] -- 11. Lifespan cognitive development : the roles of representation and control / Fergus I.M. Craik and Ellen Bialystok. 0aCognition in old age. 0aCognitionxAge factors.1 aCraik, Fergus I. M.1 aSalthouse, Timothy A.08iPrint version: z978080585990440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837665zClick here to view.01218cam a2200253Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500024002400820020002642450075002842640085003593000041004445050284004856500036007696500013008057000025008187760035008438560086008789780203837764180706s2009    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203837764q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136872792q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136872839q(e-book: ePub)  z9781841694337q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203837764 2doi  a(OCoLC)692196955 4aRJ496.L35bH36 200904a618.92855bH23600aHandbook of child language disorders /cedited by Richard G. Schwartz. 1aNew York ;aHove [England] :bPsychology Press :bTaylor & Francis Group,c2009.  a1 online resource (xviii, 590 pages)0 apt. I. Typology of child language disorders -- pt. II. Bases of child language disorders -- pt. III. Language contexts of child language disorders -- pt. IV. Deficits, assessment, and intervention in child language disorders -- pt. V. Resarch methods in child language disorders. 0aLanguage disorders in children. 0aAphasia.1 aSchwartz, Richard G.08iPrint version: z978184169433740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837764zClick here to view.03658cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820020003262450080003462640041004263000038004675040053005055052602005586500031031607000016031917000022032077760053032298560086032829780203837993180706s2010    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203837993q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136874475q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136874512q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136874529q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805862522q(hardback)  z9781138882911q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203837993 2doi  a(OCoLC)712037593 4aJZ5534b.H36 201004a303.66071bH23600aHandbook on peace education /cedited by Gavriel Salomon and Edward Cairns. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2010.  a1 online resource (xi, 344 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 ach. 1. Peace education : setting the scene / Gavriel Salomon and Ed Cairns -- ch. 2. History of peace education / Ian Harris -- ch. 3. Peace education in societies involved in intractable conflicts : goals, conditions, and directions / Daniel Bar-Tal, Yigal Rosen, and Rafi Nets-Zehngut -- ch. 4. Educational sciences and peace education : mainstreaming peace education into (Western) academia? / Werner Wintersteiner -- ch. 5. What does peace psychology have to offer peace education? Five psychologically informed propositions / Daniel J. Christie and Richard V. Wagner -- ch. 6. The social psychology of intergroup relations / Nicole Tausch, Katharina Schmid, and Miles Hewstone -- ch. 7. Intergroup contact : implications for peace education / Eric W. Mania. [et al.] -- ch. 8. Contributions of developmental psychology to peace education / Louis Oppenheimer -- ch. 9. Peace education and political science / Marc Howard Ross -- ch. 10. The contributions of communication and media studies to peace education / Donald Ellis and Yael Warshel -- ch. 11. Peace and morality : two children of the same parents / Fritz Oser, Christine Riegel, and Sibylle Steinmann -- ch. 12. Philosophy of peace education in a postmetaphysical era / Ilan Gur-Ze'ev -- ch. 13. Teaching about the culture of peace as an approach to peace education / Joseph de Rivera -- ch. 14. Storytelling and multiple narratives in conflict situations : from the TRT group in the German-Jewish context to the dual-narrative approach of PRIME / Dan Bar-On -- ch. 15. The contribution of history teaching to peace building / Alan McCully -- ch. 16. Peace education in the classroom : creating effective peace education programs / David W. Johnson and Roger T. Johnson -- ch. 17. Building a shared future from a divided past : promoting peace through education in Northern Ireland / Tony Gallagher -- ch. 18. Unity-based peace education : education for peace program in Bosnia and Herzegovina : a chronological case study / H.B. Danesh -- ch. 19. Understanding the roots and impact of violence and psychological recovery as avenues to reconciliation after mass violence and intractable conflict : applications to national leaders, journalists, community groups, public education through radio, and children / Ervin Staub, Laurie Anne Pearlman, and Rezarta Bilali -- ch. 20. Peace education in regions of tranquillity / Ilse Hakvoort -- ch. 21. Educating for peace through planned encounters between Jews and Arabs in Israel : a reappraisal of effectiveness / Ifat Maoz -- ch. 22. Open-ended questions / Gavriel Salomon and Ed Cairns. 0aPeacexStudy and teaching.1 aCairns, Ed.1 aSalomon, Gavriel.08iPrint version: z9780805862522w(DLC) 200902804040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203837993zClick here to view.08448cam a2200421Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730200049001140350021001630400026001840410008002100500010002180720026002280720016002540820017002702450241002872500019005282640040005473000070005873360021006573370023006783380032007015040051007335054143007845202723049275300036076506500054076866500051077406550022077917000038078137000030078517100024078817760035079058560086079409780203838716FlBoTFG20181122151848.0m     o  d        cr            181122s2011    fluab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136879555 (e-book: ePub)q(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)719074648  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda1 aeng 4aK3791 7aSOCx003000 2bisacsh 7aHD 2bicscc04a344/.09422304aThe Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation :bAn international guide to laws and practice in the excavation and treatment of archaeological human remains /cedited by Nicholas Marquez-Grant and Linda Fibiger.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (800 pages) :b25 illustrations, text file, PDF  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references and index.00tFOREWARD  Professor Don Brothwell -- tPART 1  INTRODUCTION - Nicholas Mrquez-Grant and Linda Fibiger -- tPART 2 EUROPE -- t1. Albania  Maria Grazia Amore -- t2. Andorra  Abel Fort Garca -- t3. Armenia - Maureen E. Marshall and Ruzan A. Mkrtchyan -- t4. Azerbaijan - David Maynard and Najaf Museyibli -- t5. Belarus - Lydia Tegako and Olga Sorokina -- t6. Belgium - Kim Quintelier, Agns Malevez, Rosine Orban, Michel Toussaint, Marit Vandenbruaene and Genevive Yernaux -- t7. Bosnia and Herzegovina - Amila Zukanovi, Nermin Sarajli and Senem kulj -- t8. Bulgaria - Bisserka Gaydarska -- t9. Croatia - Mario laus, Mario Novak and Marin Vodanovi -- t10. Cyprus - Kirsi O. Lorentz -- t11. Czech Republic - Petr Velemnsk and Lumr Polek -- t12. Denmark - Tina Christensen and Pia Bennike -- t13. Finland - Milton Nez, Markku Niskanen, Marja-Leena Kortelainen, Juho-Antti Junno, Kirsti Paavola, Sirpa Niinimki and Mirette Modarress -- t14. France - Juliette Michel and Phillipe Charlier -- t15. Germany - Jrg Orschiedt, Ursula Wittwer-Backofen and Stefan Flohr -- t16. Greece - Constantine Eliopoulos, Konstantinos Moraitis, Velissaria Vanna and Sotiris Manolis -- t17. Hungary - Ildik Pap and Gyrgy Plfi -- t18. Iceland - Gun Zoga and Hildur Gestsdttir -- t19. Ireland - Laureen Buckley -- t20. Italy - Dario Piombino-Mascali and Albert R. Zink -- t21. Kosova - Shirley J. Schermer, Edi Shukriu and Sylvia Deskaj -- t22. Lithuania - Rimantas Jankauskas -- t23. Luxembourg - Ilka Weidig, Christiane Bis-Worch, Nils-Jrn Rehbach, Ulrich Nothwang, Anja Sindermann, Jean Krier, Foni Le Brun-Ricalens and Jeannot Metzler -- t24. Macedonia, FYRO - Fanica Veljanovska -- t25. Malta - Anthony Pace -- t26. Moldova - Sergiu Mustea and Alexander Varzari -- t27. Monaco - Luca Bianconi -- t28. Montenegro - Mile Bakovi and Ivana Medenica -- t29. The Netherlands - Elisabeth Smits -- t30. Norway - Berit J. Sellevold -- t31. Poland - Wiesaw Lorkiewicz, Iwona Teul and Paulina Kubacka -- t32 Portugal - Cludia Umbelino and Ana Lusa Santos -- t33. Romania - Szilrd Sndor Gl -- t34. Russia - Alexandra Buzhilova -- t35. Serbia - Marija Djuri and Andrej Starovi -- t36. Slovakia - Radoslav Beu, Soa Masnicov, Zuzana Obertov and Drahoslav Hulnek -- t37. Slovenia - Petra Leben-Seljak and Pavel Jamnik -- t38. Spain - Nicholas Mrquez-Grant, Carme Rissech, Olalla Lpez Costas, Inmaculada Alemn and Luis Caro Dobn -- t39. Sweden - Torbjrn Ahlstrm, Elisabeth Iregren, Lena Strid and Kristina Jennbert -- t40. Turkey - Handan stnda -- t41. Ukraine - Inna Potekhina -- t42. United Kingdom - Bill White -- t--PART 3 REST OF THE WORLD -- tAFRICA -- t43. Egypt - Salima Ikram -- t44. Sudan - Tina Jakob and Mongeda Khalid Magzoub Ali -- t45. South Africa - Willem Coenraad Nienaber and Maryna Steyn -- tNORTH AMERICA -- t46. Canada - Jerome S. Cybulski -- t47. USA - Douglas H. Ubelaker -- t48. Mexico - Lourdes Mrquez Morfn and Ernesto Gonzlez Licn -- t49. Guatemala - Lourdes Penados -- t50. Puerto Rico - Myriam Llorens-Liboy and Milton Nez -- tSOUTH AMERICA  Coordinated by Paola Ponce -- tSouth America [Introduction by Paola Ponce] -- t51. Argentina - Marina L. Sardi -- t52. Brazil - Sheila Maria Ferraz Mendona de Souza -- t53. Chile - Eugenio Aspillaga Fontaine and Bernardo Arriaza -- t54. Uruguay - Mnica Sans -- tANTARTICA -- t55. Human remains in Antartica  a unique historical and legal context - Michael Pearson -- tASIA -- t56. Israel - Yossi Nagar -- t57. Thailand - Sin Halcrow, Nancy Tayles, Natthamon Pureepatpong and Korakot Boonlop -- tOCEANIA -- t58. Australia - Denise Donlon and Judith Littleton -- t59. New Zealand - Nancy Tayles and Sin Halcrow -- t60. Vanuatu - Stuart Bedford, Ralph Regenvanu, Matthew Spriggs, Hallie Buckley and Frdrique Valentin -- t--PART 4. CONCLUDING REMARKS  Nicholas Mrquez-Grant and Linda Fibiger -- t--APPENDIX -- tA1. BRITISH OVERSEAS TERRITORIES - Karl Harrison -- tA2. GIBRALTAR - Kimberly Brown and Clive Finlayson -- tA3. BURIALS RELATED TO RECENT MILITARY CONFLICTS: CASE STUDIES FROM FRANCE - Michel Signoli and Guillaume de Vedrines.3 aMethodologies and legislative frameworks regarding the archaeological excavation, retrieval, analysis, curation and potential reburial of human skeletal remains differ throughout the world. As work forces have become increasingly mobile and international research collaborations are steadily increasing, the need for a more comprehensive understanding of different national research traditions, methodologies and legislative structures within the academic and commercial sector of physical anthropology has arisen. The Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation provides comprehensive information on the excavation of archaeological human remains and the law through 62 individual country contributions from Europe, Asia, Africa, North America, South America and Australasia. More specifically, the volume discusses the following: What is the current situation (including a brief history) of physical anthropology in the country? What happens on discovering human remains (who is notified, etc.)? What is the current legislation regarding the excavation of archaeological human skeletal remains? Is a license needed to excavate human remains? Is there any specific legislation regarding excavation in churchyards? Any specific legislation regarding war graves? Are physical anthropologists involved in the excavation process? Where is the cut-off point between forensic and archaeological human remains (e.g. 100 years, 50 years, 25 years…)? Can human remains be transported abroad for research purposes? What methods of anthropological analysis are mostly used in the country? Are there any methods created in that country which are population-specific? Are there particular ethical issues that need to be considered when excavating human remains, such as religious groups or tribal groups? In addition, an overview of landmark anthropological studies and important collections are provided where appropriate. The entries are contained by an introductory chapter by the editors which establish the objectives and structure of the book, setting it within a wider archaeological framework, and a conclusion which explores the current European and world-wide trends and perspectives in the study of archaeological human remains. The Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation makes a timely, much-needed contribution to the field of physical anthropology and is unique as it combines information on the excavation of human remains and the legislation that guides it, alongside information on the current state of physical anthropology across several continents. It is an indispensible tool for archaeologists involved in the excavation of human remains around the world.  aAlso available in print format. 0aHuman remains (Archaeology)xLaw and legislation. 0aLAWxAdministrative Law & Regulatory Practice. 7aElectronic books.1 aMarquez-Grant, Nicholas,eeditor.1 aFibiger, Linda ,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z978041558857740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203838716zClick here to view.01721cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500020002850820019003052450109003242640034004333000039004674900043005065040053005495050362006026500043009646500054010076500051010616500044011127000020011567000024011767760053012008300044012538560086012979780203839010180706s2011    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136881664 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136881619q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136881657q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415871112q(hardback)  z9780415871129q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203839010 2doi  a(OCoLC)719097235 4aLC32b.H36 201104a371.3943bH23600aHandbook of self-regulation of learning and performance /cedited by Barry J. Zimmerman, Dale H. Schunk. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xiv, 484 pages)1 aEducational psychology handbook series  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Basic domains of self-regulation of learning and performance -- pt. 2. Instructional issues in self-regulation of learning and performance -- pt. 3. Self-regulation of learning in specific content areas -- pt. 4. Methodological issues in assessing self-regulation of learning -- pt. 5. Individual and group differences in self-regulation of learning. 0aSelf-culturevHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMotivation in educationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aAcademic achievementvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMetacognitionvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aSchunk, Dale H.1 aZimmerman, Barry J.08iPrint version: z9780415871112w(DLC) 2010032541 0aEducational psychology handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203839010zClick here to view.01475cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820014003252450091003392460030004302640034004603000041004944900036005355050344005716500026009157000021009417000023009627760053009858300037010388560086010759780203839065180706s2011    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203839065q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136881961q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136882005q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136882012q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415962193q(hardback)  z9780415722698q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203839065 2doi  a(OCoLC)707067556 4aBD161b.R69 201104a121bR86904aThe Routledge companion to epistemology /cedited by Sven Bernecker, Duncan Pritchard.30aCompanion to epistemology 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 911 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. Foundational concepts -- pt. 2. The analysis of knowledge -- pt. 3. The structure of knowledge -- pt. 4. Kinds of knowledge -- pt. 5. Skepticism -- pt. 6. Responses to skepticism -- pt. 7. Knowledge and knowledge attributions -- pt. 8. Formal epistemology -- pt. 9. The history of epistemology -- pt. 10. Metaepistemological issues. 0aKnowledge, Theory of.1 aBernecker, Sven.1 aPritchard, Duncan.08iPrint version: z9780415962193w(DLC) 2010020537 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203839065zClick here to view.02837cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500025002850820019003102450110003292640040004393000039004794900043005185040053005615051516006146500039021306500052021696500050022217000027022717000030022987760053023288300044023818560086024259780203839089180706s2011    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9781136882159 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136882104q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136882142q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415804608q(hardback)  z9780415804615q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203839089 2doi  a(OCoLC)707078824 4aLB1060b.H34575 201104a370.1523bH23600aHandbook of research on learning and instruction /cedited by Richard E. Mayer and Patricia A. Alexander. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xiv, 501 pages)1 aEducational psychology handbook series  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 aIntroduction to research on learning / Patricia A. Alexander and Richard E. Mayer -- Learning to read / Emily Fox and Patricia A. Alexander -- Learning to write / Susan De La Paz and Deborah McCutchen -- Learning mathematics / Ann R. Edwards, Indigo Esmonde, and Joseph F. Wagner -- Learning science / Richard Duschl and Richard Hamilton -- Learning history / Linda Levstik -- Learning a second language / Min Wang -- Learning motor skill in physical education / Catherine D. Ennis and Ang Chen -- Learning to think critically / Christina Bonney and Robert J. Sternberg -- Learning to self-monitor and self-regulate / Marcel V. J. Veenman -- Learning with motivation / Eric M. Anderman and Heather Dawson -- Introduction to research on instruction / Patricia A. Alexander and Richard E. Mayer -- Instruction based on feedback / John Hattie and Mark Gan -- Instruction based on examples / Alexander Renkl -- Instruction based on self-explanation / Brenda A. Fonseca and Michelene T. H. Chi -- Instruction based on peer interaction / Kathryn R. Wentzel and Deborah E. Watkins -- Instruction based on cooperative learning / Robert E. Slavin -- Instruction based on inquiry / Sofie M.M. Loyens and Remy M.J.P. Rikers -- Instruction based on discussion / P. Karen Murphy, Ian A. G., Wilkinson, and Anna O. Soter -- Instruction based on tutoring / Arthur C. Graesser, Sidney D'Mello, and Whitney Cade -- Instruction based on visualizations / Richard E. Mayer -- Instruction based on computer simulation / Ton de Jong. 0aLearningvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aTeachingxMethodologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducationxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAlexander, Patricia A.1 aMayer, Richard E.,d1947-08iPrint version: z9780415804608w(DLC) 2010020096 0aEducational psychology handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203839089zClick here to view.01381cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450081003422640062004233000040004855050246005256500056007716500054008276500046008817000025009277760053009528560086010059780203839263180706s2011    enkab   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203839263q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136883361q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136883408q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136883415q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415498135q(hardback)  z9781138824423q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203839263 2doi  a(OCoLC)722242309 4aHT241b.H35 201104a307.76bH23604aThe Routledge handbook of urban ecology /cedited by Ian Douglas. [ et al.]. 1aAbingdon, Oxon [England] ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 664 pages)0 apt. 1. Context, history and philosophies -- pt. 2. The urban ecological environment -- pt. 3. The nature of urban habitats -- pt. 4. Ecosystem services and urban ecology -- pt. 5. Methodologies -- pt. 6. Applications and policy implications. 0aUrban ecology (Sociology)vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aUrban ecology (Biology)vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aUrban geographyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aDouglas, Ian,d1936-08iPrint version: z9780415498135w(DLC) 201002574940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203839263zClick here to view.01565cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820022003272450104003492500019004532640065004723000038005375000060005755050371006356500019010066500042010257000028010677000017010957760053011128560086011659780203839713180706s2011    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203839713q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136886515q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136886553q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136886560q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415877350q(hardback)  z9780415877367q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203839713 2doi  a(OCoLC)710016707 4aLB1576b.H234 201104a428.0071073bH23600aHandbook of research on teaching the English language arts /cedited by Diane Lapp, Douglas Fisher.  aThird edition. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xi, 436 pages)  a"First published 1991 by Macmillan Publishing Company."0 asection I. The language learner -- section II. Contexts for language learning -- section III. History and theoretical perspectives -- section IV. The many faces of texts -- section V. Teaching the English language arts -- section VI. Assessment of English language arts teaching and learning -- section VII. Methods of research on teaching the English language arts. 0aLanguage arts. 0aEnglish languagexStudy and teaching.1 aFisher, Douglas,d1965-1 aLapp, Diane.08iPrint version: z9780415877350w(DLC) 201001898840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203839713zClick here to view.01498cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820021003241000028003452450084003732640034004573000039004914900037005305040053005675050252006206500054008726500061009267000021009877760035010088300043010438560086010869780203840023180706s2011    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203840023q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136888687q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136888724q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136888731q(e-book: PDF)  z9781848728547q(hardback)  z9781848728554q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203840023 2doi  a(OCoLC)712040331 4aH62b.P276 201104a174.900142bP1971 aPanter, A. T.,eauthor.10aHandbook of ethics in quantitative methodology /cA.T. Panter, Sonya K. Sterba. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xix, 519 pages)1 aMultivariate applications series  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. Developing an ethical framework for methodologists -- section 2. Teaching quantitative ethics -- section 3. Ethics and research design issues -- section 4. Ethics and data analysis issues -- section 5. Ethics and communicating findings. 0aQuantitative researchxMoral and ethical aspects. 0aSocial sciencesxMethodologyxMoral and ethical aspects.1 aSterba, Sonya K.08iPrint version: z9781848728547 0aMultivariate applications book series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203840023zClick here to view.04513cam a2200385Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500023003300820019003532450133003722460021005052640032005263000022005583360021005803370023006013380032006245000037006565000046006935040041007395053118007806500013038986500036039117000019039477000023039667760052039898560086040419780203840412180706m19841991nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203840412q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136891373q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136891410q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136891427q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805853421q(hardback)  z9780805853438q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203840412 2doi  a(OCoLC)566275037  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLB1050b.H278 198404a428.4072bH23600aHandbook of reading research /ceditor, P. David Pearson [and] section editors, Rebecca Barr, Michael L. Kamil, Peter Mosenthal.30aReading research 1aNew York :bLongman,c1984-  a1 online resource  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aVol. [1] lacks volume numbering.  aVol. 2 edited by Rebecca Barr and others.  aIncludes bibliographies and indexes.00tpart Part 1 Conduct of Reading Research -- tchapter 1 Researching the Teaching of Reading through Direct Observation: Tools, Methodologies, and Guidelines for the Future /rJAMES V. HOFFMAN -- tchapter 2 Methods of Automated Text Analysis /rARTHUR C. GRAESSER -- tchapter 3 Statistical Modeling in Literacy Research /rCHRISTOPHER SCHATSCHNEIDER -- tchapter 4 Designing and Conducting Literacy Intervention Research /rDONALD D. DESHLER -- tchapter 5 Cultural Perspectives in Reading: Th eory and Research /rROBERT RUEDA -- tpart Part 2 Development of Reading -- tchapter 6 Supporting Early (and Later) Literacy Development at Home and at School: Th e Long View /rJEANNE R. PARATORE -- tchapter 7 Primary Grade Reading /rBARBARA R. FOORMAN -- tchapter 8 Adolescents as Readers /rPATRICIA A. ALEXANDER -- tchapter 9 Adult Literacy (Age 18 and Beyond) /rGREG BROOKS -- tpart Part 3 Process of Reading -- tchapter 10 Th e Development of Comprehension /rNELL K. DUKE -- tchapter 11 Word Recognition /rTHERESA A. ROBERTS -- tchapter 12 Orthographic Processing in Models of Word Recognition /rANNE E. CUNNINGHAM, RUTH G. NATHAN, AND KATIE SCHMIDT RAHER -- tchapter 13 Reading Fluency /rTIMOTHY V. RASINSKI, D. RAY REUTZEL, DAVID CHARD, AND SYLVIA LINAN-THOMPSON -- tchapter 14 Oral Discourse and Reading /rJOSHUA F. LAWRENCE -- tpart Part 4 Teaching and Learning of Reading -- tchapter 15 Locating Struggling Readers in a Reconfi gured Landscape: A Conceptual Review /rLINDA KUCAN AND ANNEMARIE SULLIVAN PALINCSAR -- tchapter 16 A Dialogic Turn in Research on Learning and Teaching to Comprehend /rIAN A. G. WILKINSON AND EUN HYE SON -- tchapter 17 Toward a Th eory of Word Selection /rWILLIAM E. NAGY -- tchapter 18 Th e Development and Teaching of Word Recognition Skill /rWILLIAM E. TUNMER -- tchapter 19 Th e Teaching and Learning of Critical Literacy: Beyond the “Show of Wisdom” /rPETER FREEBODY -- tchapter 20 Th e Role of Text in Disciplinary Learning /rELIZABETH BIRR MOJE, DARIN STOCKDILL, KATHERINE KIM, AND HYUN-JU KIM -- tchapter 21 Th e Classroom Assessment of Reading /rPETER P. AFFLERBACH AND BYEONG-YOUNG CHO -- tchapter 22 Th e Role of Culture in Literacy, Learning, and Teaching /rGUOFANG LI -- tpart Part 5 Contexts of Reading -- tchapter 23 Popular Culture and Literacy Practices /rDONNA E. ALVERMANN -- tchapter 24 Reading Policy in the Era of Accountability /rCYNTHIA E. COBURN, P. DAVID PEARSON, AND SARAH WOULFIN -- tchapter 25 Reading and School Reform /rBARBARA M. TAYLOR -- tchapter 26 Professional Development and Teacher Education for Reading Instruction /rDEBORAH R. DILLON, DAVID G. O’BRIEN, MISTILINA SATO, AND CATHERINE M. KELLY -- tchapter 27 Second Language Reading Acquisition /rLUDO VERHOEVEN -- tchapter 28 Reading Instruction for English Language Learners /rCLAUDE GOLDENBERG -- tchapter 29 Literacy Out of School: A Review of Research on Programs and Practices /rDAVID E. KIRKLAND -- tchapter 30 Family Literacy: A Current View of Research on Parents and Children Learning Together /rFLORA V. RODRÍGUEZ-BROWN. 0aReading. 0aReadingxResearchxMethodology.1 aBarr, Rebecca.1 aPearson, P. David.08iPrint version: z9780805853421w(DLC) 96010470 40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203840412zClick here to view.01210cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820020003252450081003452460023004262640034004493000038004834900028005215050114005496500022006636500013006857000040006987000019007387760053007578560086008109780203840573180706s2011    nyu     o     000 0 eng d  a9780203840573q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136892493q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136892530q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136892547q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415466899q(hardback)  z9780415520836q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203840573 2doi  a(OCoLC)701718497 4aHT861b.R68 201104a306.36209bR86904aThe Routledge history of slavery /cedited by Gad Heuman and Trevor Burnard.3 aHistory of slavery 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (ix, 358 pages)0 aThe Routledge histories0 apt. 1. Slavery as a global institution -- pt. 2. The character of slavery -- pt. 3. Changes and continuities. 0aSlaveryxHistory. 0aSlavery.1 aBurnard, Trevor G.q(Trevor Graeme)1 aHeuman, Gad J.08iPrint version: z9780415466899w(DLC) 201001740240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203840573zClick here to view.01440cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820019003272450066003462500019004122640040004313000038004714900038005095040067005475050206006146500030008206500026008506500029008767000019009057760053009248300039009778560086010169780203840849180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203840849q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136894381q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136894428q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136894435q(e-book: PDF)  z9781857436044q(hardback)  z9781857438024q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203840849 2doi  a(OCoLC)782917852 4aJZ5675b.H355 201204a327.1747bH23600aHandbook of nuclear proliferation /cedited by Harsh V. Pant.  aFirst edition. 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xx, 356 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 342-347) and index.0 apt. 1. Thematic issues -- pt. 2. The five nuclear powers -- pt. 3. De facto nuclear states -- pt. 4. The 'problem' states -- pt. 5. The 'threshold' states -- pt. 6. The global non-proliferation regime. 0aNuclear nonproliferation. 0aNuclear arms control. 0aSecurity, International.1 aPant, Harsh V.08iPrint version: z9781857436044w(DLC) 2011018818 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203840849zClick here to view.01480cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820017003262450109003432500019004522640034004713000039005055050188005446500048007326500067007806500066008476500058009137000023009717000021009947760053010158560086010689780203841198180706s2013    nyu     obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203841198q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136897023q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136896972q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136897016q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415884341q(hardback)  z9780415884358q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203841198 2doi  a(OCoLC)995552548 4aLB1119b.H25 201304a372.21bH23600aHandbook of research on the education of young children /cedited by Olivia N. Saracho & Bernard Spodek.  aThird edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xii, 462 pages)0 apt. I. Early childhood education and child development -- pt. II. Early childhood educational curriculum and instruction -- pt. III. Foundations of early childhood educational policy. 0aChild developmentvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEarly childhood educationxCurriculavHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEarly childhood educationxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aChild developmentxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aSaracho, Olivia N.1 aSpodek, Bernard.08iPrint version: z9780415884341w(DLC) 201104963540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203841198zClick here to view.01295cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450170003422500019005122640034005313000039005655040069006045050060006736500020007337000036007537000022007897100031008117760053008428560086008959780203841327180706s2011    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203841327q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136897887q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136897924q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136897931q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415581691q(hardback)  z9780415697941q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203841327 2doi  a(OCoLC)854966031 4aNX280b.R68 201104a700.72bR86904aThe Routledge companion to research in the arts /cedited by Michael Biggs and Henrik Karlsson in collaboration with Stiftelsen Riksbankens Jubileumsfond, Stockholm.  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxx, 457 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages [425]-446) and index.0 apt. 1. Foundations -- pt. 2. Voices -- pt. 3. Contents. 0aArtsxResearch.1 aBiggs, Michaelq(Michael A. R.)1 aKarlsson, Henrik.2 aRiksbankens jubileumsfond.08iPrint version: z9780415581691w(DLC) 201001655240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203841327zClick here to view.01301cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820018003292450131003472500020004782640034004983000041005325040053005735050165006266500058007917000023008497760053008728560086009259780203841372180706s2012    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203841372q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136898235q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136898273q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136898280q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415884617q(hardback)  z9780415884624q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203841372 2doi  a(OCoLC)782917997 4aLB3013.3b.H346 201204a371.782bH23600aHandbook of school violence and school safety :binternational research and practice /cedited by Shane R. Jimerson. [et al.].  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 645 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. Foundations of school violence and safety -- section 2. Assessment and measurement -- section 3. Research-based prevention and intervention programs. 0aSchool improvement programsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aJimerson, Shane R.08iPrint version: z9780415884617w(DLC) 201101819440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203841372zClick here to view.01283cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500430012002710500021002830820019003042450068003232500020003912640034004113000039004455050286004846500070007707000026008407760053008668560086009199780203841495180706s2012    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203841495q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136899072q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136899119q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415884570q(hardback)  z9780415884587q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203841495 2doi  a(OCoLC)795123439  an-us--- 4aLC151b.H33 201204a302.2244bH23600aHandbook of family literacy /c[edited by] Barbara Hanna Wasik.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xvi, 479 pages)0 apt. 1. Overview of family literacy -- pt. 2. Children's early literacy and language development -- pt. 3. Parent and adult learning and engagement -- pt. 4. Culture and diversity -- pt. 5. Global efforts in family literacy -- pt. 6. Program quality and fidelity in family literacy. 0aFamily literacy programszUnited StatesvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aWasik, Barbara Hanna.08iPrint version: z9780415884570w(DLC) 201103885840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203841495zClick here to view.01243cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820019003252450069003442640058004133000039004714900038005105050174005486500032007227000021007547760053007758300039008288560086008679780203842096180706s2012    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203842096q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136903274q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136903311q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136903328q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415593557q(hardback)  z9781138080119q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203842096 2doi  a(OCoLC)786447053 4aHM636b.R68 201204a306.4613bR86900aRoutledge handbook of body studies /cedited by Bryan S. Turner. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xvi, 421 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 aBody, self and society -- What is a body? -- Religion and the body -- Medical regimes and the body -- Gender, sexualities and race -- Technologies and body modification. 0aHuman bodyxSocial aspects.1 aTurner, Bryan S.08iPrint version: z9780415593557w(DLC) 2011033709 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203842096zClick here to view.01494cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820017002962450111003132640034004243000040004585050391004986500051008896500048009407000023009887000028010117000026010397760053010658560086011189780203842393180706s2011    nyuabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203842393q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136905339q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136905377q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136905384q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415548311q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203842393 2doi  a(OCoLC)701718057 4aHD82b.H27525 201104a307.14bH23600aHandbook of local and regional development /cedited by Andy Pike, Andres Rodriguez-Pose and John Tomaney. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxii, 642 pages)0 asection I. Local and regional development in a global context -- section II. Defining the principles and values of local and regional development -- section III. Concepts and theories of local and regional development -- section IV. Government and governance -- section V. Local and regional development policy -- section VI. Global perspectives -- section VII. Reflections and futures. 0aEconomic developmentvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aRegional planningvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aPike, Andy,d1968-1 aRodriguez-Pose, Andres.1 aTomaney, John,d1963-08iPrint version: z9780415548311w(DLC) 201001251240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203842393zClick here to view.03314cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820018003272450100003452640079004453000034005244900020005585040067005785051891006456500044025366500046025806500026026267000028026527000015026807000029026957100041027247760053027658300048028188560086028669780203843123180706s2008    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203843123q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136910586q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136910623q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136910630q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805857528q(hardback)  z9780805857535q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203843123 2doi  a(OCoLC)817237071 4aHA31.2b.I565 200804a001.433bI61200aInternational handbook of survey methodology /cEdith D. de Leeuw, Joop J. Hox, Don A. Dillman. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bLawrence Erlbaum Associates/Psychology Press,c2008.  a1 online resource (549 pages)1 aEAM book series  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 512-540) and index.0 a1. The cornerstones of survey research / Joop J. Hox, Edith D. de Leeuw, and Don A. Dillman -- 2. The psychology of asking questions / Norbert Schwarz. [et al.] -- 3. The problem of nonresponse / Peter Lynn -- 4. Comparative survey research : goal and challenges / Janet A. Harkness -- 5. Ethical issues in surveys / Eleanor Singer -- 6. Coverage and sampling / Sharon L. Lohr -- 7. Choosing the method of data collection / Edith D. de Leeuw -- 8. Writing effective questions / Floyd J. Fowler, Jr. and Carol Cosenza -- 9. The logic and psychology of constructing questionnaires / Don A. Dillman -- 10. Testing survey questions / Pamela Campanelli -- 11. Face-to-face interviews / Geert Loosveldt -- 12. Telephone surveys / Charlotte Steeh -- 13. Self-administered questionnaires : mail surveys and other applications / Edith D. de Leeuw and Joop J. Hox -- 14. Internet surveys / Katja Lozar Manfreda and Vasja Vehovar -- 15. IVR : Interactive Voice Response / Darby Miller Steiger and Beverly Conroy -- 16. Mixed mode surveys : when and why / Edith D. de Leeuw, Don A. Dillman, and Joop J. Hox -- 17. Weighting survey data / Paul P. Biemer and Sharon L. Christ -- 18. Analysis of data from complex surveys / Laura M. Stapleton -- 19. Incomplete data : diagnosis, imputation, and estimation / Susanne Rassler, Donald B. Rubin, and Nathaniel Schenker -- 20. Accommodating measurement errors / Joop J. Hox -- 21. Survey documentation : towards professional knowledge management in sample surveys / Peter Mohler, Beth-Ellen Pennell, and Frost Hubbard -- 22. Quality assurance and quality control in surveys / Lars E. Lyberg and Paul P. Biemer -- 23. Interviewer training / Judith T. Lessler, Joe Eyerman, and Kevin Wang -- 24. Surveying sensitive topics / Gerty Lensvelt-Mulders -- 25. Panel surveys / Dirk Sikkel, and Adriaan Hoogendoorn -- 26. Surveys without questions / Jelke Betlehem. 0aSocial sciencesxResearchxMethodology. 0aSocial sciencesxStatisticsxMethodology. 0aSurveysxMethodology.1 aDillman, Don A.,d1941-1 aHox, J. J.1 aLeeuw, Edith Desiree de.2 aEuropean Association of Methodology.08iPrint version: z9780805857528w(DLC) 2007047297 0aEuropean Association of Methodology series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203843123zClick here to view.01553cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820021003272450150003482460037004982640053005353000041005885050376006296500028010057000031010337000024010647000023010887760054011118560086011659780203843437180706s2011    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203843437q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136912757q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136912795q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136912801q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415779555q(hardback)  z9781138954908q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203843437 2doi  a(OCoLC)692197108 4aRT86.45b.R68 201104a362.173068bR86900aRoutledge handbook of clinical supervision :bfundamental international themes /cedited by John R. Cutcliffe, Kristiina Hyrkas, and John Fowler.13aHandbook of clinical supervision 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 404 pages)0 apt. 1. Education, training and approaches to clinical supervision -- pt. 2. Introducing, implementing and developing clinical supervision -- pt. 3. The practice and experience of clinical supervision -- pt. 4. Contemporary research activity on clinical supervision -- pt. 5. International perspectives and developments in the state of the science of clinical supervision. 0aNursesxSupervision of.1 aCutcliffe, John R.,d1966-1 aFowler, John,cRGN.1 aHyrkas, Kristiina.08iPrint version: z9780415779555w(DLC)  201001017840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203843437zClick here to view.01278cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820020003252450105003452640034004503000039004845040053005235050069005766500048006456500060006936500061007537000023008147760053008378560086008909780203843543180706s2011    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203843543q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136913525q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136913563q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136913570q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415965057q(hardback)  z9780415965064q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203843543 2doi  a(OCoLC)692197035 4aPS121b.H22 201104a810.99282bH23600aHandbook of research on children's and young adult literature /cedited by Shelby A. Wolf. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xii, 555 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. The reader -- pt. 2. The book -- pt. 3. The world around. 0aAmerican literaturexHistory and criticism. 0aChildren's literature, AmericanxHistory and criticism. 0aYoung adult literature, AmericanxHistory and criticism.1 aWolf, Shelby Anne.08iPrint version: z9780415965057w(DLC) 201001633940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203843543zClick here to view.01796cam a2200397Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500022003300820018003522450124003702460052004942500019005462640034005653000041005993360021006403370023006613380032006845040067007165050251007836500065010346500048010996500051011477000020011987000018012187000022012367760054012588560086013129780203844236180706s2012    nyuabd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203844236q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136918643q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136918681q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136918698q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415590655q(hardback)  z9780415523257q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203844236 2doi  a(OCoLC)815376155  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aGB5014b.R68 201204a363.346bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of hazards and disaster risk reduction /c[edited by] Ben Wisner, J.C. Gaillard and Ilan Kelman.30aHandbook of hazards and disaster risk reduction  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxxii, 875 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 794-857) and index.0 apt. 1. Big picture views : hazards, vulnerabilities and capacities -- part 2. Fine-grained views : hazards, vulnerabilities and capacities -- part 3. Preparedness and response -- part 4. Planning, prevention and mitigation -- part 5. Conclusions. 0aNatural disastersxRisk assessmentvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aHazard mitigationvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEmergency managementvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aGaillard, J. C.1 aKelman, Ilan.1 aWisner, Benjamin.08iPrint version: z9780415590655w(DLC)  201100444540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203844236zClick here to view.01843cam a2200409Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430030003040500025003340820021003592450124003802640044005043000041005484900038005895050304006276100034009316500022009656500038009876500028010256500038010536500020010916500036011116500021011476500031011687000026011997000029012257760054012548300039013088560086013479780203844335180706s2011    enkadb  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203844335q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136919343q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136919381q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136919398q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415567329q(hardback)  z9780415731218q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203844335 2doi  a(OCoLC)693771833  aa-af---aa-iq---an-us--- 4aDS371.412b.R68 201104a956.704431bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of war and society :bIraq and Afghanistan /cedited by Steven Carlton-Ford and Morten G. Ender. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 324 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. War on the ground : combat and its aftermath -- pt. 2. War on the ground : non-combat operations, non-combatants, and operators -- pt. 3. The war back home : the social construction of war, its heroes, and its enemies -- pt. 4. The war back home : families and young people on the home front.10aUnited States.tArmed Forces. 0aAfghan War, 2001- 0aAfghan War, 2001xSocial aspects. 0aAmericanszAfghanistan. 0aSociology, MilitaryzAfghanistan. 0aIraq War, 2003- 0aIraq War, 2003xSocial aspects. 0aAmericanszIraq. 0aSociology, MilitaryzIraq.1 aCarlton-Ford, Steven.1 aEnder, Morten G.,d1960-08iPrint version: z9780415567329w(DLC)  2010008365 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203844335zClick here to view.01330cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200032002200240032002520350021002840500024003050820019003292450092003482460017004402640032004573000039004894900025005285050215005536500019007687000022007877000041008097760054008508300026009048560086009309780203844434180706s2011    enkadb  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203844434q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136920042q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136920080q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136920097q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415553643q(hardback)  z9781138=776548q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203844434 2doi  a(OCoLC)710993097 4aHT165.5b.C647 201104a307.1216bC73700aCompanion to urban design /cedited by Tridib Banerjee and Anastasia Loukaitou-Sideris.30aUrban design 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxi, 709 pages)1 aRoutledge companions0 apt. 1. Roots -- pt. 2. Theoretical perspectives -- pt. 3. Influences -- pt. 4. Technologies and methods -- pt. 5. Process -- pt. 6. Components -- pt. 7. Debates -- pt. 8. Global trends -- pt. 9. New directions. 0aCity planning.1 aBanerjee, Tridib.1 aLoukaitou-Sideris, Anastasia,d1958-08iPrint version: z9780415553643w(DLC)  2010008403 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203844434zClick here to view.04847cam a2200481Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730200049001140350021001630400026001840410008002100500011002180720026002290720026002550720016002810820014002972450043003112500017003542640074003713000070004453360021005153370023005363380032005595040051005915051739006425201476023815300036038576500068038936500046039616500047040076500046040546500022041006500021041226500021041436500024041646550022041887100024042107760045042348560086042799780203845493FlBoTFG20180928140557.0m     o  d        cr            180928s2010    fluab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781136927522 (e-book: Mobi)q(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)698104113  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda1 aeng 4aHM1121 7aPOLx000000 2bisacsh 7aPOLx011000 2bisacsh 7aJP 2bicscc04a305.822300aRoutledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict.  a1st edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge, an imprint of Taylor and Francis,c2010.  a1 online resource (352 pages) :b6 illustrations, text file, PDF.  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references and index.00tThe udy of Ethnic Conflict: An Introduction --Karl Cordell and efan Wolff --Part 1: Context & Key Concepts --1. The Origin of Nations': Contested Beginnings, Contested Futures --Jennifer Jackson-Preece2.Ideology and Nationalism--Daniele Conversi 3. The Nation-ate: Civic and Ethnic Dimensions--Colin Clark 4. ateless Nations in a World of Nation ates-- Ephraim Nimni 5. Ethnicity and Religion--Joe Ruane and Jennifer Todd 6. Race and Ethnicity --Chris Gilligan --Part 2: Ethnicity and Conflict 7--. Ethnicity as aGenerator of Conflict --uart Kaufman8. Democracy and Democratization --Jenny Engstrom 9. The Causes and Consequences of Ethnic Cleansing --Erin Jenne 10. Genocide --Jim Hughes11. Debating Partition: Evaluating the andard Justifications --Brendan O'Leary12. Irredentas and Secessions: Adjacent Phenomena, Neglected Connections --Donald Horowitz 13. Conflict Prevention: A Policy in Search of a Theory or a Theory in Search of a Policy? --David Carment & Martin Fischer 14. Managing and Settling Ethnic Conflict --Asaf Siniver 15. Multilateral Frameworks for Conflict Resolution --Eva Sobotka 16. Post-conflict Reconstruction in Ethnically Divided Societies --Monika Heupel --Part 3: Accommodation and Conciliation-- 17. Deepening Democracy: The Role of Civil Society --Ian O'Flynn & David Russell 18. Human Rights and Ethnopolitics--Josef Marko 19. Territorial Approaches to Ethnic Conflict Settlement-- John McGarry & Brendan O'Leary 20. Ethnic Accomodation in Unitary ates --Frans Schrijver 21. National Cultural Autonomy --David Smith 22. Centripetalism --Benjamin Reilly 23. Power Sharing --efan Wolff andKarl Cordell 24. Playing theEthnic Card: Liberal Democratic and Authoritarian Practices Compared--Sandra Barkhof.3 aA definitive global survey of the interaction of race, ethnicity, nationalism and politics, this handbook blends theoretically grounded, rigorous analysis with empirical illustrations, to provide a state-of-the art overview of the contemporary debates on one of the most pervasive international security challenges today. The contributors to this volume offer a 360-degree perspective on ethnic conflict: from the theoretical foundations of nationalism and ethnicity, to the causes and consequences of ethnic conflict, and to the various strategies adopted in response to it. Without privileging any specific explanation of why ethnic conflict happens at a specific place and time or why attempts at preventing or settling it might fail or succeed, the Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict enables readers to gain better insights into such defining moments in post-Cold War international history as the disintegrations of the Soviet Union and Yugoslavia and their respective consequences and the genocide in Rwanda, as well as the relative success of conflict settlement efforts in Northern Ireland, Macedonia, and Aceh. By contributing to understanding the varied and multiple causes of ethnic conflicts and to learning from the successes and failures of its prevention and settlement, the Handbook makes a powerful case that ethnic conflicts are neither unavoidable nor unresolvable, but rather that they require careful analysis and thoughtful and measured responses.  aAlso available in print format. 7aPOLITICAL SCIENCE / International Relations / General.2bisacsh 0aEthnic conflictvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCulture conflictvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSocial conflictvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aCulture conflict. 0aEthnic conflict. 0aSocial conflict. 0aEtniska konflikter. 0aElectronic books.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z9780415476256(Hardback)40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203845493zClick here to view.02686cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520430012002730500022002850820014003072450070003212640034003913000039004254900025004645000054004895051516005436500029020596510028020886510026021166510036021427000027021787760035022058300022022408560086022629780203846056180706s2011    nyuab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203846056q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136931550q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136931598q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136931604q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415989954q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203846056 2doi  a(OCoLC)688212645  an-usp-- 4aF591b.W8744 201104a978bW92704aThe world of the American West /cedited by Gordon Morris Bakken. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xix, 644 pages)1 aThe Routledge worlds  a"Simultaneously published in the UK"--T.p. verso.0 aThe physical geography of the West / by Robert Spude -- The flora and the fauna / by Kurt Russo -- The Native West before 1700 / by Gregory E. Smoak -- Hosts and horses : envirocultural effects of contact in the Amerindian West / by K.D. Motes -- The Lewis and Clark Expedition / by Robert Carriker -- Continued exploration of the American West : the fur trade, map makers, path markers / by William R. Swagerty -- The "earlier, wilder image" : early artists of the American West / by Elizabeth Kuebler-Wolf -- The borderlands of the United States West / by Sheila McManus -- California transformed : organizing a new society, 1848-1869 / by Peter Blodgett -- The urbanization of the American West : the processes and people in the rise of instant cities and their evolution into the twenty-first century / by Brent Rogers, Jr. -- The hydraulic West : the history of irrigation / by Charles R. Porter -- Leisure in the West / by Randal Fulkerson -- Learning in the West : Western women and the culture of education / by Andrea Radke -- Defense industries / by Susan Tschabrun -- The rise of Western women to national stature in the early twentieth century / by Shannon D. Smith -- American politics move west / by Gordon M. Bakken -- Government and law in the American West / by Aaron Wilson -- Region of extremes and contrast / by Alicia Dewey -- American Indians in the twentieth century / by Lisa E. Emmerich -- Leadership or dominance : the role of the Western U.S. economy in the world / by Neil Greenwood. 0aRegionalismzWest (U.S.) 0aWest (U.S.)xGeography. 0aWest (U.S.)xHistory. 0aWest (U.S.)xSocial conditions.1 aBakken, Gordon Morris.08iPrint version: z9780415989954 0aRoutledge worlds.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203846056zClick here to view.01509cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500020002710820014002912450118003052460037004232500020004602640044004803000040005245050356005646500031009206500027009517000031009787000031010097000034010407760035010748560086011099780203846063180706s2011    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203846063q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136931628q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136931666q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415883146q(hardback)  z9780415883153q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203846063 2doi  a(OCoLC)995025663 4aR118b.R68 201104a613bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of health communication /cedited by Teresa L. Thompson, Roxanne Parrott, Jon F. Nussbaum.30aHandbook of health communication  aSecond edition. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxxv, 667 pages)0 asection I. Introduction -- section II. Delivery systems of formal care -- section III. Health [mis]information sources -- section IV. Mediators and moderators of care and understanding -- section V. [Un]intended outcomes of health communication -- section VI. Methods in health communication -- section VII. Overarching issues in health communication. 0aCommunication in medicine. 0aPhysician and patient.1 aNussbaum, Jon F.,eeditor.1 aParrott, Roxanne,eeditor.1 aThompson, Teresa L.,eeditor.08iPrint version: z978041588314640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203846063zClick here to view.01558cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430030003040500022003340820023003562450126003792640032005053000041005375050108005786100040006866500052007266500031007786500038008096510065008476510065009127000020009777000032009977000027010297760054010568560086011109780203846698180706s2010    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203846698q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136936036q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136936074q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136936081q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415572835q(hardback)  z9781138502000q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203846698 2doi  a(OCoLC)692284087  ae------aln-----an-us--- 4aJZ5930b.R38 201004a355.03301821bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of transatlantic security /cedited by Basil Germond, Jussi M. Hanhimaki and Georges-Henri Soutou. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xviii, 313 pages)0 apt. 1. Transatlantic security in the Cold War era -- pt. 2. Transatlantic security beyond the Cold War.20aNorth Atlantic Treaty Organization. 0aSecurity, InternationalzNorth Atlantic Region. 0aNational securityzEurope. 0aNational securityzUnited States. 0aEuropean Union countriesxMilitary relationszUnited States. 0aUnited StatesxMilitary relationszEuropean Union countries.1 aGermond, Basil.1 aHanhimaki, Jussi M.,d1965-1 aSoutou, Georges-Henri.08iPrint version: z9780415572835w(DLC)  201000424140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203846698zClick here to view.01399cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500024003420820017003662450074003832500019004572640032004763000039005083360021005473370023005683380032005914900038006235040069006615050071007306510044008017000020008457760035008658300039009008560086009399780203847039180706s2010    enkb    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203847039q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136938412q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136938450q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136938467q(e-book: PDF)  z9781857435085q(hardback)  z9781857438017q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203847039 2doi  a(OCoLC)658193411  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aa-cc--- 4aDS779.47b.H36 201004a327.51bH23600aHandbook of China's international relations /ceditor, Shaun Breslin.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xvi, 259 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages [227]-248) and index.0 apt. 1. Ideas and interests -- part 2. Issues -- part 3. Relations. 0aChinaxForeign relationsy21st century.1 aBreslin, Shaun.08iPrint version: z9781857435085 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203847039zClick here to view.01374cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820019003252450168003442640041005123000041005535050179005946500023007736500026007966500029008227000027008517000019008787000023008977760054009208560086009749780203848005180706s2011    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203848005q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136945205q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136945243q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136945250q(e-book: PDF)  z9781848729100q(hardback)  z9781138975682q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203848005 2doi  a(OCoLC)713021669 4aBF455b.H26 201104a616.8914bH23604aThe handbook of psycholinguistic and cognitive processes :bperspectives in communication disorders /cedited by Jackie Guendouzi, Filip Loncke, Mandy J. Williams. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxxiv, 838 pages)0 asection 1. Some basic considerations : models and theories -- section 2. Developmental disorders -- section 3. Acquired disorders -- section 4. Language and other modalities. 0aPsycholinguistics. 0aCognitive psychology. 0aCommunicative disorders.1 aGuendouzi, Jacqueline.1 aLoncke, Filip.1 aWilliams, Mandy J.08iPrint version: z9781848729100w(DLC)  201000512940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203848005zClick here to view.01693cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500400026002710500021002970820016003182450081003342640040004153000038004553360021004933370023005143380032005374900035005695000094006045050349006986500031010476500033010787000025011117300038011367760035011748300036012098560086012459780203848166180706s2013    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203848166q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136946325q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136946363q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415881982q(hardback)  z9780415881975q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203848166 2doi  a(OCoLC)823730225  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHQ519b.H36 201304a302.2bR86900aRoutledge handbook of family communication /cedited by Anita L. Vangelisti. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xi, 601 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge communication series  aRev. edition of: Handbook of family communication / edited by Anita L. Vangelisti. c2004.0 apt. 1. Family communication theories and methods -- part 2. Communication across the family life course -- part 3. Communication in various family forms -- part 4. The relational communication of family members -- part 5. Family communication processes -- part 6. Communication and contemporary family issues -- part 7. Epilogue and commentary. 0aCommunication in families. 0aInterpersonal communication.1 aVangelisti, Anita L.0 aHandbook of family communication.08iPrint version: z9780415881982 0aRoutledge communication series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203848166zClick here to view.01155cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820014003242450102003382500019004402640032004593000041004915050118005326500028006507000026006787000022007047760053007268560086007799780203848739180706s2011    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203848739q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136950384q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136950421q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136950438q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415495257q(hardback)  z9780415509596q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203848739 2doi  a(OCoLC)671632844 4aPN55b.R68 201104a801bR86904aThe Routledge companion to literature and science /cedited by Bruce Clarke with Manuela Rossini.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xviii, 550 pages)0 apt. 1. Literatures and sciences -- pt. 2. Disciplinary and theoretical approaches -- pt. 3. Periods and cultures. 0aLiterature and science.1 aClarke, Bruce,d1950-1 aRossini, Manuela.08iPrint version: z9780415495257w(DLC) 200905282640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203848739zClick here to view.01341cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820016003252450104003412640041004453000041004865040053005275050193005806500010007736500026007837000028008097000041008377000028008787760035009068560086009419780203848753180706s2010    nyuacd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203848753q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136950575q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136950520q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136950568q(e-book: ePub)  z9780805861877q(hardback)  z9781138876705q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203848753 2doi  a(OCoLC)844924377 4aBF697b.H36 201004a155.2bH23600aHandbook of the uncertain self /cedited by Robert M. Arkin, Kathryn C. Oleson, Patrick J. Carroll. 1aNew York :bPsychology Press,c2010.  a1 online resource (xviii, 474 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Meta-cognition and uncertainty in self -- pt. 2. Motivation and uncertainty in self -- pt. 3. Clinical and applied implications of the uncertain self -- pt. 4. General commentaries. 0aSelf. 0aIdentity (Psychology)1 aArkin, Robert M,d1950-1 aCarroll, Patrick J.q(Patrick James)1 aOleson, Kathryn Carman.08iPrint version: z978080586187740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203848753zClick here to view.01475cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450088003442640034004323000040004664900047005065040053005535050223006066500042008296500035008716500025009067000015009317000022009467760035009688300048010038560086010519780203848852180706s2011    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203848852q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136951220q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136951268q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136951275q(e-book: PDF)  z9781841697222q(hardback)  z9781848728387q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203848852 2doi  a(OCoLC)712037634 4aHA29b.H2484 201104a519.536bH23600aHandbook of advanced multilevel analysis /cedited by Joop J. Hox, J. Kyle Roberts. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (viii, 393 pages)1 aEuropean Association of Methodology series  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 asection 1. Introduction -- section 2. Multilevel latent variable modeling (LVM) -- section 3. Multilevel models for longitudinal data -- section 4. Special estimation problems -- section 5. Specific statistical issues. 0aSocial sciencesxStatistical methods. 0aMultilevel models (Statistics) 0aRegression analysis.1 aHox, J. J.1 aRoberts, J. Kyle.08iPrint version: z9781841697222 0aEuropean Association of Methodology series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203848852zClick here to view.01444cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900240032002200350021002520400026002730430021002990500025003200820018003452450090003632500019004532640034004723000039005063360021005453370023005663380032005894900038006215050048006596510058007076510058007656510048008237000021008717760053008928300039009458560086009849780203850053180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203850053q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136959677q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136959622q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136959660q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857435849q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203850053 2doi  a(OCoLC)830023902  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aaw-----aff----- 4aJQ1758.A58bG68 201304a320.956bG72100aGovernance in the Middle East and North Africa :ba handbook /ceditor, Abbas Kadhim.  aFirst edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xxv, 501 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Overview -- part 2. Country studies. 0aAfrica, NorthxPolitics and governmenty20th century. 0aAfrica, NorthxPolitics and governmenty21st century. 0aMiddle EastxPolitics and governmenty1945-1 aKadhim, Abbas K.08iPrint version: z9781857435849w(DLC) 2012002335 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203850053zClick here to view.01430cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200035000890200034001240200033001580200030001910200031002210240032002520350021002840430012003050500020003170820019003372450112003562500019004682640044004873000038005315050181005696500026007506510047007766510049008236510045008727000021009177000033009387760035009718560086010069780203850503180706s2011    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203850503q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136962=776q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136962813q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136962820q(e-book: PDF)  z9781857435092q(hardback)  z9781857438260q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203850503 2doi  a(OCoLC)709924036  ae------ 4aJN30b.E97 201104a341.2422bE89304aThe European Union and global governance :ba handbook /ceditors, Jens-Uwe Wunderlich and David J. Bailey.  aFirst edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xx, 386 pages)0 apt. 1. European studies and global governance -- pt. 2. Institutions -- pt. 3. Policy and issue areas -- pt. 4. The global multilevel governance complex and the European Union. 0aWorld politicsy1989- 0aEuropean Union countriesxEconomic policy. 0aEuropean Union countriesxForeign relations. 0aEuropean Union countriesxSocial policy.1 aBailey, David J.1 aWunderlich, Jens-Uwe,d1971-08iPrint version: z978185743509240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203850503zClick here to view.03806cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820014003242450067003382640044004053000040004494900036004895052775005256500012033007000028033127760053033408300037033938560086034309780203850701180706s2010    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203850701q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136964176q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136964213q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136964220q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415413626q(hardback)  z9780415415163q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203850701 2doi  a(OCoLC)650086448 4aBJ21b.R68 201004a170bR86904aThe Routledge companion to ethics /cedited by John Skorupski. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 850 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 aHistory -- Ethical thought in china / Yang Xiao -- Ethical thought in India / Stephen Clark -- Plato and Socrates / Richard Kraut -- Aristotle / C.C.W. Taylor -- Later ancient ethics / A.A. Long -- The Arabic tradition / Peter Adamson -- Natural law / Knud Haakonssen -- Hobbes / Bernard Gert -- Ethics and reason / Mike LeBuffe -- Ethics and sentiment / Michael Gill -- Hume / James Harris -- Smith / Craig Smith -- Utilitarianism to Bentham / Fred Rosen -- Kant / Thomas Hill -- Hegel / Ken Westphal / Henry West -- Green, bradley and sidgwick / T.H. Irwin -- Nietzsche / Maudmarie Clark -- Pragmatist moral philosophy / Alan Ryan -- Existentialism / Jonathan Webber -- Heidegger /Stephen Mulhall -- Meta-ethics -- Ethics, religion, science / Simon Blackburn -- Freedom and responsibility / Randolph Clarke -- Reasons for action / Robert Audi -- Open question arguments / Thomas Baldwin -- Realism and its alternatives / Peter Railton -- Non-cognitivism / Alex Miller -- Error theory and fictionalism / Nadeem Hussain -- Cognitivism without realism / Andrew Fisher -- Relativism / Nick Sturgeon -- Ideas and methods from outside ethics -- Social anthropology / James Laidlaw -- Psychology / Jesse Prinz -- Biology / Michael Ruse -- Formal methods in ethics / Erik Carlson -- Ethics and law / John Gardner -- Perspectives in ethics -- Reasons, values and morality / Simon Robertson -- Consequentialism / Brad Hooker -- Contemporary kantian ethics / Andrews Reath -- Intuitionism / Philip Stratton-Lake -- Virtue ethics / Michael Slote -- Contractualism / Rahul Kumar -- Contemporary natural law theory / Anthony J. Lisska -- Feminist ethics / Samantha Brennan -- Ethics and aesthetics / Robert Stecker -- Morality -- Morality and its critics / Stephen Darwall -- Conscience / John Skorupski -- Recognition, respect / Allen Wood -- Blame, remorse, mercy, forgiveness / Christopher Bennett -- Evil / Geoffrey Scarre -- Responsibility : intention and consequence / Suzanne Uniacke -- Responsibility : act and omission / Michael Zimmerman -- Partiality and impartiality / John Cottingham -- Particularism and principles / Michael Ridge, Sean McKeever -- Debates in ethics / goals and ideals -- Welfare / Christopher Heathwood -- Ideals of living (perfectionism) / Vinit Haksar -- Justice -- Rights / Tom Campbell -- Justice and punishment / John Tasioulas -- Justice and distribution / M.G. Clayton -- Human life -- Life and death / Fred Feldman -- Ending life / R.G. Frey -- Our world -- Population / Tim Mulgan -- Animals / Alan Carter -- Environment / Andrew Brennan -- Current issues -- The ethics of free speech / Mary Kate McGowan -- The ethics of research / Julian Savulescu -- World poverty / Thomas Pogge -- War / Henry Shue -- Terrorism and torture / David Rodin. 0aEthics.1 aSkorupski, John,d1946-08iPrint version: z9780415413626w(DLC) 2009050204 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203850701zClick here to view.01246cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820019003282450058003472640032004053000040004374900038004775050188005156500053007037000022007567760053007788300039008318560086008709780203851012180706s2012    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203851012q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136966415q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136966453q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136966460q(e-book: PDF)  z9781857435832q(hardback)  z9781857438086q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203851012 2doi  a(OCoLC)782917920 4aHD9560.6b.H27 201204a338.2728bH23600aHandbook of oil politics /ceditor, Robert E. Looney. 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 445 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Politics of oil supply -- pt. 2. Political responses -- pt. 3. Oil and political power : regional dimensions -- pt. 4. Country case studies -- pt. 5. Key issues for the future. 0aPetroleum industry and tradexPolitical aspects.1 aLooney, Robert E.08iPrint version: z9781857435832w(DLC) 2011014011 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203851012zClick here to view.01400cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450106003422640034004483000041004825050281005236500039008046500020008436500028008636500021008916500018009127000017009307760053009478560086010009780203851036180706s2014    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203851036q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136966606q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136966552q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136966590q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415580458q(hardback)  z9781138657137q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203851036 2doi  a(OCoLC)897449387 4aGV745b.R69 201404a688.76bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sports technology and engineering /cedited by Franz Konstantin Fuss. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 499 pages)0 apt. 1. Sustainable sports engineering -- pt. 2. Instrumentation technology -- pt. 3. Summer mobility sports -- pt. 4. Winter mobility sports -- pt. 5. Apparel and protection equipment -- pt. 6. Sports implements -- pt. 7. Sports balls -- pt. 8. Sports surfaces and facilities. 0aSportsxTechnological innovations. 0aSporting goods. 0aPerformance technology. 0aSports sciences. 0aBiomechanics.1 aFuss, Franz.08iPrint version: z9780415580458w(DLC) 201204733940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203851036zClick here to view.01408cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500023002710820017002942450164003112640061004753000038005365050243005746500060008176500049008777000030009267000035009567760053009918560086010449780203851043180706s2010    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203851043q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136966620q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136966668q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415484633q(hardback)  z9780415484640q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203851043 2doi  a(OCoLC)700033625 4aGV706.4b.R68 201004a796.07bR86900aRoutledge handbook of applied sport psychology :ba comprehensive guide for students and practitioners /cedited by Stephanie J. Hanrahan and Mark B. Andersen. 1aAbingdon, Oxon, England ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xv, 564 pages)0 asection 1. Counseling -- section 2. Assessment -- section 3. Theoretical and therapeutic models -- section 4. Individual issues -- section 5. Team-related issues -- section 6. Working with specific populations -- section 7. Mental skills. 0aSportsxPsychological aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aApplied psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAndersen, Mark B.,d1951-1 aHanrahan, Stephanie J.,d1961-08iPrint version: z9780415484633w(DLC) 201201767440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203851043zClick here to view.01364cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820021003282450068003492640044004173000040004614900038005015000053005395050166005926500043007586500047008017000042008487760035008908300039009258560086009649780203851456180706r20142010enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203851456q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136969546q(e-book: PDF)  a9781136969492q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136969539q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857434972q(hardback)  z9781857437973q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203851456 2doi  a(OCoLC)958105600 4aHD9743.A2bG56 201404a382.456234bG56204aThe global arms trade :ba handbook /ceditor, Andrew T.H. Tan. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 390 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks  a"First published 2010 by Routledge"--T.p. verso.0 apt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Arms modernization after the Cold War -- pt. 3. The arms industry after the Cold War -- pt. 4. Key issues in the global arms trade. 0aArms transfersxHistoryy21st century. 0aDefense industriesxHistoryy21st century.1 aTan, Andrew T. H.q(Andrew Tian Huat)08iPrint version: z9781857434972 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203851456zClick here to view.01632cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500025003040820019003292450139003482640034004873000039005215050513005606500059010737000026011327000019011587000026011777760053012038560086012569780203853016180706s2011    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203853016q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136980626q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136980664q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136980671q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805853339q(hardback)  z9780805853346q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203853016 2doi  a(OCoLC)671668568 4aLB1050.5b.H265 201104a371.9144bH23600aHandbook of reading disability research /cedited by Anne McGill-Franzen, Richard L. Allington ; part editors, George Hruby. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xii, 522 pages)0 apt. 1. Perspectives on reading disability / editor : George Hruby -- pt. 2. Causes and consequences of reading disability / editor : John Elkins -- pt. 3. Assessing reading proficiency / editor : Peter Johnston -- pt. 4. Developmental patterns of reading proficiency and reading difficulties / editors : S. Jay Samuels and Susan Hupp -- pt. 5. Developmental interventions / editors : Victoria Risko and Patricia Anders -- pt. 6. Studying reading disabilities / editors : William Rupley and Victor L. Willson. 0aReading disabilityxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAllington, Richard L.1 aHruby, George.1 aMcGill-Franzen, Anne.08iPrint version: z9780805853339w(DLC) 201001633640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203853016zClick here to view.01454cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820017003282450102003452640071004473000041005184900047005595040067006065050202006736500026008757000024009017000028009257760053009538300048010068560086010549780203855607180706s2010    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203855607q(e-book : PDF)  a9781136998683q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781136998720q(e-book: ePub)  a9781136998737q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415463096q(hardback)  z9780415837231q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203855607 2doi  a(OCoLC)649375896 4aHV8073.5b.R68 201004a363.25bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of forensic linguistics /cedited by Malcolm Coulthard and Alison Johnson. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxvii, 673 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 615-659) and index.0 aIntroduction / Johnson & Coulthard -- section 1. The language and the law and the legal process -- section 2. The linguist as expert in legal processes -- section 3. New debates and new directions. 0aForensic linguistics.1 aCoulthard, Malcolm.1 aJohnson, Alison,d1959-08iPrint version: z9780415463096w(DLC) 2009037930 0aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203855607zClick here to view.01350cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500020002850820019003052450086003242460051004102640032004613000040004934900036005335050278005696500038008477000017008857760035009028300037009378560086009749780203856581180706s2010    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135151119 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135151065q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135151102q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415404501q(hardback)  z9780415404518q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203856581 2doi  a(OCoLC)647917633 4aB803b.R68 201004a190.9034bR86904aThe Routledge companion to nineteenth century philosophy /cedited by Dean Moyar.30aRoutledge companion to 19th century philosophy 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xvii, 929 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. German idealism -- pt. 2. Philosophy as political action -- pt. 3. Rethinking the subject -- pt. 4. Engaging naturalism -- pt. 5. Utilitarianism and British idealism -- pt. 6. American pragmatism and idealism -- pt. 7. New directions in philosophy of mind and logic. 0aPhilosophy, Moderny19th century.1 aMoyar, Dean.08iPrint version: z9780415404501 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203856581zClick here to view.01219cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200030001560200031001860240032002170350021002490500021002700820021002911000038003122450080003502640044004303000041004744900030005155040063005455050043006086500032006516500064006837760053007478300031008008560086008319780203856628180331s2014    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203856628q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135151393q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135151348q(e-book: Mobi)  z9780415571999q(hardback)  z9780415572019q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203856628 2doi  a(OCoLC)958105602 4aPL533b.M34 201404a495.682421bM1451 aMcGloin, Naomi Hanaoka.,eauthor.10aModern Japanese grammar :ba practical guide /cNaomi H. McGloin. [et al.]. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xxxii, 394 pages)1 aRoutledge modern grammars  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 387) and index.0 apt. a. Structures -- pt. b. Functions. 0aJapanese languagexGrammar. 0aJapanese languagevTextbooks for foreign speakersxEnglish.08iPrint version: z9780415571999w(DLC) 2013009912 0aRoutledge modern grammars.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203856628zClick here to view.04803cam a2200385Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820018003272450098003452460035004432500019004782640050004973000042005474900024005894900047006135051241006605050994019015051159028956500052040546500049041067000030041557000020041857760053042058300048042588300025043068560086043319780203856949180706s2010    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203856949q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135153588q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135153625q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135153632q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415464895q(hardback)  z9780415622639q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203856949 2doi  a(OCoLC)647917794 4aP128.C68bR68 201004a410.188bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of corpus linguistics /cedited by Anne O'Keeffe and Michael McCarthy.30aHandbook of corpus linguistics  aFirst edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxviii, 682 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks1 aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics0 aHistorical perspective : what are corpora and how have they evolved? / Michael J. McCarthy and Anne O'Keeffe -- Theoretical overview of the evolution of Corpus Linguistics / Elena Tognini Bonelli -- Building a corpus : what are the key considerations? / Randi Reppen -- Building a spoken corpus : what are the basics? / Svenja Adolphs and Dawn Knight -- Building a written corpus : what are the basics? / Mike Nelson -- Building small specialised corpora / Almut Koester -- Building a corpus to represent a variety of a language / Brian Clancy -- Building a specialised audio-visual corpus / Paul Thompson -- What corpora are available? / David Y.W. Lee -- What are the basics of analysing a corpus? / Jane Evison -- What can corpus software do? / Mike Scott -- How can a corpus be used to explore patterns? / Susan Hunston -- What are concordances and how are they used? / Christopher Tribble -- What can corpus software reveal about language development? / Xiaofei Lu -- What can a corpus tell us about lexis? / Rosamund Moon -- What can a corpus tell us about multi-word units? / Chris Greaves and Martin Warren -- What can a corpus tell us about grammar? / Susan Conrad -- What can a corpus tell us about registers? / Doug Biber -- 8 aHow can teachers use a corpus for their own research? / Elaine Vaughan -- What are parallel and comparative corpora and how can we use them? / Marie Madeleine Kenning -- How can corpora help in translation? / Natalie Kubler and Guy Aston -- How can corpora be used to explore the language of poetry and drama? / Daniel McIntyre and Brian Walker -- How can corpora be used to explore literary speech representation? / Carolina P. Amador Moreno -- How to use corpus linguistics in Sociolinguistics? / Gisle Andersen -- How to use corpus linguistics in the study of Media Discourse? / Kieran O'Halloran -- How to use corpus linguistics in Forensic Linguistics? / Janet Cotterill -- How to use corpus linguistics in the study of political discourse? / Annelie Adel -- How to use corpus linguistics in the study of health communication? / Sarah Atkins and Kevin Harvey -- How can corpora be used in teacher education? / Fiona Farr -- How can corpora be used in language testing? / Fiona Barker.8 aWhat can a corpus tell us about specialist genres? / Mike Handford -- What can a corpus tell us about discourse? / Scott Thornbury -- What can a corpus tell us about pragmatics? / Christoph Ruhlemann -- What can a corpus tell us about creativity? / Thuc Anh Vo and Ronald Carter -- What can a corpus tell us about language teaching? / Winnie Cheng -- What features of spoken and written corpora can be exploited in creating language teaching materials and syllabuses? / Steve Walsh -- What is Data-Driven Learning? / Angela Chambers -- How can Data-Driven Learning be used in language teaching? / Gaetanelle Gilquin and Sylviane Granger -- How can we prepare learners for using language corpora? / Passapong Sripicharn -- What a corpus tell us about vocabulary teaching materials? / Martha Jones and Philip Durrant -- What a corpus tells us about grammar teaching materials? / Rebecca Hughes -- Corpus-informed course book design / Jeanne McCarten -- Using corpora to write dictionaries / Elizabeth Walter -- Using corpora to design writing materials / Lynne Flowerdew -- What can corpora tell us about English for Academic Purposes? / Averil Coxhead --  0aCorpora (Linguistics)vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aDiscourse analysisvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aMcCarthy, Michael,d1947-1 aO'Keeffe, Anne.08iPrint version: z9780415464895w(DLC) 2012016346 0aRoutledge handbooks in applied linguistics. 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203856949zClick here to view.01397cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430021003040500024003250820020003492450117003692640044004863000039005305000053005695050077006226500029006996510042007286510051007706510044008216510051008657000022009167760035009388560086009739780203859377180706r20142009enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203859377q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135165925q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135165871q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135165918q(e-book: ePub)  z9781857434996q(hardback)  z9781857437980q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203859377 2doi  a(OCoLC)882263519  an-us---aaw----- 4aDS63.2.U5bH36 201404a327.73056bH23600aHandbook of US-Middle East relations :bformative factors and regional perspectives /ceditor, Robert E. Looney. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2014.  a1 online resource (xvi, 523 pages)  a"First published 2009 by Routledge"--T.p. verso.0 apt. 1. Overview/setting -- pt. 2. Perceptions -- pt. 3. Country studies. 0aInternational relations. 0aMiddle EastxForeign relationsy1979- 0aMiddle EastxForeign relationszUnited States. 0aUnited StatesxForeign relationsy2001- 0aUnited StatesxForeign relationszMiddle East.1 aLooney, Robert E.08iPrint version: z978185743499640uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203859377zClick here to view.02800cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350023002830500022003060820018003282450082003462460025004282640044004533000039004974900024005365040067005605051608006276500029022356500023022647000023022877760053023108300025023638560086023889780203859483180706s2010    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203859483q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135166151q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135166199q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135166205q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415484374q(hardback)  z9780415539333q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203859483 2doi  a(OCoLC)575137275   4aJZ5588b.R68 201004a355.033bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of new security studies /cedited by J. Peter Burgess.30aNew security studies 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xii, 316 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 263-309) and index.00tchapter 1 Introduction /rJ. Peter Burgess -- tpart Part I: New Security Concepts -- tchapter 2 Civilizational Security /rBrett Bowden -- tchapter 3 Risk /rOliver Kessler -- tchapter 4 Instruments of Insecurity: Small Arms and Contemporary Violence /rKeith Krause -- tchapter 5 Human Security: A Contested Contempt /rTaylor Owen -- tchapter 6 Critical Geopolitics and Security /rSimon Dalby -- tpart Part II: New Security Subjects -- tchapter 7 Biopolitics of Security /rMichael Dillon -- tchapter 8 Gendering Security /rLaura J. Shepherd -- tchapter 9 Identity/Security /rPinar Bilgin -- tchapter 10 Security As Ethics /rAnthony Burke -- tchapter 11 Financial Security /rMarieke de Goede -- tchapter 12 Security and International Law /rKristin Bergtora Sandvik -- tpart Part III: New Security Objects -- tchapter 13 Environmental Security /rJon Barnett -- tchapter 14 Food Security /rSteve Wiggins -- tchapter 15 Energy Security /rRoland Dannreuther -- tchapter 16 Cyber-Security /rMyriam Dunn Cavelty -- tchapter 17 Pandemic Security /rStefan Elbe -- tchapter 18 Biosecurity and International Security Implications /rFrida Kuhlau -- tpart Part IV: New Security Practices -- tchapter 19 Surveillance /rMark B. Salter -- tchapter 20 Urban Insecurity /rDavid Murakami Wood -- tchapter 21 Commercial Security Practices /rAnna Leander -- tchapter 22 Migration and Security /rWilliam Walters -- tchapter 23 Security Technologies /rEmmanuel-Pierre Guittet -- tchapter 24 Designing Security /rCynthia Weber -- tchapter 25 New Mobile Crime /rMonica den Boer. 0aSecurity, International. 0aNational security.1 aBurgess, J. Peter.08iPrint version: z9780415484374w(DLC) 2009031233 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203859483zClick here to view.07080cam a2200397Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350023002830400026003060500021003320820018003532450103003712460046004742640044005203000040005643360021006043370023006253380032006484900024006805055576007046500034062806500044063146500043063586500050064017000021064517000046064727760053065188300025065718560086065969780203860229180706s2010    enk     obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203860229q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135272838q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135272876q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135272883q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415468640q(hardback)  z9780415537001q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203860229 2doi  a(OCoLC)518403946    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHQ21b.R875 201004a306.709bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sexuality, health and rights /cedited by Peter Aggleton and Richard Parker.30aHandbook of sexuality, health, and rights 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxii, 484 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks00tchapter 1 Introduction /rPETER AGGLETON -- tpart Part I Pioneering beginnings: The genealogy of the present -- tchapter 2 Margaret Sanger: Her legacy reconsidered /rELLEN CHESLER -- tchapter 3 Anthropological foundations of sexuality, health and rights /rGILBERT HERDT -- tchapter 4 The importance of being historical: Understanding the making of sexualities /rJEFFREY WEEKS -- tchapter 5 Research innovation: Alfred C. Kinsey’s legacy and the Kinsey Institute for Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction /rJULIA R. HEIMAN -- tchapter 6 The social reality of sexual rights /rKEN PLUMMER -- tchapter 7 Recent developments in US sexuality research /rDIANE D I MAURO -- tpart Part II Language, discourse and sexual categories -- tchapter 8 ‘Lesbians’, modernity and global translation: Female sexualities in Indonesia /rEVELYN BLACKWOOD -- tchapter 9 Hidden love: Sexual ideologies and relationship ideals in rural South Africa /rrural South Africa ABIGAIL HARRISON -- tchapter 10 Thai (trans)genders and (homo)sexualities in a global context PETER A. JACKSON -- tchapter 11 Hijras, ‘AIDS cosmopolitanism’ and questions of izzat in Hyderabad /rGAYATRI REDDY -- tchapter 12 Intersexuality, biomedical regulation and sexual rights in Brazil /rPAULA SANDRINE MACHADO -- tchapter 13 Understanding sex between men in Senegal: Beyond current linguistic and discursive categories /rCHEIKH IBRAHIMA NIANG -- tpart Part III Reproductive and sexual health -- tchapter 14 Why a history of childhood sexuality? /rGAIL L. HAWKES AND R. DANIELLE EGAN -- tchapter 15 From sexology to sexual health /rELI COLEMAN -- tchapter 16 Sexual and reproductive: Connections and disconnections in public health /rJANE COTTINGHAM -- tchapter 17 Sex as ‘risk of conception’? Sexual frames within the family planning field JENNY A. HIGGINS -- tchapter 18 Teenage pregnancy: From sex to social pathology /rMARIA LUIZA HEILBORN AND CRISTIANE S. CABRAL -- tpart Part IV How to have sex in an epidemic -- tchapter 19 Knowledge, power and HIV/AIDS: Research and the global response /rCARLOS F. CÁCERES AND KANE RACE -- tchapter 20 Safe sex: It’s not as simple as ABC /rSUSAN KIPPAX -- tchapter 21 Exporting moralities /rDENNIS ALTMAN -- tchapter 22 ‘Bareback’ – definitions and identity: Constructs’ limitation for HIV- prevention research /rALEX CARBALLO - DIÉGUEZ, ANA VENTUNEAC, JOSÉ BAUERMEISTER, -- tchapter 23 Sex under the influence of crystal meth: The experience of Latino gay men in San Francisco /rRAFAEL M. DÍAZ -- tpart Part V The choreography of sex -- tchapter 24 Stripping: The embodiment and creation of sexualised fantasy /rKATHERINE FRANK -- tchapter 25 Flirting, erotic interactions and sexual choreography among urban youth: hip- hop in New York City /rMIGUEL MUÑOZ - LABOY AND RICHARD PARKER -- tchapter 26 Passionate uprisings: young people, sexuality and politics in post- revolutionary Iran /rPARDIS MAHDAVI -- tchapter 27 Tourism and the body: Embodiment and sexual performance among Dominican male sex workers /rMARK B. PADILLA -- tchapter 28 Dancing with daemons: Desire and the improvisation of pleasure /rGARY W. DOWSETT -- tchapter 29 Sex in motion: Notes on urban Brazilian sexual scenes /rVERIANO TERTO JUNIOR AND FERNANDO SEFFNER -- tpart Part VI The darker side of sex -- tchapter 30 Sexual and intimate partner violence: The global picture /rCLAUDIA GARCIA - MORENO -- tchapter 31 The social production of men’s extramarital sexual practices /rJENNIFER S. HIRSCH -- tchapter 32 Innocence and scandal: Sexuality and the mass media /rLENORE MANDERSON -- tchapter 33 Engaged research on incest in Mexico /rGLORIA GONZÁLEZ - LÓPEZ -- tchapter 34 Brutal logic: Violence, sexuality and macho myth in South African men’s prisons and beyond /rSASHA GEAR -- tchapter 35 Beyond pseudo- homosexuality: corrective rape, transactional sex and the undoing of lesbian identities in Namibia /rROBERT LORWAY -- tpart Part VII From sexual health to sexual rights -- tchapter 36 Sexuality education, US federal abstinence policies and young people’s right to health information /rJOHN S. SANTELLI, REBECCA SCHLEIFER AND -- tchapter 37 Bodies and beyond: Where sexual health meets sexual rights /rRADHIKA CHANDIRAMANI -- tchapter 38 Political agents or vulnerable victims? Framing sexual rights as sexual health in Argentina /rMARIO PECHENY -- tchapter 39 Sexuality, identity and citizenship in contemporary Mexico /rANA AMUCHÁSTEGUI -- tchapter 40 From reproductive to sexual rights /rCARMEN BARROSO -- tchapter 41 Sexual rights for young women: Lessons from developing countries /rDEBORAH L. TOLMAN AND SARAH H. COSTA -- tpart Part VIII Struggles for erotic justice -- tchapter 42 Reaffirming pleasures in a world of dangers /rROSALIND PETCHESKY -- tchapter 43 Law, sexual morality and subversion: Urban sex work in Uganda /rSYLVIA TAMALE -- tchapter 44 Being young and living with HIV: The double neglect of sexual citizenship /rVERA PAIVA, JOSÉ RICARDO AYRES AND SOFIA GRUSKIN -- tchapter 45 The ‘queer’ politics of homo(sexuality) and matters of identity: Tentative notes in the context of HIV/AIDS /rVASU REDDY -- tchapter 46 Immigration and LGBT rights in the USA: Ironies and constraints in US asylum cases /rHÉCTOR CARRILLO -- tchapter 47 ‘In the life’ in diaspora: Autonomy/desire/community /rJAFARI SINCLAIRE ALLEN -- tchapter 48 Black lesbian gender and sexual culture: Celebration and resistance /rBIANCA D. M. WILSON. 0aSexvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSexual healthvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aHuman rightsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aReproductive rightsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAggleton, Peter.1 aParker, Richard G.q(Richard Guy),d1956-08iPrint version: z9780415468640w(DLC) 2009030103 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203860229zClick here to view.01677cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500021003160820017003372450102003542640034004563000041004905050231005316500030007626510046007926510036008386510044008746510055009186510050009736510044010236510034010677000032011017000031011337760053011648560086012179780203860267180706s2012    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203860267q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135280307q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135280253q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135280291q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415875226q(hardback)  z9780415875233q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203860267 2doi  a(OCoLC)900422454  acl----- 4aJL960b.R68 201204a320.98bR86900aRoutledge handbook of Latin American politics /cedited by Peter Kingstone and Deborah J. Yashar. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxxiv, 596 pages)0 apt. 1. Democratic governance and political institutions -- pt. 2. Development -- pt. 3. Actors/social groups -- pt. 4. International concerns -- pt. 5. Theories/methods -- pt. 6. Critical reflections on the state of the field. 0aDemocracyzLatin America. 0aLatin AmericaxEconomic conditionsy1982- 0aLatin AmericaxEconomic policy. 0aLatin AmericaxForeign relationsy1980- 0aLatin AmericaxPolitics and governmenty1948-1980. 0aLatin AmericaxPolitics and governmenty1980- 0aLatin AmericaxSocial conditionsy1982- 0aLatin AmericaxSocial policy.1 aKingstone, Peter R.,d1964-1 aYashar, Deborah J.,d1963-08iPrint version: z9780415875226w(DLC) 201104330440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203860267zClick here to view.01260cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820018003272450100003452640034004453000038004795050138005176500042006556500026006976500019007236500042007427000023007847000018008077760035008258560086008609780203861264180706s2010    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203861264q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135168674q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135168711q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135168728q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805859928q(hardback)  z9780805859935q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203861264 2doi  a(OCoLC)710993057 4aH61.25b.H358 201004a150.287bH23600aHandbook of polytomous item response theory models /cedited by Michael L. Nering, Remo Ostini. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (ix, 296 pages)0 apt. 1. Development of polytomous IRT models -- pt. 2. Polytomous IRT model evaluation -- pt. 3. Application of polytomous IRT models. 0aSocial sciencesxMathematical models. 0aItem response theory. 0aPsychometrics. 0aSocial sciencesxStatistical methods.1 aNering, Michael L.1 aOstini, Remo.08iPrint version: z978080585992840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203861264zClick here to view.01576cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820019003272450146003462640044004923000040005364900048005765050202006246500038008266500039008646500067009037000036009707000022010067000026010287760053010548300045011078560086011529780203863091180706s2010    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203863091q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135183097q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135183134q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135183141q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415469036q(hardback)  z9781138577008q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203863091 2doi  a(OCoLC)609883996 4aLB1050b.R635 201004a428.0071bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of English, language and literacy teaching /cedited by Dominic Wyse, Richard Andrews and James Hoffman. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 556 pages)1 aThe Routledge international handbook series0 apt. 1. Reading -- pt. 2. Writing -- pt. 3 Language -- pt. 4. Teaching English, language and literacy -- pt. 5. English, language and literacy teaching : countries and contexts -- pt. 6. Conclusion. 0aReadingvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aLiteracyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEnglish languagexStudy and teachingvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAndrews, Richard,d1953 Apr. 1-1 aHoffman, James V.1 aWyse, Dominic,d1964-08iPrint version: z9780415469036w(DLC) 2009025531 0aRoutledge international handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203863091zClick here to view.01730cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820016003262450110003422460048004522640034005003000039005345050433005736500032010066500041010386500035010796500037011146500042011517000036011937000024012297760053012538560086013069780203863299180706s2013    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203863299q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135183493q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135183448q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135183486q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415779722q(hardback)  z9781138787735q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203863299 2doi  a(OCoLC)823170518 4aJV6035b.R68 201304a304.8bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of migration studies /cedited by Steven J. Gold and Stephanie J. Nawyn.30aInternational handbook of migration studies 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2013.  a1 online resource (xix, 613 pages)0 apt. 1. Theories and histories of international migration -- pt. 2. Refugees and forced migrants -- pt. 3. Migrants in the economy -- pt. 4. Intersecting inequalities in the lives of migrants -- pt. 5. Creating and recreating community and group identity -- pt. 6. Migrants and social reproduction -- pt. 7. Migrants and the state -- pt. 8. Maintaining links across borders -- pt. 9. Methods for studying international migration. 0aEmigration and immigration. 0aEmigration and immigrationxHistory. 0aImmigrantsxSocial conditions. 0aImmigrantsxEconomic conditions. 0aEmigration and immigrationxResearch.1 aGold, Steven J.q(Steven James)1 aNawyn, Stephanie J.08iPrint version: z9780415779722w(DLC) 201105186540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203863299zClick here to view.01448cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450111003422640058004533000040005114900038005515050178005896500020007676500015007876500021008026500019008236500021008427000026008637000031008897760053009208300039009738560086010129780203863428180706s2012    enkb    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203863428q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135179106q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135179144q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135179151q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415563642q(hardback)  z9781138107199q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203863428 2doi  a(OCoLC)795124294 4aHM701b.R68 201204a300.11bR86900aRoutledge handbook of world-systems analysis /cedited by Salvatore J. Babones and Christopher Chase-Dunn. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xvii, 535 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Origins -- pt. 2. Theory and critiques -- pt. 3. The contemporary world-economy -- pt. 4. Development and underdevelopment -- pt. 5. Sustainability -- pt. 6. Society. 0aSocial systems. 0aEconomics. 0aSocial sciences. 0aSystem theory. 0aSystem analysis.1 aBabones, Salvatore J.1 aChase-Dunn, Christopher K.08iPrint version: z9780415563642w(DLC) 2011032740 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203863428zClick here to view.09949cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500022003300820018003522450141003702640034005113000042005453360021005873370023006083380032006315057021006635051642076846500023093266500033093497000019093827000025094017000022094267760053094488560086095019780203863688180706s2010    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203863688q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135184148q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135184186q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135184193q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415801263q(hardback)  z9780415801270q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203863688 2doi  a(OCoLC)872115249  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLC196b.H365 201004a370.115bH23600aHandbook of public pedagogy :beducation and learning beyond schooling /cedited by Jennifer A. Sandlin, Brian D. Schultz, Jake Burdick. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxviii, 682 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tchapter 1 Understanding, Mapping, and Exploring the Terrain of Public Pedagogy /rJENNIFER A. SANDLIN, ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY -- tpart Part I: Historical, Th eoretical, and Methodological Perspectives on Public Pedagogy -- tchapter Cæsura  Mapping Myself  John Jota Leaños -- tchapter 2 Outside Curricula and Public Pedagogy WILLIAM H. SCHUBERT, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO -- tchapter 3 Critical Public Pedagogy and the Paidagogos: Exploring the Normative and Political Challenges of Radical Democracy PATRICK A. ROBERTS, NATIONALLOUIS UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 4 Resisting Plague: Pedagogies ofoughtfulness and Imagination MAXINE GREENE, THE MAXINE GREENE FOUNDATION AND TEACHERS COLLEGE, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 5 Public Pedagogy and the Unconscious: Performance Art and Art Installations PATRICK SLATTERY, TEXAS A&M UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 6 On the Privacy of Public Pedagogy:e Essayism of Robert Musil WILLIAM F. PINAR, UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA -- tchapter 7 A Critical Performance Pedagogyat Matters -- tchapter 8 Public Pedagogies: Everyday Politics on and of the Body /rM. FRANCYNE HUCKABY, TEXAS CHRISTIAN UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 9 Beyondese Iron Bars: An Emergent (and Writerly) Inquiry into the Public Sphere -- tchapter 10 Oaths -- tchapter 11 Problematizing “Public Pedagogy” in Educational Research -- tchapter 12 Educational Inquiry and the Pedagogical Other: On the Politics and Ethics of Researching Critical Public Pedagogies -- tpart Part II: Pedagogies of Popular Culture and Everyday Life -- tchapter Cæsura  McMuerto’s  John Jota Leaños -- tchapter 13 The Binary Media -- tchapter 14 Introduction: Feminisms and Pedagogies of Everyday Life -- tchapter 15 Unmasking Hegemony with Th e Avengers: Television Entertainment as Public Pedagogy -- tchapter 16 Matinee Man of Steel: Nostalgia, Innocence, and Tension in Superman Returns /rJULIE GARLEN MAUDLIN, GEORGIA SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 17 Bon re of the Disney Princesses /rBARBARA EHRENREICH -- tchapter 18 When the Street Becomes a Pedagogue -- tchapter 19 Earthships as Public Pedagogy and Agents of Change MISCHA HEWITT, LOW CARBON TRUST AND EARTHWISE CONSTRUCTION -- tchapter 20 Digital Literacy and Public Pedagogy:e Digital Game as a Form of Learning PETER PERICLES TRIFONAS, ONTARIO INSTITUTE FOR STUDIES IN EDUCATION AT THE UNIVERSITY OF -- tchapter 21 Public Pedagogy through Video Games: Design, Resources, and A nity Spaces /rELISABETH R. HAYES, ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 22 Social Media, Public Pedagogy, and the End of Private Learning ALEX REID, STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK AT BUFFALO -- tchapter 23 Constructing Community, Disciplining Dissent:e Public Pedagogy of Facebook as a Social Movement /rRICHARD L. FREISHTAT, ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 24 I Blog Because I Teach /rKENNETH J. BERNSTEIN, ELEANOR ROOSEVELT HIGH SCHOOL, GREENBELT, MARYLAND -- tchapter 25 Hip-Hop as a Site of Public Pedagogy LANCE WILLIAMS, JACOB H. CARRUTHERS CENTER FOR INNER CITY STUDIES AT NORTHEASTERN -- tchapter 26 Gra ti as a Public Educator of Urban Teenagers RICHARD S. CHRISTEN, UNIVERSITY OF PORTLAND -- tchapter 27 Write Your Own History:e Roots of Self-Publishing ANNE ELIZABETH MOORE, INDEPENDENT SCHOLAR AND CULTURAL CRITIC -- tchapter 28 Culture Jamming as Critical Public Pedagogy /rJENNIFER A. SANDLIN, ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 29 Parades, Sideways and Personal BILL TALEN, THE CHURCH OF LIFE AFTER SHOPPING -- tpart PART III: In/Formal and Activist Sites of Learning -- tchapter Cæsura  Social Art Tactics  John Jota Leaños -- tchapter 30 Touring the Nevada Test Site: Sensational Public Pedagogy ELIZABETH ELLSWORTH, THE NEW SCHOOL -- tchapter 31 Places of Memorialization—Forms of Public Pedagogy:e Museum of Education at University of South Carolina CRAIG KRIDEL, UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA -- tchapter 32 Museums as “Dangerous” Sites LISA YUN LEE, JANE ADDAMS HULLHOUSE MUSEUM AT UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO -- tchapter 33 e City of Richgate: Decentered Public Pedagogy VALERIE TRIGGS, UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA -- tchapter 34 Intellectual Freedom and Pat Tillman JOHN JOTA LEAÑOS, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SANTA CRUZ -- tchapter 35 Young People Talk Back: Community Arts as a Public Pedagogy of Social Justice /rSHARON VERNER CHAPPELL, CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY AT FULLERTON -- tchapter 36 e Knitivism Club: Feminist Pedagogies of Touch SARAH O’DONALD, THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 37 A Public Peace Path: Transforming Media and Teaching Self-Awareness through Creative Expression ROSS W HOLZMAN, CREATE PEACE PROJECT -- tchapter 38 Embodied Social Justice: Water Filter Workshops as Public Pedagogy B. STEPHEN CARPENTER, II, TEXAS A&M UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 39 e Framing Safety Project: Battered Women’s Photo-Narratives as Public Pedagogy LISA FROHMANN, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO -- tchapter 40 Breasted Bodies as Pedagogies of Excess: Towards a Materialisteory of Becoming M/other STEPHANIE SPRINGGAY, ONTARIO INSTITUTE FOR STUDIES IN EDUCATION AT THE UNIVERSITY OF -- tpart PART IV: <Inter>Sections of Formal Institutions, Classroom Practices, and Public Pedagogy -- tchapter Cæsura  Los ABCs  John Jota Leaños -- tchapter 41 Beyondese Tired Walls: Social Action Curriculum Induction as Public Pedagogy -- tchapter 42 Refusing to Submit—Youth Poetry Activism in High School -- tchapter 43 Louderan A Bomb:e Chicago Teen Poetry Festival and the Voices that Challenge and Change the Pedagogy of Class(room), Poetics, Place, and Space -- tchapter 44 A Note on the Politics of Place and Public Pedagogy: Critical Raceeory, Schools, Community, and Social Justice -- tchapter 45 Activist Interventions: Community Organizing Against “Zero Tolerance” Policies -- tchapter 46 Art Education as Culture Jamming: Public Pedagogy in Visual Culture -- tchapter 47 What Are You Watching?: Considering Film and Television as Visual Culture Pedagogy -- tchapter 48 In My Father’s House, or Public Pedagogy and the Making of a Public “Interleckchul” -- tchapter 49 Exile Pedagogy: Teaching In-Between -- tpart PART V: Neoliberalism, Fear, and the Control State -- tchapter Cæsura  iRaq  forkscrew -- tchapter 50 Neoliberalism as Public Pedagogy /rHENRY A. GIROUX -- tchapter 51 A Pedagogy of De ance: Public Pedagogy as an Act of Unlearning /rNATHALIA E. JARAMILLO -- tchapter 52 A Voice in the Wilderness: Ivan Illich’s Era Dawns MADHU SURI PRAKASH, THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 53 Permission to Disrupt: REPOhistory and the Tactics of Visualizing Radical Social Movements in Public Space NICOLAS LAMPERT, VISUAL ARTIST, JUSTSEEDS VISUAL RESISTANCE ARTISTS’ COOPERATIVE -- tchapter 54 Reading the Nebraska Safe Haven Law Controversy: Neoliberalism, Biopower, and the Discourse of Expendability /rERIK MALEWSKI -- tchapter 55 Educational Justice Work: Resisting Our Expanding Carceral State ERICA R. 00tMEINERS, NORTHEASTERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 56 White Apocalypse: Preparedness Pedagogies as Symbolic and Material Invocations of White Supremacy JOHN PRESTON, UNIVERSITY OF EAST LONDON -- tchapter 57 is Fist Called My Heart: Public Pedagogy in the Belly of the Beast PETER McLAREN, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES -- tpart PART VI: Public Intellectualism -- tchapter Cæsura  On Target  John Jota Leaños -- tchapter 58 Intellectuals and the Responsibilities of Public Life NOAM CHOMSKY, MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY -- tchapter 59 A Conversation with Grace Lee Boggs at the Jane Addams Hull-House Museum GRACE LEE BOGGS, THE BOGGS CENTER, DETROIT -- tchapter 60 Talking Beyond Schools of Education: Educational Research as Public Pedagogy /rMARC LAMONT HILL, TEACHERS COLLEGE, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 61 Teacher as Public Intellectual: Richard Dudley and the Fight Against South African Apartheid ALAN WIEDER, CENTER FOR TEACHING QUALITY -- tchapter 62 Protest, Activism, Resistance: Public Pedagogy and the Public Square WILLIAM AYERS, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO -- tchapter 63 Not a Minute to Hate /rCORNEL WEST -- tchapter 64 Entertaining Ideas and Embodied Knowledge: Musicians as Public Intellectuals WALTER S. GERSHON, KENT STATE UNIVERSITY -- tchapter 65 Public Pedagogy as Critical Educational and Community Leadership: Implications from East St. Louis School District Governance /rMICHAEL P. O’MALLEY, TEXAS STATE UNIVERSITY  SAN MARCOS -- tchapter A erword: Public Pedagogy and the Challenge of Historical Time /rPETER McLAREN -- tchapter About the Contributors. 0aCritical pedagogy. 0aPostmodernism and education.1 aBurdick, Jake.1 aSandlin, Jennifer A.1 aSchultz, Brian D.08iPrint version: z9780415801263w(DLC) 200902565540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203863688zClick here to view.05418cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350023002830400026003060500022003320820017003542450143003712640044005143000040005583360021005983370023006193380032006424900038006745040041007125053985007536500052047387000022047907000021048127000033048337760053048668300039049198560086049589780203863701180706s2010    enka    obf   000 0 eng d  a9780203863701q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135179663q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135179700q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135179717q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415486637q(hardback)  z9780415619967q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203863701 2doi  a(OCoLC)647851781    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLC191b.R684 201004a370.19bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of the sociology of education /cedited by Michael W. Apple, Stephen J. Ball and Luis Armando Gandin. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xvii, 423 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references.00tchapter Introduction: Mapping the sociology of education: social context, power and knowledge -- tpart Part 1: Perspectives and theories -- tchapter 1 ‘Spatializing’ the sociology of education: stand-points, entry-points and vantage-points /rSusan L. Robertson -- tchapter 2 Foucault and education /rInés Dussel -- tchapter 3 Education and critical race theory /rDavid Gillborn -- tchapter 4 The ethics of national hospitality and globally mobile researchers /rJohannah Fahey -- tchapter 5 Towards a sociology of the global teacher /rMeg Maguire -- tchapter 6 Codes, pedagogy and knowledge: Advances in Bernsteinian sociology of education /rUrsula Hoadley -- tchapter 7 Social democracy, complexity and education: Sociological perspectives from welfare liberalism /rMark Olssen -- tchapter 8 The ‘new’ connectivities of digital education /rNeil Selwyn -- tchapter 9 A cheese-slicer by any other name? Shredding the sociology of inclusion /rRoger Slee -- tchapter 10 The sociology of mothering /rCarol Vincent -- tchapter 11 Rationalisation, disenchantment and re-enchantment: Engaging with Weber’s sociology of modernity /rPhilip A. Woods -- tchapter 12 Recognizing the subjects of education: Engagements with Judith Butler /rDeborah Youdell -- tpart Part 2: Social processes and practices -- tchapter 13 Doing the work of God: Home schooling and gendered labor /rMichael W. Apple -- tchapter 14 New states, new governance and new education policy /rStephen J. Ball -- tchapter 15 Towards a sociology of pedagogies /rBob Lingard -- tchapter 16 Families, values, and class relations: The politics of alternative certification /rAndrew Brantlinger -- tchapter 17 Popular culture and the sociology of education /rGreg Dimitriadis -- tchapter 18 Schooling the body in a performative culture /rJohn Evans -- tchapter 19 Tracking and inequality: New directions for research and practice /rAdam Gamoran -- tchapter 20 Economic globalisation, skill formation and the consequences for higher education /rPhillip Brown -- tchapter 21 Education and the right to the city: The intersection of urban policies, education, and poverty /rPauline Lipman -- tchapter 22 A revisited theme – middle classes and the school /rMaria Alice Nogueira -- tchapter 23 Governing without governing: The formation of a European educational space /rAntónio Nóvoa -- tchapter 24 The university in the twenty-first century: Toward a democratic and emancipatory university reform /rBoaventura de Sousa Santos -- tpart Part 3: Inequalities and resistances -- tchapter 25 The Indian middle classes and educational advantage: Family strategies and practices /rGeetha B. Nambissan -- tchapter 26 Equality and social justice: The university as a site of struggle /rKathleen Lynch -- tchapter 27 Educational organizations and gender in times of uncertainty /rJill Blackmore -- tchapter 28 Bringing Bourdieu to ‘widening participation’ policies in higher education: A UK case analysis /rPat Thomson -- tchapter 29 The sociology of elite education /rAgnès van Zanten -- tchapter 30 The dialogic sociology of the learning communities /rRamón Flecha -- tchapter 31 The democratization of governance in the Citizen School project: Building a new notion of accountability in education /rLuis Armando Gandin -- tchapter 32 Syncretism and hybridity: Schooling, language, and race and students from non-dominant communities /rKris D. Gutiérrez -- tchapter 33 Dilemmas of race-rememory buried alive: Popular education, nation, and diaspora in critical education /rGrace Livingston -- tchapter 34 Momentum and melancholia: Women in higher education internationally /rLouise Morley -- tchapter 35 Sociology, social class and education /rDiane Reay -- tchapter 36 Interfaces between the sociology of education and the studies about youth in Brazil /rMarília Pontes Sposito -- tchapter 37 Social class and schooling /rLois Weis. 0aEducational sociologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aApple, Michael W.1 aBall, Stephen J.1 aGandin, Luis Armando,d1967-08iPrint version: z9780415486637w(DLC) 2009023567 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203863701zClick here to view.01270cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500023002730820014002962450103003102640058004133000040004714900038005115050179005496500017007287000034007457000023007797760053008028300039008558560086008949780203864326180706s2012    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203864326q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135192754q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135192792q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135192808q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415779678q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203864326 2doi  a(OCoLC)785783403 4aHV6025b.R677 201204a364bR86900aRoutledge handbook of critical criminology /cedited by Walter S. DeKeseredy and Molly Dragiewicz. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xvii, 529 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. The history of critical criminology : international perspectives -- pt. 2. Theoretical perspectives -- pt. 3. Select topics in critical criminology -- pt. 4. Policies. 0aCriminology.1 aDeKeseredy, Walter S.,d1959-1 aDragiewicz, Molly.08iPrint version: z9780415779678w(DLC) 2011018160 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203864326zClick here to view.02243cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350023002520500021002750820020002962450088003162460041004042640044004453000037004894900025005265051058005516500065016096500060016747000042017347760053017768300026018298560086018559780203864517180706s2010    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203864517q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135193386q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135193423q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135193430q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415442251q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203864517 2doi  a(OCoLC)609878339   4aBR100b.R67 201004a230.09015bR86904aThe Routledge companion to early Christian thought /cedited by D. Jeffrey Bingham.3 aCompanion to early Christian thought 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (x, 347 pages)1 aRoutledge companions00tChristianity in the Graeco-Roman world : socio-political, philosophical, and religious interactions up to the Edict of Milan (CE 313) /rGeorge H. van Kooten --tEarly Christianity and philosophy /rMark J. Edwards --tGreco-Roman understanding of Christianity /rPaul Hartog --tJews and Christians /rLynn H. Cohick --tImitations in literature and life : Apocrypha and martyrdom /rJ.K. Elliott --tIgnatius and the Apostolic fathers /rClayton N. Jefford --tJustin and the apologists /rOskar Skarsaune --tIrenaeus of Lyons /rD. Jeffrey Bingham --tRoman and North African Christianity /rGeoffrey D. Dunn --tClement and Alexandrian Christianity /rHenny Fiska Hagg --tOrigen /rRonald E. Heine --tGnosis and Nag Hammadi /rAnne McGuire --tSchism and heresy : identity, cracks, and canyons in early Christianity /rPheme Perkins --tGod /rM.C. Steenberg --tChrist : the Apostolic Fathers to the third century /rJ.A. McGuckin --tRedemption /rJames D. Ernest --tScripture /rPeter W. Martens --tCommunity and worship /rEverett Ferguson. 0aChristianityxPhilosophyxHistoryyEarly church, ca. 30-600. 0aTheology, DoctrinalxHistoryyEarly church, ca. 30-600.1 aBingham, D. Jeffreyq(Dwight Jeffrey)08iPrint version: z9780415442251w(DLC) 2009026872 0aRoutledge companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203864517zClick here to view.01299cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500022002730820014002952450122003092460042004312640040004733000040005134900038005535050112005916500017007036500011007207000024007317000020007557000020007757760053007958300039008488560086008879780203864708180706s2011    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203864708q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135193805q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135193843q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135193850q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415779098q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203864708 2doi  a(OCoLC)782917979 4aHV6025b.R68 201104a364bR86900aRoutledge handbook of international criminology /cedited by Cindy J. Smith, Sheldon X. Zhang, and Rosemary Barberet.30aHandbook of international criminology 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxxi, 552 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Methods and theories -- pt. 2. Special topics -- pt. 3. Criminology and criminal justice in context. 0aCriminology. 0aCrime.1 aBarberet, Rosemary.1 aSmith, Cindy J.1 aZhang, Sheldon.08iPrint version: z9780415779098w(DLC) 2010040654 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203864708zClick here to view.07390cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350023002830400026003060430012003320500022003440820023003662450122003892640052005113000040005633360021006033370023006243380032006475056162006796500060068417000024069017760053069258560086069789780203866078180706s2010    nyu     obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203866078q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135236649q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135236687q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135236694q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805858396q(hardback)  z9780805858402q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203866078 2doi  a(OCoLC)570338177    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  an-us--- 4aLC2669b.H36 201004a371.82968073bH23600aHandbook of Latinos and education :btheory, research and practice /cedited by Enrique G. Murillo, Jr. [and others]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge, Taylor & Francis,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 673 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tpart PART I History, Th eory, and Methodology /rPART I EDITORS: SOFIA A. VILLENAS AND DOUGLAS E. FOLEY -- tchapter 1 History, Th eory, and Methodology: An Introduction /rSOFIA A. VILLENAS -- tchapter 2 Th e United Status of Latinos /rVICTORIAMARÍA MACDONALD AND JUAN F. CARRILLO -- tchapter 3 Latino Education in Twentieth-Century America: A Brief History /rGUADALUPE SAN MIGUEL, JR. AND RUBÉN DONATO -- tchapter 4 Latina/o Education and the Reciprocal Relationship between Th eory and Practice: Four Th eories Informed by the Experiential Knowledge of Marginalized Communities /rC. ALEJANDRA ELENES AND DOLORES DELGADO BERNAL -- tchapter 5 Contemporary and Critical Methodological Shift s in Research on Latino Education /rMARÍA ESTELA ZARATE AND GILBERTO Q. CONCHAS -- tchapter 6 Latino/a Th eoretical Contributions to Educational Praxis: Abriendo Caminos, Construyendo Puentes /rJASON G. IRIZARRY -- tpart Part II Policies and Politics /rPART II EDITORS: RUTH TRINIDAD GALVÁN AND NORMA GONZÁLEZ -- tchapter 7 Policies and Politics: An Introduction /rRUTH TRINIDAD GALVÁN AND NORMA GONZÁLEZ -- tchapter 8 Th e Eff ects of Globalization and Transnationalism on Policies and Practices in the Education of Latinos in the U. S. and Latin Americans in Spain /rMARTHA MONTEROSIEBURTH, LIDIA CABRERA PÉREZ, AND CELONI ESPÍNOLA MESA -- tchapter 9 Education in the New Latino Diaspora /rEDMUND T. HAMANN -- tchapter 10 Construction of Race and Ethnicity for and by Latinos /rEDWARD FERGUS -- tchapter 11 Monoglossic Ideologies and Language Policies in the Education of U.S. Latinas/os /rOFELIA GARCÍA AND ROSARIO TORRESGUEVARA -- tchapter 12 Th e Role of High-Stakes Testing and Accountability in Educating Latinos /rFRANCES E. CONTRERAS -- tchapter 13 Assessing the Higher Education Opportunity Structure for Latino Students: Research and Policy Trends at the Turn of the Century /rSTELLA M. FLORES -- tchapter 14 Latin@ Faculty in Academelandia /rLUIS URRIETA, JR. AND RUDOLFO CHÁVEZ CHÁVEZ -- tchapter 15 Latinas/os in Higher Education: Eligibility, Enrollment, and Educational Attainment /rOCTAVIO VILLALPANDO -- tchapter 16 Latino Community Activism in the Twenty-First Century: Confronting the Future, Learning from the Past /rCARMEN I. MERCADO -- tchapter 17 When Stepping to College is Stepping to Consciousness: Critical Pedagogy, Transformational Resistance, and Community Building with Urban Latin@ and African American Youth /rNICOLE D. HIDALGO AND JEFFREY M. R. DUNCANANDRADE -- tpart Part III Language and Culture /rPART III EDITORS: JUAN SÁNCHEZ MUÑOZ AND EUGENE GARCÍA -- tchapter 18 Language and Culture: An Introduction /rJUAN SÁNCHEZ MUÑOZ AND EUGENE GARCÍA -- tchapter 19 Infi nite Possibilities, Many Obstacles: Language, Culture, Identity, and Latino/a Educational Achievement /rAÍDA HURTADO -- tchapter 20 Misrepresentations of Language and Culture, Language and Culture as Proxies for Marginalization: Debunking the Arguments /rANGELA E. ARZUBIAGA -- tchapter 21 Bilingualism: An Overview of the Linguistic Research /rKELLIE ROLSTAD -- tchapter 22 Language, Culture, and Cognition: From Research to Improving Educational Practice for Latino Students /rVIRGINIA GONZÁLEZ -- tchapter 23 Language Socialization Among Latinos: Th eory, Method, and Approaches /rPATRICIA BAQUEDANOLÓPEZ, GABINO ARREDONDO, AND JORGE SOLÍS -- tchapter 24 Latino Families: Culture and Schooling /rFLORA V. RODRÍGUEZBROWN -- tchapter 25 Latinos in Special Education: Equity Issues at the Intersection of Language, Culture, and Ability Diff erences /rALFREDO J. ARTILES -- tchapter 26 Eff ective Practices that Matter for Latino Children /rTERESA M. HUERTA -- tchapter 27 Language, Culture, Policy, and the Law: Issues for Latino Students /rTOM STRITIKUS -- tpart Part IV Teaching and Learning /rPART IV EDITORS: CORINNE MARTÍNEZ AND ESTEBAN DÍAZ -- tchapter 28 Teaching and Learning: An Introduction /rCORINNE MARTÍNEZ -- tchapter 29 Going Back to the Headwaters: Examining Latina/o Educational Attainment and Achievement Th rough a Framework of Hope /rREBECA BURCIAGA, LINDSAY PEREZ HUBER, AND DANIEL G. SOLORZANO -- tchapter 30 Dismantling Group-Based Inequality in a NCLB Era, Eff ective Practices, and Latino Students Placed and Left at Risk /rPEDRO R. PORTES -- tchapter 31 “Who are Th ese Kids, Rejects from Hell?” Analyzing Hollywood Distortions of Latina/o High School Students /rTARA J. YOSSO -- tchapter 32 Latin@s in Early Childhood Education: Issues, Practices, and Future Directions /rVERÓNICA E. VALDEZ -- tchapter 33 Best Practices for Teaching Latino English Learners in U.S. Schools /rJOSEFINA VILLAMIL TINAJERO, JUDITH HOPE MUNTER, AND BLANCA ARAUJO -- tchapter 34 Accountability and Educational Assessment for Latino English Language Learning Students: Improving Practices through Multidisciplinary Approaches /rZENAIDA AGUIRREMUÑOZ AND GUILLERMO SOLANOFLORES -- tchapter 35 Boosting the Professional Development of Teachers of Latino English Learners /rLILIANA MINAYAROWE AND JOSÉ A. ORTIZ -- tpart Part V Resources and Information /rPART V EDITOR: MARGARITA MACHADOCASAS -- tchapter 36 Resources and Information: An Introduction /rMARGARITA MACHADOCASAS -- tchapter 37 Adult/Continuing Education /rCARLOS MARTÍN VÉLEZ -- tchapter 38 Commercial Products /rMINDA LÓPEZ -- tchapter 39 Demographics/Statistics and Government /rNORMA A. GUZMÁN -- tchapter 40 Events /rVICTOR A. CASTILLO -- tchapter 41 Groups /rSILVIA CRISTINA BETTEZ -- tchapter 42 Higher Education /rBELINDA TREVIÑO SCHOUTEN AND KATHERINE GRAVESTALATI -- tchapter 43 Internet Tools/Technology /rVICTOR H. PÉREZ -- tchapter 44 Libraries/Museums/Galleries /rBELINDA TREVIÑO SCHOUTEN -- tchapter 45 Nonprint Media /rGRISEL Y. ACOSTA -- tchapter 46 Parents and Teachers /rESTHER GARZA AND KEREN ZUNIGA MCDOWELL -- tchapter 47 Periodicals /rEVELYN M. GORDON AND DANIELLA ANN COOK -- tchapter 48 Publications /rNORMA A. GUZMÁN, JANET LÓPEZ, AND MARY RUTH FERNÁNDEZ. 0aHispanic AmericansxEducationvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aMurillo, Enrique G.08iPrint version: z9780805858396w(DLC) 200901979140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203866078zClick here to view.04063cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820018003262450091003442640034004353000039004695050972005085051105014805200755025856500035033406500045033756500033034206500022034536500028034757000023035037000020035267000016035467760053035628560086036159780203866412180706s2010    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203866412q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135239589q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135239626q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135239633q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805863314q(hardback)  z9780805863321q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203866412 2doi  a(OCoLC)639221407 4aLB3430b.H37 201004a371.713bH23600aHandbook of youth prevention science /cedited by Beth Doll, William Pfohl, Jina Yoon. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xii, 482 pages)0 a1. The current status of youth prevention science -- 2. Placing prevention into the context of school improvement -- 3. School mental health : prevention at all levels -- 4. Screening for mental health and wellness : current school-based practices and emerging possibilities -- 5. Implementing universal screening systems within an RtI-PBS context -- 6. Building conditions for learning and healthy adolescent development : a strategic approach -- 7. Assessment for integrated screening and prevention using the resiliency scales for children and adolescents -- 8. Social support : how to assess and include it in research on prevention and youth outcomes -- 9. Peer support as a means of improving school safety and reducing bullying and violence -- 10. The developmental implications of classroom social relationships and strategies for improving them -- 11. Factors influencing teacher interventions in bullying situations : implications for research and practice.8 a12. Development, evaluation, and diffusion of a national anti-bullyiong program, KiVa -- 13. Promoting the well-being of school communities : a systemic approach -- 14. Promoting student resilience : strong kids social and emotional learning curricula -- 15. Stimulating positive social interaction : what can we learn from TIGER (Kanjertraining)? -- 16. A hybrid framework for intervention development : social justice for bullying in low-resource schools -- 17. Check & connect : enhancing school completion through student engagement -- 18. Prevention and early intervention for preschool children at risk for learning and behavior problems -- 19. Partnering to achieve school success : a collaboration care model of early intervention for attention and behavior problems in urban contexts -- 20. Dissemination of evidence-based programs in the schools : the coping power program -- 21. Prevention, early childhood intervention, and implementation science -- 22. Taking effective prevention to scale -- 23. Youth policy and politics in the United States : toward an increased focus on prevention.   a"Prevention research has traditionally focused on preventive interventions tied to specific disorders, e.g., substance abuse, conduct disorders, or criminality. This produced "silos" of isolated knowledge about the prevention of individual disorders but not about interventions that work across disorders. This handbook is the first to comprehensively describe current research and practice in mental health prevention programs that is organized around comprehensive prevention systems that reach across all disorders and all institutions within a community. Throughout the book preventive interventions are seen as a necessary component of effective mental health programs, not as a replacement for therapeutic interventions"--Provided by publisher. 0aSchool mental health services. 0aSchool childrenxMental health services. 0aProblem childrenxEducation. 0aChild psychology. 0aEducational counseling.1 aDoll, Beth,d1952-1 aPfohl, William.1 aYoon, Jina.08iPrint version: z9780805863314w(DLC) 200903536040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203866412zClick here to view.01417cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640500022002850820018003072450098003252640065004233000039004884900024005275040067005515050198006186500023008166500029008396500014008687000026008827000019009087760053009278300025009808560086010059780203866764180706s2010    enkabd  ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135239077 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135239022q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135239060q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415463614q(hardback)  z9780415664721q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203866764 2doi  a(OCoLC)576049070 4aUA10.5b.H35 201004a355.033bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of security studies /cedited by Myriam Dunn Cavelty and Victor Mauer. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xvi, 482 pages)1 aRoutledge handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 463-470) and index.0 apt. 1. Theoretical approaches to security and different 'securities' -- pt. 2. Contemporary security challenges -- pt. 3. Regional security challenges -- pt. 4. Confronting security challenges. 0aNational security. 0aSecurity, International. 0aStrategy.1 aDunn Cavelty, Myriam.1 aMauer, Victor.08iPrint version: z9780415463614w(DLC) 2009017846 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203866764zClick here to view.03820cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350023002520400026002750500019003010820017003202450093003372460038004302640071004683000038005393360021005773370023005983380032006215050941006535050800015945050866023946500047032607000035033077760054033428560086033969780203869659180706s2010    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203869659q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135261009q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135261047q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135261054q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415422789q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203869659 2doi  a(OCoLC)575917309    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aP40b.R68 201004a306.44bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of sociolinguistics around the world /cedited by Martin J. Ball.30aSociolinguistics around the world 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xx, 428 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00gI : Americas.tSociolinguistics in the United States of America /rKirk Hazen --tSociolinguistics in Canada /rElaine Gold --tSociolinguistics in Mexico : defining new agendas /rJose Antonio Flores Farfan --tThe sociolinguistics of indigenous languages in South America /rSerafin M. Cornel-Molina and Viviana Quintero --tSociolinguistics of the Caribbean /rValerie Youssef --gII : Asia.tSociolinguistic research in China /rMinglang Zhou --tSociolinguistics in South Asia /rProbal Dasgupta and Madhavi Sardesai --tSociolinguistics Japan /rNanette Gottlieb --tBurma, Thailand, Cambodia, Laos and Vietnam /rDavid Bradley --tMalaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, Philippines /rLionel Wee --tA sociolinguistic profile of Turkey, Northern Cyprus and other Turkic states in Central Asia /rYasemin Bayyurt --tSociolinguistics in the Caucasus /rVictor A. Friedman --tSociolinguistics in the Iranian world /rWilliam O. Beeman --00gIII : Australasia.tSociolinguistics in Australia /rPeter Collins --tSociolinguistics in New Zealand /rMargaret Maclagan and Jennifer Hay --tSociolinguistics in The South Pacific /rFrance Mugler and Richard Benton --tA Sociolinguistic sketch of New Guinea /rMark Donohue --gIV : Africa and the Middle East.tSociolinguistics in South Africa : a critical overview of current research /rRajend Mesthrie --tSociolinguistic studies of West and Central Africa /rBruce Connell and David Zeitlyn --tSociolinguistics of East Africa /rChristina M. Higgins --tIsraeli sociolinguistics : from Hebrew hegemony to Israeli plurilingualism /rZhanna Burstein-Feldman. [and others] --tArabic sociolinguistics in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) /rCatherine Miller and Dominique Caubert --00gV : Europe.tSociolinguistics of the German-speaking area /rWinifred V. Davies --tSociolinguistics in the Dutch language area in Europe /rJeroen Darquennes --tSociolinguistics in the Nordic Region /rSally Boyd --tSociolinguistics in the British Isles /rJane Stuart-Smith and Bill Haddican --tSociolinguistics in France /rNadine Di Vito --tSociolinguistics in Italy /rMair Parry --tSociolinguistics in Spain and Portugal /rDavid Atkinson, Mercedes Benoechea and Sandi Michele de Oliveira --tSociolinguistics in Hungary, the Czech Republic and Poland /rMiklos Kontra, Jiri Nekvapil and Agnieszka KieÅkiewicz-Janowiak --tSociolinguistics in the Balkans /rRobert D. Greenberg --tSociolinguistics in the Russian Federation, Ukraine, Belarus, Moldova /rVictoria Gulida --tThe development of sociolinguistics in the Baltic States /rIna Druviete. 0aSociolinguisticsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBall, Martin J.q(Martin John)08iPrint version: z9780415422789w(DLC)  200901204740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203869659zClick here to view.01272cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500026003040820016003302450073003462640058004193000040004774900038005175050117005556500043006726500020007156500023007357000022007587760053007808300039008338560086008729780203869710180706s2011    enkad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203869710q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135196462q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135196509q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135196516q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415555586q(hardback)  z9781138019416q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203869710 2doi  a(OCoLC)794003421 4aBF697.5.S65bR68 201104a320.1bR86900aRoutledge handbook of identity studies /cedited by Anthony Elliott. 1aAbingdon, Oxon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxiv, 407 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Theories of identity -- pt. 2. The analysis of identity -- pt. 3. Identity-politics and its consequences. 0aIdentity (Psychology)xSocial aspects. 0aGroup identity. 0aIdentity politics.1 aElliott, Anthony.08iPrint version: z9780415555586w(DLC) 2010050601 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203869710zClick here to view.04169cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500024003300820020003542450086003742500019004602640040004793000040005193360021005593370023005803380032006034900036006355052960006716500044036317000017036757760053036928560086037459780203871317180706s2009    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203871317q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135228316q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135228354q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135228361q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415453783q(hardback)  z9780415453790q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203871317 2doi  a(OCoLC)326878492  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aPN3433.5b.R69 200904a809.38762bR86904aThe Routledge companion to science fiction /cedited by Mark Bould. [and others].  aFirst edition. 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xxii, 554 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier0 aRoutledge literature companions00tpart Part I HISTORY -- tchapter 1 THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION /rADAM ROBERTS -- tchapter 2 NINETEENTH-CENTURY SF /rARTHUR B. EVANS -- tchapter 3 FICTION, 1895–1926 /rJOHN RIEDER -- tchapter 4 SF TOURISM /rBROOKS LANDON -- tchapter 5 FILM, 1895–1950 /rJ.P. TELOTTE -- tchapter 6 FICTION, 1926–1949 /rFARAH MENDLESOHN -- tchapter 7 GOLDEN AGE COMICS /rMAREK WASIELEWSKI -- tchapter 8 FILM AND TELEVISION, THE 1950S /rMARK JANCOVICH -- tchapter 9 FICTION, 1950–1963 /rROB LATHAM -- tchapter 10 FILM AND TELEVISION, 1960–1980 /rPETER WRIGHT -- tchapter 11 FICTION, 1964–1979 /rHELEN MERRICK -- tchapter 12 MANGA AND ANIME /rSHARALYN ORBAUGH -- tchapter 13 SILVER AGE COMICS /rJIM CASEY -- tchapter 14 FILM SINCE 1980 /rSEAN REDMOND -- tchapter 15 TELEVISION SINCE 1980 /rLINCOLN GERAGHTY -- tchapter 16 FICTION, 1980–1992 /rMICHAEL LEVY -- tchapter 17 COMICS SINCE THE SILVER AGE /rABRAHAM KAWA -- tchapter 18 FICTION SINCE 1992 /rPAUL KINCAID -- tpart Part II THEORY -- tchapter 19 CRITICAL RACE THEORY /rISIAH LAVENDER III -- tchapter 20 CULTURAL HISTORY /rLISA YASZEK -- tchapter 21 FAN STUDIES /rROBIN ANNE REID -- tchapter 22 FEMINISMS /rJANE DONAWERTH -- tchapter 23 LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS /rMARK BOULD -- tchapter 24 MARXISM /rWILLIAM J. BURLING -- tchapter 25 NUCLEAR CRITICISM /rPAUL WILLIAMS -- tchapter 26 POSTCOLONIALISM /rMICHELLE REID -- tchapter 27 POSTHUMANISM AND CYBORG THEORY /rVERONICA HOLLINGER -- tchapter 28 POSTMODERNISM /rDARREN JORGENSEN -- tchapter 29 PSYCHOANALYSIS /rANDREW M. BUTLER -- tchapter 30 QUEER THEORY /rWENDY GAY PEARSON -- tchapter 31 UTOPIAN STUDIES /rALCENA MADELINE DAVIS ROGAN -- tchapter 32 VIRTUALITY /rTHOMAS FOSTER -- tpart Part III ISSUES AND CHALLENGES -- tchapter 33 ANIMAL STUDIES /rJOAN GORDON -- tchapter 34 DESIGN FOR SCREEN SF /rPIERS D. BRITTON -- tchapter 35 DIGITAL GAMES /rTANYA KRZYWINSKA and ESTHER MACCALLUM-STEWART -- tchapter 36 EMPIRE -- tchapter 37 ENVIRONMENTALISM /rPATRICK D. MURPHY -- tchapter 38 ETHICS AND ALTERITY /rNEIL EASTERBROOK -- tchapter 39 MUSIC /rKEN MCLEOD -- tchapter 40 PSEUDOSCIENCE /rROGER LUCKHURST -- tchapter 41 SCIENCE STUDIES /rSHERRYL VINT -- tchapter 42 SPACE /rJAMES KNEALE -- tchapter 43 TIME, POSSIBLE WORLDS, AND COUNTERFACTUALS /rMATT HILLS -- tchapter 44 YOUNG ADULT SF /rJOE SUTLIFF SANDERS -- tpart Part IV SUBGENRES -- tchapter 45 ALTERNATE HISTORY /rKAREN HELLEKSON -- tchapter 46 APOCALYPTIC SF -- tchapter 47 ARTHOUSE SF FILM /rSTACEY ABBOTT -- tchapter 48 BLOCKBUSTER SF FILM /rSTACEY ABBOTT -- tchapter 49 DYSTOPIA /rGRAHAM J. MURPHY -- tchapter 50 EUTOPIA /rGRAHAM J. MURPHY -- tchapter 51 FEMINIST SF /rGWYNETH JONES -- tchapter 52 FUTURE HISTORY /rANDY SAWYER -- tchapter 53 HARD SF /rDAVID N. SAMUELSON -- tchapter 54 SLIPSTREAM /rVICTORIA DE ZWAAN -- tchapter 55 SPACE OPERA /rANDY SAWYER -- tchapter 56 WEIRD FICTION. 0aScience fictionxHistory and criticism.1 aBould, Mark.08iPrint version: z9780415453783w(DLC) 200802891440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203871317zClick here to view.04698cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350023002830400026003060500021003320820019003532450110003722460035004822460047005172640034005643000038005983360021006363370023006573380032006805040053007125053304007656500029040696500042040987000023041407000022041637760053041858560086042389780203871645180706s2009    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203871645q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135231743q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135231781q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135231798q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805849837q(hardback)  z9780805849844q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203871645 2doi  a(OCoLC)459953549    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aP91.3b.R68 200904a302.2072bR86900aRoutledge handbook of applied communication research /cedited by Lawrence R. Frey and Kenneth N. Cissna.30aApplied communication research30aHandbook of applied communication research 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xl, 670 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.00tpart Part I Foundations of Applied Communication Research -- tchapter 1 The Development of Applied Communication Research /rKENNETH N. CISSNA -- tchapter 2 Across Applied Divides: Great Debates of Applied Communication Scholarship /rLAWRENCE R. FREY -- tchapter 3 Practical Theory in Applied Communication Scholarship /rJ. KEVIN BARGE AND ROBERT T. CRAIG -- tpart Part II Methods of Applied Communication Research -- tchapter 4 Using Quantitative Methods to Conduct Applied Communication Research /rJIM L. QUERY, JR., KEVIN B. WRIGHT, PATRICIA AMASON, KRISTEN CAMPBELL EICHHORN, -- tchapter 5 Rhetorical Methods of Applied Communication Scholarship /rCELESTE M. CONDIT -- tchapter 6 Ethnography in Applied Communication Research /rLAURA L. ELLINGSON -- tchapter 7 Discourse Analysis: The Practice and Practical Value of Taping, Transcribing, and Analyzing Talk /rKAREN TRACY -- tpart Part III Issues in Applied Communication Research -- tchapter 8 Positioning Gender as Fundamental in Applied Communication Research: Taking a Feminist Turn /rPATRICE M. BUZZANELL -- tchapter 9 Race as Political Identity: Problematic Issues for Applied Communication Research /rANNE MAYDAN NICOTERA, MARCIA J. CLINKSCALES, LAURA K. DORSEY, -- tchapter 10 Technology in/as Applied Communication Research /rLEAH A. LIEVROUW -- tchapter 11 Managing a World of Problems: The Implications of Globalization for Applied Communication Research /rJOHN PARRISH-SPROWL -- tchapter 12 Applied Communication Ethics: A Summary and Critique of the Research Literature /rMATTHEW W. SEEGER -- tpart Part IV Contexts of Applied Communication Research -- tchapter 13 Family as Agency of Potential: Toward a Positive Ontology of Applied Family Communication Theory and Research /rTHOMAS J. SOCHA -- tchapter 14 Organizational Communication and Applied Communication Research: Parallels, Intersections, Integration, and Engagement /rDAVID R. SEIBOLD -- tchapter 15 In the Public Interest: Communication in Nonprofi t Organizations /rERIC M. EISENBERG -- tchapter 16 Health Communication as Applied Communication Inquiry /rGARY L. KREPS -- tchapter 17 Communication in the Helping Professions /rKATHERINE I. MILLER -- tchapter 18 Aging and Applied Communication Research /rJON F. NUSSBAUM -- tchapter 19 Applied Political Communication Research /rLYNDA LEE KAID, MITCHELL S. MCKINNEY, AND JOHN C. TEDESCO -- tchapter 20 Applied Communication Research in Educational Contexts /rANN L. DARLING -- tchapter 21 Communication for Participatory Development: Dialogue, Action, and Change /rD. LAWRENCE KINCAID AND MARÍA ELENA FIGUEROA -- tpart Part V Exemplary Programs of Applied Communication Research -- tchapter 22 Drug Resistance Strategies Project: Using Narrative Theory to Enhance Adolescents’ Communication Competence /rMICHAEL L. HECHT AND MICHELLE MILLER-DAY -- tchapter 23 Applied Research on Group Decision Support Systems: The Minnesota GDSS Project /rMARSHALL SCOTT POOLE AND GERARDINE DESANCTIS -- tchapter 24 Fear Appeals and Public Health: Managing Fear and Creating Hope /rKIM WITTE -- tchapter 25 The Multiple Faces of the Public Dialogue Consortium: Scholars, Practitioners, and Dreamers of Better Social Worlds /rKIMBERLY PEARCE, SHAWN SPANO, AND W. BARNETT PEARCE. 0aCommunicationxResearch. 0aCommunicationxResearchxMethodology.1 aCissna, Kenneth N.1 aFrey, Lawrence R.08iPrint version: z9780805849837w(DLC) 200804730440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203871645zClick here to view.05071nam a2200541Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730200032001140350021001460400026001670500011001930720026002040720026002300720017002560820015002731000032002882450090003202500019004102640040004293000071004693360021005403370023005613380032005844900064006165040051006805051604007315201527023355300036038626500058038986500033039566500033039896500032040226500046040546500036041006500042041366500034041786500034042126500025042466550022042717000027042937100024043207760035043448300065043798560085044449780203871928FlBoTFG20190122195139.0m     o  d        cr            190122s2009    fluab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203871928(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)352921414  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHF5605 7aBUSx000000 2bisacsh 7aBUSx001000 2bisacsh 7aKFC 2bicscc04a657.092231 aWalker, Stephen P,eauthor.14aThe Routledge Companion to Accounting History /cby Stephen P Walker and J R Edwords.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (640 pages) :b16 illustrations, text file, PDF.  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting  aIncludes bibliographical references and index.00tIntroduction: Synthesis and Engagement (John Richard Edwards and Stephen P. Walker) Part1: The Discipline 1. Structures, Territories and Tribes (Stephen P. Walker) 2. Historiography (Christopher J. Napier) 3. Subjects, Sources and Dissemination (John Richard Edwards) Part 2: Technologies 4. Ancient Accounting (Salvador Carmona and Mahmoud Ezzamel)5. Bookkeeping (David Oldroyd and Alisdair Dobie) 6. Mechanisation and Computerisation (CharlesW. Wootton and Barbara E. Kemmerer) Part 3: Theory and Practice 7. Financial Accounting Theory (Thomas A. Lee) 8. Financial Accounting Practice (Ciarn  hgartaigh) 9. Management Accounting: Theory and Practice (Richard Fleischman) 10. Auditing (Josephine Maltby) Part 4: Institutions 11. Professionalisation (Chris Poullas) 12. Practitioners, Work and Firms (David J. Cooper and Keith Robson) 13. Education (Fiona Anderson-Gough) 14. Regulation (Alan J. Richardson)Part 5: Economy 15. Capitalism (Steven Toms) 16. National Accounting (Ignace de Beelde) 17. Finance and Financial Institutions (Janette Rutterford) 18. Railroads (Dale L. Flesher and Gary J. Previts) 19. Scandals (Thomas A. Lee, Frank L. Clarke and Graeme W. Dean) Part 6: Society and Culture 20. Gender (Rihab Khalifa and Linda M. Kirkham) 21. Race and Ethnicity (Marcia Annisette) 22. Indigenous Peoples and Colonialism (Susan Greer and Dean Neu) 23. Emancipation (Sonja Gallhofer and Jim Haslam) 24. Religion (Salvador Carmona and Mahmoud Ezzamel) 25. Creative Arts (Sam McKinstry) Part 7: Polity26. The State (Philip Colquhoun) 27. Military (Warwick Funnell)28. Taxation (Margaret Lamb).3 aThe Routledge Companion to Accounting History shows how the seemingly innocuous practice of accounting has pervaded human existence in fascinating ways at numerous times and places; from ancient civilisations to the modern day, and from the personal to the political. Placing the history of accounting in context with other fields of study, the collection gives invaluable insights to subjects such as the rise of capitalism, the control of labour, gender and family relationships, racial exploitation, the functioning of the state, and the pursuit of military conflict. An engaging and comprehensive overview also examining geographical differences, this Companion is split into key sections, which explore: changing technologies used to represent financial and other data historical development of accounting theory and practice accounting institutions and those who perform accounting accountancy and the economy accounting, society, and culture the role of accounting in the government, protection and financing of states including chapters on the important role played by accountancy in religious organizations, a review of how the discipline is portrayed in fine art and popular culture, and analysis of sharp practice and corporate scandals. The Routledge Companion to Accounting History has a breadth of coverage that is unmatched in this growing area of study. Bringing together leading writers in the field, this is an essential reference work for any student of accounting, business and management, and history.  aAlso available in print format. 7aBUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Accounting / General.2bisacsh 7aAccounting History.2bisacsh 7aAncient Accounting.2bisacsh 7aGender Accounting.2bisacsh 7aHistory of Financial Accounting.2bisacsh 7aManagement Accounting.2bisacsh 7aManagement Accounting Books.2bisacsh 7aNational Accounting.2bisacsh 7aRoutledge Companion.2bisacsh 0aAccountingyHistory. 0aElectronic books.1 aEdwords, J R,eauthor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z9780415410946 0aRoutledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203871928zClick here to view03552cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830400026003050500024003310820021003552450140003762640034005163000040005503360021005903370023006113380032006345052221006666500053028876500065029407000016030057000018030217000024030397760053030638560086031169780203872239180706s2008    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203872239q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135276966q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135277000q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135277017q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415988476q(hardback)  z9780805863871q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203872239 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000437936  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLB2805b.I4544 200804a371.200711bI61200aInternational handbook on the preparation and development of school leaders /cedited by Jacky Lumby, Gary Crow, and Petros Pashiardis. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (xvii, 491 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tchapter 1 Introduction: Why an International Handbook on the Preparation and Development of School Leaders? -- tpart I CONCEPTS OF LEADERSHIP AND ITS DEVELOPMENT -- tchapter 2 The Nature and Specialized Purposes of Educational Leadership /rPaul T. Begley -- tchapter 3 Leadership and Culture /rJacky Lumby -- tchapter 4 A Life and Career Based Framework for the Study of Leaders in Education: Problems, Possibilities and Prescriptions -- tchapter 5 Effects of Leadership on Student Academic/Affective Achievement /rStephen L. Jacobson -- tchapter 6 Race and Racism in Leadership Development /rTony Bush -- tchapter 7 Gender and Leadership Development /rMarianne Coleman -- tchapter 8 Theories of Learning /rBrenda R. Beatty -- tpart II THE PRACTICE OF LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT -- tchapter 9 School Development and School Leader Development: New Learning Opportunities for School Leaders and Their Schools -- tchapter 10 The Recruitment and Selection of School Leaders /rStephan Gerhard Huber -- tchapter 11 Curriculum and Pedagogy /rEdith A. Rusch -- tchapter 12 Mentoring and Coaching Programs for the Professional Development of School Leaders -- tchapter 13 Evaluation of School Principals /rPetros Pashiardis -- tchapter 14 Understanding and Assessing the Impact of Leadership Development /rKenneth Leithwood -- tpart III INTERNATIONAL REFLECTIONS -- tchapter 15 Leadership Preparation and Development in North America /rMichelle D. Young -- tchapter 16 Leadership Development in Latin America /rAlexandre Ventura, Jorge Adelino Costa and Terezinha Monteiro dos Santos -- tchapter 17 Leadership Development in Europe /rJorunn Møller -- tchapter 18 School Leadership Development in Africa /rRuth Otunga -- tchapter 19 Preparing and Developing School Leaders in the Middle East: Towards Mediating Westernization with Indigenous and Evidence-Based Practice and Theories of Educative Leadership -- tchapter 20 Leader Development Across Three Chinese Societies /rAllan Walker -- tchapter 21 Professional Learning of School Leaders in Australia /rMichelle Anderson -- tchapter 22 Leadership Development in Small Island States /rTony Bush -- tchapter 23 Epilogue /rJacky Lumby. 0aEducational leadershipvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aSchool management and organizationvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aCrow, Gary.1 aLumby, Jacky.1 aPashiardis, Petros.08iPrint version: z9780415988476w(DLC) 200705214540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203872239zClick here to view.03671cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820021003252450080003462640050004263000039004764900031005155040053005465052492005996500052030917000022031437000021031657760053031868300032032398560086032719780203873670180706s2006    njua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203873670q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135257293q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135257330q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135257347q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805851885q(hardback)  z9780805851892q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203873670 2doi  a(OCoLC)351452396 4aGV742b.H35 200604a070.449796bH23600aHandbook of sports and media /cedited by Arthur A. Raney, Jennings Bryant. 1aMahwah, N.J. :bL. Erlbaum Associates,c2006.  a1 online resource (xvi, 633 pages)1 aLEA's communication series  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apart Part I The Development of Sports Media -- chapter 1 Sports and Media in the Ancient Mediterranean -- chapter 2 A Historical Overview of Sports and Media in the United States -- chapter 3 Sports and Media Through the Super Glass Mirror: Placing Blame, Breast-Beating, and a Gaze to the Future -- part Part II The Coverage and Business of Sports Media -- chapter 4 Sports Media: A Modern Institution -- chapter 5 Sports Content on U.S. Television -- chapter 6 The Coverage of Sports in Print Media -- chapter 7 The Coverage of Sports on Radio -- chapter 8 Broadcast Television and the Game of Packaging Sports -- chapter 9 The Coverage of Sports on Cable TV -- chapter 10 Sports Online: The Newest Player in Mediasport -- chapter 11 Sports Fiction: Critical and Empirical Perspectives -- chapter 12 Alternative Media versus the Olympic Industry -- chapter 13 World Cup Worlds: Media Coverage of the Soccer World Cup 1974 to 2002 -- chapter 14 Gender Warriors in Sport: Women and the Media -- chapter 15 Utilizing Televised Sport to Benefit Prime-Time Lineups: Examining the Effectiveness of Sports Promotion -- chapter 16 60 Seconds to Air: Television Sports Production Basics and Research Review -- chapter 17 Sports Economics and the Media -- chapter 18 Sports Sponsorship -- part Part III Sports Media Audiences -- chapter 19 Why We Watch and Enjoy Mediated Sports -- chapter 20 The Causes and Consequences of Sport Team Identification -- chapter 21 Sport, Violence, and the Media -- chapter 22 Televised NFL Games, the Family, and Domestic Violence -- chapter 23 Fantasy Sports: History, Game Types, and Research -- chapter 24 An Untapped Field: Exploring the World of Virtual Sports Gaming -- chapter 25 The New Online Arena: Sport, Marketing, and Media Converge in Cyberspace -- part Part IV Critical Perspectives on Sports Media: Cases and Issues -- chapter 26 Sport and Globalization: Key Issues, Phases, and Trends -- chapter 27 Sport, the Media, and the Construction of Race -- chapter 28 Crouching Tiger, Hidden Blackness: Tiger Woods and the Disappearance of Race -- chapter 29 Women, Team Sports, and the WNBA: Playing Like a Girl -- chapter 30 Thinking Through Power in Sport and Sport Media Scholarship -- chapter 31 A World of Criminals or a Media Construction? Race, Gender, Celebrity, and the Athlete/Criminal Discourse -- chapter 32 Sporting Bodies -- chapter 33 Sports Mascots and the Media -- chapter 34 Disability and Sport: (Non)Coverage of an Athletic Paradox. 0aMass media and sportsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBryant, Jennings.1 aRaney, Arthur A.08iPrint version: z9780805851885w(DLC) 2006000395 0aLEA's communication series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203873670zClick here to view.01775cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820017003272450172003442640139005163000040006555000140006955040053008355050089008886500038009776500025010157000022010407000032010627000022010947000021011167000025011377100047011627300053012097760053012628560086013159780203874769180706s2006    njuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203874769q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135283261q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135283308q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135283315q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805859324q(hardback)  z9780805859331q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203874769 2doi  a(OCoLC)867444536 4aLB1028b.C577 200604a370.72bH23600aHandbook of complementary methods in education research /cedited by Judith L. Green, Gregory Camilli, Patricia B. Elmore, with Audra Skukauskaite and Elizabeth Grace. 1aMahwah, N.J. :bLawrence Erlbaum Associates ;aWashington, D.C. :bPublished for the American Educational Research Association,c2006.  a1 online resource (xxix, 865 pages)  a"Successor volume to AERA's earlier and highly acclaimed editions of Complementary methods for research in education"--P. [4] of cover.  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 a1. Foundations -- 2. Introduction to design and analysis -- 3. Programs of research. 0aEducationxResearchxMethodology. 0aEducationxResearch.1 aCamilli, Gregory.1 aElmore, Patricia B.,d1943-1 aGrace, Elizabeth.1 aGreen, Judith L.1 aSkukauskaite, Audra.2 aAmerican Educational Research Association.0 aComplementary methods for research in education.08iPrint version: z9780805859324w(DLC) 200505422140uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203874769zClick here to view.06892cam a2200769Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200049000550350021001040400026001250500011001510720026001620720026001880720026002140720017002400820017002572450088002742500019003622640076003812640012004573000035004693360021005043370023005253380032005484900043005805052652006235201557032756500090048326500065049226500075049876500050050626500026051126500036051386500047051746500032052216500037052536500048052906500023053386500017053616500031053786500033054096500019054426500025054616500024054866500015055106500016055256500019055416500022055606500020055826500027056026500018056296500040056476500023056876500013057106500011057236500017057346500022057516500021057736500021057946500019058156500032058347000033058667000034058997100024059337760035059578300044059928560086060369780203874776180727t20112006flu b   ob    001 0 eng d  a9781135283377 (e-book: ePub)q(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)730500589  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLB3051 7aEDUx000000 2bisacsh 7aEDUx011000 2bisacsh 7aEDUx030000 2bisacsh 7aMMJ 2bicscc04a371.26/122300aHandbook of test development /cedited by Thomas M. Haladyna and Steven M. Downing.  aFirst edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge, an imprint of Taylor and Francis,c[2011]. 4c©2006.  a1 online resource (792 pages).  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aEducational psychology handbook series00tpart I Foundations -- tchapter 1 Twelve Steps for Effective Test Development -- tchapter 2 The Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing: Guidance in Test Development /rRobert L. Linn -- tchapter 3 Contracting for Testing Services /rE. Roger Trent -- tchapter 4 Evidence-Centered Assessment Design /rRobert J. Mislevy -- tchapter 5 Item and Test Development Strategies to Minimize Test Fraud /rJames C. Impara -- tchapter 6 Preparing Examinees for Test Taking: Guidelines for Test Developers and Test Users /rLinda Crocker -- tpart II Content -- tchapter 7 Content-Related Validity Evidence in Test Development -- tchapter 8 Identifying Content for Student Achievement Tests -- tchapter 9 Determining the Content of Credentialing Examinations -- tchapter 10 Standard Setting -- tpart III Item Development -- tchapter 11 Computerized Item Banking -- tchapter 12 Selected-Response Item Formats in Test Development -- tchapter 13 Item and Prompt Development in Performance Testing -- tchapter 14 Innovative Item Formats in Computer-Based Testing: In Pursuit of Improved Construct Representation /rStephen G. Sireci -- tchapter 15 Item Editing and Editorial Review /rRebecca A. Baranowski -- tchapter 16 Fairness Reviews in Assessment /rMichael Zieky -- tchapter 17 Language Issues in Item Development /rJamal Abedi -- tchapter 18 Anchor-Based Methods for Judgmentally Estimating Item Statistics /rRonald K. Hambleton -- tchapter 19 Item Analysis /rSamuel A. Livingston -- tpart IV Test Design -- tchapter 20 Practical Issues in Designing and Maintaining Multiple Test Forms for Large-Scale Programs /rCathy LW Wendler and Michael E. Walker -- tchapter 21 Vertical Scales /rMichael J. Young -- tchapter 22 Developing Test Forms for Small-Scale Achievement Testing Systems /rPaul Jones -- tchapter 23 Designing Ability Tests /rGale H. Roid -- tchapter 24 Designing Computerized Adaptive Tests /rTim Davey -- tchapter 25 Designing Tests for Pass–Fail Decisions Using Item Response Theory /rRichard M. Luecht -- tpart V Test Production and Administration -- tchapter 26 Test Production Effects on Validity -- tchapter 27 Test Administration -- tchapter 28 Considerations for the Administration of Tests to Special Needs Students: Accommodations, Modifications, and More /rMartha L. Thurlow -- tpart VI Post-test Activities -- tchapter 29 Practices, Issues, and Trends in Student Test Score Reporting -- tchapter 30 Technical Reporting and Documentation -- tchapter 31 Evaluating Tests -- tchapter 32 Roles and Importance of Validity Studies in Test Development -- tchapter VII Epilogue.3 aDespite the fact that test development is a growth industry that cuts across all levels of education and all the professions, there has never been a comprehensive, research-oriented Handbook to which everyone (developers and consumers) can turn for guidance. That is the mission of this book. The Handbook of Test Development brings together well-known scholars and test-development practitioners to present chapters on all aspects of test development. Each chapter contributor is not only a recognized expert with an academic and research background in their designated topic, each one has also had hands-on experience in various aspects of test development.This thirty two-chapter volume is organized into six sections: foundations, content, item development, test design, test production and administration, and post-test activities. The Handbook provides extensive treatment of such important but unrecognized topics as contracting for testing services, item banking, designing tests for small testing program, and writing technical reports. The Handbook is based on the Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing, which serve as the foundation for sound test development practice. These chapters also suggest best test development practices and highlight methods to improve test validity evidence.This book is appropriate for graduate courses and seminars that deal with test development and usage, professional testing services and credentialing agencies, state and local boards of education, and academic libraries serving these groups. 0aEducational tests and measurementsxDesign and constructionvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducational tests and measurementsxDesign and construction. 0aPsychological testsxDesign and constructionvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aPsychological testsxDesign and construction. 0aPsychologische tests. 7aEDUCATIONxEvaluation.2bisacsh 7aEDUCATIONxTesting & Measurement.2bisacsh 7aSTUDY AIDSxTests.2bisacsh 7aEDUCATION / Evaluation.2bisacsh 7aEDUCATION / Testing & Measurement.2bisacsh 0aAchievement Tests. 0aAsesessment. 0aAutomatic Item Generation. 0aComputerized Adaptive Tests. 0aCredentialing. 0aEducational Testing. 0aEducation Handbook. 0aExaminees. 0aFair Tests. 0aItem Analysis. 0aItem Development. 0aMark R Raymond. 0aPerformance Standards. 0aSuzanne Lane. 0aSelected-Response Item Development. 0aThomas M Haladyna. 0aTesting. 0aTests. 0aTest Design. 0aTest Development. 0aTest Evaluation. 0aTest Production. 0aTest Services. 0aWeb-Based Item Development.1 aDowning, Steven M.,eeditor.1 aHaladyna, Thomas M.,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z9780805852646 0aEducational psychology handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203874776zClick here to view.01917cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820019003262450138003452640034004833000041005175000047005585040053006055050706006586500051013647000033014157000028014487760053014768560086015299780203874783180706s2011    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203874783q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135283452q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135283407q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135283445q(e-book: ePub)  z9780805847536q(hardback)  z9780805847543q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203874783 2doi  a(OCoLC)864167930 4aLB3013b.H36 201104a371.1024bH23600aHandbook of classroom management :bresearch, practice, and contemporary issues /cedited by Carolyn M. Evertson, Carol S. Weinstein. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (viii, 1346 pages)  aFirst published by Lawrence Erlbaum, 2006.  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 aI. Introduction -- II. Alternative paradigms for the study of classroom management / Jere Brophy -- III. Recent and emergent perspectives on classroom management / Mary McCaslin -- IV. Classroom management in specific contexts / Anita Woolfolk Hoy -- V. Managing the instructional formats of contemporary classrooms / James M. Cooper -- VI. Research and theory with implications for classroom management / Thomas L. Good -- VII. Programs for classroom management and discipline / Edmund T. Emmer -- VIII. Teaching and learning about classroom management / Carolyn M. Evertson -- IX. Policy, law, ethics, and equity / Irwin Hyman -- X. International perspectives on classroom management / Theo Wubbles. 0aClassroom managementvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aEvertson, Carolyn M.,d1935-1 aWeinstein, Carol Simon.08iPrint version: z9780805847536w(DLC) 200503087740uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203874783zClick here to view.01491cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350021002500500022002710820017002932450092003102500020004022640034004223000039004565000078004955040053005735050323006266500053009497000027010027000021010297760053010508560086011039780203874790180706s2012    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203874790q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135283476q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135283513q(e-book: ePub)  z9780805849370q(hardback)  z9780805859713q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203874790 2doi  a(OCoLC)823282410 4aLB1051b.H36 201204a370.15bH23600aHandbook of educational psychology /cedited by Patricia A. Alexander, Philip H. Winne.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xx, 1055 pages)  a"1st ed. edited by : David C. Berliner and Robert C. Calfee"--T.p. verso.  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 apt. 1. Foundations of the discipline -- pt. 2. Development and individual differences -- pt. 3. Cognition and cognitive process -- pt. 4. Motivation -- pt. 5. Educational content -- pt. 6. Societal and cultural perspectives -- pt. 7. The educational context -- pt. 8. Assessment of learning, development, and teaching. 0aEducational psychologyvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aAlexander, Patricia A.1 aWinne, Philip H.08iPrint version: z9780805849370w(DLC) 200503545940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203874790zClick here to view.01459cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830500025003050820016003302450083003462640034004293000040004635000071005035040053005745050297006276500028009247000026009527000040009787760053010188560086010719780203874806180706s2008    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203874806q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135283544q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135283582q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135283599q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805856224q(hardback)  z9780805856231q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203874806 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000429405 4aLB1027.5b.H336 200804a371.4bH23600aHandbook of school counseling /cedited by Hardin L.K. Coleman, Christine Yeh. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxxi, 894 pages)  a"School and youth counseling. School psychology"--P. [4] of cover.  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 a1. Introduction to the field of school counseling -- 2. Diversity and school counseling -- 3. Student development -- 4. School counselor competence -- 5. School-based interventions -- 6. Working with socioemotional challenges -- 7. Accountability and professional issues in school counseling. 0aEducational counseling.1 aColeman, Hardin L. K.1 aYeh, Christine J.q(Christine Jean)08iPrint version: z9780805856224w(DLC) 200829835440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203874806zClick here to view.01449cam a2200277Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500023003160820020003392450101003592640034004603000039004945050428005336500052009617000019010137760053010328560086010859780203874837180706s2011    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203874837q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135283759q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135283797q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135283803q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805842111q(hardback)  z9780805842128q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203874837 2doi  a(OCoLC)697790515  an-us--- 4aLC191.4b.H36 201104a306.43072bH23600aHandbook of research in the social foundations of education /cedited by Steven Tozer. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xiv, 732 pages)0 apt. 1. Original foundational disciplines / section editor, Steven E. Tozer -- pt. 2. Emergent perspectives / section editor, Annette M. Henry -- pt. 3. Globalization, institutions, and power / section editor, Bernardo P. Gallegos -- pt. 4. Popular culture, media, and technology / section editor, Mary Bushnell Greiner -- pt. 5. The social contexts of schooling, teaching, and learning / section editor, Paula Groves Price. 0aEducational sociologyzUnited StatesxResearch.1 aTozer, Steven.08iPrint version: z9780805842111w(DLC) 200904597540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203874837zClick here to view.01682cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820017003272450123003442640034004673000040005015000029005415050293005706500059008636500061009226500064009836500058010476500052011057000027011577000021011847760053012058560086012589780203874844180706s2010    nyuad   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203874844q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135283827q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135283865q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135283872q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805859485q(hardback)  z9780805859492q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203874844 2doi  a(OCoLC)649493455 4aLB1507b.H255 201004a370.72bH23600aHandbook of research on schools, schooling, and human development /cedited by Judith L. Meece, Jacquelynne S. Eccles. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xvii, 515 pages)  aTwo columns to the page.0 apt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Classroom contexts -- pt. 3. Schools as social context for development -- pt. 4. Developmental effects of school transitions -- pt. 5. Schooling and educational equity -- pt. 6. School organization and educational policy -- pt. 7. School-based interventions. 0aEducation, PrimaryxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducation, SecondaryxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducational achievementxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aChild developmentxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aAdolescencexResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aEccles, Jacquelynne S.1 aMeece, Judith L.08iPrint version: z9780805859485w(DLC) 200904555440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203874844zClick here to view.02041cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500020003160820016003361000036003522450221003882460063006092640044006723000039007165040069007555050605008246500044014296510030014736510039015037000022015427760053015648560086016179780203875506180706s2009    enkab   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203875506q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134159031q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134159079q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134159086q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415394857q(hardback)  z9780415692618q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203875506 2doi  a(OCoLC)466182477  aaw----- 4aDS57b.B89 200904a939.4bB9161 aBryce, Trevor,d1940-,eauthor.14aThe Routledge handbook of the peoples and places of ancient western Asia :bthe Near East from the early Bronze Age to the fall of the Persian Empire /cTrevor Bryce ; in consultation with Heather D. Baker. [et al.].30aHandbook of the peoples and places of ancient Western Asia 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (lvi, 887 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 815-846) and indexes.0 achapter A -- chapter B -- chapter C C -- chapter D -- chapter E -- chapter F -- chapter G -- chapter H -- chapter I I -- chapter J -- chapter K -- chapter L L -- chapter M -- chapter N -- chapter O -- chapter P -- chapter Q -- chapter R -- chapter S -- chapter T -- chapter U -- chapter V V -- chapter W -- chapter X X -- chapter Y -- chapter Z -- chapter 1 Appendix I: GENERAL CHRONOLOGY -- chapter 2 Appendix II: THE MAJOR ROYAL DYNASTIES -- chapter 3 Appendix III: A NOTE ON URARTIAN CHRONOLOGY -- chapter 4 Appendix IV: GREEK AND ROMAN AUTHORS -- chapter GLOSSARY -- chapter GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 0aExcavations (Archaeology)zMiddle East. 0aMiddle EastxAntiquities. 0aMiddle EastxCivilizationyTo 622.1 aBaker, Heather D.08iPrint version: z9780415394857w(DLC) 200805463340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203875506zClick here to view.01430cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820016003242450132003402460071004722640050005433000040005934900038006335050096006716500033007676500027008006500035008277000021008627000031008837760053009148300039009678560086010069780203875575180706s2011    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203875575q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135997946q(e-book: PDF)  a9781135997892q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135997939q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415548250q(hardback)  z9780415714464q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203875575 2doi  a(OCoLC)713015160 4aH61b.R686 201104a300.1bR86900aRoutledge international handbook of contemporary social and political theory /cedited by Gerard Delanty and Stephen P. Turner.30aInternational handbook of contemporary social and political theory 1aLondon ;aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xvii, 510 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Living traditions -- pt. 2. New and emerging frameworks -- pt. 3. Emerging problems. 0aSocial sciencesxPhilosophy. 0aSociologyxPhilosophy. 0aPolitical sciencexPhilosophy.1 aDelanty, Gerard.1 aTurner, Stephen P.,d1951-08iPrint version: z9780415548250w(DLC) 2010034061 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203875575zClick here to view.01333cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500021002730820017002942450089003112460043004002640034004433000039004775050228005166500022007446500020007666500038007866500040008247000028008647760053008928560086009459780203876213180706s2010    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203876213q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135998455q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135998493q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135998509q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415544764q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203876213 2doi  a(OCoLC)658193511 4aQC903b.R68 201004a304.25bR86900aRoutledge handbook of climate change and society /cedited by Constance Lever-Tracy.30aHandbook of climate change and society 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xxx, 482 pages)0 apt. 1. Understanding climate change -- pt. 2. Social impacts on nature -- pt. 3. Natural impacts on society -- pt. 4. Social recognition of climate change -- pt. 5. Reducing emissions -- pt. 6. National and global policies. 0aClimatic changes. 0aGlobal warming. 0aClimatic changesxSocial aspects. 0aHuman beingsxEffect of climate on.1 aLever-Tracy, Constance.08iPrint version: z9780415544764w(DLC) 200904313440uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203876213zClick here to view.04018cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830400026003050500022003310820018003532450110003712640034004813000038005153360021005533370023005743380032005974900038006295052643006676500049033106500044033597000020034037000024034237000023034477760053034708300035035238560086035589780203876428180706s2009    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203876428q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135591892q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135591939q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135591946q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805863536q(hardback)  z9780805863543q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203876428 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000435540  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLB1067b.H28 200904a370.152bH23600aHandbook of metacognition in education /cedited by Douglas J. Hacker, John Dunlosky, Arthur C. Graesser. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (ix, 449 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aThe educational psychology series00tchapter 1 A Growing Sense of “Agency” /rDOUGLAS J. HACKER -- tpart Part I Comprehension Strategies -- tchapter 2 The Role of Metacognition in Understanding and Supporting Reading Comprehension /rMARGARET G. McKEOWN AND ISABEL L. BECK -- tchapter 3 The Role of Metacognition in Teaching Reading Comprehension to Primary Students /rJOANNA P. WILLIAMS AND J. GRANT ATKINS -- tpart Part II Metacognitive Strategies -- tchapter 4 Question Generation and Anomaly Detection in Texts /rJOSÉ OTERO -- tchapter 5 Self-Explanation and Metacognition: The Dynamics of Reading /rDANIELLE S. McNAMARA AND JOSEPH P. MAGLIANO -- tpart Part III Metacomprehension -- tchapter 6 Metacognitive Monitoring During and After Reading /rKEITH W. THIEDE -- tchapter 7 The Importance of Knowing What You Know: A Knowledge Monitoring Framework for Studying Metacognition in Education /rSIGMUND TOBIAS -- tpart Part IV Writing -- tchapter 8 Metacognition and Children’s Writing /rKAREN R. HARRIS -- tchapter 9 Writing is Applied Metacognition /rDOUGLAS J. HACKER -- tpart Part V Science and Mathematics -- tchapter 10 The Interplay of Scientific Inquiry and Metacognition: More than a Marriage of Convenience /rBARBARA WHITE -- tchapter 11 The Enigma of Mathematical Learning Disabilities: Metacognition or STICORDI, That’s the Question /rANNEMIE DESOETE -- tpart Part VI Individual Differences -- tchapter 12 Context Matters: Gender and Cross-Cultural Differences in Confidence /rMARY LUNDEBERG -- tchapter 13 Teachers as Metacognitive Professionals /rGERALD G. DUFFY -- tpart Part VII Self-Regulated Learning -- tchapter 14 Supporting Self-Regulated Learning with Cognitive Tools /rPHILIP H. WINNE -- tchapter 15 Effective Implementation of Metacognition /rMICHAEL J. SERRA -- tchapter 16 Self-Regulation: Where Metacognition and Motivation Intersect /rBARRY J. ZIMMERMAN -- tpart Part VIII Technology -- tchapter 17 Self-Regulated Learning with Hypermedia /rROGER AZEVEDO -- tchapter 18 Interactive Metacognition: Monitoring and Regulating a Teachable Agent JEONG, AND JOHN WAGSTER /rDANIEL L. SCHWARTZ -- tpart Part IX Tutoring -- tchapter 19 Meta-Knowledge in Tutoring /rARTHUR C. GRAESSER, SIDNEY D’MELLO, AND NATALIE PERSON -- tchapter 20 In Vivo Experiments on Whether Supporting Metacognition in Intelligent Tutoring Systems Yields Robust Learning /rKEN KOEDINGER -- tpart Part X Measurement -- tchapter 21 Measuring Metacognitive Judgments /rGREGORY SCHRAW -- tchapter 22 Sins Committed in the Name of Ecological Validity: A Call for Representative Design in Education Science /rJOHN DUNLOSKY. 0aCognitive learningvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aMetacognitionvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aDunlosky, John.1 aGraesser, Arthur C.1 aHacker, Douglas J.08iPrint version: z9780805863536w(DLC) 2008052651 0aEducational psychology series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203876428zClick here to view.05820cam a2200649Ia 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730400030001140200036001440200033001800200036002130200033002490200049002820200046003310200042003770200039004190200043004580200040005010200024005410200018005650200018005830200015006010200018006160200015006340350187006490350023008360500024008590720025008830720025009080720016009330820014009492450092009632600034010553000055010893360026011443370026011703380036011964900060012325201110012925052089024025880047044916500016045386500054045546500057046086500054046656530021047197000027047407000030047678560083047978560074048808560072049548560102050269380042051289780203877685FlBoTFG20190710081007.0m     o  d        cr cnu---unuuu090223s2009    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  aOCoLC-PbengepncOCoLC-P  a9780203877685q(electronic bk.)  a0203877683q(electronic bk.)  a9781315167497q(electronic bk.)  a1315167492q(electronic bk.)  a9781351683135q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a1351683136q(electronic bk. : Mobipocket)  a9781351683159q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a1351683152q(electronic bk. : PDF)  a9781351683142q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  a1351683144q(electronic bk. : EPUB)  z0805863427q(Cloth)  z9780805863420  z9780805863437  z0805863435  z9781410618061  z1410618064  a(OCoLC)310380338z(OCoLC)441826742z(OCoLC)503051069z(OCoLC)646794214z(OCoLC)995012187z(OCoLC)999509095z(OCoLC)1058031061z(OCoLC)1064770382z(OCoLC)1086506022z(OCoLC)1087442683  a(OCoLC-P)310380338 4aPN4724b.H36 2009eb 7aLANx0080002bisacsh 7aLANx0040002bisacsh 7aJFD2bicssc04a070.422204aThe handbook of journalism studies /cedited by Karin Wahl-Jorgensen, Thomas Hanitzsch.  aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xx, 446 pages) :billustrations  atextbtxt2rdacontent  acomputerbc2rdamedia  aonline resourcebcr2rdacarrier1 aInternational Communication Association handbook series1 a"This handbook charts the growing area of journalism studies, exploring the current state of theory and setting an agenda for future research in an international context. The volume is structured around theoretical and empirical approaches, and covers scholarship on news production and organizations; news content; journalism and society; and journalism in a global context." "Emphasizing comparative and global perspectives, each chapter explores: key elements, thinkers, and texts; historical context; current state-of-the-art; methodological issues; merits and advantages of the approach/area of studies; limitations and critical issues of the approach/area of studies; and directions for future research." "Offering broad international coverage from top-tier contributors, this volume ranks among the first publications to serve as a comprehensive resource addressing theory and scholarship in journalism studies. As such, The Handbook of Journalism Studies is a must-have resource for scholars and graduate students working in journalism, media studies, and communication around the globe."--Jacket.0 aSeries editor's foreword / Robert T. Craig -- Introducing journalism studies. Introduction : on why and how we should do journalism studies / Karin Wahl-Jorgensen and Thomas Hanitzsch -- Journalism history / Kevin G. Barnhurst and John Nerone -- Journalism and the academy / Barbie Zelizer -- Journalism education / Beate Josephi -- News production. News organizations and routines / Lee B. Becker and Tudor Vlad -- Journalists as gatekeepers / Pamela J. Shoemaker, Tim P. Vos, and Stephen D. Reese -- Objectivity, professionalism, and truth seeking in journalism / Michael Schudson and Chris Anderson -- Reporters and their sources / Daniel A. Berkowitz -- Gender in the newsroom / Linda Steiner -- Convergence and cross-platform content production / Thorsten Quandt and Jane B. Singer -- News content. Agenda setting / Renita Coleman, Maxwell McCombs, Donald Shaw, and David Weaver -- News values and selectivity / Deirdre O'Neill and Tony Harcup -- Nature, sources, and effects of news framing / Robert M. Entman, Jörg Matthes, and Lynn Pellicano -- News, discourse, and ideology / Teun A. van Dijk -- Rethinking news and myth as storytelling / S. Elizabeth Bird and Robert W. Dardenne -- The commercialization of news / John H. McManus -- Journalism and society. Journalism and democracy / Brian McNair -- Journalism, public relations, and spin / William Dinan and David Miller -- Alternative and citizen journalism / Chris Atton -- Journalism law and regulation / Kyu Ho Youm -- Journalism ethics / Stephen J.A. Ward -- Journalism and popular culture / John Hartley -- Audience reception and news in everyday life / Mirca Madianou -- Journalism studies in a global context. Journalism and globalization / Simon Cottle -- Development journalism / Xu Xiaoge -- Advocacy journalism in a global context / Silvio Waisbord -- Covering war and peace / Howard Tumber -- Researching public service broadcasting / Hallvard Moe and Trine Syvertsen -- Comparative journalism studies / Thomas Hanitzsch -- Towards de-westernizing journalism studies / Herman Wasserman and Arnold S. de Beer.  aOCLC-licensed vendor bibliographic record. 0aJournalism. 7aLANGUAGE ARTS & DISCIPLINESxJournalism.2bisacsh 7aLANGUAGE ARTS & DISCIPLINES / Communication2bisacsh 7aLANGUAGE ARTS & DISCIPLINES / Journalism2bisacsh  aElectronic books1 aWahl-Jorgensen, Karin.1 aHanitzsch, Thomas,d1969-403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203877685403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781135592011403Taylor & Francisuhttps://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9781315167497423OCLC metadata license agreementuhttp://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/forms/terms/vbrl-201703.pdf  aTaylor & FrancisbTAFRn978020387768501696cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500023003420820018003652450128003832640065005113000039005763360021006153370023006363380032006595040067006915050393007586510041011517000027011927760053012198560086012729780203878187180706s2010    enk     obd   001 0 eng d  a9780203878187q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134078530q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134078578q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134078585q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415434294q(hardback)  z9780415716499q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203878187 2doi  a(OCoLC)645260036  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  aas----- 4aJQ98.A58bR68 201004a320.954bR86900aRoutledge handbook of South Asian politics :bIndia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal /cedited by Paul R. Brass. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xvi, 464 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 423-450) and index.0 apt. 1. Colonialism, nationalism, and independence in South Asia : India, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka -- part 2. Political change, political parties, and the issue of unitary vs. federal forms of government -- part 3. The judiciary -- part 4. Pluralism and national integration : language issues -- part 5. Crises of national unity -- part 6. Political economy -- part 7. Comparative chapters. 0aSouth AsiaxPolitics and government.1 aBrass, Paul R.,d1936-08iPrint version: z9780415434294w(DLC) 200804736240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203878187zClick here to view.01591cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040430012003300500022003420820017003642450101003812460040004822640034005223000038005563360021005943370023006153380032006384900024006705050212006946510063009067000028009697000056009977760053010538300025011068560086011319780203878637180706s2012    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203878637q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135967307q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135967345q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135967352q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415800884q(hardback)  z9780415800952q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203878637 2doi  a(OCoLC)783517164  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda  an-us--- 4aJZ1480b.R69 201204a327.73bR86900aRoutledge handbook of American foreign policy /cedited by Steven W. Hook, Christopher M. Jones.3 aHandbook of American foreign policy 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xv, 461 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge handbooks0 apt. 1. Research traditions and historical experience -- part 2. Theoretical perspectives -- part 3. State actors -- part 4. Non-state actors -- part 5. Policy instruments -- part 6. Transnational challenges. 0aUnited StatesxForeign relationsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aHook, Steven W.,d1959-1 aJones, Christopher M.q(Christopher Martin),d1966-08iPrint version: z9780415800884w(DLC) 2011009581 0aRoutledge handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203878637zClick here to view.01171cam a2200289Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520500021002730820014002942450085003082640044003933000040004374900036004775000039005135050105005526500017006577000031006747760053007058300037007588560086007959780203879306180706s2009    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203879306q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134155811q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134155859q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134155866q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415396318q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203879306 2doi  a(OCoLC)784953806 4aBD111b.R68 200904a110bR86904aThe Routledge companion to metaphysics /cedited by Robin Le Poidevin. [et al.]. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xxii, 609 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions  aFirst published in paperback 2012.0 apt. 1. History of metaphysics -- pt. 2. Ontology : on what exists -- pt. 3. Metaphysics and science. 0aMetaphysics.1 aLe Poidevin, Robin,d1962-08iPrint version: z9780415396318w(DLC) 2008043739 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203879306zClick here to view.01289cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500023003040820017003272450103003442640044004473000039004914900036005305050123005666500021006896500033007107000032007437000023007757760054007988300037008528560086008899780203879320180706s2009    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203879320q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135982706q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135982744q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135982751q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415771665q(hardback)  z9780415493949q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203879320 2doi  a(OCoLC)290525337 4aPN1994b.R574 200904a791.43bR86904aThe Routledge companion to philosophy and film /cedited by Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xix, 672 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. Issues and concepts -- pt. 2. Authors and trends -- pt. 3. Genres and other types -- pt. 4. Film as philosophy. 0aMotion pictures. 0aMotion picturesxPhilosophy.1 aLivingston, Paisley,d1951-1 aPlantinga, Carl R.08iPrint version: z9780415771665w(DLC)  2008017372 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203879320zClick here to view.01366cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500020003040820018003242450087003422460046004292640032004753000041005074900036005485050265005846500038008497000019008877760035009068300037009418560086009789780203879368180706s2008    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203879368q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134423989q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134424023q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134424030q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415299367q(hardback)  z9780415429580q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203879368 2doi  a(OCoLC)900423899 4aB804b.R68 200804a190.904bR86904aThe Routledge companion to twentieth century philosophy /cedited by Dermot Moran.30aCompanion to twentieth century philosophy 1aLondon :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (xvi, 1,024 pages)1 aRoutledge philosophy companions0 apt. 1. Major themes and movements -- pt. 2. Logic, language, knowledge, and metaphysics -- pt. 3. Philosophy of mind, psychology, and science -- pt. 4. Phenomenology, hermeneutics, existentialism, and critical theory -- pt. 5. Politics, ethics, and aesthetics. 0aPhilosophy, Moderny20th century.1 aMoran, Dermot.08iPrint version: z9780415299367 0aRoutledge philosophy companions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203879368zClick here to view.01892cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900240032002200350021002520400026002730500021002990820018003202450079003382460033004172640040004503000039004903360021005293370023005503380032005734900038006055050621006436500022012646500047012867000031013337760053013648300039014178560086014569780203880548180706s2011    enkacd  obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203880548q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134015535q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134015573q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134015580q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415482745q(hardback)7 a10.4324/9780203880548 2doi  a(OCoLC)794002194  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHM811b.R68 201104a302.542bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of deviant behavior /cedited by Clifton D. Bryant.30aHandbook of deviant behavior 1aAbingdon, Oxon :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xxx, 618 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Conceptualizing deviance -- part 2. Research methodology in studying deviance -- part 3. Theories of deviance -- part 4. Becoming deviant as a process -- part 5. Deviant lifestyles and subcultures -- part 6. Contentious deviance -- part 7. Self-destructive behavior as deviance -- part 8. Deviance in social institutions -- part 9. Sexual deviance -- part 10. Crimes of the times -- part 11. Crime : tradational [sic] non-violent modes -- part 12. Crime : traditional violent modes -- part 13. Handicap, disability, and impairment as deviance -- part 14. Exiting deviance -- part 15. New horizons in deviance. 0aDeviant behavior. 0aDeviant behaviorvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBryant, Clifton D.,d1932-08iPrint version: z9780415482745w(DLC) 2010010082 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203880548zClick here to view.02019cam a2200337Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200033000890200034001220200034001560200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830410013003050500020003180820014003381300035003522450083003872640044004703000041005144900043005555000051005985050769006496500029014187000034014477000018014817760052014998300044015518560086015959780203880647180706s1998    enkb    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203880647q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134921874q(e-book: PDF)  a9781134921829q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134921867q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415064491q(hardback)  z9780415412636q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203880647 2doi  a(OCoLC)10004379071 aenghita 4aP561b.L56 199804a410bL7550 aLingue Indo-Europee.lEnglish.14aThe Indo-European languages /cedited by Anna Giacalone Ramat and Paolo Ramat. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c1998.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 526 pages)1 aRoutledge language family descriptions  aFirst published 1993 as Le Lingue Indoeuropee.0 a1. The Indo-Europeans : origins and culture / Enrico Campanile -- 2. Proto-Indo-European : comparison and reconstruction / Calvert Watkins -- 3. The Indo-European linguistic family : genetic and typological perspectives / Bernard Comrie -- 4. Sanskrit / Romano Lazzeroni -- 5. The Iranian languages / Nicholas Sims-Williams -- 6. Tocharian / Werner Winter -- 7. The Anatolian languages / Silvia Luraghi -- 8. Armenian / Roberto Ajello -- 9. Greek / Henry M. Hoenigswald -- 10. Latin / Edoardo Vineis -- 11. The Italic languages / Domenico Silvestri -- 12. The Celtic languages / Patrick Sims-Williams -- 13. The Germanic languages / Paolo Ramat -- 14. Slavic / Henning Andersen -- 15. The Baltic languages / William R. Schmalstieg -- 16. Albanian / Shaban Demiraj. 0aIndo-European languages.1 aGiacalone Ramat, Anna,d1937-1 aRamat, Paolo.08iPrint version: z9780415064491w(DLC) 96040341  0aRoutledge language family descriptions.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203880647zClick here to view.06237nam a2200601Ii 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220060019000390070015000580080041000730200034001140350021001480400026001690410008001950500024002030720026002270720026002530720026002790720017003050820014003222450277003362500019006132640040006323000035006723360021007073370023007283380032007514900016007835040051007995053790008505200094046405300036047346500066047706500071048366500070049076500039049776500042050166500045050586500046051036500049051496500056051986550022052547000030052767000034053067000030053407000032053707000038054027000033054407100024054737760035054978300017055328560086055499780203880869FlBoTFG20181112153032.0m     o  d        cr            181112s2008    flu b   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203880869q(e-book : PDF)  a(OCoLC)275335963  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda1 aeng 4aLB1028.3bH363 2008 7aEDUx000000 2bisacsh 7aEDUx039000 2bisacsh 7aEDUx041000 2bisacsh 7aJNQ 2bicscc04a371.3307200aHandbook of Research on Educational Communications and Technology :bA Project of the Association for Educational Communications and Technology /cedited by David Jonassen, Michael J. Spector, Marcy Driscoll, M. David Merrill, Jeroen van Merrienboer and Marcy P. Driscoll.  aThird edition. 1aBoca Raton, FL :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (1296 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aAECT Series  aIncludes bibliographical references and index.00tContents: --Preface. Part I: J.C. Belland,-- Foundations for Research in Educational Communications and Technology. A. De Vaney, R.P. Butler,-- Voices of the Founders: Early Discourses in Educational Technology. J.K. Burton, D.M. Moore, S.G. Magliaro,-- Behaviorism and Instructional Technology. B.H. Banathy,-- Systems Inquiry and Its Application in Education. K.A. Krendl, W.H. Ware, K.A. Reid, R. Warren,-- Learning by Any Other Name: Communication Research Traditions in Learning and Media. W. Winn, D. Snyder,-- Cognitive Perspectives in Psychology. S.T. Kerr,-- Toward a Sociology of Educational Technology. T.M. Duffy, D.J. Cunningham,-- Constructivism: Implications for the Design and Delivery of Instruction. B.S. Allen, R.G. Otto,-- Media as Lived Environments: The Ecological Psychology of Educational Technology. R.G. Nichols, V. Allen-Brown,-- Critical Theory and Educational Technology. A.R.J. Yeaman, D. Hlynka, J.H. Anderson, S.K. Damarin, R. Muffoletto,-- Postmodern and Poststructuralist Theory. Part II: R.B. Kozma,-- Hard Technologies: Media-Related Research. B. Seels, L.H. Berry, K. Fullerton, L.J. Horn,-- Research on Learning From Television. M.J. Hannafin, K.M. Hannafin, S.R. Hooper, L.P. Rieber, A.S. Kini,-- Research on and Research With Emerging Technologies. M.S. McIsaac, C.N. Gunawardena,-- Distance Education. A.J. Romiszowski, R. Mason,-- Computer-Mediated Communication. H. McLellan,-- Virtual Realities. Part III: R.D. Tennyson,-- Soft Technologies: Instructional and Informational Design Research. R.A. Braden,-- Visual Literacy. M.E. Gredler,-- Educational Games and Simulations: A Technology in Search of a (Research) Paradigm. T.J. Ragan, P.L. Smith,-- Conditions-Based Models for Designing Instruction. V.J. Shute, J. Psotka,-- Intelligent Tutoring Systems: Past, Present, and Future. B.G. Wilson, P. Cole,-- Cognitive Teaching Models. C. McKnight. A. Dillon, J. Richardson,-- User-Centered Design of Hypertext/Hypermedia for Education. O-C. Park,-- Adaptive Instructional Systems. R.S. Grabinger,-- Rich Environments for Active Learning. D.H. Jonassen, T.C. Reeves,-- Learning With Technology: Using Computers as Cognitive Tools. D. Walster,-- Technologies for Information Access in Library and Information Centers. Part IV: F.M. Dwyer,-- Instructional Message Design Research. G.J. Anglin, R.L. Towers, W.H. Levie,-- Visual Message Design and Learning: The Role of Static and Dynamic Illustrations. J. Hartley,-- Text Design. S.D. Tripp, W.B. Roby,-- Auditory Presentations and Language Laboratories. D.M. Moore, J.K. Burton, R.J. Myers,-- Multiple-Channel Communication: The Theoretical and Research Foundations of Multimedia. Part V: M.P. Driscoll,-- Instructional Strategies Research. E.Z. Rothkopf,-- Control of Mathemagenic Activities. B.L. Grabowski,-- Generative Learning: Past, Present, and Future. E.H. Mory,-- Feedback Research. M.D. Williams,-- Learner-Control and Instructional Technologies. M. Simonson, N. Maushak,-- Instructional Technology and Attitude Change. D.W. Johnson, R.T. Johnson,-- Cooperation and the Use of Technology. G.F. McVey,-- Ergonomics and the Learning Environment. Part VI: D.P. Ely,-- Issues of Organization and Change in Educational Communications and Technology. R.E. Holloway,-- Diffusion and Adoption of Educational Technology: A Critique of Research Design. Part VII: R. Robinson,-- Research Methodologies in Educational Communications and Technology. J.R. Koetting,-- Philosophy, Research, and Education. S.M. Ross, G.R. Morrison,-- Experimental Research Methods. W.C. Savenye, R.S. Robinson,-- Qualitative Research Issues and Methods: An Introduction for Educational Technologists. N.N. Knupfer, H. McLellan,-- Descriptive Research Methodologies. R.C. Richey, W.A. Nelson,-- Developmental Research.3 aFirst Published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company.  aAlso available in print format. 0aommunication in educationxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aTelecommunication in educationxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aInstructional systemsxDesignxResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEDUCATIONxComputers & Technology. 0aCommunication in educationxResearch. 0aInstructional systemsxDesignxResearch. 0aTelecommunication in educationxResearch. 7aEDUCATION / Computers & Technology.2bisacsh 7aEDUCATION / Distance Education & Learning.2bisacsh 0aElectronic books.1 aJonassen, David,eeditor.1 aSpector, Michael J.,eeditor.1 aDriscoll, Marcy,eeditor.1 aMerrill, M. David,eeditor.1 avan Merrienboer, Jeroen,eeditor.1 aDriscoll, Marcy P.,eeditor.2 aTaylor and Francis.08iPrint version: z9780805858495 0aAECT Series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203880869zClick here to view.09394cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830400026003050500021003310820014003522450148003662640034005143000040005483360021005883370023006093380032006325040053006645053940007175054068046576500060087257000021087857000032088067000026088387000017088647760053088818560086089349780203880968180706s2009    nyuab   obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203880968q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135856427q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135856465q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135856472q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415989916q(hardback)  z9780415989923q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203880968 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000434145  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLC71b.H363 200904a379bH23600aHandbook of education policy research /cedited by Gary Sykes, Barbara Schneider, David N. Plank with Timothy G. Ford, graduate student editor. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xv, 1,045 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.00tchapter Introduction /rGary Sykes -- tpart Section I Social Science Disciplines and Education Policy Research -- tchapter 1 Historians and Educational Policy Research in the United States /rMaris A. Vinovskis -- tchapter 2 Policy Research in Education: The Economic View /rMartin Carnoy -- tchapter 3 The Economic Value of Education and Cognitive Skills /rEric A. Hanushek -- tchapter 4 A Political Science Perspective on Education Policy Analysis /rLorraine M. McDonnell -- tchapter 5 Perspectives from the Disciplines: Sociological Contributions to Education Policy Research and Debates /rDouglas Lee Lauen -- tchapter 6 Current Approaches to Research in Anthropology and Education /rMaressa L. Dixon -- tchapter 7 Making Education Research More Policy-Analytic /rDavid L. Weimer -- tchapter 8 COMMENTARY: Disciplined Education Policy Research /rMichael J. Feuer -- tchapter 9 COMMENTARY: The Disciplinary Foundations of Education Policy Research /rAdam Gamoran -- tpart Section II Conducting Policy Research: Methodological Perspectives -- tchapter 10 Separate Orbits: The Distinctive Worlds of Educational Research and Policymaking /rMartin Orland -- tchapter 11 The Use of Randomized Trials to Inform Education Policy /rGeoffrey D. Borman -- tchapter 12 Causal Inference in Non-Experimental Educational Policy Research /rDavid Kaplan -- tchapter 13 Research Synthesis and Education Policy /rTherese D. Pigott -- tchapter 14 Complementary Methods for Policy Research /rLaura M. Desimone -- tchapter 15 Assessment Policy: Making Sense of the Babel /rJoan L. Herman -- tchapter 16 Scale-Up as a Framework for Intervention, Program, and Policy Evaluation Research /rSarah-Kathryn McDonald -- tchapter 17 COMMENTARY: Conducting Policy Research: Methodological Perspectives /rSpyros Konstantopoulos -- tchapter 18 COMMENTARY: An Applied Perspective on Research, Method, and Policy /rChristopher B. Swanson -- tpart Section III Politics and the Policy Process -- tchapter 19 Education and Domination: Reforming Policy and Practice through Critical Theory /rCarlos Alberto Torres -- tchapter 20 Race, Ethnicity, and Education /rRoslyn Arlin Mickelson -- tchapter 21 Race(ing), Class(ing), and Gender(ing) Our Work: Critical Race Theory, Critical Race Feminism, Epistemology, and New Directions in Educational Policy Research -- tchapter 22 Rhetoric and Symbolic Action in the Policy Process /rLisa Rosen -- tchapter 23 The Role of Law in Educational Policy Formation, Implementation, and Research /rJulie F. Mead -- tchapter 24 Teacher Collective Bargaining: What We Know and What We Need to Know /rJulia E. Koppich -- tchapter 25 The Voice of the People in Education Policy /rRebecca Jacobsen -- tchapter 26 Assessment Policy and Politics of Information /rJane Clark Lindle -- tchapter 27 What Works in Defi ning “What Works” in Educational Improvement: Lessons from Education Policy Implementation Research, Directions for Future Research -- tchapter 28 Conceptualizing Policy Implementation: Large-Scale Reform in an Era of Complexity /rAmanda Datnow -- tchapter 29 Public Choice and the Political Economy of American Education /rMartin West -- tchapter 30 Research in the Policy Process /rMarshall S. Smith -- tchapter 31 31COMMENTARY: Politics and the Policy Process /rJane Hannaway -- tchapter 32 COMMENTARY: Getting “Critically Real”’ About the State of Education Politics and Policy Process Research /rV. Darleen Opfer -- tpart Section IV Policy Implications of Educational Resources, Management, and Organization -- tchapter 33 Notes on Reframing the Role of Organizations in Policy Implementation: Resources for Practice, in Practice -- tchapter 34 What Do We Know About Reducing Class and School Size? /rJune Ahn -- tchapter 35 Conceptions, Measurement, and Application of Educational Adequacy and Equal Educational Opportunity /rBruce D. Baker.00tchapter 36 Whether and How Money Matters in K-12 Education /rMargaret L. Plecki -- tchapter 37 School Reconstitution and School Improvement: Theory and Evidence /rBetty Malen -- tchapter 38 Charter School Policy Issues and Research Questions /rSandra Vergari -- tchapter 39 Vouchers /rJohn F. Witte -- tchapter 40 A Market for Knowledge? /rFrederick M. Hess -- tchapter 41 Market Reforms in Education /rClive R. Belfi eld and Henry M. Levin -- tchapter 42 COMMENTARY: A Call to Studied Action: Lessons from Research on Policies Designed to Improve the Organization and Management of Schooling -- tchapter 43 COMMENTARY: Improvement or Reinvention: Two Policy Approaches to School Reform /rRodney T. Ogawa -- tpart Section V Teaching and Learning Policy -- tchapter 44 Opportunity to Learn /rWilliam H. Schmidt -- tchapter 45 The Reading and Math Wars /rAlan H. Schoenfeld -- tchapter 46 Language Policy in Education /rPatricia Gándara -- tchapter 47 Teacher Quality and Teacher Labor Markets /rTara Béteille -- tchapter 48 Teacher Preparation and Teacher Learning: A Changing Policy Landscape /rLinda Darling-Hammond, Ruth Chung Wei, with Christy Marie Johnson -- tchapter 49 School Improvement by Design: Lessons from a Study of Comprehensive School Reform Programs /rBrian P. Rowan -- tchapter 50 Measurement and Improvement of Teacher-Child Interactions: Implications for Policy and Accountability Frameworks of Standardized Observation -- tchapter 51 Closing Achievement Gaps /rGeorge Farkas -- tchapter 52 New Technology /rYong Zhao -- tchapter 53 Education and the Shrinking State /rDavid N. Plank -- tchapter 54 COMMENTARY: Research on Teaching and Learning /rBarbara R. Foorman -- tchapter 55 COMMENTARY: Informing Teaching and Learning Policy /rRobert E. Floden -- tpart Section VI Actors and Institutions in the Policy Process -- tchapter 56 International and Transnational Policy Actors in Education: A Review of the Research /rKaren Mundy with Mona Ghali -- tchapter 57 New Approaches to Understanding Federal Involvement in Education /rLora Cohen-Vogel -- tchapter 58 The Expansion of State Policy Research /rKathryn A. McDermott -- tchapter 59 The District Role in Instructional Improvement /rGary Sykes, Jennifer O’Day, and Timothy G. Ford -- tchapter 60 Pushing on the Paradigm: Research on Teachers’ Organizations as Policy Actors /rNina Bascia -- tchapter 61 Local Democracy in Education /rMichael Mintrom -- tchapter 62 The Politics of (Im)Prudent State-Level Homeschooling Policies /rCatherine A. Lugg -- tchapter 63 Student Voice and Student Roles in Education Policy and Policy Reform /rDana L. Mitra -- tchapter 64 Looking Forward: Toward a New Role in Promoting Educational Equity for Students with Disabilities from Low-Income Backgrounds -- tchapter 65 COMMENTARY: Research on Actors and Institutions Involved in Education Policy: Themes, Tensions, and Topics to Explore -- tchapter 66 COMMENTARY: Nested Actors and Institutions: The Need for Better Theory, Data, and Methods to Inform Education Policy -- tpart Section VII Educational Access and Differentiation -- tchapter 67 Policy and Place—Learning from Decentralized Reforms /rBruce Fuller -- tchapter 68 Early Childhood Education /rLawrence J. Schweinhart -- tchapter 69 Social Stratifi cation and Educational Opportunity /rNathan D. Jones -- tchapter 70 Shadow Education Systems /rChong-Jae Lee -- tchapter 71 K-16 Transitions and Higher Education Access /rFrankie Keels Williams -- tchapter 72 Permeability and Transparency in the High School-College Transition /rJennifer L. Stephan -- tchapter 73 Governmental Policy and the Organization of Postsecondary Education /rJames C. Hearn -- tchapter 74 The Invisible Hand of World Education Culture: Thoughts for Policy Makers /rDavid P. Baker -- tchapter 75 COMMENTARY: Access and Differentiation /rC. Kent McGuire -- tchapter 76 COMMENTARY: Access and Differentiation: Structuring Equality and Inequality in Education Policy /rJeannie Oakes. 0aEducation and statexResearchvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aFord, Timothy G.1 aPlank, David Nathan,d1954-1 aSchneider, Barbara L.1 aSykes, Gary.08iPrint version: z9780415989916w(DLC) 200804017040uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203880968zClick here to view.01322cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570240032001870350021002190500021002400820017002611000052002782450082003302500020004122640045004323000043004774900040005205040069005605050114006296500049007437000048007927760053008408300041008938560086009349780203881057180331s2008    flua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203881057q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135436070q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135436117q(e-book: ePub)  z9781584885078q(hardback)7 a10.1201/9781420010558 2doi  a(OCoLC)244159978 4aQA431b.P65 200804a515.45bP7661 aPolyanin, A. D.q(Andrei Dmitrievich),eauthor.10aHandbook of integral equations /cAndrei D. Polyanin, Alexander V. Manzhirov.  aSecond edition. 1aBoca Raton :bChapman & Hall/CRC,c2008.  a1 online resource (xxxiii, 1108 pages)1 aHandbooks of mathematical equations  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 1071-1079) and index.0 apt. I. Exact solutions of integral equations -- pt. 2. Methods for solving integral equations -- Supplements. 0aIntegral equationsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aManzhirov, A. V.q(Aleksandr Vladimirovich)08iPrint version: z9781584885078w(DLC) 2007035725 0aHandbooks of mathematical equations.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/9781420010558zClick here to view.03625cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350023002830400026003060500022003320820014003542450121003682640044004893000038005333360021005713370023005923380032006154900038006475040067006855052256007526500038030086500015030467000024030617760053030858300039031388560086031779780203881569180706s2009    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203881569q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135983963q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135984007q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135984014q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415771269q(hardback)  z9780415781411q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203881569 2doi  a(OCoLC)430825299    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHF1359b.R69 200904a337bR86900aRoutledge handbook of international political economy (IPE) :bIPE as a global conversation /cedited by Mark Blyth. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (ix, 377 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbooks  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages 307-354) and index.00tchapter Introduction: International political economy as a global conversation /rMark Blyth -- tpart Part I: North American IPE -- tchapter 1 The multiple traditions of American IPE /rBenjamin J. Cohen -- tchapter 2 Realist political economy: Traditional themes and contemporary challenges /rJonathan Kirshner -- tchapter 3 Contested contracts: Rationalist theories of institutions in American IPE /rAlexander Cooley -- tchapter 4 Constructivism as an approach to international political economy /rRawi Abdelal -- tchapter 5 Of margins, traditions, and engagements: A brief disciplinary history of IPE in Canada /rRandall Germain -- tpart Part II: British IPE -- tchapter 6 Lineages of a British international political economy /rBen Clift -- tchapter 7 Empiricism and objectivity: reflexive theory construction in a complex world /rAngus Cameron -- tchapter 8 Power-knowledge estranged: From Susan Strange to poststructuralism in British IPE /rPaul Langley -- tchapter 9 Bridging the transatlantic divide? Toward a structurational approach to international political economy /rPhilip G. Cerny -- tpart Part III: IPE in Asia -- tchapter 10 Reading Hobbes in Beijing: Great power politics and the challenge of the peaceful ascent /rGiovanni Arrighi -- tchapter 11 States and markets, states versus markets: The developmental state debate as the distinctive East Asian contribution to international political economy /rWalden Bello -- tchapter 12 The rise of East Asia: An emerging challenge to the study of international political economy /rHenry Wai-Chung Yeung -- tchapter 13 Neither Asia nor America: IPE in Australia /rJ. C. Sharman -- tpart Part IV: IPE elsewhere—exemptions, exclusions, and extensions -- tchapter 14 Why IPE is underdeveloped in continental Europe: A case study of France /rNicolas Jabko -- tchapter 15 Why did the Latin American critical tradition in the social sciences become practically extinct? /rJosé Gabriel Palma -- tchapter 16 What do sociologists bring to international political economy? /rJohn L. Campbell -- tchapter 17 Economic history and the international political economy /rMichael J. Oliver -- tchapter 18 Everyday international political economy /rJohn M. Hobson. 0aInternational economic relations. 0aEconomics.1 aBlyth, Mark,d1967-08iPrint version: z9780415771269w(DLC) 2008036955 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203881569zClick here to view.03394cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830430012003050500025003170820018003422450078003602640034004383000041004724900030005135050945005435051337014886500059028257000026028847760053029108300031029638560086029949780203881781180706s2009    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203881781q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135593858q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135593896q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135593902q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805862232q(hardback)  z9780805862249q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203881781 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000430779  an-us--- 4aLB1027.9b.H344 200904a379.111bH23600aHandbook of research on school choice /ceditors, Mark Berends. [et al.]. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xviii, 630 pages)1 aResearch on school choice00tPerspectives on magnet schools /rEllen B. Goldring --tLegal aspects of magnet schools /rChristine H. Rossell --tThe social context of magnet schools /rClaire Smrekar --tMagnet school outcome s/rDale Ballou --tPerspectives on private schools /rThomas B. HOffer --tPrivate schools in education markets /rDerek Neal --tPerspectives on elite boarding schools /rPeter W. Cookson, Jr. --tPerspectives on Catholic schools /rHelen M. Marks --tAn international perspective on private schools /rLudger Woessmann --tPerspectives on homeschooling /rClive R. Belfiedl --tPerspectives on cyber and homeschool charters /rLuis A. Huerta,rChad D'Entremont,rMaria Fernanada Gonzalez --tPerspectives on educational management organizations /rBrian P. Gill,rLaura S. Hamilton,rRon Zimmer --tSupplemental educational services under No Child Left Behind /rMatthew G. Springer. [et al.] --tEducation tax credits /rAdam B. Schaeffer.00tPolitical perspectives on school choice /rPaul T. Hill,rAshley E. Jochim --tAnd economic perspective on school choice /rHenry R. Levin --tSocial perspectives on school choice /rMark Berends,rGenevieve C. Zottola --tA legal perspective on school choice /rFrank R. Kemerer --tInternational perspectives on school choice /rStephen P. Heyneman --tPerspectives on charter schools /rTom Loveless,rKatharyn Field --tPolitics and governance in charter schools /rKenneth K. Wong and Shayna Klopott --tCharter school law /rPreston Green --tThe social context of charter schools /rAmy Stuart Wells --tCharter school finance /rLarry Maloney --tThe competitive effects of charter schools on traditional public schools /rJulian R. Betts --tCharter school outcomes /rBettie Teasley --tAn international perspective on publicly-financed, privately-operated schools /rDominic J. Brewer,rGuilbert C. Hentschke --tVoucher impacts: differences between public and private schools /rPaul E. Peterson --tVoucher politics and governance /rJoseph P. Viteritti --tVoucher law /rClint Bolick --tThe social context of vouchers/rThomas J. Nechyba --tVoucher finance /rDan Goldhaber --tVoucher outcomes /rDavid Figlio --tAn international perspective on school vouchers /rFelipe Barrera-Osorio,rHarry Anthony Patrinos -- 0aSchool choicezUnited StatesvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aBerends, Mark,d1962-08iPrint version: z9780805862232w(DLC) 2008035058 0aResearch on school choice.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203881781zClick here to view.06203cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350023002830400026003060500023003320820018003552450101003732640065004743000039005393360021005783370023005993380032006225054997006546500030056516500037056817000019057187760054057378560086057919780203881965180706s2009    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203881965q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134065301q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134065349q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134065356q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415445405q(hardback)  z9780415445412q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203881965 2doi  a(OCoLC)456086469    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHQ796b.H2559 200904a305.235bH23600aHandbook of youth and young adulthood :bnew perspectives and agendas /cedited by Andy Furlong. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xvi, 475 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tpart Part I: Reconceptualizing youth and young adulthood -- tchapter 1 Youth transitions in an age of uncertainty /rWalter R. Heinz -- tchapter 2 Socio-economic reproduction /rKen Roberts -- tchapter 3 Youth and generation: In the midst of an adult world /rJohn Goodwin and Henrietta O’Connor -- tchapter 4 Models of navigation and life management /rManuela du Bois-Reymond -- tchapter 5 The emergence of ‘emerging adulthood’: The new life stage between adolescence and young adulthood /rJennifer Lynn Tanner -- tpart Part II: Divisions -- tchapter 6 Social class, youth and young adulthood in the context of a shifting global economy /rLois Weis -- tchapter 7 New masculinities and femininities: gender divisions in the new economy Linda McDowell -- tchapter 8 Young people, ‘race’ and ethnicity /rColin Webster -- tchapter 9 Young people and social capital /rCherylynn Bassani -- tchapter 10 Disability, exclusion and transition to adulthood /rSheila Riddell -- tchapter 11 Young refugees /rElizabeth Heger Boyle -- tpart Part III: Education -- tchapter 12 Educating for late modernity /rJohanna Wyn -- tchapter 13 Explaining cross-national differences in education-to-work transitions /rDavid Raffe -- tchapter 14 Young people’s subjective orientations to education /rAndy Biggart -- tchapter 15 Mass higher education /rAndy Furlong -- tchapter 16 Vocationalism /rDavid B. Bills -- tchapter 17 Keeping kids on track to a successful adulthood: The role of VET in improving high school outcomes /rJames R. Stone III -- tpart Part IV: Employment and unemployment -- tchapter 18 Changing experiences of work /rJeylan T. Mortimer -- tchapter 19 Youth unemployment and marginalization /rIllse Julkunen -- tchapter 20 Precarious work: risk, choice and poverty traps Robert MacDonald -- tchapter 21 NEETs, freeters and flexibility: reflecting precarious situations in the new labour market /rAkio Inui -- tchapter 22 The stratification of youth employment in contemporary China /rJieyu Liu -- tchapter 23 What makes a young entrepreneur? /rDavid G. Blanchflower -- tpart Part V: Dependency and family relations -- tchapter 24 Leaving the parental home in young adulthood /rClara H. Mulder -- tchapter 25 Young, free and single? The rise of independent living /rSue Heath -- tchapter 26 Intergenerational support during the transition to adulthood /rTeresa Toguchi Swartz and Kirsten Bengtson O’Brien -- tchapter 27 Early childbearing in the new era of delayed adulthood /rFrank Furstenberg Jr -- tchapter 28 Homeless youth and the transition to adulthood /rBill McCarthy -- tpart Part VI: Youth, culture and lifestyles -- tchapter 29 Leisure activities, place and identity /rJoan Abbott-Chapman -- tchapter 30 Young adults and the night-time economy /rRobert G. Hollands -- tchapter 31 Young people and consumption /rAmy L. Best -- tchapter 32 Spectacular soundtracks: Youth and music /rAndy Bennett -- tchapter 33 Young people, drugs and alcohol consumption /rShane Blackman -- tchapter 34 Spectacular youth? Young people’s fashion and style /rPaul Hodkinson -- tchapter 35 The experience of youth in the digital age /rPhilippa Collin -- tpart Part VII: Civic engagement and disengagement -- tchapter 36 Young people’s civic engagement and political development /rConstance Flanagan -- tchapter 37 Young people, politics and citizenship /rAnita Harris -- tchapter 38 Youth and trade unionism /rJan Carle -- tchapter 39 ‘Riots’ or ‘urban disorders’? The case for re-politicizing urban disorders /rSadiya Akram -- tchapter 40 Young people and armed conflict /rColette Daiute -- tpart Part VIII: Physical and mental health -- tchapter 41 Health in youth: changing times and changing influences /rPatrick West -- tchapter 42 HIV and AIDS, STIs and sexual health among young people /rFrederick Mugisha -- tchapter 43 Progress, culture and young people’s wellbeing /rRichard Eckersley -- tchapter 44 Health-related behaviours in context /rPatrick West -- tpart Part IX: Identities, values and beliefs -- tchapter 45 Youth-identity studies: History, controversies and future directions /rJames E. Côté -- tchapter 46 Values and related beliefs /rMonica Kirkpatrick Johnson -- tchapter 47 The influence of aspirations on educational and occupational outcomes /rNathan Jones -- tchapter 48 Generation Y, flexible capitalism and new work ethics /rPeter Kelly -- tchapter 49 Understanding the sexual lives of young people /rJanet Holland -- tchapter 50 Religiosity in the lives of youth /rLisa D. Pearce -- tpart Part X: Crime and deviance -- tchapter 51 Juvenile delinquency and desistance /rShelly Schaefer -- tchapter 52 Young people and anti-social behaviour /rAlan France -- tchapter 53 Youth in a world of gangs /rJohn M. Hagedorn -- tchapter 54 Young people, crime and justice /rRob White -- tchapter 55 Youth and punishment /rAngela Harvey. 0aYouthxSocial conditions. 0aYoung adultsxSocial conditions.1 aFurlong, Andy.08iPrint version: z9780415445405w(DLC)  200803573540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203881965zClick here to view.05769cam a2200361Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830400026003050500025003310820014003562450103003702460047004732640034005203000040005543360021005943370023006153380032006384900048006705054415007186500023051336500047051567000020052037760053052238300045052768560086053219780203882221180706s2009    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203882221q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134081967q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134082001q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134082018q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415432641q(hardback)  z9781138576995q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203882221 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000427135  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLB2322.2b.R677 200904a378bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of higher education /cedited by Malcolm Tight. [and others].30aInternational handbook of higher education 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xiii, 525 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aThe Routledge international handbook series0 aList of Contributors -- Section I: Introduction -- -- 1 Editorial Introduction, Malcolm Tight -- Section II: Teaching and Learning -- Section Introduction -- -- 2 Approaches to Learning, Jennifer M -- Case and Delia Marshall -- -- 3 Student Learning Research: A Broader View, Tamsin Haggis -- -- 4 Conceptualising Teaching and Learning Interactions in Researching Higher Education, Paul Ashwin -- -- 5 International Students from Asia, David Kember -- -- 6 Study Success of Students from Ethnic Minority Backgrounds: an Overview of Explanations for Differences in Study Careers, Sabine Severiens and Rick Wolff -- Section III: Course Design -- Section Introduction -- -- 7 Curriculum, Kelly Coate -- -- 8 Problem-based Learning, Anna Kwan -- -- 9  "An Alignment of the Planets ": Mapping the Intersections Between Pedagogy, Technology and Management in Australian Universities, Ilana Snyder, Simon Marginson and Tania Lewis -- 1 0 -- Diverse Student Groups: Teaching with a Goal of Inclusivity, Marybeth Gasman and Julie Vultaggio -- Section IV: The Student Experience -- Section Introduction -- 1 -- 1 Tertiary Education in the Noughties: the Student Perspective, Naomi White -- 1 -- 2 Tuition Fee Policies in a Comparative Perspective: Theoretical and Political Rationales, Pamela Marcucci and Bruce Johnstone -- 1 -- 3 From Senior Student to Novice Worker: Learning Trajectories in Political Science, Psychology and Mechanical Engineering, Madeleine Abrandt Dahlgren, Håkan Hult, Lars Owe Dahlgren, Helene Hård af Segerstad and Kristina Johansson -- 1 -- 4 Postgraduate Research Students’ Experience: It’s All About Balancing Living, Coralie McCormack -- Section V: Quality -- Section Introduction -- 1 -- 5 What Can Students’ Perceptions of Academic Quality tell us? Research Using the Course Experience Questionnaire, John T -- E -- Richardson -- 1 -- 6 Grading Student Achievement in Higher Education: Measuring or Judging? Mantz Yorke -- 1 -- 7 National Monitoring of Higher Education: Motives, Methods and Means, John Taylor -- 1 -- 8 Still Balancing Improvement and Accountability? Developments in External Quality Assurance in the Nordic countries 1996-2006, Trine Danø and Bjørn Stensaker -- 19 -- A Global Survey of University Ranking and League Tables, Alex Usher and Massimo Savino -- Section VI: System Policy -- Section Introduction -- 20 -- Reflections on the Reform of Higher Education in Central and Eastern Europe, Peter Scott -- 2 1Globalisation and Higher Education Restructuring in Hong Kong, Taiwan and Mainland China, Ka-Ho Mok -- 22 -- Performance-based Funding as an Instrument of Competition in German Higher Education, Dominic Orr, Michael Jaeger and Astrid Schwarzenberger -- 23 -- Shifting Roles and Approaches: Government Coordination of Post-Secondary Education in Canada, 1995-2006, Theresa Shanahan and Glen Jones -- 24 -- Bachelor Graduates on the Labour Market: a Cross-National Comparison of the Employers’ Viewpoint, Bettina Alesi -- Section VII: Institutional Management -- Section Introduction -- 25 -- Institutional Structures: where Legitimacy and Efficiency Meet, Colin Pilbeam -- 26 -- The Shaping of the Departmental Culture: Measuring the Relative Influences of the Institution and Discipline, Jenny J -- Lee -- 27 -- Economies of Scale and Mergers in Higher Education, Colin Green and Geraint Johnes -- 28 -- University-based Economic Growth, Iryna Lendel, Phil Allen and Maryann Feldman -- 29 -- Building Democracy’s University: University-Community Partnerships and the Emergent Civic Engagement Movement, Matthew Hartley and David Soo -- Section VIII: Academic Work -- Section Introduction -- 30 -- Interpreting Changing Academic Roles and Identities in Higher Education, Kerri-Lee Krause -- -- 3 1 Academic Development, Ranald Macdonald -- 32 -- The Changing Nature of Academic Work, Jan Currie and Lesley Vidovich -- 33 -- Understanding Academic Freedom: the Views of Social Scientists, Gerlese S -- Åkerlind and Carole Kayrooz -- Section IX: Knowledge -- Section Introduction -- 34 -- Academic Research in Contemporary Society, Angela Brew -- 35 -- Disciplinarity, Ruth Neumann -- 36 -- Out with Humboldt and in with the Knowledge Society: On the Consequences of the Redefinition of the Role of Higher Education and Research, Merle Jacob -- 37 -- The University, Neoliberal Reform and the Liberal Educational Ideal, Tony Harland -- Index. 0aEducation, Higher. 0aEducation, HighervCross-cultural studies.1 aTight, Malcolm.08iPrint version: z9780415432641w(DLC) 2008039009 0aRoutledge international handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203882221zClick here to view.05864cam a2200409Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350022002830400026003050500021003310820018003522450129003702460023004992460049005222640040005713000038006113360021006493370023006703380032006934900044007255054261007696500048050306500059050786500056051377000022051937000022052157000033052377760053052708300045053238560086053689780203882993180706s2009    nyua    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203882993q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135903046q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135903084q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135903091q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415958615q(hardback)  z9780415889278q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203882993 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000442975  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aLC196b.R68 200904a375.115bR86904aThe Routledge international handbook of critical education /cedited by Michael W. Apple, Wayne Au, and Luis Armando Gandin.30aCritical education30aInternational handbook of critical education 1aNew York, N.Y. :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (ix, 502 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier1 aRoutledge international handbook series00tpart Part I: Introduction -- tchapter 1 Mapping Critical Education /rMichael W. Apple, Wayne Au, and Luis Armando Gandin -- tpart Part II: Social Contexts and Social Structures -- tchapter 2 The World Bank, the IMF, and the Possibilities of Critical Education /rSusan L. Robertson and Roger Dale -- tchapter 3 Movement and Stasis in the Neoliberal Reorientation of Schooling /rCameron McCarthy, Viviana Pitton, Soochul Kim, and David Monje -- tchapter 4 Corporatization and the Control of Schools /rKenneth J. Saltman -- tchapter 5 The Trojan Horse of Curricular Contents /rJurjo Torres Santomé (translated by Eduardo Cavieres) -- tpart Part III: Redistribution, Recognition, and Differential Power -- tchapter 6 Rethinking Reproduction: Neo-Marxism in Critical Education Theory /rWayne Au and Michael W. Apple -- tchapter 7 The Reign of Capital: A Pedagogy and Praxis of Class Struggle Valerie Scatamburlo-D’Annibale and Peter McLaren -- tchapter 8 Race Still Matters: Critical Race Theory in Education /rGloria Ladson-Billings -- tchapter 9 Pale/ontology: The Status of Whiteness in Education /rZeus Leonardo -- tchapter 10 What Was Poststructural Feminism in Education? Julie McLeod -- tchapter 11 Safe Schools, Sexualities, and Critical Education /rLisa W. Loutzenheiser and Shannon D. M. Moore -- tchapter 12 Masculinity and Education /rMarcus Weaver-Hightower -- tchapter 13 The Inclusion Paradox: The Cultural Politics of Difference /rRoger Slee -- tchapter 14 Red Pedagogy: Indigenous Theories of Redistribution (a.k.a. Sovereignty) /rSandy Grande -- tchapter 15 Foucault’s Challenges to Critical Theory in Education /rRosa Maria Bueno Fischer (translated by Lisa Gertum Becker) -- tpart Part IV: The Freirean Legacy -- tchapter 16 Fighting With the Text: Contextualizing and Recontextualizing Freire’s Critical Pedagogy /rWayne Au -- tchapter 17 Un/Taming Freire’s Pedagogy of the Oppressed /rGustavo E. Fischman -- tchapter 18 What Type of Revolution Are We Rehearsing For? Boal’s Theatre of the Oppressed /rRicardo D. Rosa -- tchapter 19 Against All Odds: Implementing Freirean Approaches to Education in the United States /rPia Lindquist Wong -- tpart Part V: The Politics of Practice and the Recreation of Theory -- tchapter 20 Flying Below the Radar? Critical Approaches to Adult Education /rPeter Mayo -- tchapter 21 Critical Media Education and Radical Democracy /rDouglas Kellner and Jeff Share -- tchapter 22 Educating Teachers for Critical Education /rKen Zeichner and Ryan Flessner -- tchapter 23 Restoring Collective Memory: The Pasts of Critical Education /rKenneth Teitelbaum -- tchapter 24 The Educative City and Critical Education /rRamon Flecha -- tchapter 25 The Citizen School Project: Implementing and Recreating Critical Education in Porto Alegre, Brazil /rLuis Armando Gandin -- tchapter 26 Progressive Struggle and Critical Education Scholarship in Japan: Toward the Democratization of Critical Education Studies /rKeita Takayama -- tchapter 27 The Circumstances and the Possibilities of Critical Educational Studies in China /rGuang-cai Yan and Yin Chang -- tpart Part VI: Social Movements and Pedagogic Work -- tchapter 28 Critical Pedagogy Is Not Enough: Social Justice Education, Political Participation, and the Politicization of Students /rJean Anyon -- tchapter 29 Teachers’ Unions and Social Justice /rMary Compton and Lois Weiner -- tchapter 30 Teachers, Praxis, and Minjung: Korean Teachers’ Struggle for Recognition /rHee-Ryong Kang -- tchapter 31 Community-Based Popular Education, Migration, and Civil Society in Mexico: Working in the Space Left Behind /rJen Sandler -- tpart Part VII: Critical Research Methods for Critical Education -- tchapter 32 Towards a Critical Theory of Method in Shifting Times /rLois Weis, Michelle Fine, and Greg Dimitriadis -- tchapter 33 New Possibilities for Critical Education Research: Uses for Geographical Information Systems (GIS) /rDaniel S. Choi -- tchapter 34 Can Critical Education Research Be “Quantitative”? /rJoseph J. Ferrare -- tchapter 35 Orientalism, the West and Non-West Binary, and Postcolonial Perspectives in Cross-cultural Research and Education /rYoshiko Nozaki. 0aCritical pedagogyvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducationxPolitical aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc. 0aEducationxSocial aspectsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aApple, Michael W.1 aAu, Wayne,d1972-1 aGandin, Luis Armando,d1967-08iPrint version: z9780415958615w(DLC) 2008038172 0aRoutledge international handbook series.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203882993zClick here to view.03234cam a2200373Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350023002500400026002730500024002990820019003232450134003422500020004762640044004963000041005403360021005813370023006023380032006255000122006575040071007795051708008506500046025586500022026047000018026267000021026447300056026657760053027218560086027749780203883990180706s2009    enka    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203883990q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134122004q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134122042q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415414456q(hardback)  z9780415414463q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203883990 2doi  a(OCoLC)320883775    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHD30.3b.H3537 200904a658.4013bA91200aAuditing organizational communication :ba handbook of research, theory and practice /cedited by Owen Hargie and Dennis Tourish.  aSecond edition. 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xviii, 497 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier  aRev. edition of: Handbook of communication audits for organisations / edited by Owen Hargie and Dennis Tourish. 2000.  aIncludes bibliographical references (pages [438]-480) and indexes.00tpart Part I Audits in context -- tchapter 1 Communication and organizational success /rDENNIS TOURISH -- tchapter 2 Auditing communication to maximize performance /rDENNIS TOURISH -- tpart Part II Audit methodologies -- tchapter 3 The questionnaire approach /rPHILLIP G. CLAMPITT -- tchapter 4 The interview approach /rROB MILLAR -- tchapter 5 The focus group approach /rDAVID DICKSON -- tchapter 6 Data collection log-sheet methods /rOWEN HARGIE -- tchapter 7 Communication network analysis /rMENNO D.T. DE JONG AND KAREN H. ZWIJZE-KONING -- tchapter 8 Auditing professional practice /rOWEN HARGIE -- tchapter 9 Auditing electronic communication /rPAULA O ’KANE, OWEN HARGIE AND DENNIS TOURISH -- tchapter 10 Crafting the audit report /rDENNIS TOURISH -- tpart Part III Audits in action -- tchapter 11 Charting communication performance in a healthcare organization /rOWEN HARGIE -- tchapter 12 A communication audit of a hospital clinic /rMYRA SKIPPER -- tchapter 13 A communication audit of a paper mill /rPHILLIP G. CLAMPITT -- tchapter 14 An interpretive audit case study /rNAHEED TOURISH -- tchapter 15 Auditing the annual business conference of a major beverage company /rCAL W. DOWNS -- tchapter 16 Auditing the corporate culture of a large manufacturing company /rDONNA McALEESE, OWEN HARGIE AND DENNIS TOURISH -- tchapter 17 Auditing a major police organization /rDENNIS QUINN -- tchapter 18 Auditing a major retail chain /rJUDY H. GRAY -- tchapter 19 A case of making sense of organizational communication /rCOLLEEN E. MILLS -- tpart Part IV Final considerations -- tchapter 20 Strategy, research and pedagogy: The role of audits /rDENNIS TOURISH. 0aCommunication in organizationsxAuditing. 0aManagement audit.1 aHargie, Owen.1 aTourish, Dennis.0 aHandbook of communication audits for organisations.08iPrint version: z9780415414456w(DLC) 200802900940uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203883990zClick here to view.01441cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500022003040820014003262450116003402460034004562640044004903000041005344900038005755050196006136500023008096500042008327000044008747000019009187760053009378300039009908560086010299780203884621180706s2009    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203884621q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134113040q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134113088q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134113095q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415418768q(hardback)  z9780415610520q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203884621 2doi  a(OCoLC)312752928 4aKZ1250b.R68 200904a341bR86900aRoutledge handbook of international law /cedited by David Armstrong ; editorial board, Jutta Brunee. [et al.].30aHandbook of international law 1aLondon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xxxiv, 468 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 asection I. The nature of international law -- section II. Evolution of international law -- section III. Law and power in international society -- section IV. Key issues in international law. 0aInternational law. 0aInternational lawxPolitical aspects.1 aArmstrong, J. D.q(James David),d1945-1 aBrunee, Jutta.08iPrint version: z9780415418768w(DLC) 2008027374 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203884621zClick here to view.03336cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500021003040820017003252450126003422640034004683000040005025052225005426500030027676500016027977000029028137000025028427000027028677760054028948560086029489780203885390180706s2011    nyuad   ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203885390q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134017638q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134017676q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134017683q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415481601q(hardback)  z9781138191013q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203885390 2doi  a(OCoLC)690111219 4aBF531b.H36 201104a302.23bR86904aThe Routledge handbook of emotions and mass media /cedited by Katrin Doveling, Christian von Scheve, and Elly A. Konijn. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xiii, 422 pages)0 aEmotions and the mass media : an interdisciplinary approach / Katrin Doveling, Christian von Scheve, and Elly A. Konijn -- The descent of emotions in media : Darwinian perspectives / Frank Schwab and Clemens Schwender -- From noise to nucleus : emotion as key construct in processing media messages / Elly A. Konijn and Jelte M. ten Holt -- Affective and emotional consequences of the mass media / Christopher P. Barlett and Douglas A. Gentile -- The measurement of positive and negative affect in media research / Annie Lang and David R. Ewoldsen -- Mechanisms of emotional reactivity to media entertainments / Dolf Zillmann -- Media-based emotional coping : examining the emotional benefits and pitfalls of media consumption / Robin L. Nabi, Jiyeon So, and Abby Prestin -- Tragic and poignant entertainment : the gratifications of meaningfulness as emotional response / Mary Beth Oliver and Julia K. Woolley -- Fear reactions and the mass media / Joanne Cantor -- Media enjoyment as a function of affective dispositions toward and moral judgment of characters / Arthur A. Raney -- Emotion, media, and the global village / Ross Buck and Stacie Renfro Powers -- Nonverbal communication, emotion, and political evaluation / Erik P. Bucy -- Disaster news and public emotions / Mervi Pantti -- Emotion in persuasion and risk communication / Monique M. Turner -- Creating fear : transforming terrorist attacks into control and consumption / David L. Altheide -- The influence of form and presentation attributes of media on emotion / Benjamin H. Detenber and Annie Lang -- Effects of presentation and editing on emotional responses of viewers : the example of tv-news / Dagmar C. Unz -- Visual emotions : emotional visuals / Marion G. Mueller and Arvid Kappas -- Reactive and reflective responses to mass media / Gerald C. Cupchik -- Using automated facial expression analysis for emotion and behavior prediction -- Sun Joo Ahn, Jeremy Bailenson, Jesse Fox, and Maria Jabon -- Emotionally-resonant media : advances in sensing, understanding and influencing human emotion through interactive media / Jonathan Gratch -- Virtual interface agents that adapt to user emotion and interest / Helmut Prendinger and Mitsuru Ishizuka. 0aEmotionsxSocial aspects. 0aMass media.1 aDoveling, Katrin,d1970-1 aKonijn, Elly,d1959-1 aScheve, Christian von.08iPrint version: z9780415481601w(DLC)  201000821540uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203885390zClick here to view.03198cam a2200325Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350023002830400026003060500021003320820014003532450092003672640065004593000038005243360021005623370023005833380032006065052022006386500021026607000027026817000024027087760054027328560086027869780203885413180706s2010    enk     ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203885413q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135978082q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135978129q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135978136q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415773393q(hardback)  z9780415501941q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203885413 2doi  a(OCoLC)569410277    aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aGV571b.R68 201004a796bR86900aRoutledge companion to sports history /cedited by Steven W. Pope and John R. Nauright. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2010.  a1 online resource (xv, 655 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tpart Part I Theory, methods and key themes in sports history -- tchapter Introduction /rS.W. POPE AND JOHN NAURIGHT -- tchapter 1 Theory /rDOUGLAS BOOTH -- tchapter 2 Sources /rGARY OSMOND -- tchapter 3 The city /rGERALD R. GEMS -- tchapter 4 Borderlands /rCOLIN HOWELL -- tchapter 5 Marxism /rIAN RITCHIE -- tchapter 6 Sociology /rLOUISE MANSFIELD -- tchapter 7 Origins /rDONALD G. KYLE -- tchapter 8 Gender /rSUSAN J. BANDY -- tchapter 9 Race /rJOHN NAURIGHT -- tchapter 10 Body culture /rHENNING EICHBERG -- tchapter 11 Science and technology /rVERNER MØLLER -- tchapter 12 Entrepreneurship /rDILWYN PORTER -- tchapter 13 Religion /rWILLIAM J. BAKER -- tchapter 14 Imperialism /rS.W. POPE -- tchapter 15 International relations /rBARBARA KEYS -- tchapter 16 Nationalism /rMATTI GOKSØYR -- tchapter 17 Alternative sports /rROBERT E. RINEHART -- tpart Part II Sports history around the world -- tchapter 18 Africa (sub-Saharan) /rJOHN NAURIGHT -- tchapter 19 Australia /rDARYL ADAIR -- tchapter 20 Belgium and the Netherlands /rRUUD STOKVIS -- tchapter 21 Canada /rAMANDA N. SCHWEINBENZ -- tchapter 22 The Caribbean /rALAN GREGOR COBLEY -- tchapter 23 Central and Eastern Europe /rMAREK WAIC -- tchapter 24 China /rFAN HONG -- tchapter 25 France /rTHIERRY TERRET -- tchapter 26 Germany /rARND KRÜGER -- tchapter 27 Great Britain /rMARTIN JOHNES -- tchapter 28 Ireland /rDAVID HASSAN AND PHILIP O’KANE -- tchapter 29 Japan /rRICHARD L. LIGHT -- tchapter 30 Mexico and Central America /rRICHARD V. MCGEHEE -- tchapter 31 The Middle East and North Africa /rMAHFOUD AMARA -- tchapter 32 New Zealand (Aotearoa) /rMALCOLM MACLEAN -- tchapter 33 Nordic countries /rNIELS KAYSER NIELSEN -- tchapter 34 Russia/The Soviet Union /rJAMES RIORDAN -- tchapter 35 South America /rCESAR R. TORRES -- tchapter 36 South Asia /rCHRIS VALIOTIS -- tchapter 37 South-East Asia /rCHARLES LITTLE -- tchapter 38 The United States of America /rMARK DYRESON. 0aSportsxHistory.1 aNauright, John,d1962-1 aPope, S. W.,d1962-08iPrint version: z9780415773393w(DLC)  200901808840uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203885413zClick here to view.01582cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200048000550200034001030200034001370200030001710200031002010240032002320350021002640430012002850500021002970820018003182450090003362640034004263000039004605050474004996500042009736500043010156500037010587000024010957000022011197760053011418560086011949780203885581180706s2011    nyu     ob    001 0 eng d  a9781134019717 (e-book: PDF)q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134019663q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134019700q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415479967q(hardback)  z9780415479950q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203885581 2doi  a(OCoLC)709768146  an-us--- 4aGV581b.R68 201104a796.069bR86900aRoutledge handbook of sports development /cedited by Barrie Houlihan and Mick Green. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2011.  a1 online resource (xvi, 648 pages)0 aIntroduction -- pt. 1. Origins of sports development -- pt. 2. Understanding the contemporary context of sports development -- pt. 3. Sports development and young people -- pt. 4. Sports development and adult mass participation -- pt. 5. Development through sport -- pt. 6. Sports development and elite athletes -- pt. 7. Issues in the practice of sports development -- pt. 8. Measuring the impact of sports development -- Conclusion : the future of sports development. 0aSports administrationzUnited States. 0aSportsxSocial aspectszUnited States. 0aSports and statezUnited States.1 aGreen, Mick,d1957-1 aHoulihan, Barrie.08iPrint version: z9780415479967w(DLC) 201002425240uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203885581zClick here to view.01202cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830430012003040500022003160820019003381000031003572450059003882500020004472640044004673000041005115040053005525050044006056500040006496500060006897760053007498560086008029780203886168180706s2009    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203886168q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135845995q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135846039q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135846046q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415994910q(hardback)  z9781138872967q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203886168 2doi  a(OCoLC)371197636  an-us--- 4aKF8965b.S59 200904a347.7367bS6341 aSlovenko, Ralph.,eauthor.10aPsychiatry in law/law in psychiatry /cRalph Slovenko.  aSecond edition. 1aNew York ;aLondon :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xxxii, 783 pages)  aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes.0 aPsychiatry in law -- Law in psychiatry. 0aForensic psychiatryzUnited States. 0aPsychiatristsxLegal status, laws, etc.zUnited States.08iPrint version: z9780415994910w(DLC) 200802371340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203886168zClick here to view.04120cam a2200313Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200030001570200031001870240032002180350022002500400026002720500023002980820019003212450110003402640034004503000040004843360021005243370023005453380032005685053001006006500024036017000022036257000019036477760054036668560086037209780203886793180706s2009    nyua    ob    001 0 eng d  a9780203886793q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134047109q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134047147q(e-book: ePub)  z9780415458757q(hardback)  z9780415669412q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203886793 2doi  a(OCoLC)1000426075  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aHD30.4b.R684 200904a658.3124bR86904aThe Routledge companion to international business coaching /cedited by Michel Moral and Geoffrey Abbott. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2009.  a1 online resource (xxvi, 360 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tchapter INTRODUCTION: A new paradigm for coaching in the global business environment /rMichel C. Moral -- tpart Section 1 International coaching frameworks and tools -- tchapter 1 Considerations on the emergence of organizational coaching: international perspectives /rMichel C. Moral -- tchapter 2 INTEGRAL COACHING: Cultivating a cultural sensibility through executive coaching /rHilary Armstrong -- tchapter 3 COACHING TO HIDDEN FRAMES: Facilitating transformational change in complex environments /rL. Michael Hall -- tchapter 4 IDENTITY, LIMINALITY AND DEVELOPMENT: An intrapersonal view of intercultural sensitivity /rDavid B. Drake -- tchapter 5 Ontological coaching: intercultural coaching and trust Julio Olalla and the Newfield Community -- tchapter 6 COACHING FOR EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENTS: Challenges and opportunities /rGeetu Bharwaney -- tchapter 7 COACHING INTERNATIONAL LEADERS TO SUCCEED COLLECTIVELY: The re-genesis of collective intelligence, our genuine capacity for collectively creating our future /rSabine K. Henrichfreise -- tchapter 8 THE HEART OF CROSS-CULTURAL CREATION: Inclusion and presence that produce something greater /rDanièle Darmouni -- tchapter 9 STIMULATING ADVERSARIAL GROWTH IN CULTURAL UNCERTAINTY: A survival guide for international executives and their coaches /rEddie Lievrouw -- tchapter 10 Fostering individual and collective development using the Cultural Orientations Framework (COFTM)  assessment /rPhilippe Rosinski -- tchapter 11 INTERCULTURAL COACHING TOOLS: A constructivist approach /rMonika Verhulst -- tpart Section 2 Organizational challenges and opportunities – individual -- tchapter 12 Coaching expatriate executives: working in context across the affective, behavioral and cognitive domains /rGeoffrey Abbott -- tchapter 13 COUPLES COACHING FOR EXPATRIATE COUPLES: A sound investment for international businesses /rAndrew L. Miser -- tchapter 14 COACHING WOMEN MANAGERS IN MULTINATIONAL COMPANIES /rKatrina Burrus -- tchapter 15 COACHING MANAGERS IN MULTINATIONAL COMPANIES: Myths and realities of the Global Nomadic Leader /rKatrina Burrus -- tpart Section 3 Organizational challenges and opportunities – collective -- tchapter 16 WHEN FAR EAST MEETS WEST: Seeking cultural synthesis through coaching /rHo Law -- tchapter 17 EXECUTIVE TEAM COACHING IN MULTINATIONAL COMPANIES /rMichel C. Moral -- tchapter 18 Coaching with global virtual teams: an action learning perspective Geoffrey Abbott -- tchapter 19 INTERACTIVE COACHING WITH CORPORATE VENTURES /rJean-Marc Loeser -- tchapter 20 Executive coaching through cross-border mergers and acquisitions: a powerful yet under-utilized intervention Geoffrey Abbott -- tchapter 21 INTERNATIONAL COACHING: A global human resources perspective /rMarie-Brigitte Bissen -- tchapter 22 Choosing coaches for international business leaders?: qualities and characteristics Geoffrey Abbott and Chip McFarlane. 0aExecutive coaching.1 aAbbott, Geoffrey.1 aMoral, Michel.08iPrint version: z9780415458757w(DLC)  200802349340uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203886793zClick here to view.02676cam a2200301Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830500024003040820014003282450058003422640065004003000041004654900038005065050420005445201161009646500043021257000028021687760053021968300039022498560086022889780203887035180706s2012    enka    obf   001 0 eng d  a9780203887035q(e-book : PDF)  a9781134019038q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781134019076q(e-book: ePub)  a9781134019083q(e-book: PDF)  z9780415480239q(hardback)  z9781138019478q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203887035 2doi  a(OCoLC)781260636 4aJC571b.H34755 201204a323bH23600aHandbook of human rights /cedited by Thomas Cushman. 1aMilton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;aNew York :bRoutledge,c2012.  a1 online resource (xxiii, 744 pages)1 aRoutledge international handbooks0 apt. 1. Foundations and critiques -- pt. 2. New frameworks for understanding human rights -- pt. 3. World religious traditions and human rights -- pt. 4. Social, economic, group, and collective rights -- pt. 5. Critical perspectives on human rights organizations, institutions, and practices -- pt. 6. Law and human rights -- pt. 7. Narrative and aesthetic dimensions of human rights -- pt. 8. Geographies of rights.  a"In mapping out the field of human rights for those studying and researching within both humanities and social science disciplines, the Handbook of Human Rights provides not only a solid foundation for the reader who wants to learn the basic parameters of the field, but also promotes new thinking and frameworks for the study of human rights in the twenty-first century. The Handbook comprises of nearly sixty individual contributions from key figures around the world, which are grouped according to eight key areas of discussion: - foundations and critiques - new frameworks for understanding human rights - world religious traditions and human rights - social, economic, group and collective rights - critical perspectives on human rights organizations, institutions, and practices - law and human rights - narrative and aesthetic dimension of rights - geographies of rights In its presentation and analysis of the traditional core history and topics, critical perspectives, human rights culture, and current practice, this Handbook proves a valuable resource for all students and researchers with an interest in human rights"--cProvided by publisher. 0aHuman rightsvHandbooks, manuals, etc.1 aCushman, Thomas,d1959-08iPrint version: z9780415480239w(DLC) 2010048560 0aRoutledge international handbooks.40uhttps://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780203887035zClick here to view.03969cam a2200349Ii 45000010014000000080041000140200034000550200034000890200034001230200033001570200030001900200031002200240032002510350021002830400026003040500020003300820021003502450112003712640034004833000034005173360021005513370023005723380032005955052723006276500031033506500031033816500024034127000021034367000023034577760053034808560086035339780203887172180706s2008    nyu     o     000 0 eng d  a9780203887172q(e-book : PDF)  a9781135703400q(e-book: Mobi)  a9781135703448q(e-book: ePub)  a9781135703455q(e-book: PDF)  z9780805860368q(hardback)  z9780805860375q(paperback)7 a10.4324/9780203887172 2doi  a(OCoLC)625841413  aFlBoTFGcFlBoTFGerda 4aJA85b.H35 200804a070.443249bH23604aThe handbook of election news coverage around the world /c[edited] by Jesper Stromback and Lynda Lee Kaid. 1aNew York :bRoutledge,c2008.  a1 online resource (452 pages)  atext2rdacontent  acomputer2rdamedia  aonline resource2rdacarrier00tchapter 1 A Framework for Comparing Election News Coverage Around the World /rJesper Strömbäck -- tpart I ELECTION NEWS COVERAGE IN COUNTRIES WITH MAJORITARIAN ELECTIONS -- tchapter 2 Media Coverage of U.S. Elections: Persistence of Tradition /rMira Sotirovic -- tchapter 3 Trends in Television Network News Coverage of U.S. Elections /rStephen J. Farnsworth -- tchapter 4 Media Matter: Election Coverage in Canada /rElisabeth Gidengil -- tchapter 5 Election News Coverage in the U.K. /rMargaret Scammell -- tchapter 6 Free Journalism under Control: Election Coverage in France /rEric Darras -- tchapter 7 Australia: Gladitorial Parties and Volatile Media in a Stable Polity /rRodney Tiffen -- tchapter 8 Elections in India: One Billion People and Democracy /rLars Willnat -- tpart II ELECTION NEWS COVERAGE IN COUNTRIES WITH PROPORTIONAL ELECTIONS -- tchapter 9 The Netherlands: Media Logic and Floating Voters? /rClaes H. de Vreese -- tchapter 10 Swedish Election News Coverage: Towards Increasing Mediatization /rJesper Strömbäck -- tchapter 11 Election Coverage in Spain: From Franco’s Death to the Atocha Massacre /rEsteban López-Escobar -- tchapter 12 Election News Coverage in Greece: Between Two Logics /rNicolas Demertzis -- tchapter 13 Campaigns in the Holy Land: The Content and Effects of Election News Coverage in Israel -- tchapter 14 Election News Coverage in Poland /rBogusława Dobek-Ostrowska -- tchapter 15 Media Coverage of Election News in the Republic of Serbia Misha Nedeljkovich -- tchapter 16 Democratization and Election News Coverage in Brazil /rMauro P. Porto -- tchapter 17 Media and Elections in South Africa: Finding a Foothold on the Democratic Path /rAmanda Gouws and Arnold S. de Beer -- tpart III ELECTION NEWS COVERAGE IN COUNTRIES WITH COMBINED SYSTEMS -- tchapter 18 Characteristics and Dynamics of Election News Coverage in Germany /rFrank Esser -- tchapter 19 News Coverage of Elections in the Long Transition of Italian Democracy /rFranca Roncarolo -- tchapter 20 News Coverage of National Elections in Hungary after 1990 /rJolán Róka -- tchapter 21 Election News Coverage in Bulgaria /rLilia Raycheva -- tchapter 22 Election Coverage in the Russian Federation /rSarah Oates -- tchapter 23 Election Coverage in Mexico: Regulation Meets Crony Capitalism /rChappell Lawson -- tchapter 24 The Media Coverage of Election Campaigns and Its Effects in Japan /rShinichi Saito -- tpart IV ELECTION NEWS COVERAGE IN A COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE -- tchapter 25 News Coverage of EU Parliamentary Elections /rMichaela Maier -- tchapter 26 Election News Coverage Around the World: A Comparative Perspect